817134

Mercedes EQA 2021 - SUV Handleiding

1
Verklein
Vergroot
Pagina terug
1/457
Pagina verder
Disclaimer
Das folgende PDF-Dokument für dieses Fahrzeugmodell bezieht sich in allen
Sprachversionen nur auf die Fahrzeuge, die für den deutschen Markt bestimmt
sind und die den deutschen Vorschriften entsprechen. Bitte wenden Sie sich an
Ihren autorisierten Mercedes-Benz Servicestützpunkt, um ein gedrucktes Exemplar
für andere Fahrzeugmodelle und Fahrzeugmodelljahre zu erhalten.
Dieses PDF-Dokument stellt die aktuelle Version dar. Mögliche Abweichungen zu
Ihrem konkreten Fahrzeug könnten nicht berücksichtigt sein, da Mercedes-Benz
seine Fahrzeuge ständig dem neuesten Stand der Technik anpasst, sowie
Änderungen in Form und Ausstattung vornimmt. Bitte beachten Sie daher, dass
dieses PDF-Dokument in keinem Fall das gedruckte Exemplar ersetzt, das mit
dem Fahrzeug ausgeliefert wurde.
Internal use only
Disclaimer
All language versions of the following PDF document for this vehicle model
relate solely to vehicles intended for sale on the German market and which
correspond to German regulations.
Please contact your authorised Mercedes-Benz Service Centre to obtain
a printed version for other vehicle models and vehicle model years. This PDF
document is the latest version. Possible variations to your vehicle may not
be taken into account as Mercedes-Benz constantly updates their vehicles to
the state of the art and introduces changes in design and equipment. Please
therefore note that this PDF document in no way replaces the printed version
which was delivered with your vehicle.
Internal use only
Disclaimer
The following version of the Owner‘s Manual describes all models, series and
special equipment of your vehicle. Country-specific language variations are
possible. Please note that your vehicle might not be equipped with all the
described functions. This also affects safety-relevant systems and functions.
Please contact your authorised Mercedes-Benz dealership if you would like
to receive a printed Owner‘s Manual for other vehicle models and vehicle
model years.
The online Owner‘s Manual is the current and valid version. It is possible that
deviations affecting your specific vehicle could not be taken into account
as Mercedes-Benz constantly adapts its vehicles according to the latest
technology and makes changes to the form and the equipment.
Please also read the printed Owner‘s Manual, supplementary documents and
the digital Owner‘s Manual in the vehicle.
Copyright
All rights reserved. All texts, images and graphics are subject to copyright
and other laws for the protection of intellectual property. They may not be
copied or changed for any commercial use or for the purpose of being passed
on nor used on other webistes.
Thank yThank you fou for buying Meror buying Mercedes-Benzcedes-Benz
Before you rst drive o, read this operator's
manual carefully and familiarise yourself with your
vehicle. Foryour own safety and a longer operat-
ing lifespan of thevehicle, follow the instructions
and warning notices in this operator's manual.
Disregarding them may lead to damage to the
vehicle or injury to people.
The standard equipment and product description
of your vehicle may vary and depends on thefol-
lowing factors:
RModel
ROrder
RNational version
RAvailability
Your vehicle may therefore dier, in individual
cases, from that shown in the descriptions and
illustrations.
The illustrations in this operator's manual show a
le-hand drive vehicle. On right-hand-drive vehi-
cles, the layout of car parts and control elements
diers accordingly.
Mercedes-Benz is constantly developing its vehi-
cles further.
Mercedes-Benz therefore reservestheright to
introduce changes in thefollowing areas:
RDesign
REquipment
RTechnical features
The following documents are integral parts of the
vehicle:
RDigital operator's manual
RPrinted operator's manual
RService booklet
REquipment-dependent supplements
RSupplementary documents
Keep these documents in thevehicle at all times.
Ensure that all documents are in thevehicle or
passed on in theevent of sale or rental.
2435844302Z102
2435844302Z102
SymbolsSymbols .......................................................... 55
AAt a glancet a glance ...................................................... 66
Cockpit ........................................................... 6
Indicator and warning lamps (standard) ......... 10
Indicator and warning lamps (widescreen
cockpit) ........................................................ 12
Overhead control panel ................................. 14
Door operating unit and seat adjustment .......16
Emergencies and breakdowns ....................... 18
DigitDigital Owner's Manualal Owner's Manual ................................. 2020
Calling up the Digital Owner's Manual ............ 20
Calling up the Digital Owner's Manual ............ 21
GenerGeneral notal noteses ............................................... 2323
Protection of the environment ....................... 23
Take-back of end-of-life vehicles .................... 23
Mercedes-Benz GenuineParts ........................ 23
Owner's Manual ............................................ 25
Mercedes me App ......................................... 25
Operating safety ............................................ 26
Declarations of conformity and notes on
driving in dierent countries .......................... 28
Diagnostics connection ................................. 36
Qualied specialist workshop ........................ 37
Vehicle registration ....................................... 38
Correct use of thevehicle ............................. 38
Information on the REACH regulation ............. 38
Notesfor persons with electronic medical
aids .............................................................. 38
Implied warranty ...........................................39
QR code forrescue card ...............................39
Data storage .................................................39
Copyright ...................................................... 43
Occupant safeOccupant safetyty ............................................ 4444
Restraint system ...........................................44
Seat belts .....................................................46
Airbags ......................................................... 50
PRE-SAFE®system ........................................ 57
Automatic measures aer an accident ........... 58
Safely transporting children in thevehicle ...... 59
Notes on pets in thevehicle .......................... 78
Opening and closingOpening and closing ...................................... 7979
Key ...............................................................79
Doors ............................................................ 82
Load compartment ........................................ 87
Side windows ................................................ 92
Sliding sunroof .............................................. 95
Anti-the protection ...................................... 99
Seats and stoSeats and stowingwing ....................................... 102102
Notes on the correct driver's seat position .. 102
Seats ..........................................................103
Steering wheel ............................................ 110
Easy entry and exit feature .......................... 111
Memory function ......................................... 112
Stowage areas ............................................ 114
Sockets ....................................................... 124
Wireless charging of the mobile phone
and connection with theexterior aerial ........ 127
Fitting/removing the oor mats ................... 129
Light and sightLight and sight ............................................ 130130
Exterior lighting ........................................... 130
Interior lighting ............................................ 133
22Contents
Windscreen wipers and windscreen
washer system ............................................ 135
Mirrors ........................................................ 139
ClimatClimate contre controlol ........................................... 142142
Overview of climate control systems ............ 142
Operating the climate control system .......... 143
DrDriving and pariving and parkingking ..................................... 148148
Driving ........................................................148
DYNAMIC SELECT switch ............................158
Transmission ............................................... 161
Function of the 4MATIC ...............................163
Charging the high-voltage battery ................163
Parking .......................................................182
Driving and driving safety systems ............... 188
Trailer hitch .................................................237
Bicycle rack function ................................... 241
Vehicle towing instructions .......................... 243
InsInstrtrument displaument display and on-boary and on-board com-d com-
putputerer ........................................................... 244244
Notes on the instrument display and on-
board computer .......................................... 244
Overview of instrument display .................... 245
Overview of buttons on the steering wheel ... 246
Operating the on-board computer ................246
Overview of displays on the instrument
display ........................................................ 247
Head-up display .......................................... 248
MBUX multimedia systMBUX multimedia systemem ............................250250
Overview and operation ............................... 250
System settings .......................................... 259
Drive system settings .................................. 263
Navigation ...................................................264
Telephone ................................................... 272
Mercedes me app ....................................... 276
Mercedes-Benz emergency call system ....... 285
Radio & media .............................................292
Sound settings ............................................ 297
MaintMaintenance and carenance and caree................................. 298298
ASSYST PLUS service interval display .......... 298
Engine compartment ................................... 299
Cleaning and care ....................................... 303
BrBreakdoeakdown assistwn assistanceance ................................. 311311
Emergency .................................................. 311
Flat tyre ...................................................... 313
Battery (vehicle) .......................................... 319
Tow-starting or towing away ........................ 323
Electrical fuses ............................................ 328
Wheels and tyrWheels and tyreses ......................................... 332332
Notes on noise or unusual handling char-
acteristics ................................................... 332
Notes on regularly inspecting wheels and
tyres ...........................................................332
Notes on snow chains ................................. 332
Tyre pressure .............................................. 333
Wheel change ............................................. 336
Emergency spare wheel ...............................345
TTecechnical dathnical dataa............................................. 347347
Notes on technical data .............................. 347
On-board electronics ................................... 347
Contents 33
Regulatory radio identication and notes ..... 349
Vehicle identication plate, VIN and
engine number overview .............................. 349
Operating uids ...........................................351
Vehicle data ................................................ 354
Trailer hitch .................................................356
DisplaDisplay messagy messages and wes and wararning/indicatning/indicatoror
lamlampsps .......................................................... 358358
Display messages ........................................358
Warning and indicator lamps ....................... 408
IndeIndexx.......................................................... 421421
44Contents
In this Owner's Manual, you will nd thefollowing
symbols:
&WWARNINGARNING Danger due to not observing
thewarning notices
Warning notices draw your attention to haz-
ards that may endanger your health or life, or
the health or life of others.
#Observe thewarning notices.
+ENVIRENVIRONMENTONMENTAL NOAL NOTETE Environmental
damage due to failure to observe environ-
mental notes
Environmental notes include information on
environmentally responsible behaviour or envi-
ronmentally responsible disposal.
#Observe environmental notes.
*NNOOTETE Damage to property due to failure
to observe notes on material damage
Notes on material damage inform you of risks
which may lead to your vehicle being dam-
aged.
#Observe notes on material damage.
%These symbols indicate useful instructions or
further information that could be helpful to
you.
#Instruction
(/page) Further information on a topic
Display Display eld in the Instrument Dis-
play/media display
4Highest menu level, which is to be
selected in the multimedia system
5Relevant submenus, which are to be
selected in the multimedia system
*Indicates a cause
Symbols 55
Le-hand-drive vehicles
66At a glance – Cockpit
1±Increases recuperation →156
qReduces recuperation →156
2Combination switch →131
3Instrument display →244
4DIRECT SELECT lever →161
5Start/stop button →151
6Media display →250
7Climate control systems →143
8£Hazard warning light system →132
9PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps →54
AGlove compartment →116
BStowage compartment →116
CCup holder
D8Controller forvolume and switching
sound on/o
→250
ÜSwitches the MBUX multimedia system
on/o
→250
EzCalls up navigation →252
F|Calls up radio or media →252
G%Calls up thetelephone →252
HßCalls up favourites →252
IyCalls up vehicle functions →252
JcActive Parking Assist →234
KDYNAMIC SELECT switch →160
LTouchpad →252
MControl panel forthe MBUX multimedia system →246
NAdjusts the steering wheel manually →110
OýSwitches the steering wheel heater
on/o
→111
PControl panel:
On-board computer →246
Cruise control or variable limiter →197
IActive Distance Assist DISTRONIC →202
QDiagnostics connection →36
At a glance – Cockpit 77
ROpens the bonnet →300
S!Electric parking brake →185
TLight switch →130
88At a glance – Cockpit
Instrument display (standard)
1010 At a glance – Indicator and warning lamps (standard)
1ÚSystem error →411
2!ABS →417
3#! Turn signal light →131
4hTyre pressure monitoring system →419
5#Electrical fault →411
6_Reduced power →411
7LDistance warning →416
8JBrakes (yellow) →414
9JBrakes (red) →414
A!Electric parking brake (yellow) →414
B!Electric parking brake (red) →414
CïTrailer hitch →412
DüSeat belt →410
ERRear fog light →131
FKHigh beam →131
LLow beam →130
TStanding lights →130
GåESP®OFF →417
÷ESP®→417
H6Restraint system →410
ICharge level display →245
JRRange →245
KõOperational readiness of drive system →151
LÙPower steering →412
At a glance – Indicator and warning lamps (standard) 1111
Widescreen cockpit instrument display
1212 At a glance – Indicator and warning lamps (widescreen cockpit)
1#! Turn signal lights →131
2åESP®OFF →417
÷ESP®→417
3RRear fog light →131
4KHigh beam →131
LLow beam →130
TStanding lights →130
5ÚSystem error →411
6!Electric parking brake (yellow) →414
7õOperational readiness of drive system →151
8JBrakes (yellow) →414
9#Electrical fault →411
ALDistance warning →416
BÙPower steering →412
C!ABS →417
DhTyre pressure monitoring system →419
E6Restraint system →410
FCharge level display →245
GRRange →245
H_Reduced power →411
I!Electric parking brake (red) →414
JüSeat belt →410
KJBrakes (red) →414
LïTrailer hitch →412
At a glance – Indicator and warning lamps (widescreen cockpit) 1313
1414 At a glance – Overhead control panel
1Sun visors
2pSwitches the le-hand reading lamp
on/o
→133
3|Switches automatic interior lighting con-
trol on/o
→133
4cSwitches the front interior lighting on/o →133
5uSwitches therear interior lighting on/o →133
6pSwitches theright-hand reading lamp
on/o
→133
7;me button →276
8GSOS button →276
93Opens/closes the panorama sliding sun-
roof
→95
3Opens/closes theroller sunblind →95
AInside rearview mirror →140
At a glance – Overhead control panel 1515
1616 At a glance – Door operating unit and seat adjustment
1VOperates the memory function →113
2Adjusts the seats electrically →106
3wSwitches the seat heating on/o →109
4sSwitches the seat ventilation on/o →109
5WOpens/closes therear le side window →92
6WOpens/closes the le side window →92
7ÍOperates the outside mirrors →139
8qOpens/closes thetailgate →87
9WOpens/closes theright side window →92
AWOpens/closes therear right side window →92
BSChild safety lock fortherear side win-
dows
→77
COpens the door →83
DßÜLocks/unlocks thevehicle →83
EAdjusts the head restraints →106
FCongures the seat settings →108
GAdjusts the seat backrest inclination →105
HAdjusts the seat height →105
IAdjusts the seat cushion inclination →105
JAdjusts the seat fore-and-a position →105
KAdjusts the seat cushion length →105
At a glance – Door operating unit and seat adjustment 1717
1818 At a glance – Emergencies and breakdowns
1B-pillar with:
QR code for accessing therescue card →39
2Safetyvests →311
3Fire extinguisher →312
4;me button →276
GSOS button →276
5£Hazard warning light system →132
6To check and top up operating uids →351
7To operate the high-voltage disconnect device →148
8Towing away →323
9Flat tyre →313
ASocket ap with:
information label on tyre pressure →334
QR code for accessing therescue card →39
BTowing away →323
CTIREFIT kit →315
DWarning triangle →311
EFirst-aid kit (so sided) →312
At a glance – Emergencies and breakdowns 1919
Calling up tCalling up the Digithe Digital Owner's Manualal Owner's Manual
Multimedia system:
4©5Settings 5Owner's Manual
The Digital Owner's Manual describes the func-
tions and operation of thevehicle and the multi-
media system.
#Select one of thefollowing menu items in the
Digital Owner's Manual:
RSearch: search forkeywords in order to nd
quick answers to questions about the opera-
tion of thevehicle.
RQuick start: here is where you nd the rst
steps towards setting up your vehicle.
RTips: nd information that prepares youfor
certain everyday situations with your vehicle.
RAnimations:watch animations of thevehicle
functions.
RMessages:receive additional information
about the messages in the Instrument Display.
RBookmarks:gain access to your personally
saved bookmarks.
RLanguage: select the language forthe Digital
Owner's Manual.
1Back
2Adds bookmarks
3Picture
4Contents section
5Directions of movement of contents section
6Menu
Some sections in the Digital Owner's Manual,
such as warning notes, can be expanded and col-
lapsed.
AAdditional metdditional methods of calling up thods of calling up the Digithe Digital Own-al Own-
er's Manual:er's Manual:
DirDirect access:ect access: open therequired content in the
Digital Owner's Manual by pressing and holding
an entry on thetab bar in the multimedia system:
InsInstrtrument Displayument Display::call up brief information as
display messages in the instrument cluster
2020 Digital Owner's Manual
LINLINGUAGUATRTRONIC:ONIC: call up via thevoice control sys-
tem
For safetyreasons, the Digital Owner's Manual is
deactivated while driving.
Calling up tCalling up the Digithe Digital Owner's Manualal Owner's Manual
Multimedia system:
4©5Info 5Owner's Manual 5Õ
The Digital Owner's Manual describes the func-
tions and operation of thevehicle and the multi-
media system.
#Select one of thefollowing menu items in the
Digital Owner's Manual:
RSearch: search forkeywords in order to nd
quick answers to questions about the opera-
tion of thevehicle.
RQuick start: here is where you nd the rst
steps towards setting up your vehicle.
RTips: nd information that prepares youfor
certain everyday situations with your vehicle.
RAnimations:watch animations of thevehicle
functions.
RMessages:receive additional information
about the messages in the Instrument Display.
RBookmarks:gain access to your personally
saved bookmarks.
RLanguage: select the language forthe Digital
Owner's Manual.
1Back
2Adds bookmarks
3Picture
4Contents section
5Directions of movement of contents section
6Menu
Some sections in the Digital Owner's Manual,
such as warning notes, can be expanded and col-
lapsed.
AAdditional metdditional methods of calling up thods of calling up the Digithe Digital Own-al Own-
er's Manual:er's Manual:
Digital Owner's Manual 2121
DirDirect access:ect access: open therequired content in the
Digital Owner's Manual by pressing and holding
an entry on thetab bar in the multimedia system:
InsInstrtrument Displayument Display::call up brief information as
display messages in the instrument cluster
LINLINGUAGUATRTRONIC:ONIC: call up via thevoice control sys-
tem
For safetyreasons, the Digital Owner's Manual is
deactivated while driving.
2222 Digital Owner's Manual
ProtProtection of tection of the enhe envirvironmentonment
+ENVIRENVIRONMENTONMENTAL NOAL NOTETE Environmental
damage due to operating conditions and
personal driving style
Operate your vehicle in an environmentally
responsible manner to help protect the envi-
ronment. Please observe thefollowing recom-
mendations on operating conditions and per-
sonal driving style.
OperOperating conditions:ating conditions:
#Make sure that the tyre pressure is cor-
rect.
#Do not carry any unnecessary weight
(e.g. roof luggage racks once you no lon-
ger need them).
#Monitor the energy consumption.
#Adhere to the service intervals.
Aregularly serviced vehicle will contrib-
ute to environmental protection.
#Always have maintenance work carried
out at a qualied specialist workshop.
PPerersonal drsonal driving siving stytyle:le:
#Drive carefully and maintain a suitable
distance from thevehicle in front.
#Avoid frequent, sudden acceleration and
braking.
#Drive in a style which saves energy.
Observe the ECO display for an economi-
cal driving style.
+ENVIRENVIRONMENTONMENTAL NOAL NOTETE Environmental
pollution caused by irresponsible disposal
of the high-voltage battery
A high-voltage battery contains materials
which are harmful to the environment.
#Dispose of faulty high-voltage batteries
at a qualied specialist workshop.
TTakake-bace-back of end-of-lifk of end-of-life ve vehiclesehicles
EU countrEU countries only:ies only:
Mercedes-Benz will take back your end-of-life
vehicle for environment-friendly disposal in
accordance with the European Union (EU) End-of-
Life Vehicles Directive.
A network of vehicle take-back points and dis-
mantlers has been established foryouto return
your vehicle. You can leave it at any of these
points free of charge. This makes an important
contribution to closing therecycling circle and
conserving resources.
For further information about therecycling and
disposal of end-of-life vehicles, and thetake-back
conditions, please visit the national
Mercedes-Benz website foryour country.
MerMercedes-Benz GenuinePcedes-Benz GenuineParartsts
+ENVIRENVIRONMENTONMENTAL NOAL NOTETE Environmental
damage caused by not using recycled
reconditioned components
Mercedes‑Benz AG oers recycled recondi-
tioned components and parts with the same
quality as new parts. The same entitlement
from the implied warranty is valid as for new
parts.
General notes 2323
#Recycled reconditioned components and
parts from Mercedes‑Benz AG.
*NNOOTETE Impairment of the operating e-
ciency of therestraint systems from
installing accessory parts or from repairs
or welding
Airbags and seat belt tensioners, as well as
control units and sensors fortherestraint sys-
tems, may be installed in thefollowing areas
of your vehicle:
RDoors
RDoor pillars
RDoor sills
RSeats
RCockpit
RInstrument cluster
RCentre console
RLateral roof frame
#Do not install accessory parts such as
audio systems in these areas.
#Do not carry out repairs or welding.
#Have accessory parts retrotted at a
qualied specialist workshop.
You could jeopardise the operating safety of your
vehicle if you use parts, tyres and wheels as well
as accessories relevant to safety which have not
been approvedby Mercedes-Benz. Safety-relevant
systems, e.g. the brake system, may malfunction.
Only use Mercedes-Benz GenuineParts or parts of
equal quality. Only use tyres, wheels and acces-
sory parts that have been specically approved
foryour vehicle model.
Mercedes-Benz tests original parts and conver-
sion parts and accessory parts that have been
specically approvedforyour vehicle model for
their reliability, safety and suitability. Despite
ongoing marketresearch, Mercedes-Benz is
unable to assess other parts. Mercedes-Benz
therefore accepts no responsibility forthe use of
such parts in Mercedes-Benz vehicles, even if
they have been ocially approved or independ-
ently approvedby atesting centre.
Certain parts are only ocially approvedfor
installation or modication if they comply with
legal requirements. All Mercedes-Benz Genuine-
Parts meet the approval requirements. The use of
non-approved parts may invalidate thevehicle's
general operating permit.
This is the case in thefollowing situations:
RThe vehicle type is dierent from that for
which thevehicle's general operating permit
wasgranted.
ROther road users could be endangered.
RThe noise levelgetsworse.
Always specify thevehicle identication number
(VIN) (/page 349) when ordering Mercedes-
Benz GenuineParts.
2424 General notes
Owner's ManualOwner's Manual
This Owner's Manual and the Digital Owner's
Manual in thevehicle describe thefollowing mod-
els and the standard and special equipment for
your vehicle:
RThe models and the standard and special
equipment available at the time of this Own-
er's Manual going to press.
RThe models and the standard and special
equipment only available in certain countries.
RThe models and the standard and special
equipment, which will only be available at a
later date.
Note that your vehicle may not be tted with all
features described. This is also the case for sys-
tems relevant to safety. Therefore, the equipment
on your vehicle may dier from that in the
descriptions and illustrations.
The original purchase agreement foryour vehicle
contains a list of the equipment in your vehicle at
the time of delivery.
Should you have any questions concerning equip-
ment and operation, please consult a Mercedes-
Benz Service Centre.
The Owner's Manual, Supplement, further supple-
mentary documents and Service Booklet are
important documents and should be kept in the
vehicle.
MerMercedes me Appcedes me App
NNoottes about tes about the on-demand fhe on-demand featureeature
You can also activate various functions (on-
demand feature) subsequently via Mercedes me
aer purchasing your vehicle.
Information is available at any Mercedes-Benz
Service Centre.
AActivctivating on-demand fating on-demand featureature using Mere using Mercedes mecedes me
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe vehicle has GPS reception.
RThe vehicle is linkedto the Mercedes me user
account.
OrOrderdering and activing and activating on-demand fating on-demand featureeature
#Addthe desired on-demand feature forthe
vehicle to the shopping basket in the
Mercedes me Store.
#Complete the order.
The on-demand feature is activated when
operating thevehicle.
Speeding up activSpeeding up activationation
#Switch thevehicle o and lock it.
#Aer about 2 minutes, unlock thevehicle and
switch on thevehicle.
The on-demand feature has been activated.
For some features, a notication also appears
in thevehicle's multimedia system.
If the activation was not successful, repeat the
process.
General notes 2525
OperOperating safeating safetyty
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury due to malfunc-
tions or system failure
In order to avoid malfunctions or system fail-
ures:
#Always have the specied service/main-
tenance work as well as any necessary
repairs carried out at a qualied special-
ist workshop.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident or injury due
to improper modications to electronic
components
Modications to electronic components, their
soware or wiring can impair their functional-
ity and/or the functionality of other networked
components or safety-relevant systems.
This can endanger thevehicle's operating
safety.
#You must not tamper with wiring, elec-
tronic components, or their soware.
#Always have work on electrical and elec-
tronic devices carried out at a qualied
specialist workshop.
If you modify the on-board electronics, thegen-
eral operating permit is rendered invalid.
Observe the "On-board electronics" section in
"Technical data".
*NNOOTETE Damage to thevehicle due to driv-
ing toofast and due to impacts to the
vehicle underbody and suspension com-
ponents
In thefollowing situations, in particular, there
is a risk of damage to thevehicle:
Rthevehicle becomes grounded, e.g. on a
high kerb or an unpavedroad
Rthevehicle is driven toofast over an obsta-
cle, e.g. a kerb, speed bump or pothole
Ra heavy object strikesthe underbody or
suspension components
In situations such as these, damage to the
body, underbody, suspension components,
wheels or tyres and high-voltage battery com-
ponents may not be visible. Components dam-
aged in this way can unexpectedly fail or, in
the case of an accident, may no longer absorb
theresulting force as intended.
#Have thevehicle checked and repaired
immediately at a qualied specialist
workshop.
or
#If driving safety is impaired while con-
tinuing your journey, pull over and stop
thevehicle immediately, while paying
attention to road and trac conditions,
and contact a qualied specialist work-
shop.
Electricvehicles have an electric motor. The elec-
tric motor's energy supply is provided by the high-
voltage on-board electrical system.
2626 General notes
&DDANANGERGER Risk of death and re due to
modied and/or damaged components of
the high-voltage on-board electrical sys-
tem
The vehicle's high-voltage on-board electrical
system is under high voltage. If you modify
component parts in thevehicle's high-voltage
on-board electrical system or touch damaged
component parts, you may be electrocuted. In
addition, modied and/or damaged compo-
nents may cause a re.
In theevent of an accident or impact to the
vehicle underbody, components of the high-
voltage electrical system may be damaged
although the damage is not visible.
#Never make any modications to the
high-voltage on-board electrical system.
#Do not switch on or use thevehicle if its
high-voltage on-board electrical system
components have been modied or dam-
aged.
#Nevertouch damaged components of
the high-voltage on-board electrical sys-
tem.
#Aer an accident, do not touch any com-
ponents of the high-voltage on-board
electrical system.
#Aer an accident, have thevehicle trans-
portedaway.
#Have the components of the high-voltage
on-board electrical system checked at a
qualied specialist workshop and
replaced if necessary.
The components of the high-voltage on-board
electrical system are marked with yellow warning
stickers. The cables of the high-voltage on-board
electrical system are orange.
Vehicles with an electric motorgenerate signi-
cantly less vehicle noise emissions than vehicles
with combustion engines. As a result, your vehicle
may not be heard by other road users in certain
situations. This can occur, forexample, when you
are parking and your vehicle cannot be seen by
other road users. This requires youto adopt a par-
ticularly anticipatory driving style, as it is neces-
sary to allow forthe possibility that other road
users may behave unpredictably.
General notes 2727
DeclarDeclarations of confations of conforormity and notmity and notes on dres on drivingiving
inin dierdierentent countrcountriesies
ElectrElectromagneomagnetic comtic compatibilitypatibility
The electromagnetic compatibility of thevehicle
components has been checked and certied
according to the currently valid version of Regula-
tion UN-R 10.
vvehicle instehicle installed ralled radio comadio componentsponents
OnlOnly fy for EU and EFTor EU and EFTA countrA countries and countries and countries ties thathat
rrecognise tecognise the EU manufhe EU manufacturacturer's declarer's declaration ofation of
confconforormity:mity:
The following information applies to all wireless
components of thevehicle and of the information
systems and communication devices integrated in
thevehicle:
The manufacturers of the wireless components
ensure that all wireless components installed in
thevehicle comply with Directive 2014/53/EU.
The full texts of the EU declarations of conformity
are available at thefollowing web address:
https://moba.i.daimler.com/markets/ece-row/
baix/cars/certicates-of-conformity/en_GB/
index.html
You can obtain further information from a
Mercedes-Benz service centre.
FFor tor the Uhe Unitnited Kingdom only:ed Kingdom only:
The following information applies to all wireless
components of thevehicle and of the information
systems and communication devices integrated in
thevehicle:
The manufacturers of the wireless components
installed in thevehicle hereby declare that all
wireless components installed in thevehicle com-
ply with theRadio Regulations 2017 directive. The
full texts of the declarations of conformity are
available at thefollowing web address:
https://moba.i.daimler.com/markets/ece-row/
baix/cars/certicates-of-conformity/en_GB/
index.html
2828 General notes
FFor Bror Brazil only:azil only:
Note on two-way radio systems in thevehicle:
These systems are not protected against harmful
interference and must not cause interference in
properly approved systems.
FFor Jamaica only:or Jamaica only:
All wireless vehicle components have received
type approval from the SMA.
FFor Nigor Nigereria only:ia only:
Connection and use of theradio communications
equipment in this vehicle is permitted by the
Nigerian Communications Commission
FFor Ror Russia only:ussia only:
The manufacturers of the wireless components
installed in thevehicle hereby declare that all
wireless components installed in thevehicle com-
ply with thetechnical regulations for two-way
radios. You can obtain further information from a
Mercedes-Benz service centre.
FFor Ukror Ukraine only:aine only:
General notes 2929
The manufacturers of the wireless components
installed in thevehicle hereby declare that the
wireless components installed in thevehicle com-
ply with thetechnical regulations for two-way
radios. You can obtain further information from a
Mercedes-Benz service centre. WWirireless applications in teless applications in the vhe vehicleehicle
Besides the typical frequencies for mobile com-
munication cars by Mercedes-Benz make use of
thefollowing automotive radio applications.
WWirireless applications in teless applications in the vhe vehicleehicle
TTecechnology Frhnology Freqequency ruency rangeTrangeTransmission output/magneansmission output/magnetictic eldeld sstrtrengthength
Remote Keyless Entry20 kHz (9–90 kHz) ≤ 72 dBμA/m at 10m
Wireless PowerTransmission 105 kHz (90–119 kHz)≤42 dBμA/m at 10m
Remote Keyless Entry120 kHz (119–135 kHz) ≤ 42 dBμA/m at 10m
Wireless PowerTransmission 127 kHz (119–135 kHz)≤66 dBμA/m at 10m with the magnetic eld
strength level decreasing 3dB/octave above 119
kHz
Near-eld communication 13.553–13.567 MHz≤42 dBμA/m at 10m
Remote Keyless Entry, Garage Door Opener, Tire
Pressure Monitoring 433 MHz (433.05–434.79 MHz) ≤ 10 mW ERP
Block Heater Remote Control, Garage Door
Opener 868 MHz (868.0–868.6 MHz)≤25 mW ERP
3030 General notes
TTecechnology Frhnology Freqequency ruency rangeTrangeTransmission output/magneansmission output/magnetictic eldeld sstrtrengthength
Block Heater Remote Control, Garage Door
Opener 869 MHz (868.7–869.2 MHz)≤25 mW ERP
Bluetooth, Kleer, RLAN, wireless Headphones2.4 GHz ISM band (2400–2483.5 MHz) ≤ 100 mW EIRP
RLAN 5.1 GHz UNII-1 (5150–5250 MHz) ≤ 25 mW EIRP
Interior Monitoring Radar, RLAN 5.8 GHz UNII-3 (5725–5875 MHz)≤25 mW EIRP
Remote Keyless Entry7.25 GHz UWB (6.0–8.5 GHz) ≤ -41.3 dBm/MHz EIRP mean ≤ 0 dBm/MHz
EIRP peak
76 GHz radar 76–77 GHz ≤ 55 dBm peak EIRP
Carsharing Module NFC:NFC:
13.553–13.567 MHz
BluetBluetoothooth®®::
2402–2480 MHz
NFC:NFC:
≤ 42 dBμA/m at 10 m
BluetBluetoothooth®®::
≤ +4 dBm (class 2)
General notes 3131
TTecechnology Frhnology Freqequency ruency rangeTrangeTransmission output/magneansmission output/magnetictic eldeld sstrtrengthength
Rear Seat Entertainment System BluetBluetoothooth®®::
2400–2483.5 MHz
WLWLAN 2.4 GHZ:AN 2.4 GHZ:
2400–2483.5 MHz
WLWLAN 5 GHz:AN 5 GHz:
5150–5250 MHz
5725–5875 MHz
BluetBluetoothooth®®::
-0.8 dBm
WLWLAN 2.4 GHZ:AN 2.4 GHZ:
14.5 dBm
WLWLAN 5 GHz:AN 5 GHz:
20.5 dBm
13.3 dBm
Two-way radio (Tel7 telephone control unit) E-GSM (900 MHz)
GSM (1800 MHz)
+33 dBm
+30 dBm
UMTS (Band I, III, VIII) +24 dBm (+1/-3 dB)
LTE (Band 1, 3, 7, 8, 20, 28) +23 dBm (±2 dB)
RAMSES (Router And Mobile SErviceS)GSM (E-GSM 850 / E-GSM 900, Class 4)
GSM (E-GSM 1800 / E-GSM 1900, Class 4)
< +32.5 dBm (±1 dB)
< +29.5 dBm (±1 dB)
UMTS (WCDMA FDD I, II, III, IV, V, VIII, XIX, Class
3) < +23.5 dBm (±1 dB)
LTE (FDD B1, B2, B3, B4, B5, B7, B8, B9, B18,
B19, B21, B28, Class 3) < +23 dBm (±1 dB)
3232 General notes
TTecechnology Frhnology Freqequency ruency rangeTrangeTransmission output/magneansmission output/magnetictic eldeld sstrtrengthength
LTE (TDD B38, B40, B41, Class 3) < +23 dBm (±1 dB)
GNSS (1559–1610 MHz)Receiving only
InfInforormation about tmation about thehe specicspecic absorpabsorption rtion rateate
ForFrance only: The values were determined and tested in accord-
ance with the Décret n° 2019-1186 guideline regarding the indication of the specic absorption
rate (SAR) of wireless vehicle components.
InfInforormation about tmation about thehe specicspecic absorpabsorption rtion rateate
VVehicle comehicle component (designation inponent (designation in
accoraccordance witdance with EU DoC)h EU DoC) SSAR vAR value in W/kgalue in W/kg Applicable limit vApplicable limit valuealue
Radio data transmission telephone system 0.24 W/kg 2 W/kg
Hermes 2.1 < 0.4 W/kg 2 W/kg
Compensator ECE DE003 & ECE DE004 < 0.2 W/kg 2 W/kg
DAI RSE1.8 W/kg 2 W/kg
Tablet PC SM-T230NZ 0.7 W/kg4W/kg
NRCS2P 0.003 W/kg 2 W/kg
NTG7RSU 0.07 W/kg 2 W/kg
General notes 3333
VVehicle comehicle component (designation inponent (designation in
accoraccordance witdance with EU DoC)h EU DoC) SSAR vAR value in W/kgalue in W/kg Applicable limit vApplicable limit valuealue
NTG7 MID, NTG7 HIGH, NTG7 PREMIUM,
NTG7 PREMIUMPLUS, NTG7 MID LFT2,
NTG7 HIGH LFT2, NTG7 PREMIUM LFT2,
NTG7 PREMIUMPLUS LFT2
0.08 W/kg 2 W/kg
RAMSES 1.0 and 1.1 0.036 W/kg 2 W/kg
NTG6N MID/ENTRY
NTG6N HIGH
NTG6N HIGH2
0.199 W/kg 4 W/kg
ImImportporter infer inforormation fmation for wiror wireless comeless componentsponents
FFor Moldovor Moldova only:a only:
ImImportporterer
S.C. GRAND PREMIUM S.R.L. Moldova
mun. Chisinau, str. Hîncesti sos., 2/2
FFor Tor Turkeurkey only:y only:
ImImportporterer
Mercedes Benz Otomotiv Ticaret ve Hizmetler
A.Ş. Genel Merkez
Akçaburgaz Mah. Süleyman Şah Cad. No: 6/1
34522 Esenyurt/İstanbul
FFor Ukror Ukraine only:aine only:
ImImportporterer
PJSC “AUTOCAPITAL”
Velyka Vasylkivska str. 15/2
01004 Kyiv
Ukraine
FFor tor the Uhe Unitnited Kingdom only:ed Kingdom only:
ImImportporterer
Mercedes-Benz Cars UK Limited
Delaware Drive, Tongwell
Milton Keynes, MK15 8BA
England
ImImportporter of Merer of Mercedes-Benz sparcedes-Benz spare pare partsts
Mercedes-Benz Parts Logistics
Delaware Drive, Tongwell
3434 General notes
Milton Keynes, MK15 8BA
England
JackJack
Copy and translation of the original declaration of
conformity:
EC declarEC declaration of confation of conforormitymity
1.
The undersigned, representing
Manufacturer:
BRANO a.s.
747 41 Hradec nad Moravicí, Opavská 1000,
The Czech Republic
ID No.: 64-387-5933
VAT No.: CZ64-387-5933
herewith declares under our sole responsibility
that the product:
2. a)
Name:
Jack
Type, Number:
A) A 164 580 02 18, A 166 580 01 18
B) A 240 580 00 18
C) A 639 580 02 18
D) A 639 580 03 18
E) A 910 580 00 00
F) A 247 580 00 00, A 293 580 00 00
Year of manufacture: 2020
Complies with all relevant provisions
Directive No. 2006/42/EC
b)
Description and purpose of use:
Car jack is intended solely for liing of the con-
crete car, in accordance with the instruction label
on the car jack.
3.
References of harmonized and other standards or
specications
ISO 4063, EN ISO 14341-A, AS 2693, DBL
8230.10, DBL 7382.20, DBL 7392.10, DBL
8451.15, MBN 10435,
Technical documentation of the product is stored
at the premise of the manufacturer. The person
responsible for assembling thetechnical docu-
mentation of the product: Head of theTechnical
Department Brano a.s.
4.
Hradec nad Moravicí
Place
5.
05.10.2020
Date
Engineer Petr Petr
[Signature]
Director of division ZZ
TIREFIT kitTIREFIT kit
Copy and translation of the original declaration of
conformity:
EC declarEC declaration of confation of conforormitymity, CE, CE
We,
Aircom Automotive Sp. z o.o. Sp.k.
General notes 3535
ul. Fabryczna 20B
55-080 Pietrzykowice
Poland (1)
hereby declare that the product
Electric air pump (2)
Models: (3)
5N0 012
615C
5N0 012
615F
9P1 012
615A
9P1 012
615B
1EA 012
615
8P0 012
615A
8P0 012
615E
7P0 012
617A
4L0 012
615
760 012
615
A000583
5001
6898012
3220901
2
8888002
695
meet all the essential requirements forthefollow-
ing guidelines: (4)
2006/42/EC (EC Machinery Directive)
2014/30/EU (EC EMC Directive)
2000/14/EC (EC Outdoor Noise Directive)
Person authorised to compile thetechnical docu-
ments referred to in Annex VII A of Directive
2006/42/EC:
Aircom Automotive Sp. z o.o. Sp.k.
Dominik Gschwender (5)
ul. Fabryczna 20B
55-080 Pietrzykowice
Poland
Applied harmonised standards: (6)
DIN EN 12100:2012 / DIN EN ISO 3744:1995
DIN EN 60204-1:2006 / DIN EN ISO 2151:2009
DIN EN 60335-1:2012 / DIN EN ISO 4871:2009
DIN EN 1012-1:2011 / DIN EN ISO13732-1:2008
DIN EN 55012:2010 / DIN EN 61000-6-3:2011
DIN EN 61000-6-1:2016
Other technical standards and specications
applied:
none (7)
Pietrzykowice, 23.04.2019
[Signature, D. Gschwender]
Dominik Gschwender, general management
Note:this declaration loses its validity if technical
or operational changes are made without the con-
sent of the manufacturer.
DiagnosDiagnostics connectiontics connection
The diagnostics connection is a technical inter-
face in thevehicle. It is used, forexample, in the
context of repair and maintenance work or for
reading out vehicle data at a specialist workshop.
Diagnostic devices should therefore only be con-
nected at a qualied specialist workshop.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to con-
necting devices to the diagnostics con-
nection
If you connect devices to the diagnostics con-
nection of thevehicle, the function of vehicle
systems and operating safety may be
impaired.
#For safetyreasons, we recommend that
you only use and connect products
approvedby your Mercedes-Benz service
centre.
3636 General notes
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to objects
in the driver's footwell
Objects in the driver's footwell may impede
pedal travel or block a depressed pedal.
This jeopardises the operating and road safety
of thevehicle.
#Stow all objects in thevehicle securely
so that they cannot get into the driver's
footwell.
#Always t the oor mats securely and as
prescribed in order to ensure that there
is always sucient room forthe pedals.
#Do not use loose oor mats and do not
place oor mats on top of one another.
*NNOOTETE Battery discharging from using devi-
ces connected to the diagnostics connec-
tion
Using devices at the diagnostics connection
drains the battery.
#Check thecharge level of the battery.
#If thecharge level is low, charge the bat-
tery, e.g. by driving a considerable dis-
tance.
Connecting and using another device with the
diagnostics connection can have thefollowing
eects:
RMalfunctions in thevehicle system
RPermanent damage to vehicle components
Please referto thewarranty terms and conditions
forthis matter.
QualiedQualied specialisspecialist wt workorkshopshop
Aqualied specialist workshop has the necessary
special skills, tools and qualications to correctly
carry out any necessary work on your vehicle.
This particularly applies to safety-relevant works.
Always have thefollowing work carried out on
your vehicle at a qualied specialist workshop:
RSafety-relevant works
RService and maintenance work
RRepair work
RModications as well as installations and con-
versions
RWork on electronic components
Mercedes‑Benz recommends a Mercedes‑Benz
service centre.
General notes 3737
VVehicle rehicle regisegistrtrationation
Mercedes-Benz may ask its service centres to
carry out technical inspections on certain vehi-
cles. The quality or safety of thevehicle is
improved as a result of the inspection.
Mercedes-Benz can only inform you about vehicle
checks if Mercedes-Benz has your registration
data.
It is possible that your vehicle has not yet been
registered in your name in thefollowing cases:
Rif your vehicle was not purchased at an author-
ised specialist dealer.
Rif your vehicle has not yet been examined at a
Mercedes-Benz service centre.
It is advisable to register your vehicle with a
Mercedes-Benz service centre.
Inform Mercedes-Benz as soon as possible about
any change in address or vehicle ownership. You
can do this at a Mercedes-Benz service centre,
forexample.
CorrCorrect use of tect use of the vhe vehicleehicle
If youremove any warning stickers,you or others
could fail to recognise certain dangers. Leave
warning stickers in position.
Observe thefollowing information in particular
when driving your vehicle:
Rthe safety notes in this Owner's Manual, vehi-
cle-specic supplements and further supple-
mentary documents
Rtechnical data forthevehicle
Rtrac rules and regulations
Rlaws and safetystandards pertaining to motor
vehicles
InfInforormation on tmation on the REAChe REACH rH regulationegulation
EU and EFTEU and EFTA countrA countries only:ies only:
the REACH regulation (Regulation (EC) No.
1907/2006, Article 33) stipulates a duty to sup-
ply information about substances of very high
concern (SVHCs).
Mercedes‑Benz AG acts to the best of its knowl-
edge to prevent these SVHCs from being used
and to enable customers to safely handle these
substances. There are SVHCs known to
Mercedes‑Benz AG, according to supplier informa-
tion and internal product information, found in
individual components of this vehicle in quantities
of over 0.1 percent by weight.
Further information can be obtained at thefollow-
ing addresses:
Rhttps://reach.daimler.com/de/home/
Rhttps://reach.daimler.com/en/home/
NNoottes fes for peror persons witsons with electrh electronic medical aidsonic medical aids
Mercedes-Benz AG cannot, despite carefully
developing vehicle systems, completely rule out
the interaction of vehicle systems with electronic
medical aids such as cardiac pacemakers.
In addition, there are components installed in the
vehicle that, regardless of the operating status of
thevehicle, can generate magnetic elds on a par
with permanent magnets. These elds can be
found, forexample, in the area around the multi-
media and sound system or also in the area of the
seats, depending on thevehicle equipment.
3838 General notes
Forthis reason, thefollowing can occur in isolated
cases, depending on the aids used:
RMedical aids malfunctioning
RAdverse health eects
Observe the notes and warnings of the manufac-
turer of the medical aids; if in doubt, contact the
device manufacturer and/or your doctor. If there
is continuing uncertainty concerning the possibil-
ity of medical aids malfunctioning, Mercedes-
Benz AG recommends using only few electrical
vehicle systems and/or maintaining a distance
from the components.
When charging the high-voltage battery, keep a
distance of at least an arm's length between the
medical aid and thefollowing components:
Rthe power supply equipment
This includes charging stations in theform of a
wallbox or a public charging point, forexam-
ple.
Rvehicle components carrying live voltage
This includes thecharging cable and the
charging control box, forexample.
Only have repairs and maintenance work in the
area of thefollowing components carried out at a
qualied specialist workshop:
Rvehicle components carrying live voltage
Rtransmission aerials
Rmultimedia system and sound system
If you have any queries or suggestions, consult a
qualied specialist workshop.
ImImplied wplied warrarrantyanty
*NONOTETE Damage to thevehicle arising from
violation of these operating instructions.
Damage to thevehicle can arise from violation
of these operating instructions.
This damage is not covered either by the
Mercedes-Benz implied warranty or by the
New‑ or Used-Vehicle Warranty.
#Follow the instructions in these operat-
ing instructions on proper operation of
your vehicle as well as on possible vehi-
cle damage.
QR code fQR code for ror rescue cardescue card
QR codes are attached in the socket ap and on
the opposite side on the B-pillar. In theevent of
an accident, rescue services can use the QR code
to quickly nd the appropriate rescue card for
your vehicle. The current rescue card contains the
most important information about your vehicle in
a compact form, e.g. therouting of the electric
lines.
Further information can be obtained at https://
www.mercedes-benz.de/qr-code
DatData sta stororageage
DatData pra processing in tocessing in the vhe vehicleehicle
ElectrElectronic contronic control unitsol units
Electronic control units are tted in your vehicle.
Control units process data which, forexample,
they receive from vehicle sensors,generate them-
selves or exchange between themselves. Some
control units are required forthe safe operation of
your vehicle, some assist you when driving, such
as driver assistance systems, while others enable
convenience or infotainment functions.
General notes 3939
The following provides you with general informa-
tion regarding data processing in thevehicle.
Additional information regarding exactly which
data in your vehicle are collected, saved and
transmitted to third parties, and for what purpose,
can be found in the information directly related to
the functional characteristics in question in their
respective operating instructions. This information
is also available online and, depending on the
vehicle equipment, digitally.
PPerersonal datasonal data
Every vehicle is identied by a unique vehicle
identication number. Depending on the country,
this vehicle identication number can be used by,
forexample, governmental authorities to deter-
mine the identity of theowner. There are other
possibilities to use data collected from thevehicle
to identify theowner or driver, such as the licence
plate number.
Therefore, data generated or processed by control
units may be attributable to a person or, under
certain conditions, become attributable to a per-
son. Depending on which vehicle data are availa-
ble, it may be possible to make inferences about,
forexample, your driving behaviour, your location,
your route or your use patterns.
LegLegal ral reqequiruirements rements regegararding tding the disclosurhe disclosure ofe of
datadata
If legally required to do so, manufacturers are, in
individual cases, legally obliged to provide govern-
mental entities, upon request and to theextent
required, data stored by the manufacturer. For
example, this may be the case during the investi-
gation of a criminal oence.
Governmental entities are themselves, in individ-
ual cases and within the applicable legal frame-
work, authorised to read out data from thevehi-
cle. In the case of an accident, information that
can help with an investigation can, therefore, be
taken from the airbag control unit, forexample.
OperOperational datational data in ta in the vhe vehicleehicle
This is data regarding the operation of thevehicle,
which have been processed by control units.
This includes thefollowing data, forexample:
Rvehicle status information such as the speed,
longitudinal acceleration, lateral acceleration,
number of wheel revolutions or thefastened
seat belts display
Rambient conditions, such as temperature, rain
sensor or distance sensor
Generally, the use of these data is temporary;
they will not be stored beyond the period of oper-
ation and will only be processed within thevehicle
itself. Control units oen contain data memories
forvehicle keys,forexample. Their use permits
thetemporary or permanent documentation of
technical information about thevehicle's operat-
ing state, component loads, maintenance require-
ments and technical events or faults.
Depending on thevehicle equipment, thefollow-
ing data are stored:
Roperating status of system components, such
as ll levels, tyre pressure or battery status
Rmalfunctions or faults in important system
components, such as lights or brakes
Rsystem reactions in special driving situations,
such as airbag deployment or the intervention
of stability control systems
Rinformation on events leading to vehicle dam-
age
4040 General notes
Rcharge level of the high-voltage battery, esti-
mated range
In certain cases, it may be required to store data
that would have otherwise been used only tempo-
rarily. This may be the case if thevehicle has
detected a malfunction, forexample.
If you use services, such as repair services and
maintenance work, stored operational data as
well as thevehicle identication number can be
read out and used. They can be read out by
service network employees, such as workshops
and manufacturers or third parties, such as break-
down services. The same is true in the case of
warranty claims and quality assurance measures.
In general, thereadout is performed via the legally
prescribed port forthe diagnostics connection in
thevehicle. The operational data that are read out
document technical states of thevehicle or of
individual components and assist in the diagnosis
of malfunctions, compliance with warranty obliga-
tions and quality improvement. To that end, these
data, in particular information about component
loads, technical events, malfunctions and other
faults may be transmitted along with thevehicle
identication number to the manufacturer. Fur-
thermore, the manufacturer is subject to product
liability. Forthis reason the manufacturer also
uses operational data from thevehicle, forexam-
ple, forrecalls. These data can also be used to
examine the customer's warranty and guarantee
claims.
Fault memories in thevehicle can be reset by a
service outlet or at your request as part of repair
or maintenance work.
ConvConvenience and infotenience and infotainment functionsainment functions
You can store convenience settings and individual
settings in thevehicle and change or reset them
at any time.
Depending on thevehicle equipment, this
includes thefollowing settings, forexample:
Rseat and steering wheel positions
Rsuspension and climate control settings
Rindividual settings, such as interior lighting
Depending on the selected equipment, you can
import data into vehicle infotainment functions
yourself.
Depending on thevehicle equipment, this
includes thefollowing data, forexample:
Rmultimedia data, such as music, lms or pho-
tosfor playback in an integrated multimedia
system
Raddress book data for use in connection with
an integrated hands-free system or an integra-
ted navigation system
Rentered navigation destinations
Rdata about the use of Internet services
These data for convenience and infotainment
functions may be saved locally in thevehicle or
they may be located on a device which you have
connected to thevehicle, such as a smartphone,
USB ash drive or MP3 player. If you have entered
these data yourself, you can delete them at any
time.
This data is transmitted from thevehicle to third
parties only at your request. This applies, in par-
ticular, when you use online services in accord-
ance with the settings that you have selected.
General notes 4141
SmarSmartphone inttphone integregration (e.g. Andration (e.g. Android Aoid Aututo oro or
Apple CarPlayApple CarPlay®®))
If your vehicle is accordingly equipped, you can
connect your smartphone or another mobile end
device to thevehicle. You can then control them
by means of the control elements integrated in
thevehicle. Images and audio from the smart-
phone can be output via the multimedia system.
Certain information is simultaneously transferred
to your smartphone. Depending on the type and
integration, this includes position data, day/night
mode and other general vehicle statuses. For
more information please consult the Owner's
Manual of thevehicle/infotainment system.
This integration allows the use of selected smart-
phone apps, such as navigation or music player
apps. There is no further interaction between the
smartphone and thevehicle; in particular, vehicle
data is not directly accessible. The type of addi-
tional data processing is determined by the pro-
vider of the app being used. Which settings you
can make, if any, depends on the specic app and
the operating system of your smartphone.
Online serOnline servicesvices
WWirireless neeless netwtworork connectionk connection
If your vehicle has a wireless network connection,
it enables data to be exchanged between your
vehicle and additional systems. The wireless net-
work connection is made possible by thevehicle's
own transmitter and receiver or by a mobile end
device that you have brought into thevehicle, for
example, a smartphone. Online functions can be
used via the wireless network connection. This
includes online services and applications/apps
provided to youby the manufacturer or by other
providers.
ManufManufacturacturer's serer's servicesvices
Regarding the manufacturer's online services, the
individual functions are described by the manu-
facturer in a suitable place, forexample, in the
Owner's Manual or on the manufacturer's web-
site, where therelevant data protection informa-
tion is also given. Personal data may be used for
the provision of online services. Data are
exchanged via a secure connection, such as the
manufacturer's designated IT systems. Any per-
sonal data which are collected, processed and
used, other than forthe provision of services, is
done so exclusively on the basis of legal permis-
sion. This is the case, forexample, for a legally
prescribed emergency call system, a contractual
agreement or when consent has been given.
You can have services and functions, some of
which are subject to afee, activated or deactiva-
ted. This excludes legally prescribed functions and
services, such as an emergency call system.
ThirThird pard party serty servicesvices
If you use online services from other providers
(third parties), these services are theresponsibil-
ity of the provider in question and subject to that
provider's data protection conditions and terms of
use. As a general rule, the manufacturer has no
inuence on the content exchanged.
Forthis reason, when services are provided by
third parties, please ask the service provider in
question for information about the type, extent
and purpose of the collection and use of personal
data.
4242 General notes
DatData prota protection rection rightsights
Depending on your country or the equipment and
range of functions of your vehicle as well as the
services you use and the services on oer, you
are entitled to dierent data protection rights.
Further information on data protection and your
data protection rights can either be found on the
manufacturer's website or you will receive this
information as part of thevarious services and
service oers. There you will also nd the contact
information forthe manufacturer and its data pro-
tection ocers.
At aworkshop, forexample, with the support of a
specialist and possibly for a fee, you can have
data read out which is stored only locally in the
vehicle.
CopCopyryrightight
Information on licences for free and open-source
soware used in your vehicle can be found on the
data carrier in your vehicle document wallet and
with updates on thefollowing website:
https://www.mercedes-benz.com/opensource
General notes 4343
RResestrtraint systaint systemem
ProtProtection proection provided bvided by ty the rhe resestrtraint systaint systemem
The restraint system includes thefollowing com-
ponents:
RSeat belt system
RAirbags
RChild restraint system
RChild seat securing systems
The restraint system can help prevent thevehicle
occupants from coming into contact with parts of
thevehicle interior in theevent of an accident. In
theevent of an accident, therestraint system can
also reduce theforces to which thevehicle occu-
pants are subjected.
A seat belt can only provide the best level of pro-
tection if it is worn correctly. Depending on the
detected accident situation, seat belt tensioners
and/or airbags supplement the protection oered
by a correctly worn seat belt. Seat belt tensioners
and/or airbags are not deployed in every acci-
dent.
In order fortherestraint system to provide the
intended level of protection, each vehicle occu-
pant must observe thefollowing information:
RFasten seat belts correctly.
RSit in an almost upright seat position with their
back against the seat backrest.
RSit with their feet resting on the oor, if possi-
ble.
RAlways secure persons under 1.50 m tall in an
additional restraint system suitable for
Mercedes-Benz vehicles.
However, no system available today can com-
pletely eliminate injuries and fatalities in every
accident situation. In particular, the seat belt and
airbag generally do not protect against objects
penetrating thevehicle from the outside. It is also
not possible to completely rule out therisk of
injury caused by the airbag deploying.
LimitLimitations of tations of the prothe protection proection provided bvided by ty thehe
rresestrtraint systaint systemem
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death due to
modications to therestraint system
Vehicle occupants may no longer be protected
as intended if alterations are made to the
restraint system.
#Never alter the parts of therestraint sys-
tem.
#Nevertamper with the wiring or any elec-
tronic component parts or their so-
ware.
If it is necessary to modify thevehicle to accom-
modate a person with disabilities, contact a quali-
ed specialist workshop.
Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use driving
aids which have been approvedforyour vehicle by
Mercedes-Benz.
4444 Occupant safety
RResestrtraint systaint system functionalityem functionality
When thevehicle is switched on, a self-test is per-
formed, during which the6restraint system
warning lamp lights up. It goes out no later than a
few seconds aer thevehicle is started. The com-
ponents of therestraint system are then func-
tional.
Malfunctioning rMalfunctioning resestrtraint systaint systemem
A malfunction has occurred in therestraint sys-
tem if:
Rthe6restraint system warning lamp does
not light up when thevehicle is switched on
Rthe6restraint system warning lamp lights
up continuously or repeatedly during a journey
&DDANANGERGER Risk of fatal injuries due to
restraint system malfunctions
Components in therestraint system may be
activated unintentionally or not deploy as plan-
ned in an accident. In theevent of an acci-
dent, the high-voltage on-board electrical sys-
tem may not be deactivated as intended.
You may suer an electric shock if youtouch
the damaged components of the high-voltage
on-board electrical system.
#Have therestraint system checked and
repaired immediately at a qualied spe-
cialist workshop.
#Aer an accident, switch o thevehicle
immediately.
FFunction of tunction of the rhe resestrtraint systaint system in an accidentem in an accident
How therestraint system works depends on the
severity of the impact detected and the apparent
type of accident:
RFrontal impact
RRear impact
RSide impact
RRollover
The activation thresholds forthe components of
therestraint system are determined based on the
evaluation of the sensor values measured at vari-
ous points in thevehicle. This process is pre-emp-
tive in nature. The triggering/deployment of the
components of therestraint system must take
place in good time at the start of the collision.
Factors which can only be seen and measured
aer a collision has occurred cannot play a deci-
sive role in airbag deployment. Nor do they pro-
vide an indication of airbag deployment.
The vehicle may be deformed signicantly without
an airbag being deployed. This is the case if only
parts which are relatively easily deformed are
aected and therate of vehicle deceleration is
not high. Conversely, an airbag may be deployed
even though thevehicle suers only minor defor-
mation. If very rigid vehicle parts such as longitu-
dinal members are hit, this may result in su-
ciently high levels of vehicle deceleration.
Depending on the detected deployment situation,
the components of therestraint system can be
activated or deployed independently of each
other:
RSeat belt tensioner: frontal impact, rear
impact, side impact, rollover
RDriver's airbag, front passenger airbag: frontal
impact
RKnee airbag: frontal impact
Occupant safety 4545
RSide airbag: side impact
RWindow airbag: side impact, rollover, frontal
impact
The front passenger airbag can only be deployed
in an accident if thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF
indicator lamp is o. If the front passenger seat is
occupied, make sure, both before and during the
journey, that the status of the front passenger air-
bag is correct (/page 54).
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of burns from hot airbag
components
The airbag parts are hot aer an airbag has
been deployed.
#Do not touch the airbag parts.
#Have a deployed airbag replaced at a
qualied specialist workshop as soon as
possible.
Mercedes-Benz recommends that you have the
vehicle towedto aqualied specialist workshop
aer an accident. Take this into account, particu-
larly if a seat belt tensioner is triggered or an air-
bag deployed.
If the seat belt tensioners are triggered or an air-
bag is deployed, you will hear a bang, and a small
amount of powder may also be released:
RThe bang will not generally aect your hearing.
RIn general, the powder released is not hazard-
ous to health but may cause short-term
breathing diculties to persons suering from
asthma or other pulmonary conditions.
Provided it is safe to do so, leave thevehicle
immediately or open the window in order to
prevent breathing diculties.
Seat beltsSeat belts
ProtProtection proection provided bvided by ty the seat belthe seat belt
Alwaysfasten your seat belt correctly before
starting a journey. A seat belt can only provide
the best level of protection if it is worn correctly.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death due to
incorrectly fastened seat belt
If the seat belt is not worn correctly, it cannot
perform its intended protective function.
In addition, an incorrectly fastened seat belt
can also cause injuries, forexample, in the
event of an accident or when braking or
changing direction suddenly.
#Always ensure that all vehicle occupants
have their seat belts fastened correctly
and are sitting properly.
Always observe the instructions about the correct
driver's seat position and adjusting the seat
(/page 102).
In order forthe correctly worn seat belt to provide
the intended level of protection, each vehicle
occupant must observe thefollowing information:
RThe seat belt must not be twisted and must t
tightly and snugly across the body.
RThe seat belt must be routed across the
centre of the shoulder and as low down across
the hips as possible.
RThe shoulder section of the seat belt should
not touch your neck nor be routed under your
arm or behind your back.
RAvoid wearing bulky clothing, e.g. a winter
coat.
4646 Occupant safety
RPush the lap belt down as far as possible
across your hips and pull tight with the shoul-
der section of the belt. Neverroute the lap
belt across your abdomen.
Pregnant women must also take particular
care with this.
RNeverroute the seat belt across sharp, poin-
ted, abrasive or fragile objects.
ROnly one person should use each seat belt at
any one time.
RNever secure objects with a seat belt if the
seat belt is also being used by one of thevehi-
cle's occupants.
Also ensure that no objects, e.g. a cushion,
are ever placed between a person and the
seat.
If children are travelling in thevehicle, be sure to
observe the instructions and safety notes on
"Children in thevehicle" (/page 60).
Always observe the instructions for loading the
vehicle when securing objects, luggage or loads
(/page 114).
LimitLimitations of tations of the prothe protection proection provided bvided by ty the seathe seat
beltbelt
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death due to
incorrect seat position
The seat belt will not oer the intended level
of protection if you have not movedthe seat
backrest to an almost vertical position.
In particular, you may slip under the seatbelt
and injure yourself.
#Adjust the seat properly before begin-
ning your journey.
#Always ensure that the seat backrest is
in an almost vertical position and that
the shoulder section of your seat belt is
routed across the centre of your shoul-
der.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death when
additional restraint systems are not used
for persons with a smaller stature
Persons under 1.50 m tall cannot wear the
seat belt correctly without a suitable addi-
tional restraint system.
#Always secure persons under 1.50 m tall
in a suitable restraint system.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death due to
damaged or modied seat belts
Seat belts cannot provide protection in thefol-
lowing situations:
Rthe seat belt is damaged, has been modi-
ed, is extremely dirty, bleached or dyed
Rthe seat belt buckle is damaged or
extremely dirty
Rmodications have been made to the seat
belt tensioner, seat belt anchorage or seat
belt retractor
Seat belts may sustain non-visible damage in
an accident, e.g. due to glass splinters.
Occupant safety 4747
Modied or damaged seat belts could tear or
fail in theevent of an accident, forexample.
Modied seat belt tensioners could acciden-
tally trigger or fail to function as intended.
#Never modify the seat belt system, for
example the seat belt, seat belt buckle,
seat belt tensioner, seat belt anchorage
and seat belt retractor.
#Make sure that the seat belts are undam-
aged, not worn and clean.
#Always have the seat belts checked
immediately aer an accident at a quali-
ed specialist workshop.
Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use seat
belts which have been approvedforyour vehicle
by Mercedes-Benz.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death from
deployedpyrotechnic seat belt tensioners
Pyrotechnic seat belt tensioners that have
been deployed are no longer operational and
are unable to perform their intended protec-
tive function.
#Therefore, have deployedpyrotechnic
seat belt tensioners immediately
replaced at a qualied specialist work-
shop.
Mercedes-Benz recommends that you have the
vehicle towedto aqualied specialist workshop
aer an accident.
*NNOOTETE Damage caused by trapping the
seat belt
If an unused seat belt is not fully retracted, it
may become trapped in the door or in the seat
mechanism.
#Always ensure that an unused seat belt
is fully retracted.
FFastastening seat beltsening seat belts
If the seat belt is pulled quickly or sharply, the
seat belt retractor locks. The seat belt strap can-
not be pulled out any further.
#Always engage seat belt tongue 2of the seat
belt into seat belt buckle 1of the corre-
sponding seat.
%A seat belt can only provide the best level of
protection if it is worn correctly. Observe the
notes on fastening the seat belt (/page 46).
4848 Occupant safety
*NNOOTETE Deployment of components of the
restraint system when the front passenger
seat is unoccupied and a seat belt is
buckled
When the front passenger seat is unoccupied
and the seat belt tongue of the seat belt is
engaged in the seat belt buckle, components
of therestraint system may deploy unnecessa-
rily on the front passenger side, e.g. the seat
belt tensioner.
#Only buckle the seat belts as intended.
%Observe the notes on stowage areas
(/page 114).
Information on tting a child restraint system
and on children travelling in thevehicle can
be found in the "Children in thevehicle" sec-
tion (/page 63).
Seat belt adjusSeat belt adjustment functiontment function
VVehicles witehicles with PRE-Sh PRE-SAFEAFE®®::aer a front seat belt
has been fastened, the automatic seat belt adjust-
ment may apply a certain tightening force. Do not
hold the seat belt tightly while it is adjusting.
You can activate and deactivate the seat belt
adjustment function using the multimedia system
(/page 49).
AActivctivating/deactivating/deactivating seat belt adjusating seat belt adjustment viatment via
tthe multimedia systhe multimedia systemem
Multimedia system:
4©5Settings 5Vehicle
#Activate or deactivate Belt adjustment.
RReleasing seat beltseleasing seat belts
#Press therelease button in the seat belt
buckle and guide the seat belt back with the
seat belt tongue.
Seat belt wSeat belt wararning function fning function for tor the drhe driviver and frer and frontont
passengpassengerer
The üseat belt warning lamp in the Instru-
ment Display is a reminder that all vehicle occu-
pants must wear their seat belts correctly.
In addition, a warning tone may sound.
As soon as the driver and front passenger fasten
their seat belts, the seat belt warning goes out.
FFunction of tunction of the rhe rear seat belt stear seat belt status displayatus display
The rear seat belt status display is only available
for certain countries.
When thevehicle is switched on, therear seat
belt status display informs youfor a certain
amount of time which rear seat belt is not fas-
tened.
Occupant safety 4949
You can immediately dismiss therear seat belt
status display using the back button on the le-
hand side of the steering wheel (/page 246).
If a vehicle occupant unfastens a seat belt in the
rear while thevehicle is motion, therear seat belt
status display appears again.
In addition, a warning tone may sound. In this
case, therear seat belt status display cannot be
hidden using the back button on the le-hand side
of the steering wheel.
AirbagsAirbags
OvOverervieview of airbagsw of airbags
1Knee airbag
2Driver's airbag
3Front passenger airbag
4Window airbag
5Side airbag
The installation location of an airbag is identied
by the AIRBAG symbol.
When enabled, an airbag can provide additional
protection fortherespective vehicle occupant.
Potential protection provided by each airbag:
RKnee airbag: thigh, knee and lower leg
RDriver's airbag, front passenger airbag: head
and ribcage
RWindow airbag: head
RSide airbag: ribcage and pelvis
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death if the co-
driver airbag is enabled
If the co-driver airbag is enabled, a child on
the co-driver seat may be struck by the co-
driver airbag during an accident.
NEVER use a rearward-facing child restraint
system on a seat with an ENABLED FRONT
AIRBAG; DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the
CHILD can occur.
When tting a child restraint system to the front
passenger seat, observe thevehicle-specic infor-
mation (/page 75). Also, always observe the
notes on rearward-facing or forward-facing child
restraint systems on the front passenger seat
(/page 74).
5050 Occupant safety
InfInforormation on autmation on automatic fromatic front passengont passenger airbager airbag
shutshutoo
The front passenger airbag can only be deployed
in an accident if thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF
indicator lamp is o. If the front passenger seat is
occupied, make sure, both before and during the
journey, that the status of the front passenger air-
bag is correct (/page 54).
*NONOTETE Deployment of components of the
restraint system when the front passenger
seat is unoccupied
In an accident, the components of the
restraint system may deploy unnecessarily on
the front passenger side if:
RThere are heavy objects on the front
passenger seat.
RThe seat belt tongue is engaged in the seat
belt buckle of the front passenger seat and
the front passenger seat is unoccupied.
#Stow objects in a suitable place.
#Only one person should use each seat
belt at any one time.
Depending on the detected accident situation, the
window airbag on the front passenger side may
deploy. The airbag is deployedregardless of
whether the front passenger seat is occupied.
ProtProtection proection provided bvided by ty the airbagshe airbags
Depending on the accident situation, an airbag
may supplement the protection oered by a cor-
rectly fastened seat belt.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death due to
an incorrect seat position
If you deviate from the correct seat position,
the airbag cannot perform its intended protec-
tive function.
Each vehicle occupant must make sure of the
following:
RFasten seat belts correctly. Pregnant
women must take particular care to ensure
that the lap belt never lies across the
abdomen.
RAdopt the correct seat position and keep
as faraway as possible from the airbags.
RObserve thefollowing information.
#Always make sure that there are no
objects between the airbag and vehicle
occupant.
To avoid therisks resulting from the deployment
of an airbag, each vehicle occupant must observe
thefollowing information in particular:
RBefore starting your journey, adjust your seat
correctly; the driver's seat and front
passenger seat should be moved as far back
as possible.
When doing so, always observe the informa-
tion on the correct driver's seat position
(/page 102).
ROnly hold the steering wheel by the steering
wheel rim. This allows the airbag to be fully
deployed.
RAlways lean against the seat backrest when
thevehicle is in motion. Do not lean forwards
or against the door or side window. You may
Occupant safety 5151
otherwise be in the deployment area of the
airbags.
RThe occupants must alwayskeep their feet on
the oor. Do not put your feet on the cockpit,
forexample. Your feet may otherwise be in the
deployment area of the airbag.
RIf children are travelling in thevehicle, observe
the additional notes (/page 60).
RAlways stow and secure objects correctly.
Objects in thevehicle interior may prevent an air-
bag from functioning correctly. Each vehicle occu-
pant must always make sure of thefollowing in
particular:
RThere are no people, animals or objects
between thevehicle occupants and an airbag.
RThere are no objects between the seat, door
and door pillar (B-pillar).
RThere are no hard objects, e.g. coat hangers,
hanging on thegrab handles or coat hooks.
RThere are no accessories, such as mobile navi-
gation devices, mobile phones or cup holders,
within the deployment area of an airbag, e.g.
on the cockpit, on the door, on the side win-
dow or on the side trim.
In addition, no connecting cables, tensioning
straps or retaining straps must be routed or
attached to thevehicle within the deployment
area of an airbag. Always comply with the
accessory manufacturer's installation instruc-
tions and, in particular, the notes on suitable
places for installation.
RThere are no heavy, sharp-edged or fragile
objects in the pockets of your clothing. Store
such objects in a suitable place.
LimitLimitations of tations of the prothe protection proection provided bvided by airbagsy airbags
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury due to modica-
tions to the cover of an airbag
If you modify the cover of an airbag or ax
objects such as stickers to it, the airbag may
no longer function correctly.
#Never modify the cover of an airbag and
do not ax objects to it.
The installation location of an airbag is identied
by the AIRBAG symbol (/page 50).
Objects in the deployment area of an airbag may
prevent the airbag from functioning correctly.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury from objects in
the deployment area of an airbag
Objects in the deployment area of an airbag
can hinder or prevent the correct deployment
of the airbag.
The airbag may then deploy in an uncontrolled
manner and may even cause additional inju-
ries to thevehicle occupants by deploying.
This may be the case in particular if the airbag
is integrated into the seat.
#Always stow and secure objects cor-
rectly.
#Before commencing your journey, make
sure that no objects are stowed in the
deployment area of an airbag.
5252 Occupant safety
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death due to
the use of unsuitable seat covers
Due to unsuitable seat covers,the airbags
cannot protect vehicle occupants as intended.
In addition, the operation of the automatic
front passenger airbag shuto could be
restricted.
#You should only use seat covers that
have been approved forthe correspond-
ing seats by Mercedes-Benz.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury due to malfunc-
tioning sensors in the door
The function of the airbags can be impaired
due to modications or incorrect work per-
formed on the doors or door trim, or if the
doors are damaged.
#Never modify the doors or parts of the
doors.
#Always have work on the doors or door
trim carried out at a qualied specialist
workshop.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury due to deployed
airbag
A deployed airbag no longer oers any protec-
tion.
#Have thevehicle towedto a qualied
specialist workshop in order to have the
deployed airbag replaced.
Have deployed airbags replaced immediately.
SSttatus of tatus of the frhe front passengont passenger frer front airbagont airbag
FFunction of tunction of the authe automatic fromatic front passengont passenger airbager airbag
shutshutoo
The automatic front passenger airbag shuto is
able to detect whether the front passenger seat is
occupied by a person or a child restraint system.
The front passenger airbag is enabled or disabled
accordingly.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death due to
objects under the co-driver seat
Objects trapped under the co-driver seat can
interfere with the function of the automatic
co-driver airbag shuto or damage the system.
#Do not store any objects under the co-
driver seat.
#When the co-driver seat is occupied,
make sure that no objects are trapped
under the co-driver seat.
When tting a child restraint system to the front
passenger seat, observe thevehicle-specic infor-
mation (/page 75). Also, always observe the
notes on rearward-facing or forward-facing child
restraint systems on the front passenger seat
(/page 74).
A person on the front passenger seat must
observe thefollowing information:
RFasten seat belts correctly (/page 46).
RSit in an almost upright seat position with their
back against the seat backrest.
Occupant safety 5353
RSit with their feet resting on the oor, if possi-
ble.
The front passenger airbag may otherwise be dis-
abled by mistake, forexample, in thefollowing sit-
uations:
RThe front passenger transfers their weight by
supporting themselves on a vehicle armrest.
RThe front passenger sits in such a waythat
their weight is raised from the seat surface.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death due to a
disabled front passenger airbag
The front passenger airbag is disabled when
thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp
is lit.
A person in the front passenger seat could
then, forexample, come into contact with the
vehicle interior, especially if the person is sit-
ting too close to the cockpit.
If the front passenger seat is occupied, always
ensure that:
Rthe classication of the person in the front
passenger seat is correct and the front
passenger airbag is enabled or disabled in
accordance with the person in the front
passenger seat.
Rthe front passenger seat has been moved
as far back as possible.
Rthe person is seated correctly.
#Both before and during the journey,
ensure that the status of the front
passenger airbag is correct.
If the front passenger seat is occupied, the classi-
cation of the person or child restraint system on
the front passenger seat takes place aer the
front passenger airbag shuto self-test. The
PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps display the
status of the front passenger airbag.
Always observe the notes on the function of the
PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps
(/page 54).
FFunction of tunction of the Phe PASSENASSENGER AIR BAGER AIR BAG indicatG indicatoror
lamlampsps
Vehicles without automatic front passenger airbag
shuto have a special sticker axed to the side of
the cockpit on the front passenger side
(/page 73).
5454 Occupant safety
Self-tSelf-tesest of autt of automatic fromatic front passengont passenger airbag shut-er airbag shut-
oo
When thevehicle is switched on, a self-test is per-
formed during which the two PASSENGER AIR
BAG ON and OFF indicator lamps light up simulta-
neously.
The status of the front passenger airbag is dis-
played via thePASSENGER AIR BAG indicator
lamps aer the self-test:
RON is lit:ON is lit: the front passenger airbag may
deploy during an accident.
The indicator lamp goes out aer 60 seconds.
RON and OFF arON and OFF are noe not lit:t lit: the front passenger
airbag may deploy during an accident.
ROFF is lit:OFF is lit: the front passenger airbag is disa-
bled. It will then not be deployed in theevent
of an accident.
If thePASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp is
o, only thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator
lamp shows the status of the front passenger air-
bag. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp
may be lit continuously or be o.
If thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp
and the6restraint system warning lamp light
up simultaneously, the front passenger seat may
not be used. Also in this case, do not t a child
restraint system to the front passenger seat. Have
the automatic front passenger airbag shuto
checked and repaired immediately at a qualied
specialist workshop.
SSttatus displayatus display
If the front passenger seat is occupied, ensure,
both before and during the journey, that the sta-
tus of the front passenger airbag is correct forthe
current situation.
AerAer ttingtting a ra rearwearwarard-fd-facing cacing child rhild resestrtraint syaint sys-s-
ttem tem to to the frhe front passengont passenger seater seat::PASSENGER AIR
BAG OFF must be lit continuously.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death when
using a rearward-facing child restraint sys-
tem while the front passenger airbag is
enabled
If you secure a child in a rearward-facing child
restraint system on the front passenger seat
and thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator
lamp is o, the front passenger airbag can
deploy in theevent of an accident.
The child could be struck by the airbag.
#Always ensure that the front passenger
airbag is disabled. The PASSENGER AIR
BAG OFF indicator lamp must be lit.
#NEVER use a rearward-facing child
restraint system on a seat with an ENA-
BLED FRONT AIRBAG. This can result in
the DEATH of or SERIOUS INJURY to the
CHILD.
When tting a child restraint system to the front
passenger seat, observe thevehicle-specic infor-
mation (/page 74).
Depending on thechild restraint system and the
stature of thechild, thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF
indicator lamp may be o. In this case, do not t
therearward-facing child restraint system to the
front passenger seat.
Instead, t therearward-facing child restraint sys-
temto a suitable rear seat.
AerAer ttingtting a fa forworwarard-fd-facing cacing child rhild resestrtraint syaint sys-s-
ttem tem to to the frhe front passengont passenger seater seat::depending on the
Occupant safety 5555
child restraint system and the stature of thechild,
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF may be lit continuously
or be o. Always observe thefollowing informa-
tion.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death due to
incorrect positioning of theforward-facing
child restraint system
If you secure a child in a forward-facing child
restraint system on the front passenger seat
that is positioned too close to the cockpit, in
theevent of an accident, thechild could:
Rcome into contact with parts of thevehi-
cle's interior if thePASSENGER AIR BAG
OFF indicator lamp is lit, forexample
Rbe struck by the airbag if thePASSENGER
AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is o
#Always move the front passenger seat as
far back as possible and fully retract the
seat cushion length adjustment. While
doing so, always make sure that the
shoulder belt strap is correctly routed
from the seat belt outlet of thevehicle to
the shoulder belt guide on thechild
restraint system. The shoulder belt strap
must be routed forwards and downwards
from the seat belt outlet. If necessary,
adjust the front passenger seat accord-
ingly.
#Always comply with thechild restraint
system manufacturer's installation
instructions.
When tting a child restraint system to the front
passenger seat, observe thevehicle-specic infor-
mation (/page 74).
If a perIf a person is sitting on tson is sitting on the frhe front passengont passenger seater seat::
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF may be lit continuously
or be o, depending on the person's stature.
A person on the front passenger seat must always
observe thefollowing information:
RIf the front passenger seat is occupied by an
adult or a person with a stature corresponding
to that of an adult, thePASSENGER AIR BAG
OFF indicator lamp must be o. This indicates
that the front passenger airbag is enabled.
If thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator
lamp is lit continuously, an adult or person
with a build corresponding to that of an adult
must not use the front passenger seat.
Instead, they should use a rear seat.
RIf the front passenger seat is occupied by a
person of smaller stature (e.g. a teenager or
small adult), thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF
indicator lamp is either lit continuously or
remains o, depending on the classication.
-If thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator
lamp is o: move the front passenger seat
as far back as possible, or the person of
smaller stature should use a rear seat.
-If thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator
lamp is lit continuously: the person of
smaller stature should not use the front
passenger seat.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death when
thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator
lamp is lit
If thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator
lamp remains lit aer the self-test, the front
passenger airbag is disabled.
5656 Occupant safety
If the front passenger seat is occupied, always
ensure that:
RThe classication of the person in the front
passenger seat is correct and the front
passenger airbag is enabled or disabled in
accordance with the person in the front
passenger seat.
RThe person is seated properly with a cor-
rectly fastened seat belt.
RThe front passenger seat has been moved
as far back as possible.
Be sure to also observe thefollowing further rela-
ted subjects:
RChild restraint system on the front passenger
seat (/page 74)
RSuitable positioning of thechild restraint sys-
tem (/page 63)
PRE-SPRE-SAFEAFE®®systsystemem
FFunction of PRE-Sunction of PRE-SAFEAFE®®(anticipat(anticipatorory occupanty occupant
protprotection)ection)
PRE-SAFE®is able to detect certain critical driv-
ing situations and implement pre-emptive meas-
ures to protect thevehicle occupants.
PRE-SAFE®can implement thefollowing meas-
ures independently of each other:
RTightening the seat belts on the driver's seat
and front passenger seat.
RClosing the side windows.
RVVehicles witehicles with sliding sunrh sliding sunroof:oof: closing the slid-
ing sunroof.
RVVehicles witehicles with memorh memory function:y function: moving the
front passenger seat to a more favourable seat
position.
RPRE-SAFE®Sound: provided that the multime-
dia system is switched on, generating a brief
noise signal to stimulate the innate protective
mechanism of a person's hearing.
*NNOOTETE Damage caused by objects in the
footwell or behind the seat
The automatic adjustment of the seat position
may result in damage to the seat and/or the
object.
#Stow objects in a suitable place.
RReevverersing tsing the PRE-She PRE-SAFEAFE®®systsystem measurem measureses
If an accident did not occur, the pre-emptive
measures that were taken are reversed.
You will need to perform certain settings yourself.
#If the seat belt pre-tensioning is not reduced,
move the seat backrest back slightly.
The locking mechanism releases.
FFunction of PRE-Sunction of PRE-SAFEAFE®®PLPLUS (anticipatUS (anticipatorory occu-y occu-
pant protpant protection plus)ection plus)
PRE-SAFE®PLUS can detect certain impacts, par-
ticularly an imminent rear impact, and take pre-
emptive measures to protect thevehicle occu-
Occupant safety 5757
pants. These measures cannot necessarily pre-
vent an imminent impact.
PRE-SAFE®PLUS can implement thefollowing
measures independently of each other:
RTightening the seat belts on the driver's seat
and front passenger seat.
RActivating therear hazard warning lights at a
higher ashing frequency.
RIncreasing brake pressure when thevehicle is
stationary. This brake application is cancelled
automatically when thevehicle pulls away.
If an accident did not occur, the pre-emptive
measures that were taken are reversed.
SystSystem limitsem limits
The system will not initiate any action in thefol-
lowing situations:
Rwhen reversing
or
Rwhen thevehicle is towing a trailer and there
is a risk of a rear impact
The system will not initiate any braking application
in thefollowing situations:
Rwhilst driving
or
Rwhen entering or exiting a parking space while
using Active Parking Assist
AAututomatic measuromatic measureses aeraer an accidentan accident
Depending on the type and severity of the acci-
dent, and depending on thevehicle's equipment,
thefollowing measures can be implemented, for
example:
Rautomatic braking (post-collision brake)
Ractivating the hazard warning lights
Rtriggering an automatic emergency call
(/page 287)
Rswitching o the drive system and high-volt-
age on-board electrical system
Runlocking thevehicle doors
Rlowering the side windows
Rdisplaying the emergency guide in the multi-
media system display
Rswitching on the interior lighting
FFunction of tunction of the poshe post-collision brt-collision brakeake
Depending on the accident situation, the post-col-
lision brake can minimise the severity of a further
collision or evenavoid it.
If an accident is detected, the post-collision brake
can implement automatic braking. When thevehi-
cle has come to a standstill, the electric parking
brake is automatically applied.
The driver can cancel automatic braking by taking
thefollowing actions:
Rbraking more strongly than automatic braking
Rfully depressing the accelerator pedal with
force
5858 Occupant safety
SafSafelely try transporansporting cting childrhildren in ten in the vhe vehicleehicle
AlwayAlways observs observe when ce when childrhildren aren are trave travelling in telling in thehe
vvehicleehicle
%Also strictly observe the safety notesforthe
specic situation. In this wayyou can recog-
nise potential risks and avoid dangers if chil-
dren are travelling in thevehicle
(/page 60).
Be diligBe diligentent
Bear in mind that negligence when securing a
child in thechild restraint system may have seri-
ous consequences. Always be diligent in securing
achild carefully before every journey.
Never allow babies and children to travel sitting
on the lap of another vehicle occupant.
To improve protection forchildren younger than
12 years old or under 1.50 m in height,
Mercedes-Benz recommends you observe thefol-
lowing information:
RAlways secure thechild in a child restraint sys-
tem suitable forthis Mercedes-Benz vehicle.
RThe child restraint system must be appropriate
to the age, weight and size of thechild.
RThe vehicle seat must be suitable for tting a
child restraint system (/page 63).
Accident statistics show that children secured on
therear seats are generally saferthan children
secured on the front seats. Forthis reason,
Mercedes-Benz strongly advises that you t a
child restraint system to arear seat.
The gThe genereneric tic tererm cm child rhild resestrtraint systaint systemem
The generic term child restraint system is used in
this Owner's Manual. A child restraint system is,
forexample:
Ra baby car seat
Rarearward-facing child seat
Raforward-facing child seat
Rachild booster seat with a backrest and seat
belt guide
Mercedes-Benz recommends using a child
booster seat with a backrest.
The child restraint system must be appropriate to
the age, weight and size of thechild.
ObservObserve lawe laws and legs and legal ral reqequiruirementsements
Always observe the legal requirements when
using a child restraint system in thevehicle.
Make sure that thechild restraint system is
approved in accordance with thevalid test speci-
cations and guidelines. Further information can
be obtained at a qualied specialist workshop.
Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use a
Mercedes-Benz Service Centre forthis purpose.
OnlOnly use approvy use approved ced child rhild resestrtraint systaint systemsems
Only child restraint systems that meet thefollow-
ing UNECE standards are permitted for use in the
vehicle:
RUN-R44
RUN-R129 (i-Size child restraint systems)
Information on child restraint system approval
categories and details on the approval label on
thechild restraint system (/page 64).
Occupant safety 5959
DetDetecting recting riskisks, avs, avoiding dangoiding dangerer
SecurSecuring systing systems fems for cor child rhild resestrtraint systaint systems inems in
tthe vhe vehicleehicle
Only use thefollowing securing systems forchild
restraint systems:
Rthe ISOFIX or i-Size securing rings
Rthevehicle's seat belt system
RtheTopTether anchorages
Fitting an ISOFIX or an i-Size child restraint sys-
tem is preferred.
Simply attaching to the securing rings on thevehi-
cle can reduce therisk of tting thechild restraint
system incorrectly.
When securing a child with the integrated seat
belt of the ISOFIX or i-Size child restraint system,
always comply with the permissible gross weight
forthechild and child restraint system
(/page 67).
AAdvdvantantagageofareofarearwearwarard-fd-facing cacing child rhild resestrtraint syaint sys-s-
ttemem
It is preferable to transport a baby or a small child
in a suitable rearward-facing child restraint sys-
tem. In this case, thechild sits in the opposite
direction to the direction of travel and faces back-
wards.
Babies and small children have comparatively
weak neck muscles in relation to the size and
weight of their head. The risk of injury to the cer-
vical spine during an accident can be reduced in a
rearward-facing child restraint system.
AlwayAlways securs secureaceachild rhild resestrtraint systaint system correm correctlyectly
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death due to
incorrect installation of thechild restraint
system
The child can then not be protected or
restrained as intended.
#Be sure to comply with the manufactur-
er's installation instructions forthechild
restraint system and its correct use.
#Make sure that the entire base of the
child restraint system always rests on
the sitting surface of the seat.
#Never place objects (e.g. cushions)
under or behind thechild restraint sys-
tem.
#Use child restraint systems only with the
original cover designed forthem.
#Alwaysreplace damaged covers with
genuine covers.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death due to
unsecured child restraint systems in the
vehicle
If thechild restraint system is incorrectly tted
or not secured, it can come loose.
The child restraint system could be ung
around and hit vehicle occupants.
#Always install child restraint systems cor-
rectly, even when not in use.
#Always comply with thechild restraint
system manufacturer's installation
instructions.
RAlways observe thechild restraint system
manufacturer's installation and operating
6060 Occupant safety
instructions as well as thevehicle-specic
information:
-Fitting the ISOFIX or i-Size child restraint
system to therear seat (/page 67).
-Securing thechild restraint system with
the seat belt on therear seat
(/page 72).
-Securing thechild restraint system with
the seat belt on the front passenger seat
(/page 75). Observe the specic
instructions fortherearward-facing and
forward-facing child restraint systems
(/page 74).
If the front passenger seat is occupied,
ensure, both before and during the jour-
ney, that the status of the front passenger
airbag is correct forthe current situation
(/page 54).
RObserve thewarning labels in thevehicle inte-
rior and on thechild restraint system.
RAlso secure TopTether if present.
Do noDo not modify tt modify the che child rhild resestrtraint systaint systemem
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury due to modica-
tions to thechild restraint system
The child restraint system can no longer func-
tion properly. This poses an increased risk of
injury.
#Never modify a child restraint system.
#Only ax accessories which have been
specially approvedforthis child restraint
system by thechild restraint system's
manufacturer.
Mercedes‑Benz recommends Mercedes-Benz
care products for cleaning child restraint systems
recommended by Mercedes-Benz.
OnlOnly use cy use child rhild resestrtraint systaint systems whicems which arh are ine in
prproper woper wororking conditionking condition
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death caused
by the use of damaged child restraint sys-
tems
Child restraint systems or their retaining sys-
tems that have been subjected to stress in an
accident may not be able to perform their
intended protective function.
It may be the case that thechild cannot be
properly restrained.
#Always immediately replace child
restraint systems that have been dam-
aged or involved in an accident.
#Have the securing systems forthechild
restraint systems checked at a qualied
specialist workshop before installing a
child restraint system again.
Occupant safety 6161
AAvvoid diroid direct sunlightect sunlight
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of burns when thechild
seat is exposed to direct sunlight
If thechild restraint system is exposed to
direct sunlight or heat, parts could heat up.
Children could suer burns from these parts,
particularly on metallic parts of thechild
restraint system.
#Always make sure that thechild restraint
system is not exposed to direct sunlight.
#Protect thechild restraint system with a
blanket,forexample.
#If thechild restraint system has been
exposed to direct sunlight, allow it to
cool before securing a child into it.
#Never leave children unattended in the
vehicle.
ObservObserve when ste when stopping or paropping or parkingking
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident and injury due
to leaving children unattended in thevehi-
cle
If children are le unattended in thevehicle,
they could, in particular:
Ropen doors, thereby endangering other
persons or road users.
Rget out and be struck by oncoming trac.
Roperate vehicle equipment and become
trapped, forexample.
In addition, thechildren could also set the
vehicle in motion by,forexample:
Rreleasing the parking brake.
Rchanging the transmission position.
Rstarting thevehicle.
#Never leave children unattended in the
vehicle.
#When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake the
key with you and lock thevehicle.
#Keep thevehicle key out of thereach of
children.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of fatal injury due to expo-
sure to extreme heat or cold in thevehicle
If persons, particularly children, are subjected
to prolonged exposure to intense heat or cold,
there is a risk of severe injury or even death.
#Never leave persons, particularly chil-
dren, unattended in thevehicle.
OvOverervieview of rw of recommended cecommended child rhild resestrtraint systaint systemsems
%Further information on the correct child
restraint system can be obtained at a quali-
ed specialist workshop. Mercedes-Benz rec-
ommends that you use a Mercedes-Benz
Service Centre forthis purpose.
6262 Occupant safety
SecurSecuring witing with ISOFIXh ISOFIX
WWeight cateight categoregory 0+ (up ty 0+ (up to 13 ko 13 kg and up tog and up to
approapprox. 15 montx. 15 months)hs)
TTypeype11BBABABY SY SAFE plusAFE plus
Size category E
ApprovalE1 04 301 146
Order number2B6 6 86 8224
1 Manufacturer: Britax Römer.2With colour code 9H95.
WWeight cateight categoregoryI(9tyI(9to 18 ko 18 kg and frg and from approom approx-x-
imatimatelely 9 monty 9 months ths to4yo4yearears)s)
TTypeype11DUO plusDUO plus
Size categoryB1
ApprovalE1 04 301 133
Order number2A 000 970 43 02
1 Manufacturer: Britax Römer.2With colour code 9H95.
SecurSecuring witing with th the vhe vehicle seat beltehicle seat belt
WWeight cateight categoregory 0 (up ty 0 (up to 10 ko 10 kg and approg and approximatximatelyely
6 mont6 months) and whs) and weight cateight categoregory 0+ (up ty 0+ (up to 13 kgo 13 kg
and approand approximatximatelely 15 monty 15 months)hs)
TTypeype11BBABABY SY SAFE plus IIAFE plus II
Approval E1 04 301 146
Order number2A 000 970 38 02
1 Manufacturer: Britax Römer.2With colour code 9H95.
WWeight cateight categoregoryI(9tyI(9to 18 ko 18 kg and frg and from approom approx-x-
imatimatelely 9 monty 9 months ths to4yo4yearears)s)
TTypeype11DUO plusDUO plus
Approval E1 04 301 133
Order number2A 000 970 43 02
1 Manufacturer: Britax Römer.2With colour code 9H95.
WWeight cateight categoregory II/III (15 ty II/III (15 to 36 ko 36 kg and frg and fromom
approapproximatximatelely3ty3to 12 yo 12 yearears)s)
TTypeype11KIDFIX XPKIDFIX XP
Approval E1 04 301 304
Order number2A 000 970 49 02
TTypeype11AMG KIDFIX XPAMG KIDFIX XP
ApprovalE1 04 301 304
Order number2A 000 970 33 02
1 Manufacturer: Britax Römer.2With colour code 9H95.
OvOverervieview of suitw of suitable seats in table seats in the vhe vehicle fehicle foror ttingtting
a ca child rhild resestrtraint systaint systemem
Le/rLe/rightight rrear seatear seat
Preferred securing system:
®ISOFIX child seat securing system
(/page 66)
or
Occupant safety 6363
°i-Size child seat securing system
(/page 67)
¯Also secure TopTether if present
(/page 69).
Alternative securing system:
7Vehicle seat belt (/page 71)
FFrront passengont passenger seater seat
Securing system:
7Vehicle seat belt (/page 71)
Be sure to observe:
RIf the front passenger seat is occupied,
ensure, both before and during the journey,
that the status of the front passenger airbag is
correct forthe current situation (/page 54).
RNotes on automatic front passenger airbag
shuto (/page 53).
CentrCentre re rear seatear seat
Securing system:
7Vehicle seat belt (/page 71)
ApprovApproval catal categoregories fies for cor child rhild resestrtraint systaint systemsems
OnlOnly use approvy use approved ced child rhild resestrtraint systaint systemsems
Only child restraint systems that meet thefollow-
ing UNECE standards are permitted for use in the
vehicle:
RUN-R44
RUN-R129 (i-Size child restraint systems)
IdenticationIdentication on ton the che child rhild resestrtraint systaint systemem
Information about the approval category,weight
category and approval number, forexample, is on
the approval label on thechild restraint system.
There may be further information such as the ISO-
FIX size categories, depending on the approval
category of thechild restraint system.
ApprovApproval catal categoregories in accories in accordance witdance with UN-R44h UN-R44
Example of an approval label
RUUnivniverersal:sal: child restraint systems in the "Uni-
versal" category are approvedfor installation
in vehicles. They can be used, in accordance
with overviews of the suitability of seats for
securing child restraint systems, on seats
labelled U, UF or IUF.
6464 Occupant safety
The identication IUF refers to ISOFIX child
restraint systems in the "Universal" category.
These child restraint systems must also be
secured using TopTether or support points.
RSemi-USemi-Univniverersal:sal: child restraint systems in the
"Semi-Universal" category may only be used if
thevehicle and vehicle seat are listed in the
child restraint system manufacturer's vehicle
model list.
RVVehicle-specic:ehicle-specic: child restraint systems in the
"vehicle-specic" category may only be used if
thevehicle and vehicle seat are listed in the
child restraint system manufacturer's vehicle
model list.
ApprovApproval catal categoregories in accories in accordance witdance with UN-R129h UN-R129
Example of an approval label
Ri‑Size:i‑Size: child restraint systems in the "i‑Size"
category are approvedfor installation in vehi-
cles with i‑Size mounting brackets. They can
be used, in accordance with overviews of the
suitability of seats for securing child restraint
systems, on seats labelled i‑U.
The identication i‑U refers to i‑Size child
restraint systems in the "Universal" category.
These child restraint systems must also be
secured using TopTether or support points.
ObservObserve te the suithe suitability of vability of vehicle seatsehicle seats
Depending on the approval category,there are
forward-facing and rearward-facing child restraint
systems. Their use can be restrictedfor certain
vehicle seats:
RSuitability of seats for attaching ISOFIX child
restraint systems (/page 66)
RSuitability of seats for securing i‑Size child
restraint systems (/page 67).
RSuitability of seats for attaching belt-secured
child restraint systems (/page 71)
Occupant safety 6565
FFitting an ISOFIX or i-Size citting an ISOFIX or i-Size child rhild resestrtraint systaint systemem
on ton thehe lele and rand right right rear seatsear seats
OvOverervieview of suitw of suitability of tability of the seats fhe seats for attor attacachinghing
ISOFIX cISOFIX child rhild resestrtraint systaint systemsems
ISOFIX is a standardised securing system for spe-
cially designed child restraint systems.
®The symbol indicates seats suitable for
attaching an ISOFIX child restraint system
in accordance with UN R44 (/page 64).
Attach only child restraint systems that are
approved in accordance with UN R44 as
per thefollowing ISOFIX tables.
CarrCarry coty cot
Size class –Size class –
EqEquipmentuipment
Le/rLe/rightight rrear seatear seat
F – ISO/L1 X
G – ISO/L2 X
X Not suitable for an ISOFIX child restraint system in this weight
group and/or size class.
WWeight greight group 0 (up toup 0 (up to 10 ko 10 kg and up tg and up to approo approx. 6x. 6
montmonths)hs)
Size class –Size class –
EqEquipmentuipment
Le/rLe/rightight rrear seatear seat
E – ISO/R1IL
IL Suitable for ISOFIX child restraint systems according to thetable
in "Overview of therecommended child restraint systems", or if the
vehicle and the seat are listed on thechild restraint system manu-
facturer's vehicle model list.
WWeight greight group 0+ (up toup 0+ (up to 13 ko 13 kg and up tg and up to approo approx.x.
15 mont15 months)hs)
Size class –Size class –
EqEquipmentuipment
Le/rLe/rightight rrear seatear seat
E – ISO/R1IL
D – ISO/R2,
ISO/R2X IL
Size class –Size class –
EqEquipmentuipment
Le/rLe/rightight rrear seatear seat
C – ISO/R3 IL (1)
IL Suitable for ISOFIX child restraint systems according to thetable
in "Overview of therecommended child restraint systems", or if the
vehicle and the seat are listed on thechild restraint system manu-
facturer's vehicle model list.
(1) When using a child restraint system of size class (ISO/R3),
move the front seat into the highest position. Make sure that the
seat backrest of the front seat does not rest against thechild
restraint system.
WWeight greight group 1 (9–18 koup 1 (9–18 kg and approg and approx. 9 montx. 9 months tohs to
4 y4 yearears)s)
Size class –Size class –
EqEquipmentuipment
Le/rLe/rightight rrear seatear seat
D – ISO/R2,
ISO/R2X IL
C – ISO/R3 IL (1)
B – ISO/F2 IUF
6666 Occupant safety
Size class –Size class –
EqEquipmentuipment
Le/rLe/rightight rrear seatear seat
B1 – ISO/F2X IUF
A – ISO/F3 IUF
IL Suitable for ISOFIX child restraint systems according to thetable
in "Overview of therecommended child restraint systems", or if the
vehicle and the seat are listed on thechild restraint system manu-
facturer's vehicle model list.
IUF Suitable forforward-facing ISOFIX child restraint systems of the
"Universal" category in this weight group.
(1) When using a child restraint system of size class (ISO/R3),
move the front seat into the highest position. Make sure thatthe
seat backrest of the front seat does not rest against thechild
restraint system.
OvOverervieview of suitw of suitability of tability of the seats fhe seats for attor attacachinghing
i‑Size ci‑Size child rhild resestrtraint systaint systemsems
i‑Size is a standardised securing system for spe-
cially designed child restraint systems.
°The symbol indicates seats suitable for
attaching an i‑Size child restraint system in
accordance with UN R129 (/page 64).
Child restraint systems that are permitted
in accordance with UN R44 as per the ISO-
FIX tables (/page 66) or UN R129 as per
thefollowing i‑Size tables may be attached.
i‑Size ci‑Size child rhild resestrtraint systaint systems (ISO/R2, ISO/F2X,ems (ISO/R2, ISO/F2X,
ISO/B2, ISO/B3)ISO/B2, ISO/B3)
FFrront passengont passenger seater seat Le/rLe/rightight rrear seatear seat
Xi‑U
X Not suitable for an i-Size child
restraint system in the "Univer-
sal" category.
i-U Suitable forforward-facing
and rearward-facing i-Size child
restraint systems in the "Univer-
sal" category.
FFitting titting the ISOFIX or i‑Size che ISOFIX or i‑Size child rhild resestrtraint systaint systemem
on ton thehe lele and rand right right rear seatsear seats
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident if therear
bench seat, rear seat and seat backrest
are not engaged
The rear bench seat, rear seat and seat back-
rest mayfold forwards, even while thevehicle
is in motion.
RAs a result, thevehicle occupant will be
pressed into the seat belt with increased
force. The seat belt will not be able to pro-
tect as intended and could cause addi-
tional injury.
RObjects or loads in the boot or load com-
partment cannot be restrained by the seat
backrest.
#Make sure that therear bench seat, the
rear seat and the seat backrest are
engaged before every trip.
If therear seat backrest is not engaged and
locked in place, thered lock verication indicator
will be visible.
Occupant safety 6767
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death if the
permissible gross mass of thechild and
child restraint system together is excee-
ded.
Too much load may be placed on the ISOFIX
or i‑Size child restraint systems and thechild
may not be restrained correctly in theevent of
an accident, forexample.
#If thechild and thechild restraint system
together weigh more than 33 kg, only
use an ISOFIX or i‑Size child restraint
system with which thechild is secured
with thevehicle seat belt.
#Also secure thechild restraint system
with theTopTether belt, if available.
Always comply with the information about the
mass of thechild restraint system:
Rin the manufacturer's installation and operat-
ing instructions forthechild restraint system
used
Ron a label on thechild restraint system, if
present
Regularlycheck that the permissible gross mass
of thechild and child restraint system is still com-
plied with.
When tting a child restraint system, observethe
following:
OAlways observe the correct use of the seats
and consider their suitability for attaching a
child restraint system.
ISOFIX child seat securing system
(/page 66)
or
i‑Size child seat securing system
(/page 67)
OAlways comply with the manufacturer's
installation and operating instructions forthe
child restraint system used.
OMake sure that thechild's feet do not touch
the front seat. If necessary, move the front
seat slightly forwards.
®When tting an ISOFIX child restraint sys-
tem, also observe thefollowing:
OWhen using a babWhen using a baby car seat in wy car seat in weight greight groupoup
0/0+ and a r0/0+ and a rearwearwarard-fd-facing cacing child rhild resestrtraintaint
systsystem in wem in weight greight group 1 on a roup 1 on a rear seatear seat::
adjust the front seat so that the seat does
not touch thechild restraint system.
OWhen using a fWhen using a forworwarard-fd-facing cacing child rhild resestrtraintaint
systsystem in wem in weight greight group 1:oup 1: remove the head
restraint from therespective seat, if possible.
In addition, the backrest of thechild restraint
system must lie as at as possible against
the backrest of thevehicle seat.
Aer thechild restraint system has been
removed, replace the head restraint immedi-
ately and adjust all head restraints correctly.
OIf the head restraint of thechild seat cannot
be fully extended when it is installed in the
vehicle, this will result in restrictions on the
maximum size setting forchild restraint sys-
tems in weight group 2 or 3.
Contact with theroof when the head
restraint is fully extended and locked in place
will not result in any restrictions on use.
OThe child restraint system must not be put
under strain between theroof and the seat
cushion and/or be tted facing the wrong
6868 Occupant safety
direction. Where possible, adjust the seat
cushion inclination accordingly.
OThe child restraint system must not be put
under strain by the head restraint. Adjust the
head restraints as appropriate.
°When tting an i‑Size child restraint system,
also observethefollowing:
OWhen using a rWhen using a rearwearwarard-fd-facing cacing child rhild resestrtraintaint
systsystem:em: adjust the front seat so that it does
not touch thechild restraint system.
OWhen using a fWhen using a forworwarard-fd-facing cacing child rhild resestrtraintaint
systsystem:em: remove the head restraint from the
respective seat, if possible. In addition, the
backrest of thechild restraint system must
lie as at as possible against the backrest of
thevehicle seat.
Aer thechild restraint system has been
removed, replace the head restraint immedi-
ately and adjust all head restraints correctly.
1ISOFIX mounting bracket
2i‑Size mounting bracket
#Before every journey, make sure that the ISO-
FIX child restraint system or the i‑Size child
restraint system is engaged correctly in both
mounting brackets in thevehicle.
*NNOOTETE Damage to the seat belt forthe
centre seat during installation of thechild
restraint system
#Make sure that the seat belt is not trap-
ped.
#Attach the ISOFIX or i‑Size child restraint sys-
temto both mounting brackets in thevehicle.
FFastastening a Tening a Top Tetop Tetherher
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death if the
rear seat backrests are not locked aer
TopTether belts are tted
The rear seat backrests may fold forwards
when you are driving.
As a result, child restraint systems will no lon-
ger be able to perform their intended protec-
tive function. This may also cause additional
injuries.
#Always lock rear seat backrests aer t-
ting TopTether belts.
Occupant safety 6969
#Observe the lock verication indicator.
If therear seat backrest is not engaged and
locked in place, thered lock verication indicator
will be visible.
¯If thechild restraint system is equipped
with aTopTether belt:
The risk of injury may be reduced by Top
Tether. The TopTether belt enables an
additional connection between thechild
restraint system attached with ISOFIX or
i‑Size and thevehicle.
VVehicles witehicles with adjusth adjustable head rable head resestrtraints:aints:
#If necessary, slide the head restraint upwards
(/page 107).
#Guide TopTether belt 3under the head
restraint between the two head restraint bars.
VVehicles witehicles without adjusthout adjustable head rable head resestrtraints:aints:
#TopTether belt with one seat belt strap: guide
TopTether belt 3overthe centre of the head
restraint.
or
#TopTether belt with two seat belt straps: guide
one TopTether belt 3past the head restraint
on theright and le sides respectively.
All vAll vehicles:ehicles:
#Fitthe ISOFIX or i‑Size child restraint system
with TopTether. In doing so, comply with the
child restraint system manufacturer's installa-
tion instructions.
#Hook TopTether hook 2into TopTether
anchorage 1without twisting.
#Tension TopTether belt 3. In doing so, com-
ply with thechild restraint system manufactur-
er's installation instructions.
VVehicles witehicles with adjusth adjustable head rable head resestrtraints:aints:
#If necessary, slide the head restraint down-
wards (/page 107). Make sure that you do
not interfere with the correct routing of Top
Tether belt 3.
7070 Occupant safety
SecurSecuring ting the che child rhild resestrtraint systaint system witem with th the seathe seat
beltbelt
NNoottes on tes on the suithe suitability of seats fability of seats for attor attacaching belt-hing belt-
secursecured ced child rhild resestrtraint systaint systemsems
RRear seatsear seats
WWeight cateight categoregory 0: up ty 0: up to 10 kgo 10 kg
Le/right rear seat U, L
Centre rear seat1U, L
WWeight cateight categoregory 0+: up ty 0+: up to 13 ko 13 kgg
Le/right rear seat U, L
Centre rear seat1U, L
WWeight cateight categoregory I: 9 ty I: 9 to 18 kgo 18 kg
Le/right rear seat U, L
Centre rear seat1U, L
WWeight cateight categoregory II: 15 ty II: 15 to 25 ko 25 kgg
Le/right rear seat U, L
Centre rear seat1U, L
WWeight cateight categoregory III: 22 ty III: 22 to 36 kgo 36 kg
Le/right rear seat U, L
Centre rear seat1U, L
1 Child restraint systems with a supporting bracket are
not suitable forthis seat.
U Suitable forchild restraint systems of the "Universal"
category in this weight category.
L Suitable for semi-universal child restraint systems
according to thetable in "Recommended child restraint
systems", or if thevehicle and the seat are listed in the
child restraint system manufacturer's vehicle model list.
NNoottes on ces on child rhild resestrtraint systaint systems on tems on the frhe frontont
passengpassenger seater seat
RIf it is absolutely necessary foryouto t a
child restraint system to the front passenger
seat, be sure to observe the information on
child restraint systems on the front passenger
seat (/page 75).
RObserve the specic instructions fortherear-
ward-facing and forward-facing child restraint
systems. If the front passenger seat is occu-
pied, ensure, both before and during the jour-
ney, that the status of the front passenger air-
bag is correct forthe current situation
(/page 54).
FFrront passengont passenger seater seat
WWeight cateight categoregory 0: up ty 0: up to 10 kgo 10 kg
Front passenger airbag enabled1X
Front passenger airbag disabled1, 2 U, L
WWeight cateight categoregory 0+: up ty 0+: up to 13 ko 13 kgg
Front passenger airbag enabled1X
Front passenger airbag disabled1, 2 U, L
WWeight cateight categoregoryI:9tyI:9to 18 kgo 18 kg
Front passenger airbag enabled1UF, L
Front passenger airbag disabled1, 2 U, L
WWeight cateight categoregory II: 15 ty II: 15 to 25 ko 25 kgg
Occupant safety 7171
Front passenger airbag enabled1UF, L
Front passenger airbag disabled1, 2 U, L
WWeight cateight categoregory III: 22 ty III: 22 to 36 kgo 36 kg
Front passenger airbag enabled1UF, L
Front passenger airbag disabled1, 2 U, L
1Adjust the seat cushion inclination so that the
front edge of the seat cushion is in the highest posi-
tion and therear edge of the seat cushion is in the
lowest position.
2 The vehicle is equipped with automatic front
passenger airbag shuto. The PASSENGER AIR BAG
OFF indicator lamp must be lit.
X Not suitable forchildren in this weight category.
U Suitable forchild restraint systems of the "Univer-
sal" category in this weight category.
L Suitable for semi-universal child restraint systems
according to thetable in "Recommended child
restraint systems", or if thevehicle and the seat are
listed in thechild restraint system manufacturer's
vehicle model list.
UF Suitable forforward-facing child restraint sys-
tems of the "Universal" category in this weight cate-
gory.
SecurSecuring ting the che child rhild resestrtraint systaint system witem with th the seathe seat
belt on tbelt on the rhe rear seatear seat
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident if therear
bench seat, rear seat and seat backrest
are not engaged
The rear bench seat, rear seat and seat back-
rest mayfold forwards, even while thevehicle
is in motion.
RAs a result, thevehicle occupant will be
pressed into the seat belt with increased
force. The seat belt will not be able to pro-
tect as intended and could cause addi-
tional injury.
RObjects or loads in the boot or load com-
partment cannot be restrained by the seat
backrest.
#Make sure that therear bench seat, the
rear seat and the seat backrest are
engaged before every trip.
If therear seat backrest is not engaged and
locked in place, thered lock verication indicator
will be visible.
WhenWhen ttingtting a belt-secura belt-secured ced child rhild resestrtraint systaint system,em,
observobserve te the fhe folloollowing:wing:
OAlways comply with the manufacturer's
installation and operating instructions forthe
child restraint system used.
OFor a child restraint system in the "Universal"
or "Semi-Universal" category, make sure that
the system has been approvedforthevehicle
seat.
7272 Occupant safety
Observe the notes under "Suitability of seats
for attaching belt-secured child restraint sys-
tems" (/page 71).
OWhen using a wWhen using a weight cateight categoregory 0/0+ baby 0/0+ babyy
car seat and a wcar seat and a weight cateight categoregoryIryIrearwearwarard-d-
ffacing cacing child rhild resestrtraint systaint system on a rem on a rear seat:ear seat:
adjust the front seat so that the seat does
not touch thechild restraint system.
OWhen using a wWhen using a weight cateight categoregoryIfyIforworwarard-d-
ffacing cacing child rhild resestrtraint systaint system:em: remove the
head restraint from therespective seat, if
possible.
Aer thechild restraint system has been
removed, replace the head restraint immedi-
ately and adjust all head restraints correctly.
OThe backrest of theforward-facing child
restraint system must, as far as possible, be
resting on the seat backrest of therear seat.
OIf the head restraint of thechild seat cannot
be fully extended when it is installed in the
vehicle, this will result in restrictions on the
maximum size setting forchild restraint sys-
tems in weight category II or III.
Contact with theroof when the head
restraint is fully extended and locked in place
will not result in any restrictions on use.
OThe child restraint system must not be put
under strain between theroof and the seat
cushion and/or be tted facing the wrong
direction. Where possible, adjust the seat
cushion inclination accordingly.
OThe child restraint system must not be put
under strain by the head restraint. Adjust the
head restraints as appropriate.
OMake sure that thechild's feet do not touch
the front seat. If necessary, move the front
seat slightly forwards.
#Install thechild restraint system.
The entire base of thechild restraint system
must always rest on the seat surface of the
rear seat.
#Always make sure that the shoulder belt strap
is correctly routed from the seat belt outlet of
thevehicle to the shoulder belt guide on the
child restraint system.
The shoulder belt strap must be routed
forward from the seat belt outlet.
NNoottes on ves on vehicles witehicles without authout automatic fromatic frontont
passengpassenger airbager airbag shutshutoo
Sticker visible when the front passenger door is
open
Vehicles without automatic front passenger airbag
shuto have a special sticker axed to the side of
the cockpit on the front passenger side.
Occupant safety 7373
Make sure you observe thefollowing information:
RNever t a rearward-facing child restraint sys-
temto the front passenger seat
RAlways t a rearward-facing child restraint sys-
temto a suitable rear seat
-Seats suitable for attaching belted child
restraint systems (/page 71).
-Secure thechild restraint system with the
seat belt on therear seat (/page 72).
RNotes on rearward-facing and forward-facing
child restraint systems on the front passenger
seat (/page 74)
NNoottes on res on rearwearwarard-fd-facing and facing and forworwarard-fd-facing cacing childhild
rresestrtraint systaint systems on tems on the frhe front passengont passenger seater seat
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death when
using a rearward-facing child restraint sys-
tem while the front passenger airbag is
enabled
If you secure a child in a rearward-facing child
restraint system on the front passenger seat
and thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator
lamp is o, the front passenger airbag can
deploy in theevent of an accident.
The child could be struck by the airbag.
#Always ensure that the front passenger
airbag is disabled. The PASSENGER AIR
BAG OFF indicator lamp must be lit.
#NEVER use a rearward-facing child
restraint system on a seat with an ENA-
BLED FRONT AIRBAG. This can result in
the DEATH of or SERIOUS INJURY to the
CHILD.
Observethe specic instructions fortherear-
ward-facing and forward-facing child restraint sys-
tems (/page 75).
Warning notice on the front passenger sun visor
Always observe the status of the front passenger
airbag on thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator
lamp:
RIf it is absolutely necessary to t a child
restraint system to the front passenger seat,
always observe the information on automatic
front passenger airbag shuto (/page 53).
RWhen using a rearward-facing child restraint
system on the front passenger seat, the front
passenger airbag must always be disabled.
This is only the case if thePASSENGER AIR
BAG OFF indicator lamp is lit continuously
(/page 54).
7474 Occupant safety
RIf thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator
lamp is o, the front passenger airbag is ena-
bled. The front passenger airbag may deploy
during an accident.
SecurSecuring ting the che child rhild resestrtraint systaint system witem with th the seathe seat
belt on tbelt on the frhe front passengont passenger seater seat
When tting a belt-secured child restraint system
on the front passenger seat, always observe the
following:
OObserve the notes on rearward-facing and
forward-facing child restraint systems on the
front passenger seat (/page 74).
OObserve thechild restraint system manufac-
turer's installation and operating instructions.
OFor a child restraint system in the "Universal"
or "Semi-Universal" category, make sure that
the system has been approvedforthevehicle
seat.
Observe the notes under "Suitability of seats
for attaching belt-secured child restraint sys-
tems" (/page 71).
OWhen using a forward-facing child restraint
system in weight category I: remove the head
restraint from therespective seat, if possible.
Aer thechild restraint system has been
removed, replace the head restraint immedi-
ately and adjust all head restraints correctly.
OThe backrest of theforward-facing child
restraint system must, as far as possible, be
resting on the seat backrest of the front
passenger seat.
OIf the head restraint of thechild seat cannot
be fully extended when it is installed in the
vehicle, this will result in restrictions on the
maximum size setting forchild restraint sys-
tems in weight category II or III.
Contact with theroof when the head
restraint is fully extended and locked in place
will not result in any restrictions on use.
OThe child restraint system must not be put
under strain between theroof and the seat
cushion and/or be tted facing the wrong
direction.
OThe child restraint system must not be put
under strain by the head restraint. Adjust the
head restraints as appropriate.
ONever place objects (e.g. cushions) under or
behind thechild restraint system.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death due to
objects between the seat surface and the
child restraint system
Objects between the seat surface and the
child restraint system could aect the function
of the automatic front passenger airbag shut-
o.
#Do not place any objects between the
seat surface and thechild restraint sys-
tem.
#Always make sure that thechild restraint
system is correctly tted.
#Set the front passenger seat as far back as
possible and move the seat into the highest
position if possible.
#Adjust the seat cushion inclination so that the
front edge of the seat cushion is in the highest
Occupant safety 7575
position and therear edge of the seat cushion
is in the lowest position.
#Set the seat backrest to the most vertical
position possible.
#Install thechild restraint system.
The entire base of thechild restraint system
must always rest on the sitting surface of the
front passenger seat.
#Always make sure that the shoulder belt strap
is correctly routed from the seat belt outlet of
thevehicle to the shoulder belt guide on the
child restraint system.
The shoulder belt strap must be routed for-
wards and downwards from the seat belt out-
let.
#If necessary, adjust the front passenger seat
accordingly.
Child safeChild safety locksty locks
AActivctivating or deactivating or deactivating tating the che child safehild safety locty lock fk foror
tthe rhe rear doorsear doors
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident and injury due
to leaving children unattended in thevehi-
cle
If children are le unattended in thevehicle,
they could, in particular:
Ropen doors, thereby endangering other
persons or road users.
Rget out and be struck by oncoming trac.
Roperate vehicle equipment and become
trapped, forexample.
In addition, thechildren could also set the
vehicle in motion by,forexample:
Rreleasing the parking brake.
Rchanging the transmission position.
Rstarting thevehicle.
#Never leave children unattended in the
vehicle.
#When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake the
key with you and lock thevehicle.
#Keep thevehicle key out of thereach of
children.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of fatal injury due to expo-
sure to extreme heat or cold in thevehicle
If persons, particularly children, are subjected
to prolonged exposure to intense heat or cold,
there is a risk of severe injury or even death.
#Never leave persons, particularly chil-
dren, unattended in thevehicle.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident and injury due
to children le unattended in thevehicle
If children are travelling in thevehicle, they
could, in particular:
Ropen doors, thereby endangering other
persons or road users.
Rget out and be struck by oncoming trac.
Roperate vehicle equipment and become
trapped, forexample.
7676 Occupant safety
#Always activate the installed child safety
locks if children are travelling in thevehi-
cle.
#Never leave children unattended in the
vehicle.
#When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake the
key with you and lock thevehicle.
Vehicles forthe United Kingdom: observe the
important safety notes in the "Notes on the addi-
tional door lock" section.
There are child safety locks fortherear doors and
therear side windows.
The child safety lock on therear doors secures
each door separately. The doors can no longer be
opened from the inside. #Press the lever in direction 1(activate) or 2
(deactivate).
#Make sure that thechild safety locks are work-
ing properly.
AActivctivating and deactivating and deactivating tating the che child safehild safety lockty lock
ffor tor the rhe rear side windowsear side windows
#TTo activo activatate/deactive/deactivatate:e: press button 2.
The rear side window can be opened or closed
in thefollowing cases:
Rindicator lamp 1is lit: via the switch on
the driver's door
Occupant safety 7777
Rindicator lamp 1is o: via the switch on
the corresponding rear door or driver's
door
NNoottes on pees on pets in tts in the vhe vehicleehicle
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident and injury due
to animals le unsecured or unattended in
thevehicle
If you leave animals in thevehicle unattended
or unsecured, they could press buttons or
switches, for instance.
An animal may:
Ractivate vehicle equipment and become
trapped, forexample
Rswitch systems on or o and endanger
other road users
Unsecured animals may be thrown about the
vehicle in theevent of an accident, or sudden
steering and braking manoeuvres, and injure
vehicle occupants.
#Never leave animals unattended in the
vehicle.
#Always correctly secure animals while
driving, e.g. using a suitable animal car-
rier.
7878 Occupant safety
KKeeyy
OvOverervieview of kew of key functionsy functions
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident and injury due
to leaving children unattended in thevehi-
cle
If children are le unattended in thevehicle,
they could, in particular:
Ropen doors, thereby endangering other
persons or road users.
Rget out and be struck by oncoming trac.
Roperate vehicle equipment and become
trapped, forexample.
In addition, thechildren could also set the
vehicle in motion by,forexample:
Rreleasing the parking brake.
Rchanging the transmission position.
Rstarting thevehicle.
#Never leave children unattended in the
vehicle.
#When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake the
key with you and lock thevehicle.
#Keep thevehicle key out of thereach of
children.
*NNOOTETE Damage to thekey caused by mag-
netic elds
#Keep thekeyaway from strong magnetic
elds.
Vehicle key
1Locks
2Indicator lamp
3Unlocks
4Opens/closes thetailgate
%If indicator lamp 2does not light up aer
pressing theÜor ßbutton, the battery
is weak or possibly discharged. Replace the
battery as soon as possible.
Replace thekey battery (/page 81).
The key locks and unlocks thefollowing compo-
nents:
RDoors
RSocket ap
RTailgate
If thevehicle is not opened within approximately
40 seconds aer unlocking, it locks again. Anti-
the protection is primed again.
Do not keep thekeytogether with electronic devi-
ces or metal objects. This can aect thekey's
functionality.
Opening and closing 7979
AActivctivating/deactivating/deactivating tating the acoushe acoustic loctic lockingking vvereri-i-
cationcation signalsignal
Multimedia system:
4©5Settings 5Vehicle
#Activate or deactivate Acoustic lock.
%Please observPlease observe:e:
The selected setting forthe acoustic locking
verication signal must comply with therele-
vant national road and trac regulations. In
some countries, including Germany, using the
acoustic locking verication signal is forbid-
den by trac laws (in accordance with §16
Para. 1 and §30 Para. 1 of the German
national road trac regulations). The driver of
thevehicle must comply with these regula-
tions. In countries where the use of this func-
tion is forbidden, this function is not activated
in thevehicle and must not be activated.
Changing tChanging the unloche unlocking seking settingsttings
Possible unlocking functions of thekey:
RCentral unlocking
RUnlocking the driver's door and socket ap
#TTo switco switch beh betwtween seeen settings:ttings: press theÜ
and ßbuttons simultaneously for approx-
imately six seconds until the indicator lamp
ashes twice.
Options if the unlocking function forthe driver's
door and socket ap has been selected:
RTTo unloco unlock tk the vhe vehicle centrehicle centrally:ally: press the
Übutton twice.
RVVehicles witehicles with KEYLESS-GO:h KEYLESS-GO: if youtouch the
inner surface of the door handle on the driv-
er's door, only the driver's door and the socket
ap are unlocked.
DeactivDeactivating tating the function of the function of the keyhe key
VVehicles witehicles with KEYLESS-GO:h KEYLESS-GO: if you deactivate the
function of thekey, the KEYLESS-GO functions are
also deactivated. Access or drive authorization by
KEYLESS-GO is then no longer possible with that
particular key. Activate the function of thekey so
that all its functions will again be available.
You can also deactivate the function of thekeyto
reduce the energy consumption of thekey if you
do not use thevehicle or a keyfor an extended
period of time.
#TTo deactivo deactivatate:e: press theßbutton on the
key twice in quick succession.
The key indicator lamp ashes twice briey
and lights up once.
#TTo activo activatate:e: press any button on thekey.
%When thevehicle is started with thekey in the
stowage compartment of the centre console,
the function of thekey is automatically activa-
ted (/page 151).
8080 Opening and closing
RRemoemoving/inserving/inserting tting the emerghe emergency keyency key
RRemoemoving tving the emerghe emergency keyency key
#Press release button 1.
Emergency key2is pushed out slightly.
#Pull out emergency key2until it engages in
the intermediate position.
#Press release button 1again and fully
remove emergency key2.
InserInserting tting the emerghe emergency keyency key
#Press release button 1.
#Insert emergency key2to the intermediate
position or fully until it engages.
%You can use the intermediate position of
emergency key2to attach thekeyto akey
ring.
RReplacing teplacing the kehe key batty batteryery
&DDANANGERGER Risk of fatal injuries due to swal-
lowing batteries
Batteries contain toxic and corrosive substan-
ces. Swallowing batteries may cause severe
internal burns to occur within two hours.
There is a risk of fatal injury.
#Keep batteries out of thereach of chil-
dren.
#If the cap and/or the battery compart-
ment does not close securely, do not use
thekey any longer and keep it out of the
reach of children.
#If batteries are swallowed, seek medical
attention immediately.
+ENVIRENVIRONMENTONMENTAL NOAL NOTETE Environmental
damage due to improper disposal of bat-
teries
Batteries contain pollutants. It is
illegal to dispose of them with the household
rubbish.
#
Dispose of batteries in an
environmentally responsible manner.
Take discharged batteries to aqualied
specialist workshop or to a collection
point for used batteries.
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RYourequire a CR 2032 3 V cell battery.
Mercedes-Benz recommends that you have the
battery replaced at a qualied specialist work-
shop.
#Remove the emergency key (/page 81).
Opening and closing 8181
#Press release knob 2down fully and slide
cover1in the direction of the arrow.
#Fold out cover1in the direction of the arrow
and remove.
#Remove battery compartment 3and take
out the discharged battery.
#Insert the new battery into battery compart-
ment 3. Observe the positive pole marking in
the battery compartment and on the battery
when doing this.
#Push in battery compartment 3.
#Re-attach cover1and push it until it
engages.
PrProblems witoblems with th the keyhe key, tr, troubleshoooubleshootingting
YYou can no longou can no longer locer lock or unlock or unlock tk the vhe vehicleehicle
Possible causes:
RThe key battery is weak or discharged.
#Check the battery using the indicator lamp
(/page 79).
#Replace thekey battery, if necessary
(/page 81).
#Use thereplacement key.
#Use the emergency keyto lock or unlock
(/page 86).
#Have thekeychecked at a qualied specialist
workshop.
TherThere is inte is interferfererence frence from a powom a powererful rful radio signaladio signal
soursourcece
Possible causes if the function of thekey is
impaired:
Rhigh voltage power lines
Rmobile phones
Relectronic devices (notebooks, tablets)
Rshielding due to metal objects or induction
loops for electrical gate systems or automatic
barriers
#Make sure that there is sucient distance
between thekey and the potential source of
interference.
YYou havou have lose lost a keyt a key
#Have thekey deactivated at a qualied spe-
cialist workshop.
#If necessary, have the mechanical lock
replaced as well.
DoorsDoors
NNoottes on tes on the additional door lockhe additional door lock
The additional door lock is only available forvehi-
cles forthe United Kingdom.
8282 Opening and closing
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury to persons inside
thevehicle when the additional door lock
is activated
If the additional door lock is activated, the
doors can no longer be opened from the
inside.
#Never leave persons, in particular chil-
dren, unattended in thevehicle.
#If there are persons in thevehicle, do not
activate the additional door lock.
The additional door lock is automatically activated
in thefollowing situations:
RThe vehicle is locked using thekey.
RThe vehicle is locked using KEYLESS-GO.
If thevehicle has been locked via Mercedes me
connect, the additional door lock is not activated
(/page 280).
If the additional door lock is activated, the doors
cannot be opened from the inside.
%Aer locking you can issue a signal with the
horn.
You can prevent the additional door lock from
being activated by deactivating interior protection
before locking thevehicle (/page 101).
UUnlocnlocking/opening tking/opening the doorhe doors frs from tom the insidehe inside
#UUnitnited Kingdom onlyed Kingdom only::observe the notes on
the additional door lock (/page 82).
#Pull door handle 1.
CentrCentrallally locy locking and unlocking and unlocking tking the vhe vehicle frehicle fromom
tthe insidehe inside
#TTo unloco unlock:k: press button 1.
#TTo loco lock:k: press button 2.
The red indicator lamp on button 2lights up
once thevehicle is locked.
Opening and closing 8383
The socket ap is also locked and unlocked. The
socket ap can be opened even if a key is detec-
ted in the car.
The vehicle is not unlocked:
Rif you have lockedthevehicle using thekey
Rif you have lockedthevehicle using KEYLESS-
GO
LocLocking/unlocking/unlocking tking the vhe vehicle witehicle with KEYLESS-GOh KEYLESS-GO
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe key is outside thevehicle.
RThe distance between thekey and thevehicle
does not exceed 1 m.
RThe driver's door and the door on which the
door handle is used are closed.
*NONOTETE Vehicle damage due to uninten-
tional opening of thetailgate
Rwhen using an automatic car wash
Rwhen using a high pressure cleaner
#Deactivate the function of thekey in
these situations.
or
#Make sure that thekey is at a minimum
distance of 3 m away from thevehicle.
Observe the notes:
Ron washing thevehicle in a car wash
(/page 303)
Ron using a high pressure cleaner
(/page 305)
#TTo unloco unlock tk the vhe vehicle:ehicle: touch the inner surface
of the door handle.
#TTo loco lock tk the vhe vehicle:ehicle: touch sensor surface 1
or 2.
#ConvConvenience closing:enience closing: touch recessed sensor
surface 2until the closing process has been
completed.
8484 Opening and closing
%Further information on convenience closing
(/page 94).
If you open thetailgate from outside, it is auto-
matically unlocked.
PrProblems witoblems with KEYLESS-GO, trh KEYLESS-GO, troubleshoooubleshootingting
YYou can no longou can no longer locer lock or unlock or unlock tk the vhe vehicle usingehicle using
KEYLESS-GOKEYLESS-GO
Possible causes:
RThe function of thekey has been deactivated.
RThe key battery is weak or discharged.
#Activate the function of thekey (/page 80).
#Check the battery using the indicator lamp
(/page 79).
#Replace thekey battery, if necessary
(/page 81).
#Use thereplacement key.
#Use the emergency keyto lock or unlock
(/page 86).
#Have thevehicle and keychecked at a quali-
ed specialist workshop.
TherThere is inte is interferfererence frence from a powom a powererful rful radio signaladio signal
soursourcece
Possible causes if the function of KEYLESS-GO is
impaired:
Rhigh voltage power lines
Rmobile phones
Relectronic devices (notebooks, tablets)
Rshielding due to metal objects or induction
loops for electrical gate systems or automatic
barriers
#Make sure that there is sucient distance
between thekey and the potential source of
interference.
AActivctivating/deactivating/deactivating tating the authe automatic locomatic locking fking fea-ea-
tureture
The vehicle is locked automatically when thevehi-
cle is switched on and the wheels are turning
faster than walking pace.
#TTo activo activatate:e: press and hold button 2for
approximately ve seconds until an acoustic
signal sounds.
#TTo deactivo deactivatate:e: press and hold button 1for
approximately ve seconds until an acoustic
signal sounds.
The red indicator lamp on button 2lights up
once thevehicle is locked.
Opening and closing 8585
In thefollowing situations, there is a danger of
being locked out when the function is activated:
Rwhile thevehicle is being tow-started or
pushed
Rif thevehicle is being tested on a roller dyna-
mometer
LocLocking/unlocking/unlocking tking the vhe vehicle witehicle with th the emer-he emer-
ggency keyency key
LocLocking/unlocking/unlocking tking the drhe driviver's door witer's door with th thehe
emergemergency keyency key
%If you wish to lock thevehicle entirely using
the emergency key, rst press the button for
locking from the inside while the driver's door
is open. Then proceed to lock the driver's
door using the emergency key.
#Remove the emergency key (/page 81).
#Insert the emergency key as far as it will go
into opening 1in the cover.
#Pull and hold the door handle.
#Pull the cover on the emergency key as
straight as possible away from thevehicle until
it releases.
#Release the door handle.
#TTo unloco unlock:k: turn the emergency key anti-clock-
wise to position 1.
#TTo loco lock:k: turn the emergency key clockwise to
position 1.
#Carefully press the cover onto the lock cylin-
der until it engages and is seated rmly.
8686 Opening and closing
LocLocking tking the frhe front passengont passenger door and rer door and rear doorsear doors
#Insert a suitable object, e.g. the emergency
key, into opening 1on the door lock.
#TTo loco lock tk thehe le-handle-hand side of tside of the vhe vehicle:ehicle: turn
the emergency key anti-clockwise as far as it
will go.
#TTo loco lock tk the rhe right-hand side of tight-hand side of the vhe vehicle:ehicle: turn
the emergency key clockwise as far as it will
go.
If the locked door is then closed, it can no longer
be opened from the outside.
Load comLoad comparpartmenttment
Opening tOpening the the tailgailgateate
*NNOOTETE Damage to thetailgate caused by
obstacles above thevehicle
The tailgate swings rearwards and upwards
when it is opened.
#Make sure that there is sucient space
behind and above thetailgate.
#Press thetop of the Mercedes star.
#VVehicles witehicles with HANDS-FREE Ah HANDS-FREE ACCESS:CCESS: make a
kicking movement with your foot below the
bumper (/page 90).
VVehicles witehicles with an EASYh an EASY-PAC-PACK tK tailgailgateate
#Pull remote operating switch 1until thetail-
gate opens.
or
#Press and hold thepbutton on thekey.
#If thetailgate is unlocked, press thetop of the
Mercedes star.
Opening and closing 8787
#If thetailgate is stopped in an intermediate
position, pull it upwards. Release it as soon as
it begins to open.
If an obstacle obstructs thetailgate during the
automatic opening process, blockage detection
will stop thetailgate. The automatic blockage
detection function is only an aid. It is not a substi-
tute foryour attentiveness.
Closing tClosing the the tailgailgateate
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury from unsecured
items in thevehicle
If objects, luggage or loads are not secured or
not secured suciently, they could slip, tip
over or be thrown around and thereby hit vehi-
cle occupants.
There is a risk of injury, particularly in the
event of sudden braking or a sudden change
in direction.
#Always stow objects in such a waythat
they cannot be thrown around.
#Before the journey, secure objects, lug-
gage or loads against slipping or tipping
over.
Observe the notes on loading thevehicle.
NNoottes on closing tes on closing the the tailgailgatate:e: your vehicle is
equipped with automatic keyrecognition. If a key
belonging to thevehicle is detected in thevehicle,
thetailgate will not be locked.
Note that thetailgate will not be locked in thefol-
lowing situation:
RYou have lockedthevehicle and close thetail-
gate while a key belonging to thevehicle is
inside thevehicle.
and
RA second key belonging to thevehicle is not
detected outside thevehicle.
Automatic keyrecognition is only an aid and is not
a substitute foryour attentiveness.
#Before locking, ensure that at least one key
belonging to thevehicle is outside thevehicle.
#TTo close to close the the tailgailgatate:e: pull thetailgate down-
wards with the handle and let it drop into the
lock.
VVehicles witehicles with an EASYh an EASY-PAC-PACK tK tailgailgateate
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped dur-
ing automatic closing of thetailgate
Body parts may become trapped. There may
be people in the closing area.
#Make sure that nobody is in the vicinity
of the closing area.
Use one of thefollowing options to stop the
closing process:
RPress thepbutton on thekey.
RPress or pull theremote operating switch
on the driver's door.
RPress the closing or locking button on the
tailgate.
RPress thetop of the Mercedes star on the
tailgate.
8888 Opening and closing
VVehicles witehicles with HANDS-FREE Ah HANDS-FREE ACCESS:CCESS: it is also
possible to stop the closing process by making a
kicking movement below therear bumper.
#TTo close to close the the tailgailgatate:e: pull thetailgate down-
wards slightly. Release it as soon as it begins
to close.
#Switch on the power supply or thevehicle.
#Push remote operating switch 1until thetail-
gate is fully closed.
#Press closing button 1on thetailgate.
VVehicles witehicles with KEYLESS-GOh KEYLESS-GO
#Press locking button 2on thetailgate.
If a key is detected outside thevehicle, the
tailgate will close and thevehicle will be
locked.
#Press and hold thepbutton on thekey.
The key must be in the vicinity of thevehicle.
VVehicles witehicles with HANDS-FREE Ah HANDS-FREE ACCESSCCESS
#Make a kicking movement with your foot
below the bumper (/page 90).
AAututomatic revomatic reverersing function fsing function for tor the the tailgailgateate
The tailgate is equipped with automatic blockage
detection with a reversing function. If an obstacle
obstructs thetailgate during the automatic closing
process, it will automatically open again slightly.
Automatic blockage detection with thereversing
function is only an aid and is not a substitute for
your attentiveness.
#During the closing process, make sure that no
body parts are in the closing area.
Opening and closing 8989
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped
despite reversing function
The reversing function will not react:
Rto so, light and thin objects, e.g. ngers
Rtowardsthe end of the closing procedure
In these situations in particular, thereversing
function cannot prevent someone being trap-
ped.
#Ensure that no body parts are in the
closing area.
If someone is trapped, either:
RPress thepbutton on thekey.
RPress or pull theremote operating switch
on the driver's door.
RPress the closing or locking button on the
tailgate.
RPress thetop of the Mercedes star on the
tailgate.
HANDS-FREE AHANDS-FREE ACCESS functionCCESS function
With HANDS-FREE ACCESS you can open, close
or stop the closing process of thetailgate by per-
forming a kicking movement under therear
bumper.
The kicking movement triggers the opening or
closing process alternately.
Observe the notes when opening (/page 87)
and closing (/page 88) thetailgate.
%Twowarning tones sound when thetailgate is
opening or closing.
*NNOOTETE Vehicle damage due to uninten-
tional opening of thetailgate
Rwhen using an automatic car wash
Rwhen using a high pressure cleaner
#Deactivate the function of thekey in
these situations.
or
#Make sure that thekey is at a minimum
distance of 3 m away from thevehicle.
When making the kicking movement, make sure
that you are standing rmly on theground. You
could otherwise lose your balance, e.g. on ice.
Observe thefollowing notes:
RThe key is behind thevehicle.
RStand at least 30 cm away from thevehicle
while performing the kicking movement.
9090 Opening and closing
RDo not come into contact with the bumper
while making the kicking movement.
RDo not carry out the kicking movement too
slowly.
RThe kicking movement must be towardsthe
vehicle and back again.
1Detection range of the sensors
If several consecutive kicking movements are not
successful, wait ten seconds.
SystSystem limitsem limits
The system may be impaired or may not function
in thefollowing cases:
RThe sensors are dirty, e.g. due to road salt or
snow.
RThe kicking movement is made using a pros-
thetic leg.
The tailgate can open or close unintentionally in
thefollowing situations:
RA person's arms or legs are moving in the sen-
sor detection range, e.g. when polishing the
vehicle or picking up objects.
RObjects are moved or placed behind thevehi-
cle, e.g. a charging cable or luggage.
RClamping straps, tarpaulins or other coverings
are pulled overthe bumper.
RA protective mat with a length reaching over
the boot sill down into the detection range of
the sensors is used.
RThe protective mat is not secured correctly.
RWork is being done on the trailer hitch, trailers
or rear bicycle racks.
Deactivate the function of thekey (/page 80) or
do not carry thekey about your person in such
situations.
Limiting tLimiting the opening angle of the opening angle of the the tailgailgateate
AActivctivating tating the opening angle limithe opening angle limiterer
You can limit the opening angle of thetailgate in
thetop half of its opening range up to a point
shortly before the end position.
#Stop the opening procedure of thetailgate at
the desired position.
#Press and hold the closing button on thetail-
gate until you hear a short acoustic signal.
The opening angle limiter will be activated. The
tailgate will then stop in the stored position
when opened.
To open thetailgate fully, pull thetop part of the
Mercedes star on thetailgate again aer it has
stopped automatically.
DeactivDeactivating tating the opening angle limithe opening angle limiterer
#Press and hold the closing button on thetail-
gate until two short acoustic signals sound.
Opening and closing 9191
UUnlocnlocking tking the the tailgailgatate wite with th the emerghe emergency keyency key
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe rear seat backrest has been folded
forward.
RThe load compartment cover has been
removed.
#Remove the emergency key (/page 81).
#Insert emergency key2into opening 1in
the trim and push it in.
The tailgate will be unlocked.
Side windowsSide windows
Opening and closing tOpening and closing the side windowshe side windows
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped when
opening a side window
When you open a side window, parts of the
body could be drawn in or become trapped
between the side window and window frame.
#When opening, make sure that nobody is
touching the side window.
#If someone is trapped, release the but-
ton immediately or pull it in order to
close the side window again.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped when
closing a side window
When closing a side window, body parts could
be trapped in the closing area in the process.
#When closing, make sure that no body
parts are in the closing area.
#If someone is trapped, release the but-
ton immediately or press the button in
order to reopen the side window.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped when
children operate the side windows
Children could become trapped if they operate
the side windows, particularly when unatten-
ded.
#Activate thechild safety lock fortherear
side windows.
#When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake the
key with you and lock thevehicle.
#Never leave children unattended in the
vehicle.
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe power supply or thevehicle has been
switched on.
9292 Opening and closing
1Closing
2To open
The buttons on the driver's door take precedence.
#TTo sto starart autt automatic operomatic operation:ation: press theW
button beyond the point of resistance or pull
and release it.
#TTo into interrerrupupt autt automatic operomatic operation:ation: press or pull
theWbutton again.
When thevehicle is switched o, you can con-
tinue to operate the side windows.
This function is available for around four minutes
or until a front door is opened.
AAututomatic revomatic reverersing function of tsing function of the side windowshe side windows
If an obstacle impedes a side window during the
closing process, the side window will open again
automatically. The automatic reversing function is
only an aid and is not a substitute foryour atten-
tiveness.
#During the closing process, make sure that no
body parts are in the closing area.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped
despite there being reversing protection
on the side window
The reversing function does not react:
Rto so, light and thin objects, e.g. ngers.
Rduring resetting.
The reversing function cannot prevent some-
one from becoming trapped in these situa-
tions.
#During the closing process, make sure
that no body parts are in the closing
area.
#If someone becomes trapped, press the
Wbutton to open the side window
again.
AAututomatic function of tomatic function of the side windowshe side windows
In thefollowing cases, the side windows will be
closed automatically when thevehicle is switched
o:
Rif it starts to rain
Rain is detected by arain sensor on the wind-
screen.
Rin extreme temperatures
Raer a certain time (depending on the on-
board electrical system voltage)
Rif there is a malfunction in the power supply
The side windows will be closed as far as theven-
tilation position.
Opening and closing 9393
VVehicles witehicles with a panorh a panorama sliding sunrama sliding sunroof:oof: the side
windows will be closed completely if the sliding
sunroof is open.
If the side windows are obstructed during auto-
matic closing, the side window concerned will
open again slightly. Aer another automatic clos-
ing process, the automatic function forthe sun-
roof and side windows may be deactivated. The
automatic function will be active again the next
time thevehicle is started.
ConvConvenience opening (venience opening (ventilating tentilating the vhe vehicleehicle
befbeforore ste stararting a jourting a journeney)y)
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of entrapment when open-
ing a side window
When opening a side window, parts of the
body could be drawn in or become trapped
between the side window and window frame.
#When opening, make sure that nobody is
touching the side window.
#Release the button immediately if some-
body becomes trapped.
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe key is in the immediate vicinity of thevehi-
cle.
#Press and hold theÜbutton on thekey.
The following functions are performed:
RThe vehicle is unlocked.
RThe side windows are opened.
RThe panoramic sliding roof is opened.
RThe seat ventilation of the driver's seat is
switched on.
%If theroller sunblind of the panoramic sliding
sunroof is closed, theroller sunblind is
opened rst.
#TTo into interrerrupupt convt convenience opening:enience opening: release the
Übutton.
#TTo continue convo continue convenience opening:enience opening: press and
hold theÜbutton again.
ConvConvenience closing (closing tenience closing (closing the vhe vehicle frehicle from out-om out-
side)side)
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of entrapment due to not
paying attention during convenience clos-
ing
When the convenience closing feature is oper-
ating, parts of the body could become trapped
in the closing area of the side window and the
sliding sunroof.
#When the convenience closing feature is
operating, monitorthe entire closing
process and make sure that no body
parts are in the closing area.
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe key is in the immediate vicinity of thevehi-
cle.
#Press and hold theßbutton on thekey.
The following functions are performed:
RThe vehicle is locked.
RThe side windows are closed.
RThe panoramic sliding roof is closed.
9494 Opening and closing
#TTo into interrerrupupt convt convenience closing:enience closing: release the
ßbutton.
#TTo continue convo continue convenience closing:enience closing: press and
hold theßbutton again.
%Convenience closing also functions with KEY-
LESS-GO (/page 84).
RResolesolving prving problems witoblems with th the side windowshe side windows
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped or
fatally injured if reversing protection is not
activated
If you close a side window again immediately
aer it has been blocked, the side window will
close with increased or maximum force. The
reversing function is then not active and body
parts may become trapped.
#Make sure that no parts of the body are
in the closing area.
#To stop the closing process, release the
button or press the button again to
reopen the side window.
A side windoA side window cannow cannot be closed and yt be closed and you cannotou cannot
see tsee the cause.he cause.
#Check to see whether any objects are in the
window guide.
#Adjust the side windows.
AAdjusdjusting tting the side windowhe side windowss
If a side window is obstructed during closing and
reopens again immediately:
#Immediately aer this, pull and hold the corre-
sponding button again until the side window
has closed and hold the button for at least one
more second (re-adjustment).
The side window will be closed without the
automatic reversing function.
If the side window is obstructed again and
reopens again immediately:
#Immediately aer this, pull and hold the corre-
sponding button again until the side window
has closed and hold the button for at least one
more second (follow-up adjustment).
The side window will be closed without the
automatic reversing function.
The side windowThe side windows cannos cannot be opened or closedt be opened or closed
using tusing the convhe convenience opening fenience opening featureature.e.
Possible causes:
RThe key battery is weak or discharged.
#Check the battery using the indicator lamp
(/page 79).
#Replace thekey battery, if necessary
(/page 81).
Sliding sunrSliding sunroofoof
Opening and closing tOpening and closing the sliding sunrhe sliding sunroofoof
%The term "sliding sunroof" also refers to the
panorama sliding sunroof.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped when
the sliding sunroof is being opened and
closed
Body parts may become trapped in therange
of movement.
Opening and closing 9595
#During opening and closing, make sure
that no body parts are in therange of
movement.
#Release the button immediately if some-
body becomes trapped.
or
#Briey press the button in any direction
during automatic operation.
The opening or closing process will be
stopped.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of entrapment if the slid-
ing sunroof is operated by children
Children operating the sliding sunroof could
get caught in the moving parts, particularly if
unattended.
#Never leave children unattended in the
vehicle.
#When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake the
key with you and lock thevehicle.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped when
theroller sunblind is being opened and
closed
Body parts may become trapped between the
roller sunblind and frame or sliding roof.
#When opening or closing, make sure that
no body parts are in theroller sunblind's
range of movement.
#Release the button immediately if some-
body becomes trapped.
or
#Briey press the button in any direction
during automatic operation.
The opening or closing process will be
stopped.
*NNOOTETE Malfunction due to snow and ice
Snow and ice may cause the sliding sunroof to
malfunction.
#Open the sliding sunroof only if it is free
of snow and ice.
*NNOOTETE Damage caused by protruding
objects
Objects that protrude from the sliding sunroof
may damage the seals.
#Do not allow anything to protrude from
the sliding sunroof.
*NNOOTETE Damage to the panorama sliding
sunroof due to non-approvedroof luggage
racks
The panorama sliding sunroof may be dam-
aged by theroof luggage rack if you attempt to
open it when using a roof luggage rack not
tested and approvedfor Mercedes-Benz.
#When a roof luggage rack is tted, open
the panorama sliding sunroof only if this
has been tested and approvedfor
Mercedes-Benz.
The panorama sliding sunroof may be raised
to allow ventilation of thevehicle interior.
9696 Opening and closing
1Raise
2Open
3Close/lower
Use the3button to operate the panorama
sliding sunroof and theroller sunblind.
The panorama sliding sunroof can be operated
only when theroller sunblind is open.
#Check whether the sliding sunroof can be
raised or opened when a roof luggage rack is
tted.
#TTo sto starart autt automatic operomatic operation:ation: press the3
button beyond the point of resistance or pull
and release it.
#TTo into interrerrupupt autt automatic operomatic operation:ation: briey press
the3button in any direction.
The opening/closing process will be stopped.
AAututomatic revomatic reverersing function of tsing function of the sliding sun-he sliding sun-
rroofoof
If an obstacle obstructs the sliding sunroof during
the closing process, the sliding sunroof will open
again automatically. The automatic reversing func-
tion is only an aid and is not a substitute foryour
attentiveness.
#During the closing process, make sure that no
body parts are in the closing area.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped
despite thereversing function being active
In particular, thereversing function does not
react:
Rto so, light and thin objects, e.g. ngers.
Rtowardsthe end of the closing procedure.
Rduring resetting.
#During the closing process, make sure
that no body parts are in the closing
area.
#Release the button immediately if some-
body becomes trapped.
or
#Briey press the button in any direction
during automatic operation.
The closing process will be stopped.
AAututomatic revomatic reverersing function of tsing function of the rhe roller sunblindoller sunblind
If an obstacle obstructs theroller sunblind during
the closing process, theroller sunblind will open
again automatically. The automatic reversing func-
tion is only an aid and is not a substitute foryour
attentiveness.
Opening and closing 9797
#When closing theroller sunblind, make sure
that no body parts are in therange of move-
ment.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped
despite reversing function
In particular, thereversing function does not
react to so, light and thin objects, e.g. n-
gers.
#When closing theroller sunblind, make
sure that no body parts are in therange
of movement.
#Release the button immediately if some-
body becomes trapped.
or
#Briey press the button in any direction
during the automatic closing process.
The closing process will be stopped.
AAututomatic functions of tomatic functions of the sliding sunrhe sliding sunroofoof
%The term "sliding sunroof" also refers to the
panorama sliding sunroof.
The sliding sunroof will be closed automatically
when thevehicle has been switched o in thefol-
lowing situations:
Rif it starts to rain
Rain is detected by arain sensor on the wind-
screen.
Rin extreme temperatures
Raer a certain time (depending on the on-
board electrical system voltage)
Rif there is a malfunction in the power supply
The sliding sunroof will rise at therear in order to
continue ventilating thevehicle interior.
If the sliding sunroof is obstructed during an auto-
matic closing procedure, theroof will be opened
again slightly. The automatic function forthe slid-
ing sunroof and the side windows will then be
deactivated.
RRain-closing fain-closing featureature when dre when drivingiving
VVehicles witehicles with a panorh a panorama sliding sunrama sliding sunroof:oof: if it
starts to rain, theraised sliding sunroof will auto-
matically be lowered while thevehicle is in
motion.
AAututomatic lowomatic lowerering functioning function
VVehicles witehicles with a panorh a panorama sliding sunrama sliding sunroof:oof: if the
sliding sunroof is raised at therear, it will auto-
matically be lowered slightly at higher speeds. At
low speeds, it will be raised again automatically.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped by
automatic lowering of the sliding sunroof
At higher speeds, theraised sliding sunroof
will automatically be lowered slightly at the
rear.
#Make sure that nobody reaches into the
sliding sunroof's range of movement
while thevehicle is in motion.
#If somebody becomes trapped, briey
push the sliding sunroof button forwards
or backwards.
%By pushing or pulling the3button, you
can interrupt the automatic functions "Rain
closing function when driving" and "Automatic
lowering".
9898 Opening and closing
RRectifying prectifying problems witoblems with th the sliding sunrhe sliding sunroofoof
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped or
fatal injuries when the sliding sunroof is
closed again
If the sliding sunroof is closed again immedi-
ately aer it has been blocked or reset, it will
close with increased force.
#Make sure that no parts of the body are
in the closing area.
#Release the button immediately if some-
body becomes trapped.
or
#Briey press the button in any direction
during the automatic closing process.
The closing process will be stopped.
The sliding sunrThe sliding sunroof cannooof cannot be closed and yt be closed and you can-ou can-
nonot see tt see the cause.he cause.
%The term "sliding sunroof" also refers to the
panorama sliding sunroof.
If the sliding sunroof is obstructed during closing
and reopens again slightly:
#Immediately aer automatic reversing, pull
and hold the3button down again to the
point of resistance until the sliding sunroof is
closed.
The sliding sunroof will be closed with
increased force.
If the sliding sunroof is obstructed again and
opens again slightly:
#Repeat the previous step.
The sliding sunroof will be closed again with
increased force.
VVehicles witehicles with a panorh a panorama sliding sunrama sliding sunroof: toof: the slid-he slid-
ing sunring sunroof or toof or the rhe roller sunblind is nooller sunblind is not opert operatingating
smootsmoothlyhly..
#Reset the sliding sunroof and theroller sun-
blind.
RReseesetting ttting the sliding sunrhe sliding sunroof and toof and the rhe roller sun-oller sun-
blindblind
#Pull and hold the3button little by little
until the sliding sunroof is fully closed.
#Pull and hold the3button little by little
until theroller sunblind is fully closed.
#Use automatic operation to fully open and
then close the sliding sunroof.
Anti-tAnti-thehe protprotectionection
FFunction of tunction of the immobiliserhe immobiliser
The immobiliser prevents your vehicle from being
started without the correct key.
The immobiliser is automatically activated when
thevehicle is switched o, and deactivated when
thevehicle is switched on.
AATTAA(Anti-(Anti-TheThe AlarAlarm systm system)em)
FFunction of tunction of the AThe ATA systA systemem
If theATA system is primed, a visual and audible
alarm is triggered in thefollowing situations:
Rwhen a door is opened
Rwhen thetailgate is opened
Rwhen the bonnet is opened
Rwhen interior protection is triggered
(/page 101)
Opening and closing 9999
Rwhen tow-away protection is triggered
(/page 100)
The ATA system is primed automatically aer
approximately ten seconds in thefollowing situa-
tions:
Raer locking thevehicle with thekey
Raer locking thevehicle using KEYLESS-GO
Indicator lamp 1ashes when theATA system is
primed.
The ATA system is deactivated automatically in the
following situations:
Raer unlocking thevehicle with thekey
Raer unlocking thevehicle using KEYLESS-GO
Raer pressing the start/stop button with the
key in the stowage compartment
(/page 151)
%When the Mercedes‑Benz emergency call sys-
tem is active and the alarm stays on for more
than 30 seconds, a message is automatically
sent to the Customer Assistance Centre
(/page 287).
DeactivDeactivating tating the ATAhe ATA
#Press theÜ,ßor pbutton on the
key.
or
#Press the start/stop button with thekey in the
stowage compartment (/page 151)
DeactivDeactivating tating the alarhe alarm using KEYLESS-GOm using KEYLESS-GO
#Grasp the outside door handle with thekey
outside thevehicle.
FFunction of towunction of tow-awa-away proty protectionection
An audible and visual alarm is triggered if an alter-
ation to your vehicle's angle of inclination is
detected while tow-away protection is primed.
Tow-away protection is automatically primed aer
approximately 60 seconds:
Raer locking thevehicle with thekey
Raer locking thevehicle using KEYLESS-GO
Tow-away protection is only primed when thefol-
lowing components are closed:
Rdoors
Rtailgate
Tow-away protection is automatically deactivated:
Raer pressing theÜor pbutton on the
key
100100 Opening and closing
Raer pressing the start/stop button with the
key in the stowage compartment
(/page 151)
Raer unlocking thevehicle using KEYLESS-GO
Rwhen using HANDS-FREE ACCESS
Information on collision detection on a parked
vehicle (/page 187).
PrPriming/deactiviming/deactivating towating tow-awa-away proty protectionection
Multimedia system:
4©5Settings 5Quick access
#Prime or deactivate Tow-away protection.
Tow-away protection is primed again in thefollow-
ing cases:
RThe vehicle is unlocked again.
RA door is opened.
RThe vehicle is locked again.
%If quick access is unavailable, select theVehi-
cle submenu in theSettings main menu to
prime or deactivate tow-away protection.
FFunction of intunction of intererior protior protectionection
When interior protection is primed, a visual and
audible alarm is triggered if movement is detected
in thevehicle interior.
Interior protection is primed automatically aer
approximately ten seconds:
Raer locking thevehicle with thekey
Raer locking thevehicle using KEYLESS-GO
Interior protection is only primed when thefollow-
ing components are closed:
Rdoors
Rtailgate
Interior protection is automatically deactivated:
Raer pressing theÜor pbutton on the
key
Raer pressing the start/stop button with the
key in the stowage compartment
(/page 151)
Raer unlocking thevehicle using KEYLESS-GO
Rwhen using HANDS-FREE ACCESS
The following situations can lead to afalse alarm:
Rwhen there are moving objects such as mas-
cots in thevehicle interior
Rwhen a side window is open
Rwhen a panoramic sliding sunroof is open
PrPriming/deactiviming/deactivating intating intererior protior protectionection
Multimedia system:
4©5Settings 5Quick access
#Prime or deactivate Interior motion sensor.
Interior protection is primed again in thefollowing
cases:
RThe vehicle is unlocked again.
RA door is opened.
RThe vehicle is locked again.
%If quick access is unavailable, select theVehi-
cle menu under Settings to prime or deacti-
vate interior protection.
Opening and closing 101101
NNoottes on tes on the corrhe correct drect driviver's seat positioner's seat position
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to adjust-
ing thevehicle settings while thevehicle is
in motion
You could lose control of thevehicle in thefol-
lowing situations in particular:
Rif you adjust the driver's seat, the head
restraint, the steering wheel or the mirror
while thevehicle is in motion
Rif youfasten your seat belt while thevehi-
cle is in motion
#Before starting thevehicle: in particular,
adjust the driver's seat, head restraint,
steering wheel and mirror, and fasten
your seat belt. Ensure thefollowing when adjusting the steering
wheel 1, seat belt 2and driver's seat 3:
RYou are sitting as faraway from the driver's
airbag as possible, taking thefollowing points
into consideration:
RYou are sitting in an upright position
RYour thighs are slightly supportedby the seat
cushion
RYour legs are not fully extended and you can
depress the pedals properly
RThe back of your head is supported at eye
levelby the centre of the head restraint
RYou can hold the steering wheel with your
arms slightly bent
RYou can move your legs freely
RYou can see all the displays on the instrument
cluster clearly
RYou have a good overview of the trac condi-
tions
RYour seat belt sits snugly against your body
and passes across the centre of your shoulder
and across your hips in the pelvic area
102102 Seats and stowing
SeatsSeats
AAdjusdjusting tting the frhe front seat mecont seat mechanicallhanically (wity (withouthout
Seat ComfSeat Comforort Pt Packackagage)e)
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped if the
seats are adjusted by children
Children could become trapped if they adjust
the seats, particularly when unattended.
#When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake the
key with you and lock thevehicle.
#Never leave children unattended in the
vehicle.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped dur-
ing seat adjustment
When you adjust a seat, you or other vehicle
occupants could become trapped, e.g. on the
seat guide rail.
#Make sure when adjusting a seat that no
one has any body parts in the sweep of
the seat.
Observe the safety notes on "Airbags" and "Chil-
dren in thevehicle".
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to the
driver's seat not being engaged
The driver's seat may move unexpectedly
while driving.
This could cause youto lose control of the
vehicle.
#Always make sure that the driver's seat
is engaged before starting thevehicle.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to adjust-
ing thevehicle settings while thevehicle is
in motion
You could lose control of thevehicle in thefol-
lowing situations in particular:
Rif you adjust the driver's seat, the head
restraint, the steering wheel or the mirror
while thevehicle is in motion
Rif youfasten your seat belt while thevehi-
cle is in motion
#Before starting thevehicle: in particular,
adjust the driver's seat, head restraint,
steering wheel and mirror, and fasten
your seat belt.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped if the
seat height is adjusted carelessly
If you adjust the seat height carelessly, you or
other vehicle occupants could be trapped and
thereby injured.
Children in particular could accidentally press
the electrical seat adjustment buttons and
become trapped.
#While moving the seats, make sure that
hands or other body parts do not get
under the lever assembly of the seat
adjustment system.
Seats and stowing 103103
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury due to head
restraints not being tted or being adjus-
ted incorrectly
If head restraints have not been installed or
have not been adjusted correctly, there is an
increased risk of injury in the head and neck
area, e.g. in theevent of an accident or when
braking.
#Always drive with the head restraints t-
ted.
#Before driving o, make sure forevery
vehicle occupant that the centre of the
head restraint supports the back of the
head at about eye level.
Do not interchange the head restraints of the
front and rear seats. Otherwise, you will not be
able to adjust the height and angle of the head
restraints correctly.
Adjust the head restraint fore-and-a position so
that it is as close as possible to the back of your
head.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death due to
incorrect seat position
The seat belt will not oer the intended level
of protection if you have not movedthe seat
backrest to an almost vertical position.
In particular, you may slip under the seatbelt
and injure yourself.
#Adjust the seat properly before begin-
ning your journey.
#Always ensure that the seat backrest is
in an almost vertical position and that
the shoulder section of your seat belt is
routed across the centre of your shoul-
der.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury due to excessive
strain on thegrab handle
If you apply your full body weight to thegrab
handle or pull it abruptly, thegrab handle may
be damaged or become loose from its anchor-
age.
#Use thegrab handles only to stabilise
the seating position or to assist in get-
ting in and out of the seat.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death due to
objects under the co-driver seat
Objects trapped under the co-driver seat can
interfere with the function of the automatic
co-driver airbag shuto or damage the system.
#Do not store any objects under the co-
driver seat.
#When the co-driver seat is occupied,
make sure that no objects are trapped
under the co-driver seat.
104104 Seats and stowing
AAdjusdjusts tts the seathe seat fforore-and-ae-and-a positionposition
#Li lever1and slide the seat into the
desired position.
#Make sure that the seat is engaged.
#TTo adjuso adjust tt the seat height:he seat height: push or pull lever2
until the desired position has been reached.
#TTo adjuso adjust tt the seat bache seat backrkresest inclination:t inclination: turn
handwheel 3forwards and backwards until
the desired position has been reached.
AAdjusdjusting tting the frhe front seat mecont seat mechanicallhanically (wity (with Seath Seat
ComfComforort Pt Packackagage)e)
AAdjusdjusts tts the seathe seat fforore-and-ae-and-a positionposition
#Li lever2and slide the seat into the
desired position.
#Make sure that the seat is engaged.
#TTo adjuso adjust tt the seat cushion lengthe seat cushion length (drh (driviver'ser's
seat onlseat only):y): li lever1and slide the front sec-
tion of the seat cushion forwards or back-
wards.
#TTo adjuso adjust tt the seat cushion inclination:he seat cushion inclination: turn
handwheel 3forwards and backwards until
the desired position has been reached.
#TTo adjuso adjust tt the seat height:he seat height: push or pull lever4
until the desired position has been reached.
#TTo adjuso adjust tt the seat bache seat backrkresest inclination:t inclination: turn
handwheel 5forwards and backwards until
the desired position has been reached.
Seats and stowing 105105
AAdjusdjusting tting the frhe front seat electront seat electricallyically
1Seat backrest inclination
2Seat height
3Seat cushion inclination
4Seat fore-and-a position
#Save the settings with the memory function
(/page 113).
AAdjusdjusting tting the 4-wahe 4-way lumbar supporty lumbar support
1Higher
2Soer
3Lower
4Firmer
#Use buttons 1to 4to adjust the contour of
the backrest.
Head rHead resestrtraintsaints
AAdjusdjusting tting the frhe front seat head ront seat head resestrtraints manuallyaints manually
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to adjust-
ing thevehicle settings while thevehicle is
in motion
You could lose control of thevehicle in thefol-
lowing situations in particular:
Rif you adjust the driver's seat, the head
restraint, the steering wheel or the mirror
while thevehicle is in motion
Rif youfasten your seat belt while thevehi-
cle is in motion
#Before starting thevehicle: in particular,
adjust the driver's seat, head restraint,
steering wheel and mirror, and fasten
your seat belt.
106106 Seats and stowing
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury due to head
restraints not being tted or being adjus-
ted incorrectly
If head restraints have not been installed or
have not been adjusted correctly, there is an
increased risk of injury in the head and neck
area, e.g. in theevent of an accident or when
braking.
#Always drive with the head restraints t-
ted.
#Before driving o, make sure forevery
vehicle occupant that the centre of the
head restraint supports the back of the
head at about eye level.
Do not interchange the head restraints of the
front and rear seats. Otherwise, you will not be
able to adjust the height and angle of the head
restraints correctly.
Adjust the head restraint fore-and-a position so
that it is as close as possible to the back of your
head.
#TTo ro raise:aise: pull the head restraint up.
#TTo lowo lower:er: press release knob 1in the direc-
tion of the arrow and push the head restraint
down.
#TTo movo move te the drhe driviver's head rer's head resestrtraint faint forworwarards:ds:
press release knob 2and pull the head
restraint forwards.
#TTo movo move te the drhe driviver's head rer's head resestrtraint back-aint back-
wwarards:ds: press release knob 2and push the
head restraint backwards.
AAdjusdjusting tting the head rhe head resestrtraints of taints of the rhe rear seatsear seats
mecmechanicallyhanically
#TTo ro raise:aise: pull the head restraint up.
Seats and stowing 107107
#TTo lowo lower:er: press release knob 1in the direc-
tion of the arrow and push the head restraint
down.
#If tIf the centrhe centre seat on te seat on the second rohe second row of seatsw of seats
is nois not occupied:t occupied: press the head restraint down
all theway.
FFitting/ritting/remoemoving tving the rhe rear seat head rear seat head resestrtraintsaints
RRemoemovingving
#Release therear seat backrest and fold it for-
wards slightly (/page 117).
#Pull the head restraint upwards as far as it will
go.
#Push release knob 1in the direction of the
arrow and pull out the head restraint.
InstInstallingalling
#Insert the head restraint such that the notches
on the bar are on the le when viewed in the
direction of travel.
#Push the head restraint down until it engages.
#Fold therear seat backrest back until it
engages.
CongurConguringing tthe seat sehe seat settingsttings
Multimedia system:
4©5Comfort 5Seat comfort
AAdjusdjusting tting the bache backrkresest contt contour in tour in the lumbarhe lumbar
rregion of tegion of the seat bache seat backrkresest (lumbar)t (lumbar)
#Select Lumbar.
#Select the settings Zforthe desired seat.
#Adjust the air cushions.
AAdjusdjusting tting the bache backrkresest side bolstt side bolstersers
#Select Side bolsters.
#Adjust the air cushion forthe desired seat.
Selecting tSelecting the massaghe massage pre progrogramme famme for tor the frhe frontont
seatsseats
Multimedia system:
4©5Comfort 5Massage
#Select Wave Massage or Pulsating Massage.
#Start the programforthe desired seat ;.
#TTo seo set tt the massaghe massage inte intensityensity: switc: switchhHigh
intensity on or o .
RReseesetting seat setting seat settingsttings
Multimedia system:
4©5Comfort 5Seat comfort
#Select Îforthe desired seat.
#Conrm the prompt.
108108 Seats and stowing
SwitcSwitching thing the seat heatinghe seat heating on/oon/o
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of burns due to repeatedly
switching on the seat heating
Repeatedly switching on the seat heating can
cause the seat cushion and seat backrest pad-
ding to become very hot.
In particular, the health of persons with limited
temperature sensitivity or a limited ability to
react to high temperatures may be aected or
they may even suer burn-like injuries.
#Do not repeatedly switch on the seat
heating.
To protect against overheating, the seat heating
may be temporarily deactivated aer it has been
switched on repeatedly.
*NNOOTETE Damage to the seats caused by
objects or documents when the seat
heater is switched on
When the seat heater is switched on, over-
heating may occur due to objects or docu-
ments placed on the seats e.g. seat cushions
or child seats. This could cause damage to the
seat surface.
#Make sure that no objects or documents
are on the seats when the seat heater is
switched on.
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe power supply is switched on.
#Press button 1repeatedly until the desired
heating level is set.
Depending on the heating level, up to three
indicator lamps will light up. If all indicator
lamps are o, the seat heating is switched o.
%The seat heating will automatically switch
down from thethree heating levels aer 8, 10
and 20 minutes until the seat heating
switches o.
SwitcSwitching thing the seat vhe seat ventilationentilation on/oon/o
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe power supply is switched on.
Seats and stowing 109109
#Press button 1repeatedly until the desired
blower setting has been reached.
Depending on the blower setting, up to three
indicator lamps will light up. If all indicator
lamps are o, the seat ventilation is switched
o.
SStteereering wheeling wheel
AAdjusdjusting tting the sthe steereering wheel manuallying wheel manually
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to adjust-
ing thevehicle settings while thevehicle is
in motion
You could lose control of thevehicle in thefol-
lowing situations in particular:
Rif you adjust the driver's seat, the head
restraint, the steering wheel or the mirror
while thevehicle is in motion
Rif youfasten your seat belt while thevehi-
cle is in motion
#Before starting thevehicle: in particular,
adjust the driver's seat, head restraint,
steering wheel and mirror, and fasten
your seat belt.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of entrapment forchildren
when adjusting the steering wheel
Children could injure themselves if they adjust
the steering wheel.
#Never leave children unattended in the
vehicle.
#When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake the
key with you and lock thevehicle.
UUnlocnlockingking
#Fold release lever1down as far as it will go.
110110 Seats and stowing
#Adjust height 2and distance 3to the
steering wheel.
LocLockingking
#Fold release lever1up as far as it will go.
#Check and make sure that the steering col-
umn is lockedby moving the steering wheel.
SwitcSwitching thing the sthe steereering wheel heating wheel heaterer on/oon/o
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe vehicle is switched on.
#Push the switch into position 1or 2.
If indicator lamp 3lights up, the steering
wheel heater is switched on.
When you switch thevehicle o, the steering
wheel heater will switch o.
Easy entrEasy entry and ey and exit fxit featureeature
Using tUsing the easy entrhe easy entry and ey and exit fxit featureeature
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident when pulling
away during the adjustment process of
the easy entry and exit feature
You could lose control of thevehicle.
#Alwayswait until the adjustment process
is complete before driving o.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped dur-
ing adjustment of the easy entry and exit
feature
You and other vehicle occupants could
become trapped.
#Ensure that no-one has any body parts in
therange of movement of the seat.
If there is a risk of becoming trapped by the
driver's seat:
#Press the seat adjustment switch.
The adjustment process will be stopped.
Seats and stowing 111111
You can stop the adjustment process by pressing
one of the memory function position switches.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped if
children activate the easy entry and exit
feature‑
Children could become trapped if they acti-
vate the easy entry‑ and exit feature, particu-
larly when unattended.
#Never leave children unattended in the
vehicle.
#When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake the
key with you and lock thevehicle.
When the easy entry and exit feature is active, the
driver's seat will move backwards and the back-
rest will be movedto a steeper position when:
RYou switch the ignition o when the driver's
door is open
RYou open the driver's door when the ignition is
switched o
%The driver's seat will then move backwards
only if it is not already at therear of the seat
adjustment range.
The seat backrest will then move forwards
only if it is not already at the front of the back-
rest adjustment range.
The driver's seat will move back to the last drive
position when:
RYou switch the ignition on with the driver's
door closed.
RYou close the driver's door when the ignition is
switched on
The last drive position will be saved when:
RYou switch the ignition o.
RYou call up the seat settings via the memory
function.
RYou save the seat settings via the memory
function.
SeSetting ttting the easy entrhe easy entry and ey and exit fxit featureeature
Multimedia system:
4©5Settings 5Vehicle
5Automatic seat adjustment
5Easy Entry/Exit
#Activate or deactivate the function.
MemorMemory functiony function
FFunction of tunction of the memorhe memory functiony function
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident if the mem-
ory function is used while driving
If you use the memory function on the driver's
side while driving, you could lose control of
thevehicle as a result of the adjustments
being made.
#Only use the memory function on the
driver's side when thevehicle is station-
ary.
112112 Seats and stowing
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of entrapment when
adjusting the seat with the memory func-
tion
When the memory function adjusts the seat,
you and other vehicle occupants – particularly
children – could become trapped.
#During the adjustment process of the
memory function, make sure that no one
has any body parts in the sweep of the
seat.
#If someone becomes trapped, press a
preset position button or seat adjust-
ment switch immediately.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of entrapment if the mem-
ory function is activated by children
Children could become trapped if they acti-
vate the memory function, particularly when
unattended.
#Never leave children unattended in the
vehicle.
#When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake the
key with you and lock thevehicle.
You can use the memory function when the igni-
tion is switched o.
Seat adjustments for up to three people can be
stored and called up using the memory function.
You can save settings forthefollowing systems:
RSeat
RSeat contour
ROutside mirrors
RHead-up display
OperOperating tating the memorhe memory functiony function
SSttororinging
#Set the desired position for all systems.
#Briey press memory button Vand then
press preset position 4,Tor U
within three seconds.
Seats and stowing 113113
#TTo call up:o call up: press and briey hold one of preset
position buttons 4,Tor U.
Aer releasing the button, all systems are
moved into the stored position.
SSttoowwagage are areaseas
NNoottes on loading tes on loading the vhe vehicleehicle
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury from unsecured
items in thevehicle
If objects, luggage or loads are not secured or
not secured suciently, they could slip, tip
over or be thrown around and thereby hit vehi-
cle occupants.
There is a risk of injury, particularly in the
event of sudden braking or a sudden change
in direction.
#Always stow objects in such a waythat
they cannot be thrown around.
#Before the journey, secure objects, lug-
gage or loads against slipping or tipping
over.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury due to objects
being stowed incorrectly
If objects in thevehicle interior are stowed
incorrectly, they can slide or be thrown around
and hit vehicle occupants. In addition, cup
holders, open stowage spaces and mobile
phone brackets cannot alwaysretain all
objects they contain.
There is a risk of injury, particularly in the
event of braking manoeuvres or abrupt
changes in direction.
#Always stow objects so that they cannot
be thrown around in such situations.
#Always make sure that objects do not
protrude from stowage spaces, luggage
nets or stowage nets.
#Close the lockable stowage spaces
before starting a journey.
#Stow and secure objects that are heavy,
hard, pointed, sharp-edged, fragile or too
large in the load compartment.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident from objects in
the driver's footwell and front-passenger
footwell
Objects in the driver's footwell and front-
passenger footwell may impede pedal travel or
block a depressed pedal.
This jeopardises the operating and road safety
of thevehicle.
#Stow all objects in thevehicle securely
so that they cannot get into the driver's
footwell or front-passenger footwell.
#Always t the oor mats securely and as
prescribed in order to ensure that there
is always sucient clearance forthe
pedals.
#Do not use loose oor mats and do not
lay multiple oor mats on top of one
another.
VVehicles witehicles with auth automatic fromatic front passengont passenger airbager airbag
shutshuto:o: objects trapped under the front
passenger seat may interfere with the function of
the automatic front passenger airbag shuto or
damage the system. Please observe the notes on
114114 Seats and stowing
the function of the automatic front passenger air-
bag shuto (/page 53).
&WWARNINGARNING ‑ Risk of accident or injury
when using the cup holder while thevehi-
cle is in motion
The cup holder cannot hold a container secure
while thevehicle is in motion.
If you use a cup holder while thevehicle is in
motion, the container may be ung around
and liquids could be spilled. The vehicle occu-
pants may come into contact with the liquid
and if it is hot, they could be scalded. You
could be distracted from trac conditions and
you may lose control of thevehicle.
#Only use the cup holder when thevehicle
is stationary.
#Only use the cup holder for containers of
theright size.
#Always close the container, particularly if
the liquid is hot.
*NNOOTETE Damage to the cup holder
When therear armrest is folded back the cup
holder could become damaged.
#Only fold therear armrest back when the
cup holder is closed.
*NNOOTETE Damage to therear armrest due to
body weight
When folded out, therear armrest can be
damaged by body weight.
#Do not sit or support yourself on therear
seat armrest.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury due to an open
load compartment oor
If you drive with the load compartment oor
open, objects could be ung around and hit
vehicle occupants as a result. There is a risk
of injury, particularly in theevent of sudden
braking or a sudden change in direction.
#Always close the load compartment oor
before a journey.
&WWARNINGARNING ‑ Risk of re and injury from the
hot cigarette lighter
You can burn yourself if youtouch the hot
heating element or the socket of the cigarette
lighter.
In addition, ammable materials may ignite if:
Ryou drop the hot cigarette lighter
Rachild holds the hot cigarette lighter to
objects, forexample
#Always hold the cigarette lighter by the
knob.
#Always make sure that the cigarette
lighter is out of reach of children.
#Never leave children unattended in the
vehicle.
Seats and stowing 115115
The driving characteristics of your vehicle are
dependent on the distribution of the load within
thevehicle. You should bear thefollowing in mind
when loading thevehicle:
Rneverexceed the permissible gross mass or
the permissible axle loads forthevehicle
(including occupants).
Information can be found on thevehicle identi-
cation plate (/page 349).
Rthe load must not protrude above the upper
edge of the seat backrests.
Ralways use the partition net when transporting
objects in the load compartment.
Ralways place the load behind unoccupied
seats if possible.
Rsecure the load using the tie-down eyes and
distribute the load evenly.
Notes on driving with a roof load
REvenly distribute theroof load, and place
heavy objects at the bottom. Also comply with
the notes on loading thevehicle.
RDrive attentively, and avoid suddenly pulling
away, braking and steering as well as rapid
cornering.
RWhen transporting roof loads and when the
vehicle is fully loaded or fully occupied, select
drive programs ;and A. These are
designed to focus on stability (/page 158).
%For more information on stowage compart-
ments and stowage areas, please referto the
Digital Owner's Manual.
SSttoowwagage spaces in te spaces in the vhe vehicle intehicle intereriorior
OvOverervieview of tw of the frhe front stowont stowagage come comparpartmentstments
1Stowage spaces in the doors
2Stowage compartment in the armrest with a
multimedia and USB connection
3Stowage compartment in the front centre
console with a USB port
4Glove compartment
116116 Seats and stowing
ThrThrough-loading fough-loading featureature in te in the rhe rear bencear bench seath seat
(EASY(EASY-PAC-PACK QuicK Quickfkfold)old)
FFolding tolding the rhe rear seat bacear seat backrkresest ft forworwarardsds
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped when
adjusting the seats
When you adjust a seat, you may trap yourself
or a vehicle occupant.
#When adjusting a seat, make sure that
no one has any body parts in the sweep
of the seat.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident if therear
bench seat, rear seat and seat backrest
are not engaged
The rear bench seat, rear seat and seat back-
rest mayfold forwards, even while thevehicle
is in motion.
RAs a result, thevehicle occupant will be
pressed into the seat belt with increased
force. The seat belt will not be able to pro-
tect as intended and could cause addi-
tional injury.
RObjects or loads in the boot or load com-
partment cannot be restrained by the seat
backrest.
#Make sure that therear bench seat, the
rear seat and the seat backrest are
engaged before every trip.
If the seat backrests are not engaged and locked
in place, the lock verication indicator will be red.
Always ensure that all vehicle occupants have
their seat belts fastened correctly and are sitting
properly.Particular attention must be paid to chil-
dren.
If you no longer require thefolded-down seat
backrest as a loading area, fold the backrest back
into place.
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe area into which the seat backrest is folded
is clear.
RTo fold the centre seat backrest forwards: the
centre seat backrest has been unlocked.
RThe armrest on the second row of seats is fol-
ded back and the cup holders are empty.
FFolding tolding thehe lele and rand right seat bacight seat backrkresests fts forworwarardsds
You can fold the centre and outer seat backrests
forwards.
#Move the driver's or front passenger seat for-
wards, if necessary.
Seats and stowing 117117
#If necessary, fully insert the seat backrest
head restraints (/page 107).
#Pull release lever1.
FFolding tolding the centrhe centre seat bace seat backrkresest ft forworwarardsds
#Pull release catch 3for seat backrest 2for-
wards.
#Fold the corresponding seat backrest for-
wards.
FFolding bacolding back tk the rhe rear seat bacear seat backrkrestest
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped when
adjusting the seats
When you adjust a seat, you may trap yourself
or a vehicle occupant.
#When adjusting a seat, make sure that
no one has any body parts in the sweep
of the seat.
*NNOOTETE Damage caused by trapping the
seat belt when folding back the seat back-
rest
The seat belt could become trapped and thus
be damaged when the seat backrest is folded
back.
#Make sure that the seat belt is not trap-
ped when folding back the seat backrest.
#Move the driver's or front passenger seat for-
wards, if necessary.
#Fold the corresponding seat backrest 1back
until it engages.
LeLe and rand right seat bacight seat backrkresests:ts: if the seat back-
rest is not engaged and locked in place, the
red lock verication indicator 2will be visi-
ble.
CentrCentre seat bace seat backrkrest:est: if the seat backrest is
not engaged and locked in place, thered lock
verication indicator 3will be visible.
118118 Seats and stowing
LocLocking tking the rhe release catcelease catch of th of the centrhe centre re rear seatear seat
bacbackrkrestest
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe le and centre seat backrests are
engaged and joined together.
You can lock the centre seat backrest. The centre
seat backrest can then be folded forwards only
together with the le seat backrest.
#Fold the centre and le seat backrests for-
wards.
#TTo loco lock or unlock or unlock:k: slide catch 1upwards or
downwards.
Load comLoad comparpartment covtment coverer
InstInstalling and ralling and remoemoving tving the load comhe load comparpartmenttment
covcoverer
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death due to
poorly secured objects
The load compartment cover alone cannot
secure or restrain heavy objects, items of lug-
gage or heavy loads.
You could be hit by an unsecured load, partic-
ularly in theevent of abrupt changes in direc-
tion, sudden braking or an accident.
#Always stow objects in such a waythat
they cannot be thrown around.
#Secure objects, luggage or loads against
slipping or tipping over, e.g. by using
lashing material, even if you are using
the load compartment cover.
Requirements:
RDo not load the load compartment cover with
more than 2.5 kg.
%Please note that the load compartment cover
must not be pushed further upwards when the
tailgate is open.
Seats and stowing 119119
#TTo ro removemove:e: pull hanger 3on thetailgate
upwards out of eyelet 1and unhook it.
#Swivel the load compartment cover down-
wards and pull it out on the le and right in
the direction of arrow4.
#TTo insto install:all: hang up the load compartment
cover on the le and right.
#Push the load compartment coverforwards
evenly with both hands on the le and right
until it engages.
#Swivel the load compartment cover upwards
and hook hanger 3through eyelet 2.
#Pull hanger 3downwards into eyelet 1until
it engages.
AAttttacaching/rhing/remoemoving tving the parhe partitioning nettitioning net
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death due to
poorly secured objects
The partitioning net alone cannot secure or
restrain heavy objects, items of luggage or
heavy loads.
You could be hit by an unsecured load, partic-
ularly in theevent of abrupt changes in direc-
tion, sudden braking or an accident.
#Always stow objects in such a waythat
they cannot be thrown around.
#Secure objects, luggage or loads against
slipping or tipping over, e.g. by using
lashing material, even if you are using
the partitioning net.
For safetyreasons, always use a partitioning net
when transporting a load.
Damaged partitioning nets can no longer full
their functions and must be replaced. Visit a quali-
ed specialist workshop.
120120 Seats and stowing
AAttttacachinghing
Partitioning net without load compartment enlarge-
ment
Partitioning net with load compartment enlargement
#Hook partition net 1into holders 2on the
le and right on theroof lining.
#Without load compartment enlargement:
attach hooks 3to tie-down eyes 4on the
le and right in such a waythat hooks 3
point backwards.
#With load compartment enlargement: attach
hooks 3to tie-down eyes 4on the le and
right in such a waythat hooks 3point to the
door.
#Pull on the loose ends of the lashing straps at
the same time until the partitioning net 1is
tight and thetop edge of partitioning net 1is
horizontal.
Seats and stowing 121121
RRemoemovingving
#Turn the buckle of the lashing strap in the
direction of arrow6.
#Slide the loose end of the lashing strap into
the buckle in the direction of arrow5until
the lashing straps are loose.
#Remove hooks 3from tie-down eyes 4on
the le and right.
#Remove partitioning net 1from brackets 2
on theroof lining on the le and right.
OvOverervieview of tw of the tie-dohe tie-down eywn eyeses
Observe the notes on loading thevehicle
(/page 114).
1Tie-down eyes (vehicles with through-loading
feature in therear bench seat)
OvOverervieview of bag hooksw of bag hooks
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury when using bag
hooks with heavy objects
The bag hooks cannot restrain heavy objects
or items of luggage.
Objects or items of luggage may be ung
around and hit vehicle occupants.
#Only hang light objects on the bag
hooks.
#Never hang hard, sharp-edged or fragile
objects on the bag hooks.
Observe the notes on loading thevehicle
(/page 114).
Subject the bag hooks to a maximum load of 3 kg
and do not attach any goods to them.
122122 Seats and stowing
1Bag hook
OvOverervieview of clotw of clothes hookhes hooks on ts on the the tailgailgateate
Observe the notes on loading thevehicle
(/page 114).
1Clothes hook
The clothes hooks are not suitable for hanging
heavy objects as this can cause thetailgate to
lower automatically. Use the clothes hooks only
for light objects such as jackets.
AAttttacaching a rhing a roof luggoof luggagage re rackack
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to exceed-
ing the maximum roof load
The vehicle centre of gravity and the usual
driving characteristics as well as the steering
and braking characteristics alter.
If youexceed the maximum roof load, the driv-
ing characteristics, as well as steering and
braking, will be greatly impaired.
#Neverexceed the maximum roof load
and adjust your driving style.
You will nd information on the maximum roof
load in the "Technical data" section.
*NNOOTETE Damage to thevehicle due to not
observing the maximum permitted head-
room clearance
If thevehicle height is greater than the maxi-
mum permitted headroom clearance, theroof
and other parts of thevehicle may be dam-
aged.
Seats and stowing 123123
#Observe the signposted headroom clear-
ance.
#If thevehicle height is greater than the
permitted headroom clearance, do not
enter.
#Observe thechanged vehicle height with
add-on roof equipment.
*NNOOTETE Damage to the panorama sliding
sunroof due to non-approvedroof luggage
racks
The panorama sliding sunroof may be dam-
aged by theroof luggage rack if you attempt to
open it when using a roof luggage rack not
tested and approvedfor Mercedes-Benz.
#When a roof luggage rack is tted, open
the panorama sliding sunroof only if this
has been tested and approvedfor
Mercedes-Benz.
The panorama sliding sunroof may be raised
to allow ventilation of thevehicle interior.
Notes on driving with a roof load
REvenly distribute theroof load, and place
heavy objects at the bottom. Also comply with
the notes on loading thevehicle
(/page 114).
RDrive attentively, and avoid suddenly pulling
away, braking and steering as well as rapid
cornering.
RWhen transporting roof loads and when the
vehicle is fully loaded or fully occupied, select
drive programs ;and A. These are
designed to focus on stability (/page 158).
#Secure theroof luggage rack to theroof rail-
ing.
#Observe the manufacturer's installation
instructions.
SockeSocketsts
Using tUsing the 12 V sockethe 12 V socket
RReqequiruirements:ements:
ROnly devices up to a maximum of 180 W
(15 A) are permissible.
Depending on thevehicle equipment, thevehicle
has thefollowing 12 V sockets:
RIn the stowage compartment in the front
centre console
RIn the load compartment
Example: 12 V socket in the stowage compartment
in the front centre console
#Fold up socket cap 1.
#Insert the plug of the device.
12 V socke12 V socket in tt in the stowhe stowagage come comparpartment wittment withh
covcover:er: if you have connected a device to the 12 V
socket, leave the cover of the stowage compart-
ment open.
124124 Seats and stowing
Using tUsing the 115 V sockehe 115 V socket in tt in the rhe rear passengear passengerer
comcomparpartmenttment
&DDANANGERGER Risk of fatal injuries due to a
damaged connecting cable or a damaged
socket
You could receive an electric shock if the con-
necting cable or the 115 V power socket is
pulled out of the trim or is damaged or wet.
#Use only connecting cables that are dry
and free of damage.
#When thevehicle is switched o, make
sure that the 115 V power socket is dry.
#Immediately have the 115 V power
socketchecked or replaced at a qualied
specialised workshop if it is damaged or
has been pulled out of the trim.
#Never plug the connecting cable into a
115 V power socketthat is damaged or
has been pulled out of the trim.
&DDANANGERGER Risk of death due to using the
socket incorrectly
In particular, you could receive an electric
shock:
Rif youtouch the inside of the socket
Rif you insert unsuitable devices or objects
into the socket
#Do not touch the inside of the socket.
#Only connect suitable devices to the
socket.
Make sure that no liquids get into the 115 V
socket.
When the 115 V socket is not in use, keep the
socket ap closed.
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe device is equipped with a suitable plug
which conforms to the standards specic to
the country you are in.
RA device up to a maximum of 150 W (1.3 A) is
used.
RDo not use multiple socket outlets.
#Open socket ap 3.
#Insert the plug of the device into 115 V socket
1.
When the on-board electrical system voltage is
sucient, indicator lamp 2lights up.
Seats and stowing 125125
Using tUsing the 230 V sockehe 230 V socket in tt in the rhe rear passengear passengerer
comcomparpartmenttment
&DDANANGERGER Risk of fatal injuries due to dam-
age from a connecting cable or socket
You could receive an electric shock when pull-
ing the connecting cable or the 230 V power
socket out of the trim, or if it is damaged or
wet.
#Use only connecting cables that are dry
and free of damage.
#When thevehicle is switched o, make
sure that the 230 V power socket is dry.
#Immediately have the 230 V power
socketchecked or replaced at a qualied
specialist workshop if it is damaged or
has been pulled out of the trim.
#Never plug the connecting cable into a
230 V power socketthat is damaged or
has been pulled out of the trim.
&DDANANGERGER Risk of death due to using the
socket incorrectly
In particular, you could receive an electric
shock:
Rif youtouch the inside of the socket
Rif you insert unsuitable devices or objects
into the socket
#Do not touch the inside of the socket.
#Only connect suitable devices to the
socket.
Make sure that no liquids get into the 230 V
socket.
When the 230 V socket is not in use, keep the
socket ap closed.
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe device is equipped with a suitable plug
which conforms to the standards specic to
the country you are in.
RA device up to a maximum of 150 W (0.65 A)
is used.
RDo not use multiple socket outlets.
#Open socket ap 3.
#Insert the plug of the device into 230 V socket
1.
When the on-board electrical system voltage is
sucient, indicator lamp 2lights up.
126126 Seats and stowing
USB porUSB port in tt in the rhe rear passengear passenger comer comparpartmenttment
%Depending on thevehicle equipment, the
design of the stowage compartment and the
number of USB ports in therear centre con-
sole may vary.
When thevehicle is switched on, you can charge a
USB device, such as a mobile phone, at USB ports
using a suitable charging cable.
WWirireless celess charharging of tging of the mobile phone and con-he mobile phone and con-
nection witnection with th the ehe extxtererior aerior aerialial
NNoottes on wires on wirelesslelessly cy charharging tging the mobile phonehe mobile phone
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury due to objects
being stowed incorrectly
If objects in thevehicle interior are stowed
incorrectly, they can slide or be thrown around
and hit vehicle occupants. In addition, cup
holders, open stowage spaces and mobile
phone receptacles cannot alwaysretain all
objects within.
There is a risk of injury, particularly in the
event of sudden braking or a sudden change
in direction.
#Always stow objects so that they cannot
be thrown around in such situations.
#Always make sure that objects do not
protrude from stowage spaces, luggage
nets or stowage nets.
#Close the lockable stowage spaces
before starting a journey.
#Always stow and secure heavy, hard,
pointed, sharp-edged, fragile or bulky
objects in the boot/load compartment.
Observe the notes on loading thevehicle.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of re from placing objects
in the mobile phone stowage compart-
ment
Placing other objects in the mobile phone
stowage compartment could constitute a re
hazard.
#Apart from a mobile phone, do not place
any other objects in the mobile phone
stowage compartment, especially those
made of metal.
*NNOOTETE Damage to objects caused by plac-
ing them in the mobile phone stowage
compartment
If objects are placed in the mobile phone
stowage compartment, these may be dam-
aged by electromagnetic elds.
#Do not place credit cards, storage
media, ski passes or other objects sensi-
tive to electromagnetic elds in the
mobile phone stowage compartment.
*NNOOTETE Damage to the mobile phone stow-
age compartment caused by liquids
If liquids enter the mobile phone stowage
compartment, the compartment may be dam-
aged.
#Ensure that no liquids enter the mobile
phone stowage compartment.
Seats and stowing 127127
The following notes on wirelessly charging the
mobile phone must be observed:
RDepending on thevehicle equipment, the
mobile phone is connected to thevehicle's
exterior aerial via thecharging module.
RThe charging function and wireless connection
of the mobile phone to thevehicle's exterior
aerial are only available if thevehicle is
switched on.
RSmall mobile phones may not be able to be
charged in every position of the mobile phone
stowage compartment.
RLarge mobile phones which do not rest at in
the mobile phone stowage compartment may
not be able to be charged or connected with
thevehicle's exterior aerial.
RThe mobile phone may heat up during the
charging process. This may particularly
depend on the applications (apps) currently
open in the background.
RTo ensure more ecient charging and connec-
tion with thevehicle's exterior aerial, remove
the protective cover from the mobile phone.
Protective covers which are necessary for
wireless charging are an exception.
CharCharging a mobile phone wirging a mobile phone wirelesslyelessly
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe mobile phone is suitable for wireless
charging.
A list of compatible mobile phones can be
found at: https://www.mercedes-benz-
mobile.com.
#Place the mobile phone as close to the centre
of the marked surface on mat 1as possible
with the display facing upwards.
When a message is shown in the multimedia
system, the mobile phone is being charged.
Malfunctions during thecharging process are
shown in the central display.
%The mat can be removedfor cleaning, e.g.
using clean, lukewarm water.
SSttoowwagage come comparpartment wittment without covhout coverer
Make sure the mobile phone is properly stored
and securedto prevent it from falling out while
you are driving.
128128 Seats and stowing
#TTo securo secure te the mobile phone:he mobile phone: swing lever2
out.
RRadio eqadio equipment approvuipment approval numberal numbers fs for Bror Brazilazil
This device operates on a secondary basis, that is
to say it has no protection against harmful inter-
ference, not even from the same type of stations,
and must not cause interference with systems
operating on a primary basis.
This product is permitted in accordance with the
procedure dened in Directive 242/2000 by the
Brazilian telecommunications agency ANATEL and
meets the applicable technical requirements.
Further information is available on the ANATEL
website. www.anatel.gov.br
#Further information on the declaration of con-
formity forvehicle components which receive
and/or transmit radio waves.
FFitting/ritting/remoemoving tving thehe ooroor matsmats
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to objects
in the driver's footwell
Objects in the driver's footwell may impede
pedal travel or block a depressed pedal.
This jeopardises the operating and road safety
of thevehicle.
#Stow all objects in thevehicle securely
so that they cannot get into the driver's
footwell.
#Always t the oor mats securely and as
prescribed in order to ensure that there
is always sucient room forthe pedals.
#Do not use loose oor mats and do not
place oor mats on top of one another.
#TToot:t: slide the corresponding seat backwards
and lay the oor mat in thefootwell.
#Press studs 1onto holders 2.
#Adjust the corresponding seat.
#TTo ro removemove:e: slide the corresponding seat back-
wards and pull the oor mat o holders 2.
#Remove the oor mat.
Seats and stowing 129129
ExtExtererior lightingior lighting
NNoottes on ces on changing thanging the lights when drhe lights when driving abriving abroadoad
It is not necessary to adjust the headlamps. The
legal requirements are also met in countries in
which trac drives on theother side of theroad.
InfInforormation about lighting systmation about lighting systems and yems and yourour
rresponsibilityesponsibility
The various lighting systems of thevehicle are
only aids. The driver of thevehicle is responsible
for correct vehicle illumination in accordance with
the prevailing light and visibility conditions, legal
requirements and trac situation.
Light switchLight switch
OperOperating tating the light switchhe light switch
1WLe-hand parking lights
2XRight-hand parking lights
3TStanding lights and licence plate light-
ing
4ÃAutomatic driving lights (preferred light
switch position)
5LLow beam/high beam
6RSwitches therear fog light on/o
When low beam is activated, theTindicator
lamp forthe standing lights will be deactivated
and replaced by theLlow-beam indicator
lamp.
#Always park your vehicle safely using sucient
lighting, in accordance with therelevant legal
stipulations.
*NNOOTETE Battery discharging by operating the
standing lights
Operating the standing lights over a period of
hours puts a strain on the battery.
#Where possible, switch on theright X
or le Wparking light.
Forvehicles that are wider than 2 m or longer
than 6 m, single-sided parking lighting is not per-
mitted in some countries. In this case, the stand-
ing lights are also switched on in the parking
lights position.
130130 Light and sight
If the battery is insuciently charged, the stand-
ing lights or parking lights will be switched o
automatically to facilitate the next drive system
start.
The exterior lighting (except standing and parking
lights) will switch o automatically when the driv-
er's door is opened.
RObserve the notes on surround lighting
(/page 133).
AAututomatic dromatic driving lights functioniving lights function
When thevehicle is switched on, the standing
lights, low beam and daytime running lights are
switched on automatically depending on the light
conditions.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident when the
dipped beam is switched o in poor visi-
bility
When the light switch is set to Ã,the
dipped beam may not be switched on auto-
matically if there is fog, snow or other causes
of poor visibility such as spray.
#In such cases, turn the light switch to
L.
The automatic driving lights are only an aid. You
are responsible forvehicle lighting.
SwitcSwitching thing the rhe rear fear fog lights on orog lights on or oo
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe light switch is in theLor Ãposi-
tion.
#Press theRbutton.
Please observe the country-specic laws on the
use of rear fog lamps.
OperOperating tating the combination switche combination switch fh for tor the lightshe lights
1High beam
2Turn signal light, right
3Headlamp ashing
4Turn signal light, le
#Use the combination switch to activate the
desired function.
Light and sight 131131
SwitcSwitching on high beamhing on high beam
#Turn the light switch to theLor Ã
position.
#Push the combination switch in the direction
of arrow1.
When the high beam is activated, the indicator
lamp for low beam Lwill be deactivated
and replaced by the indicator lamp for high
beam K.
SwitcSwitchinghing oo high beamhigh beam
#Push the combination switch in the direction
of arrow1or pull it in the direction of arrow
3.
HeadlamHeadlamppashingashing
#Pull the combination switch in the direction of
arrow3.
TTururn signal lightn signal light
#TTo indicato indicateebrbriey:iey: push the combination
switch briey to the point of resistance in the
direction of arrow2or 4.
The corresponding turn signal light will ash
three times.
#TTo indicato indicate pere permanently:manently: push the combina-
tion switch beyond the point of resistance in
the direction of arrow2or 4.
AActivctivating/deactivating/deactivating tating the hazarhe hazard wd wararning lightsning lights
#Press button 1.
The hazard warning lights will switch on automati-
cally if:
Rthe airbag has been deployed.
Rthevehicle is heavily braked from a speed of
more than 70 km/h to a standstill.
When you pull away again, the hazard warning
light system will switch o automatically at
approximately 10 km/h. You can also switch o
the hazard warning light system using button 1.
SeSetting ttting the ehe extxtererior lightingior lighting switcswitch-oh-o deladelay timey time
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe light switch is in theÃposition.
Multimedia system:
4©5Settings 5Lights
5Ext. light. del. sw. off
#Set the switch-o delay time.
When thevehicle engine is switched o, the
exterior lighting will be activated forthe set
time.
132132 Light and sight
SwitcSwitching thing the surrhe surround lightingound lighting on/oon/o
Multimedia system:
4©5Settings 5Lights
5Surround lighting
When Surround lighting is active, theexterior
lighting lights up for 40 seconds aer thevehicle
is unlocked. When you start thevehicle, the sur-
round lighting is deactivated and the automatic
driving lights are activated.
#Activate or deactivate the function.
IntIntererior lightingior lighting
AAdjusdjusting tting the inthe intererior lightingior lighting
FFrront ovont overerhead contrhead control panelol panel
1pFront le reading lamp
2|Automatic interior lighting control
3cFront interior lighting
4uRear interior lighting
5pFront right reading lamp
#TTo switco switchhon/o:on/o: press button1–5
accordingly.
ContrControl panel in tol panel in the grhe grab handleab handle
1pRear reading lamp
#TTo switco switchhon/o:on/o: press button1.
AAdjusdjusting tting the ambient lightinghe ambient lighting
Multimedia system:
4©5Comfort 5Ambient lighting
SeSetting ttting the colourhe colour
#Select Colour.
#Set the desired colour.
Light and sight 133133
AAdjusdjusting tting the brhe brightnessightness
#Select Brightness.
#Adjust the brightness.
AActivctivating tating the brhe brightness fightness for zonesor zones
#Select Brightness.
#Select Brightness zones.
#Switch the function on or o.
or
#Set the brightness forthe desired zones.
AActivctivating multi-colourating multi-coloured lightinged lighting
#Select Colour.
#Select Multi-colour.
#Select a colour combination.
AActivctivating multi-colourating multi-coloured animationed animation
#Select Colour.
#Select Multi-colour animat..
The chosen colour combination will change at
predened intervals.
AActivctivating wating welcome lightingelcome lighting
#Select Colour.
#Select Welcome.
When thevehicle is unlocked, a special ambi-
ent lighting sequence will run.
AActivctivating tating the che chargharge visualisatione visualisation
#Select Colour.
#Select charge visualisation.
The ambient lighting provides visual feedback
on the dierent states of charge when the
vehicle is connected to or disconnected from
thecharging station.
AActivctivating dependency on air conditioning seating dependency on air conditioning set-t-
tingstings
#Select Colour.
#Select Climate.
If changes are made to thetemperature set-
ting in thevehicle, the colour of the ambient
lighting will change briey.
SwitcSwitching thing the inthe intererior lightingior lighting switcswitch-oh-o delaydelay
timetime on/oon/o
Multimedia system:
4©5Settings 5Lights
5Int. light. del. sw. off
#Switch the switch-o delay time on or o.
When this function is active, the interior light-
ing lights up for a short time aer thevehicle
is locked.
134134 Light and sight
WWindscrindscreen wipereen wipers and windscrs and windscreen ween washer syasher sys-s-
ttemem
SwitcSwitching thing the windscrhe windscreen wipereen wipersson/oon/o
1gWindscreen wipers o
2ÄAutomatic wiping, normal
3ÅAutomatic wiping, frequent
4°Continuous wiping, slow
5¯Continuous wiping, fast
#Turn the combination switch to the corre-
sponding position 1-5.
#Single wipe/wSingle wipe/washing:ashing: push the button on the
combination switch in the direction of arrow
1.
RíSingle wipe
RîWiping with washer uid
%Observe the notes on washing thevehicle in a
car wash (/page 303).
SwitcSwitching thing the rhe rear windoear window wiperw wiper on/oon/o
1ôSingle wipe/washing
2èIntermittent wiping
#Single wipe:Single wipe: press button 1to the point of
resistance.
#WWiping witiping with wh washerasher uid:uid: press button 1
beyond the point of resistance.
Light and sight 135135
#SwitcSwitching inthing interermittmittent wipingent wiping on/o:on/o: press
button 2.
The èsymbol will appear on the instru-
ment cluster when therear window wiper is
switched on.
RReplacing teplacing the windscrhe windscreen wiper bladeseen wiper blades
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped if the
windscreen wipers are switched on while
wiper blades are being replaced
If the windscreen wipers begin to move while
you are changing the wiper blades, you can be
trapped by the wiper arm.
#Always switch o the windscreen wipers
and vehicle before changing the wiper
blades.
MoMoving tving the wiper arhe wiper arms intms into to the rhe replacement posi-eplacement posi-
tiontion
#Switch thevehicle on and then o again
immediately.
#Within around 15 seconds, press and hold the
îbutton on the combination switch for
approximately three seconds (/page 135).
The wiper arms will move into thereplacement
position.
RRemoemoving tving the wiper bladeshe wiper blades
#Fold the wiper arms away from the wind-
screen.
#Hold the wiper arm with one hand. With the
other hand, turn the wiper blade away from
the wiper arm in the direction of arrow1as
far as it will go.
#Slide catch 2in the direction of arrow3
until it engages in theremoval position.
#Remove the wiper blade from the wiper arm in
the direction of arrow4.
136136 Light and sight
FFitting titting the wiper bladeshe wiper blades
#Insert the new wiper blade into the wiper arm
in the direction of arrow1.
#Slide catch 2in the direction of arrow3
until it engages in the locking position.
#Make sure that the wiper blade is seated cor-
rectly.
#Fold the wiper arms back onto the wind-
screen.
#Switch on thevehicle.
#Press theîbutton on the combination
switch (/page 135).
The wiper arms will return to their original
positions.
#Switch o thevehicle.
%Check the condition of the wiper blades regu-
larly and replace them in theevent of visible
damage or ongoing smearing.
MaintMaintenance displayenance display
#Remove protective lm 1from the mainte-
nance displays on the tips of the newly tted
wiper blades.
When the colour of the maintenance displays
changes from black to yellow, replace the wiper
blades.
Light and sight 137137
%The duration until the colour changes varies
depending on the usage conditions.
RReplacing teplacing the rhe rear windoear window wiper bladew wiper blade
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped if the
windscreen wipers are switched on while
wiper blades are being replaced
If the windscreen wipers begin to move while
you are changing the wiper blades, you can be
trapped by the wiper arm.
#Always switch o the windscreen wipers
and vehicle before changing the wiper
blades.
RRemoemoving tving the wiper bladehe wiper blade
#Switch thevehicle o.
#Fold wiper arm 2away from therear window
until it engages in thereplacement position.
#Unclip wiper blade 1from wiper arm 2and
remove it in the direction of arrow3.
FFitting titting the wiper bladehe wiper blade
#Position wiper blade 1with both lugs 3on
holder 2on the wiper arm.
#Push wiper blade 1in the direction of arrow
4until it engages in holder 2.
#Make sure that wiper blade 1is seated cor-
rectly.
138138 Light and sight
#Fold the wiper arm from thereplacement posi-
tion back onto therear window.
MirrMirrorsors
OperOperating tating the outside mirrhe outside mirrorsors
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury due to adjusting
vehicle settings while thevehicle is in
motion
You could lose control of thevehicle in thefol-
lowing situations in particular:
RIf you adjust the driver's seat, the head
restraints, the steering wheel or the mirror
while thevehicle is in motion.
RIf youfasten your seat belt while thevehi-
cle is in motion.
#Before starting the drive system: adjust
the driver's seat, the head restraints, the
steering wheel and the mirror and fasten
your seat belt.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to mis-
judgement of distance when using the
outside mirror
The outside mirrors reect objects on a
smaller scale. The objects in view are in fact
closer than they appear.
#Therefore, always look overyour shoul-
der in order to ensure that you are aware
of the actual distance between you and
theroad users driving behind you.
#TTo fo fold in or out:old in or out: briey press button 2.
#TTo set:o set: press button 1or 3to select the
outside mirrorto be adjusted.
#Use button 4to adjust the position of the
mirror glass.
Light and sight 139139
%If the battery has been disconnected or com-
pletely discharged, you will have to reset the
outside mirrors. Only then will the automatic
mirrorfolding function work properly.
#TTo ro reset:eset: briey press button 2.
An outside mirrorthat has been pushed out of
position can be engaged in position again as fol-
lows:
#VVehicles witehicles without electrhout electricallically fy folding outsideolding outside
mirrmirrorors:s: manually move the outside mirror into
the correct position.
#VVehicles witehicles with electrh electricallically fy folding outside mir-olding outside mir-
rrorsors: press and hold button 2.
You will hear a click. The outside mirror will
now be set to the correct position.
AAututomatic anti-dazzle mirromatic anti-dazzle mirrorors functions function
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of acid burns and poison-
ing due to the anti-dazzle mirror electro-
lyte
Electrolyte may escape if the glass in an auto-
matic anti-dazzle mirror breaks.
The electrolyte is hazardous to health and cau-
ses irritation. It must not come into contact
with your skin, eyes, respiratory organs or
clothing or be swallowed.
#If you come into contact with electrolyte,
observe thefollowing:
RImmediately rinse the electrolyte
from your skin with water and seek
medical attention.
RIf electrolyte comes into contact with
your eyes, immediately rinse them
thoroughly with clean water and seek
medical attention.
RIf the electrolyte is swallowed, imme-
diately rinse your mouth out thor-
oughly. Do not induce vomiting. Seek
medical attention immediately.
RImmediately change out of clothing
which has been contaminated with
electrolyte.
RIf an allergic reaction occurs, seek
medical attention immediately.
The inside rearview mirror and the outside mirror
on the driver's side will automatically go into anti-
dazzle mode if light from a headlamp hits the sen-
sor on the inside rearview mirror.
SystSystem limitsem limits
The system will not go into anti-dazzle mode if:
RThe drive system is switched o.
RReversegear is engaged.
RThe interior lighting is switched on.
FFrront-passengont-passenger outside mirrer outside mirror paror parking positionking position
functionfunction
The parking position makes parking easier.
The front-passenger outside mirror will swivel
downwards in the direction of therear wheel on
the front passenger's side when:
Rthe parking position is stored (/page 141).
Rthe front-passenger mirror is selected.
Rreversegear is engaged.
140140 Light and sight
The front-passenger outside mirror will move back
to its original position when:
Ryou shi the transmission to another transmis-
sion position.
Ryou are travelling at a speed greater than
15 km/h.
Ryou press the button forthe outside mirror on
the driver's side.
SSttororing ting the parhe parking position of tking position of the frhe front-ont-
passengpassenger outside mirrer outside mirror using revor using revererse gse gearear
SSttororinging
#Press button 1to select the front-passenger
outside mirror.
#Engage reversegear.
#Move the front-passenger outside mirror into
the desired parking position using button 2.
Calling upCalling up
#Press button 1to select the front-passenger
outside mirror.
#Engage reversegear.
The front-passenger outside mirror will move
into the stored parking position.
AActivctivating/deactivating/deactivating tating the authe automatic mirromatic mirror for fold-old-
ing functioning function
Multimedia system:
4©5Settings 5Vehicle
#Switch Automatic fold-in on or o.
Light and sight 141141
OvOverervieview of climatw of climate contre control systol systemsems
NNoottes on climates on climate contre controlol
In order forthe air conditioning system, monitor-
ing of the pollution level and air ltration to func-
tion correctly, an interior air lter must always be
used. Make sure that the lter is installed cor-
rectly. Use lters recommended and approved by
Mercedes-Benz. Always have maintenance work
carried out at a qualied specialist workshop.
THERMATHERMATIC contrTIC control panel ovol panel overerviewview
The indicator lamps on theÃ,¬,¤,
g,¿and &buttons indicate that the
corresponding function is activated.
1wSets thetemperature
2ACalls up the air conditioning menu
3HSets the airow or switches o climate
control
4ÃSets climate control to automatic
5¬Demists the windscreen
6¤Switches therear window heater on/o
7gSwitches air-recirculation mode on/o
8¿Switches the A/C function on/o
9&Activates/deactivates "Immediate pre-
entry climate control" (/page 146)
A_Sets the air distribution
THERMOTHERMOTRTRONIC contrONIC control panel ovol panel overerviewview
The indicator lamps on theÃ,¬,¤,
g,¿and &buttons indicate that the
corresponding function is activated.
1wSets thetemperature on the driver's
side
2ACalls up the air conditioning menu
3HSets the airow or switches o climate
control
4ÃSets climate control to automatic
(/page 143)
5¬Demists the windscreen
6¤Switches therear window heater on/o
142142 Climate control
7gSwitches air-recirculation mode on/o
(/page 144)
8¿Switches the A/C function on/o
(/page 143)
9&Activates/deactivates "Immediate pre-
entry climate control" (/page 146)
AwSets thetemperature on the front
passenger side
OperOperating tating the climathe climate contre control systol systemem
SwitcSwitching climathing climate contre controlol on/oon/o
#TTo switco switch on:h on: set the airow to level 1 or
higher using theHbutton.
#TTo switco switchho:o: set the airow to level 0 using
theHbutton.
%When the ECO drive program is activated, the
climate control functions are restrictedto
increase therange. This can have an eect on
thewarming or cooling of thevehicle interior.
In the ECO drive program, the windows may
also mist up faster in heating mode
(/page 158).
%If climate control is switched o, the windows
may mist up more quickly. Switch o climate
control only briey.
SwitcSwitching thing the A/C functionhe A/C function on/oon/o using tusing the airhe air
conditioning contrconditioning control panelol panel
The A/C function heats, cools and dehumidies
thevehicle's interior air.
#Press the¿button.
Switch o the A/C function only briey; other-
wise, the windows may mist up more quickly.
Condensation may drip from the underside of the
vehicle when cooling mode is active. This is not
indicative of a fault.
Calling up tCalling up the air conditioning menuhe air conditioning menu
Calling up tCalling up the air conditioning menu using the air conditioning menu using thehe
multimedia systmultimedia systemem
#Select one of thetemperature displays at the
lower edge of the media display.
Calling up tCalling up the airhe air-conditioning menu using t-conditioning menu using thehe
buttbutton on ton on the climathe climate contre control panelol panel
#Press theAbutton on the climate control
panel.
AActivctivating/deactivating/deactivating tating the A/C function via the A/C function via thehe
multimedia systmultimedia systemem
Multimedia system:
4Climate menu 5First row of seats
The A/C function heats, cools and dehumidies
thevehicle's interior air.
#Select A/C.
SeSetting climattting climate contre control tol to auto automatic modeomatic mode
In automatic mode, the set temperature is con-
trolled and maintained at a constant levelby the
air supply.
#Press theÃbutton.
#TTo switco switch th to manual mode:o manual mode: press the_or
Ãbutton.
Climate control 143143
In automatic mode, you can choose between ve
dierent air quantities using theHbutton.
Automatic mode is retained.
SeSetting ttting the air dishe air distrtributionibution
#Call up the air conditioning menu
(/page 143).
#TTo seo set tt the air dishe air distrtribution:ibution: select ¯,P
or O.
#Set the airow.
%Several air distributions can be selected, e.g.
to air-condition both the windscreen and the
footwell.
SwitcSwitching thing the synche synchrhronisation functiononisation function on/oon/o viavia
tthe multimedia systhe multimedia systemem
Multimedia system:
4Climate menu 5First row of seats
Climate control can be set centrally using the syn-
chronisation function. The driver's settings for
temperature, air quantity and air distribution are
adopted automatically for all climate zones.
#Select SYNC and switch on or o.
DemisDemisting tting the windowshe windows
WWindowindows mists misted up on ted up on the insidehe inside
#Press theÃbutton.
#If the windows continue to mist up: press the
¬button.
WWindowindows mists misted up on ted up on the outsidehe outside
#Switch on the windscreen wipers.
#Press theÃbutton.
SwitcSwitching airhing air-r-recirecirculation modeculation mode on/oon/o
#Press thegbutton.
The interior air will be recirculated.
Air-recirculation mode automatically switches to
fresh air mode aer a while.
%If air-recirculation mode is switched on, the
windows may mist up more quickly. Switch on
air-recirculation mode only briey.
PrPre-entre-entry climaty climate contre control using tol using the keyhe key
FFunction of prunction of pre-entre-entry climaty climate contre control using tol using thehe
keykey
Before entering thevehicle, the driver's seat area
or the whole vehicle interior can be briey pre-
warmed or pre-cooled.
When pre-cooling, thefollowing functions are acti-
vated as needed:
RAutomatic climate control
RBlower
RSeat ventilation
When pre-heating, thefollowing functions are acti-
vated as needed:
RAutomatic climate control
RBlower
RSeat heater
RSteering wheel heater
RMirror heater
RRear window heater
144144 Climate control
SeSetting prtting pre-entre-entry climaty climate contre control via tol via the keyhe key
Multimedia system:
4Climate menu 5Pre-entry climate ctrl
SwitcSwitchinghing on/oon/o
#Select Z.
#Select Pre-entry climate control via key.
SwitcSwitching prhing pre-entre-entry climaty climate contre control via tol via the keyhe key
on/oon/o
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe high-voltage battery is charged su-
ciently.
RThe function has been activated via the multi-
media system.
#TTo switco switch on:h on: unlock thevehicle.
The climate control functions are activated for
up to ve minutes for pre-heating and pre-
cooling.
Pre-entry climate control via thekey cannot be
activated more than three times when thevehicle
is switched o.
#TTo switco switchho:o: push the&button up or
down.
The following functions will remain active once the
vehicle has been started:
RSeat heating
RSeat ventilation
PrPre-entre-entry climaty climate contre control at deparol at departurture timee time
PrPre-entre-entry climaty climate contre control fol for deparor departurture time func-e time func-
tiontion
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of fatal injury due to expo-
sure to extreme heat or cold in thevehicle
If persons, particularly children, are subjected
to prolonged exposure to intense heat or cold,
there is a risk of severe injury or even death.
#Never leave persons, particularly chil-
dren, unattended in thevehicle.
The vehicle interior can be air conditioned when
thevehicle is parked.
When thevehicle is connected to power supply
equipment, priority is given to charging the high-
voltage battery to a specied minimum charge.
The running time of pre-entry climate control may
be reduced under thefollowing conditions:
RThe vehicle is not connected to power supply
equipment.
RThe high-voltage battery is not charged su-
ciently.
With active pre-entry climate control, thecharge
level of the high-voltage battery may be reduced,
even if thecharging cable connector is connec-
ted.
For cooling, thefollowing functions are activated
as needed:
RAutomatic climate control
RBlower
RSeat ventilation
For heating, thefollowing functions are activated
as needed:
RAutomatic climate control
RBlower
Climate control 145145
RSeat heating
RSteering wheel heater
RMirror heater
RRear window heater
SeSetting prtting pre-entre-entry climaty climate contre control fol for deparor departureture
timetime
Multimedia system:
4Climate menu 5Pre-entry climate ctrl
SeSetting a single departting a single departurture timee time
#Select ONCE.
#Set a departure time.
Changing tChanging the activhe active depare departurture timee time
#Select the pen icon next to the displayed
departure time.
#Set a departure time.
SeSetting ttting the whe weekeek prproleole
#Select WEEK PROFILE.
#Set the desired departure times, e.g. every
day at 8 a.m.
Selecting tSelecting the zonehe zone
#Select Z.
#Select Driver's seat only.
If theDriver's seat only setting is deactivated,
pre-entry climate control takes place forthe
entire vehicle.
AActivctivating/deactivating/deactivating prating pre-entre-entry climaty climate contre controlol
ffor deparor departurture timee time
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe high-voltage battery is charged su-
ciently.
RThe function has been activated via the multi-
media system.
#TTo activo activatate:e: set the departure time
(/page 146).
Pre-entry climate control for departure time
switches on a maximum of 55 minutes before
the selected departure time. It will remain
active for another ten minutes if the departure
is delayed.
#TTo deactivo deactivatate:e: push the&button up or
down.
The following functions will remain active once the
vehicle has been started:
RSeat heating
RSeat ventilation
%You can also activate the function via the
Mercedes me App.
AActivctivating/deactivating/deactivating immediatating immediate pre pre-entre-entry cli-y cli-
matmate contre controlol
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of fatal injury due to expo-
sure to extreme heat or cold in thevehicle
If persons, particularly children, are subjected
to prolonged exposure to intense heat or cold,
there is a risk of severe injury or even death.
#Never leave persons, particularly chil-
dren, unattended in thevehicle.
Air-conditioning of thevehicle interior can con-
tinue for up to 30 minutes, e.g. if the journey is
interrupted.
146146 Climate control
The colours of the indicator lamp on button &
have thefollowing meanings:
RBlue:Blue: cooling is activated.
RRRed:ed: heating is activated.
RYYellow:ellow: the departure time has been preselec-
ted.
#Set the desired temperature using thew
button.
#Press button &.
The red or blue indicator lamp on button
&will light up or go out.
%You can also activate the function via the
Mercedes me App.
Air vAir ventsents
AAdjusdjusting tting the frhe front air vont air ventsents
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of burns or frostbite due to
being too close to the air vents
Very hot or very cold air can ow from the air
vents.
#Make sure that all vehicle occupants
always maintain a sucient distance
from the air vents.
#If necessary, direct the airow to another
area of thevehicle interior.
To guarantee the ow of fresh air through the air
vents into thevehicle interior, comply with thefol-
lowing:
RAlwayskeep thevents and ventilation grilles in
thevehicle interior clear.
RKeep the air inlet free of residue build-up
(/page 303).
#TTo open or close:o open or close: hold air vent 1in the
centre and turn it to the le (open) or right
(closed) as far as it will go.
#TTo seo set tt thehe airowairow dirdirection:ection: hold air vent 1in
the centre and move it up or down or to the
le or right.
AAdjusdjusting tting the rhe rear air vear air ventsents
#TTo open or close:o open or close: hold air vent 1in the
centre and turn it to the le or right as far as it
will go.
#TTo seo set tt thehe airowairow dirdirection:ection: hold air vent 1in
the centre and move it up or down or to the
le or right.
Climate control 147147
DrDrivingiving
NNoottes on electres on electric modeic mode
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of chemical burns and poi-
soning from damaged high-voltage battery
If the housing of the high-voltage battery has
been damaged, electrolyte and gases may
leak out.
#Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or
clothing.
#Immediately rinse electrolyte splashes
o with water and seek medical atten-
tion straight away.
&DDANANGERGER Risk of explosion from excessive
internal pressure of the high-voltage bat-
tery
Flammable gas may escape and ignite in the
event of a vehicle re.
#Stop thecharging process immediately
in case of unusual odours, smoke or
burn marks.
#Leave the danger zone immediately.
Secure the danger zone at a sucient
distance.
#Call the re brigade.
Observe thefollowing notes on vehicle noise
emissions and the acoustic vehicle warning sys-
tem:
RThe vehicle is equipped with a purely electric
drive system and develops considerably lower
vehicle noise emissions than vehicles with a
combustion engine.
It is forthis reason that thevehicle is equip-
ped with a sound generator, which serves as
an acoustic vehicle warning system (AVAS).
RThe sound generator generates speed-depend-
ent vehicle noise emissions when driving
forward or backing up at a speed of up to
around 30 km/h.
This helps other road users, particularly
pedestrians and cyclists, to hear your vehicle
better.
RWhen driving at speeds above 20 km/h The
vehicle acoustic warning system gradually
switches o.
RDespite the sound generator, thevehicle still
may not be heard by other road users. Adapt
your driving style accordingly.
RThe sound generator is o when thevehicle is
stationary.
Manual disconnection of tManual disconnection of the high-vhe high-voltoltagage on-e on-
boarboard electrd electrical systical systemem
&DDANANGERGER Risk of death and re due to
modied and/or damaged components of
the high-voltage on-board electrical sys-
tem
The vehicle's high-voltage on-board electrical
system is under high voltage. If you modify
component parts in thevehicle's high-voltage
on-board electrical system or touch damaged
component parts, you may be electrocuted. In
addition, modied and/or damaged compo-
nents may cause a re.
148148 Driving and parking
In theevent of an accident or impact to the
vehicle underbody, components of the high-
voltage electrical system may be damaged
although the damage is not visible.
#Never make any modications to the
high-voltage on-board electrical system.
#Do not switch on or use thevehicle if its
high-voltage on-board electrical system
components have been modied or dam-
aged.
#Nevertouch damaged components of
the high-voltage on-board electrical sys-
tem.
#Aer an accident, do not touch any com-
ponents of the high-voltage on-board
electrical system.
#Aer an accident, have thevehicle trans-
portedaway.
#Have the components of the high-voltage
on-board electrical system checked at a
qualied specialist workshop and
replaced if necessary.
RReqequiruirements:ements:
Only disconnect the high-voltage on-board electri-
cal system manually in thefollowing situations:
RThe 6restraint system warning lamp lights
up in the Instrument Display, e.g. aer an
accident.
RThe vehicle is badly damaged, e.g. aer an
accident, and therestraint system compo-
nents have not been triggered.
OperOperating tating the high-vhe high-voltoltagage disconnect dee disconnect devicevice
Only disconnect the high-voltage on-board electri-
cal system manually in the above-mentioned sit-
uations.
#Switch o thevehicle.
#Shi the transmission to position j.
#Apply the electric parking brake.
#Secure thevehicle against rolling away.
#Open the bonnet.
#Press release tab1in the direction of the
arrow and pull it out.
#Pull high-voltage disconnect device 2in the
direction of the arrow until it engages.
The high-voltage on-board electrical system is
switched o.
All work on the drive system (including aer dis-
connecting the high-voltage on-board electrical
Driving and parking 149149
system manually) may only be carried out by a
qualied specialist workshop.
SwitcSwitching on thing on the powhe power suppler supply or ty or the vhe vehicleehicle
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident and injury due
to leaving children unattended in thevehi-
cle
If children are le unattended in thevehicle,
they could, in particular:
Ropen doors, thereby endangering other
persons or road users.
Rget out and be struck by oncoming trac.
Roperate vehicle equipment and become
trapped, forexample.
In addition, thechildren could also set the
vehicle in motion by,forexample:
Rreleasing the parking brake.
Rchanging the transmission position.
Rstarting thevehicle.
#Never leave children unattended in the
vehicle.
#When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake the
key with you and lock thevehicle.
#Keep thevehicle key out of thereach of
children.
RReqequiruirements:ements:
Rthekey is in thevehicle and is recognised.
Rthe brake pedal is not depressed.
#TTo switco switch on th on the powhe power supplyer supply::press button
1once.
You can, forexample, activate the windscreen
wiper.
The power supply is switched o again if thefol-
lowing conditions are met:
Ryou open the driver's door.
Ryou press button 1twice more.
150150 Driving and parking
#TTo switco switch on th on the vhe vehicle:ehicle: press button 1
twice.
Indicator and warning lamps go on in the
instrument cluster.
The vehicle is switched o again if one of thefol-
lowing conditions is met:
Ryou do not start thevehicle within 15 minutes
and the transmission is in position jor the
electric parking brake is applied.
Ryou press button 1once.
SSttararting tting the vhe vehicleehicle
SSttararting tting the vhe vehicle witehicle with th the sthe starart/stt/stop buttop buttonon
RReqequiruirements:ements:
Rthekey is in thevehicle and is recognised.
#Shi the transmission to position jor i.
#Depress the brake pedal and press button 1
once.
RThe vehicle is started.
RThe display õappears in the instru-
ment display: thevehicle can be driven.
#If thevehicle does not start: switch o non-
essential consumers and press button1
once.
#If thevehicle still does not start and the dis-
play message Place the key in the marked
space See Owner's Manual appears in the
instrument display: start thevehicle with the
key in the marked space (emergency opera-
tion mode) (/page 151).
%You can switch o thevehicle while driving. To
do this, press button 1for about three sec-
onds or by pressing button 1three times
within three seconds. The transmission shis
to neutral iautomatically. When you press
button 1again, thevehicle starts again and
you can engage drive position hagain. Be
sure to observe the safety notes under "Driv-
ing tips" (/page 152).
Observe any information regarding display mes-
sages that can be displayed on the instrument
display.
SSttararting tting the vhe vehicle witehicle with th the kehe key in ty in the stowhe stowageage
comcomparpartment (emergtment (emergency operency operation mode)ation mode)
If thevehicle does not start and thePlace the
key in the marked space See Owner's Manual
display message appears in the multifunction dis-
play, you can start thevehicle in emergency oper-
ation mode.
Marked space (example with cup holder without
cover)
Driving and parking 151151
#Open the cover of the marked space 2if
necessary.
#Make sure that the marked space 2is
empty.
#Remove thekey1from thekeyring.
#Place thekey1in the marked space 2on
the symbol 3.
The vehicle will start aer a short time.
When youremove thekey1from the marked
space 2,thevehicle can be driven. For fur-
ther engine starts however, thekey1must
be located in the marked space 2on the
symbol 3during the entire journey.
#Have thekey1checked at a qualied spe-
cialist workshop.
If tIf the vhe vehicle does noehicle does not stt start:art:
#Place thekey1in the marked space 2and
leave it there.
#Depress the brake pedal and start thevehicle
using the start/stop button.
%You can switch on the power supply or the
vehicle with the start/stop button.
Observe any information regarding display mes-
sages that can be displayed on the multifunction
display.
RRunning-in notunning-in noteses
RIn certain driving and driving safety systems,
the sensors adjust automatically while a cer-
tain distance is being driven aer thevehicle
has been delivered or aer repairs. Full sys-
tem eectiveness is not reached until the end
of this teach-in process.
RBrakepads, brake disks and tyres that are
either new or have been replaced only achieve
optimum braking eect and grip aer several
hundred kilometres of driving. Compensate for
thereduced braking eect by applying greater
forceto the brake pedal.
NNoottes on dres on drivingiving
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to objects
in the driver's footwell
Objects in the driver's footwell may impede
pedal travel or block a depressed pedal.
This jeopardises the operating and road safety
of thevehicle.
#Stow all objects in thevehicle securely
so that they cannot get into the driver's
footwell.
#Always t the oor mats securely and as
prescribed in order to ensure that there
is always sucient room forthe pedals.
#Do not use loose oor mats and do not
place oor mats on top of one another.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to incor-
rect footwear
Incorrect footwear includes, forexample:
Rshoes with platform soles
152152 Driving and parking
Rshoes with high heels
Rslippers
There is a risk of an accident.
#Alwayswear suitable footwear so that
you can operate the pedals safely.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident if thevehicle is
switched o while driving
If you switch o thevehicle while driving,
safety functions are restricted or no longer
available.
This may aect the power steering system and
the brake force boosting, forexample.
You will need to use considerably more force
to steer and brake, forexample.
#Do not switch o thevehicle while driv-
ing.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to the
brake system overheating
If you leave your foot on the brake pedal when
driving, the brake system may overheat.
This increases the braking distance and the
brake system can even fail.
#Never use the brake pedal as a footrest.
#Do not depress the brake pedal and the
accelerator pedal at the same time while
driving.
*NNOOTETE Reduced battery life due to frequent
short-distance trips
The 12 V battery may not be suciently
charged when thevehicle is used only for
short-distance trips. This reduces the life of
the battery.
#Drive longer distances regularlyto
charge the battery.
*NNOOTETE Damage to thevehicle due to not
observing the maximum permitted head-
room clearance
If thevehicle height is greater than the maxi-
mum permitted headroom clearance, theroof
and other parts of thevehicle may be dam-
aged.
#Observe the signposted headroom clear-
ance.
#If thevehicle height is greater than the
permitted headroom clearance, do not
enter.
#Observe thechanged vehicle height with
add-on roof equipment.
NNoottes on dres on driving witiving witharharoof load, troof load, trailer or fullyailer or fully
laden vladen vehicleehicle
When driving with a loaded roof luggage rack or
trailer as well as with a fully laden or fully occu-
pied vehicle, thevehicle's driving and steering
characteristics change.
Driving and parking 153153
You should bear thefollowing in mind:
RDo not exceed the permissible roof load and
towing capacity. Also observe thetechnical
data in the printed Owner's Manual.
REvenly distribute theroof load, and place
heavy objects at the bottom. Also comply with
the notes on loading thevehicle
(/page 114).
RDrive attentively, and avoid suddenly pulling
away, braking and steering as well as rapid
cornering.
NNoottes on dres on driving on salt-triving on salt-treateated red roadsoads
The braking eect is limited on salt-treated roads.
Therefore, observe thefollowing notes:
Rdue to salt build-up on the brake disks and
brakepads, the braking distance can increase
considerably or result in braking only on one
side
Rmaintain a much greater safe distance to the
vehicle in front
To remove salt build-up:
Rbrake occasionally while paying attention to
the trac conditions
Rcarefully depress the brake pedal at the end of
the journey and when starting the next jour-
ney
NNoottes on aqes on aquaplaninguaplaning
Aquaplaning can take place once a certain
amount of water has accumulated on theroad
surface.
Observe thefollowing notes during heavy precipi-
tation or in conditions in which aquaplaning may
occur:
Rreduce speed
Ravoid tyre ruts
Ravoid sudden steering movements
Rbrake carefully
%Also observe the notes on regularlychecking
wheels and tyres (/page 332).
NNoottes on dres on driving tiving thrhrough wough watater on ter on the rhe road sur-oad sur-
ffaceace
Water which has entered thevehicle can damage
the drive system, electrics and transmission.
Observe thefollowing if you must drive through
water:
RThe water, when calm, may only reach the
lower edge of thevehicle body.
RDrive at walking pace at most; water can oth-
erwise enter thevehicle interior.
RVehicles travelling in front, or oncoming vehi-
cles, can create waves which may exceed the
maximum permissible depth of thewater.
The braking eect of the brakes is reduced aer
fording. Brake carefully while paying attention to
the trac conditions until braking power has been
fully restored.
ECECO displaO display functiony function
The ECO display summarises your driving charac-
teristics from the start of the journey to its com-
pletion and assists you in adopting an ecient
driving style to maximise range.
154154 Driving and parking
You can inuence energy consumption by doing
thefollowing:
Rdriving with particular care (/page 156)
Rdriving in drive program;(/page 158)
The lettering in the segment will light up brightly,
the outer edge will light up and the segment will
ll up when thefollowing driving style is adopted:
R1Steady speed
R2Gentle deceleration and rolling
R3Moderate acceleration
The lettering in the segment will be grey,the outer
edge will be dark and the segment will empty
when thefollowing driving style is adopted:
R1Fluctuations in speed
R2Heavy braking
R3Sporty acceleration
The ECO display will show you when you have
driven economically:
RThe three segments will ll up completely at
the same time
RThe edges around all three segments will light
up
The additional range achieved as a result of your
driving style in comparison with a driver with a
very sporty driving style will be shown in the
centre of display 4. The range displayed does
not indicate a xed reduction in consumption.
RRecuperecuperativative bre brakake syste systemem
FFunction of tunction of the rhe recuperecuperativative bre brakake syste systemem
Depending on the selected recuperation level, the
electric motors are operated as an alternator
when in overrun mode and during braking in order
to charge the high-voltage battery while driving.
As soon as yourelease the accelerator pedal
when thevehicle is in motion, recuperation in
overrun mode is initiated.
The higher therecuperation, the more sharply the
vehicle is braked when coasting and the more
electrical energy is fed into the high-voltage bat-
tery.
The regenerative brake system has thefollowing
characteristics:
Rsupports braking with electronically controlled
brake force boosting
Rconvertsthe kinetic energy of thevehicle into
electric energy
%If you brake hard, the mechanical brake is
also used. This means that the maximum
recuperative energy cannot be recovered. The
more you drive and brake in an anticipatory
manner, the more eciently energy can be
recuperated.
Driving and parking 155155
SystSystem limitsem limits
The braking eect of the electric motor during
recuperation in overrun mode may be reduced or
may not be available at all in thefollowing situa-
tions:
Rwhen the high-voltage battery charge level
increases
Rif the high-voltage battery is not yet at a nor-
mal operating temperature
Rwhen driving at speeds close to zero
Rin transmission position i
Rduring and aer ESP®intervenes
In these cases, the desired deceleration is set by
the brake control system. Also brake with the
service brake if necessary.
ManuallManually sey setting rtting recuperecuperativative decelere decelerationation
You can use the steering wheel gearshi paddles
to manually adjust the intensity of recuperation in
overrun mode.
%When thevehicle is started again, thefollow-
ing recuperation level is set:
RhÃ: if hÃwas selected previ-
ously.
Rh: if a recuperation levelother than
hÃwas selected previously.
The following recuperation levels are available:
RhÃIntelligent and anticipatory recupera-
tion with ECO Assist (/page 156)
Rhq No recuperation: thevehicle coasts,
rolls freely
RhNormal recuperation
Rh±Increased recuperation: increased
deceleration in overrun mode
Rh±± Maximum recuperation: maximum
deceleration in overrun mode
#TTo incro increase rease recuperecuperation:ation: briey pull gearshi
paddle 1.
#TTo ro reduce reduce recuperecuperation:ation: briey pull gearshi
paddle 2.
#TTo selecto select hÃ: pull and hold gearshi pad-
dle 1or 2.
The Instrument Display shows the currently selec-
tedrecuperation level next to the transmission
position display.
ECECO AssisO Assist functiont function
%ECO Assist is not available in all countries.
Depending on thevehicle's equipment, dier-
ent events ahead can be detected.
ECO Assist is active only in hÃ
(/page 156).
ECO Assist analyses data forthevehicle's expec-
tedroute. This allows the system to optimally
156156 Driving and parking
adjust the driving style fortheroute ahead, use
minimal energy and recuperate.
ECO Assist is displayed on theAssistance
menu(/page 246). If the system detects an
event ahead, e.g. a vehicle ahead, and the driving
style can be optimised, theevent will appear on
the instrument display.
Depending on thevehicle's equipment, thefollow-
ing events can also be detected and displayedfor
theroute section ahead:
RSpeed limit
RDownhill gradient
RJunctions and roundabouts
RBends
VVehicles witehicles with Drh Driving Assistiving Assistance Pance Packackagage:e: In order
for ECO Assist to react to a speed limit, the auto-
matic adoption of speed limits must be activated
(/page 216). These route events will be detec-
ted only if route-based speed adaptation is active
(/page 205).
1Event ahead
2Distance display fortheevent ahead
3"Foot o the accelerator" recommendation
The segments of distance display 2show the
distance to theevent ahead as follows:
RAfew segments light up: theevent ahead is
near.
RMany segments light up: theevent ahead is
further away.
If ECO Assist is active, "Foot o the accelerator"
symbol 3will appear on theAssistance menu
on the instrument display, on the head-up display
and next to the transmission position display.
Driving and parking 157157
When thevehicle nears an event, ECO Assist will
calculate the optimal speed for minimal energy
consumption based on the distance and speed.
"Foot o the accelerator" recommendation 3will
appear on the instrument display.
If youtake your foot o the accelerator pedal in
good time, theremaining segments on the display
will successively turn green until theevent shown
is reached. The drivetrain will be set for minimal
energy consumption. The vehicle will recuperate
autonomously and thus charge the high-voltage
battery.
%You can also manually increase or reduce
recuperation. However, ECO Assist is availa-
ble only in thehÃsetting (/page 156).
If there is no response to "Foot o the accelera-
tor" recommendation 3,the segments will
remain white.
The event will be shown for a short time aer it
has been passed.
If theevent involves a vehicle in front, all seg-
ments will immediately turn green once there is a
response to "Foot o the accelerator" prompt 3.
If ECO Assist cannot identify a recommendation
for adjusting the driving style fortheevent ahead,
nothing will be displayed. The system will be pas-
sive.
SystSystem limitsem limits
ECO Assist can function even more precisely if
theroute is adhered to when route guidance is
active. The basic function is also available without
active route guidance. Not all information and
trac situations can be foreseen. The quality
depends on theavailable map data.
ECO Assist is only an aid. The driver is responsible
forkeeping a safe distance from thevehicle in
front, forvehicle speed and for braking in good
time. You must be ready to brake at all times irre-
spective of whether the system is active.
The system may be impaired or may not function
in thefollowing situations:
RIf there is poor visibility, e.g. due to insucient
illumination of theroad, highly variable shade
conditions, rain, snow, fog or heavy spray.
RIf there is glare, e.g. from oncoming trac,
direct sunlight or reections.
RIf the windscreen is dirty in the vicinity of the
multifunction camera.
RIf the multifunction camera is misted up, dam-
aged or obscured.
RIf road signs are hard to detect, e.g. due to
dirt, snow or insucient lighting, or because
they are obscured.
RIf the digital road map of the navigation sys-
tem has incorrect or outdated information.
RIf signs are ambiguous, e.g. road signs in road-
works or in adjacent lanes.
RIf theradar sensors are dirty or obscured.
RWhen you drive on roads with steep uphill or
downhill gradients.
RIf there are narrowvehicles in front, such as
bicycles or motorcycles.
DDYNYNAMIC SELECT switchAMIC SELECT switch
FFunction of tunction of the Dhe DYNYNAMIC SELECT switchAMIC SELECT switch
Use theDYNAMIC SELECT switch to change
between thefollowing drive programs:
(/page 160).
158158 Driving and parking
Depending on the drive program selected, thefol-
lowing vehicle characteristics will change:
RDrive
RSuspension
RSteering
RESP®
RClimate control
AAvvailable drailable drivive pre progrogramsams
=Individual
RThe following vehicle characteristics are indi-
vidually adjustable:
-Drive
-Suspension
-Steering
CSport
RMaximum poweravailability
RStability but with a sporty, dynamic setup
ROnly suitable for good road conditions, a dry
road surface and a clear stretch of road
AComfort
RComfortable driving style
RBalance between traction and stability
RBest balance between eciency and perform-
ance for all driving situations
RRecommended for all road conditions
;Eco
REconomical setting of vehicle functions
RBalance between traction and stability
RRecommended for all road conditions
RRestricted performance of the climate control
to increase therange (/page 143)
In heating mode, the windows may mist up
more quickly.
RMaximum permissible speed limited to
130 km/h
If you depress the accelerator pedal beyond
the pressure point (kickdown), the limit is
raised to the maximum permissible speed.
RWhen theroute option Electric Intelligence is
switched on and route guidance is active, a
chequered ag in the speedometer indicates
the maximum permissible speed recommen-
ded by active range monitoring . It is the driv-
er's ownresponsibility to comply with them in
order to reach the next scheduled charging
station .
NNoottes on tes on the rhe roof load displayoof load display
Certain drive programs and ESP®settings are
unsuitable for transporting a roof load.
If one of these drive programs is set or selected,
theWsymbol is shown as a warning. When
this symbol is shown, the selected drive program
is not suitable for transporting a load on theroof.
The following drive programs are aected:
RSportSport drive program
RIndividualIndividual drive program with the Sport ESP®
setting
%The symbol is also shown in thefollowing sit-
uations:
RWithin thethemes if a corresponding drive
program is saved
Driving and parking 159159
For more information on themes see .
RWithin thereset display if the previously
active drive program is unsuitable forthe
transport of a roof load
For further information on thereset dis-
play, see (/page 160).
Selecting tSelecting the drhe drivive pre progrogramam
#Press DYNAMIC SELECT switch 1forwards
or backwards.
The drive program selected appears in the
multifunction display.
CongurConguringing DDYNYNAMIC SELECT (multimedia syAMIC SELECT (multimedia sys-s-
ttem)em)
Multimedia system:
4©5Settings 5Vehicle
5DYNAMIC SELECT
SeSetting drtting drivive pre progrogram Iam I
#Select Individual configuration.
#Select and set a category.
SwitcSwitching thing the rhe restestororation displaation display on ory on or oo
#Switch Ask when starting on or o.
FFunction on:unction on: the next time thevehicle is started a
prompt appears asking whether the last active
drive program should be restored.
FFunction on:unction on: the next time thevehicle is started a
prompt appears asking whether the last active
drive program should be restored. If the ECO
start/stop function was deactivated, an additional
prompt appears asking if the function should
remain deactivated.
%The prompt appears only if the previously
active settings deviate from the standard set-
tings.
FFunctionunction o:o: the next time thevehicle is started
theAdrive program is set automatically. The
ECO start/stop function is activated automati-
cally.
%This function must be activated for each user
prole separately. Only when this function is
activated will the drive program and ECO
start/stop setting forthe previous journey be
savedfortherespective user prole.
%This function must be activated for each user
prole separately. The drive programforthe
respective user prole of the last driver is only
stored if this function is activated.
160160 Driving and parking
DisplaDisplaying vying vehicle dataehicle data
Multimedia system:
4©5EQ
#Select Vehicle.
The vehicle data is displayed.
DisplaDisplaying engine dataying engine data
Multimedia system:
4©5Info
#Select Engine.
The engine data is displayed.
%The actual (maximum) values that can be ach-
ievedfor engine output and engine torque
may deviate from the certied values within
the country-specic guidelines for permissible
tolerances (basis: UN-ECE No. 85 or country-
specic guidelines).
Inuencing variables that can inuence this
are, forexample:
RSea level
RFuel quality
ROutside temperature
ROperating temperature of the engine
%The values displayed serve only as orienta-
tion. The values for engine output and engine
torque shown on the media display may devi-
ate from the actual values.
Calling up tCalling up the fuel consumphe fuel consumption indicattion indicatoror
Multimedia system:
4©5EQ
#Select Consumption.
The current and average consumption is dis-
played.
TTrransmissionansmission
DIRECT SELECT levDIRECT SELECT leverer
FFunction of tunction of the DIRECT SELECT levhe DIRECT SELECT leverer
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident and injury due
to leaving children unattended in thevehi-
cle
If children are le unattended in thevehicle,
they could, in particular:
Ropen doors, thereby endangering other
persons or road users.
Rget out and be struck by oncoming trac.
Roperate vehicle equipment and become
trapped, forexample.
In addition, thechildren could also set the
vehicle in motion by,forexample:
Rreleasing the parking brake.
Rchanging the transmission position.
Rstarting thevehicle.
Driving and parking 161161
#Never leave children unattended in the
vehicle.
#When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake the
key with you and lock thevehicle.
#Keep thevehicle key out of thereach of
children.
Use the DIRECT SELECT leverto switch the trans-
mission position. The current transmission posi-
tion is displayed in the instrument display.
jPark position
kReversegear
iNeutral
hDrive position
EngEngaging revaging revererse gse gear Rear R
#Depress the brake pedal and push the DIRECT
SELECT lever upwards past the rst point of
resistance.
EngEngaging neutraging neutral Nal N
#Depress the brake pedal and push the DIRECT
SELECT lever up or down to the rst point of
resistance.
Subsequently releasing the brake pedal will allow
youto move thevehicle freely, e.g. to push it or
tow it away.
If yIf you wou want tant the trhe transmission tansmission to ro remain in neutremain in neutralal
NevNeven if ten if the vhe vehicle is switcehicle is switchedhed o:o:
#Start thevehicle.
#Depress the brake pedal and engage neutral
i.
#Release the brake pedal.
#Switch o thevehicle.
%If youthen exit thevehicle leaving thekey in
thevehicle, the transmission remains in neu-
tral i.
EngEngaging paraging park position Pk position P
#Observe the notes on parking thevehicle
(/page 182).
#Depress the brake pedal until thevehicle
comes to a standstill.
162162 Driving and parking
#When thevehicle is stationary, press button
j.
Park position is only engaged when the trans-
mission position display jis shown in the
driver's display. If no transmission position dis-
play jappears, secure thevehicle to prevent
it from rolling away.
Park position jis engaged automatically if one
of thefollowing conditions is met:
RYou switch thevehicle o in transmission posi-
tion hor k.
RYou open the driver's door when thevehicle is
at a standstill or when driving at a very low
speed and the transmission is in position h
or k.
%To manoeuvre with an open driver's door,
open the driver's door while stationary and
engage transmission position hor kagain.
%If you have engaged park position jor
switched o thevehicle and no transmission
position display is displayed, secure thevehi-
cle from rolling away (/page 187).
EngEngaging draging drivive position De position D
#Depress the brake pedal and push the DIRECT
SELECT lever down past the rst point of
resistance.
FFunction of tunction of the 4MAhe 4MATICTIC
The exible all-wheel distribution of the 4MATIC
means the drive is always ideally distributed
between both axles. Depending on the situation,
only the front axle or only therear axle can be
driven, or the drive can be distributed continu-
ously between both axles.
This means that recuperation can be used even
more eectively and therange of thevehicle can
be increased (/page 155).
Together with ESP®and 4ETS, 4MATIC improves
the traction of your vehicle whenever a driven
wheel spins due to insucient traction.
If youfail to adapt your driving style, 4MATIC can
neither reduce therisk of an accident nor override
the laws of physics. It cannot take into account
road, weather or trac conditions. 4MATIC is only
an aid. You are responsible especially for main-
taining a safe distance from thevehicle in front,
forvehicle speed, for braking in good time and for
staying in lane.
%In wintry road conditions, the maximum eect
of the exible all-wheel distribution can be
achieved only if you use winter tyres (M+S
tyres), with snow chains if necessary.
CharCharging tging the high-vhe high-voltoltagage batte batteryery
NNoottes on ces on charharging tging the high-vhe high-voltoltagage batte batteryery
*NNOOTETE High-voltage battery damage due to
leaving thevehicle idle for lengthy periods
of time
Lithium-ion batteries experience a natural self-
discharge.
Exhaustive discharging can therefore occur if
thevehicle is idle for several months. This can
damage the high-voltage battery.
#To avoid damage, please observe thefol-
lowing recommendations when handling
the high-voltage battery.
Driving and parking 163163
*NNOOTETE Accelerated ageing of the high-volt-
age battery
As a result of its basic characteristics, the
storage capacity of, and the amount of energy
available from, the high-voltage battery
decreases over the course of its life. Due to
this, both the maximum electrical range that
can be achievedby thevehicle and its maxi-
mum electrical output can be impaired.
The following factors could accelerate the age-
ing of the high-voltage battery:
Rfrequently fully charging (charge level
100%) the high-voltage battery, especially
when this process is not directly followed
by a journey
Rfrequent rapid charging with direct current
(mode 4)
Rleaving thevehicle idle for lengthy periods
at high ambient temperatures
#To avoid accelerated ageing, please
observe thefollowing recommendations
when handling the high-voltage battery.
Recommendations when handling the high-voltage
battery:
REvery six months, when the outside tempera-
ture is above 10 °C, park thevehicle overnight
with a charge level below 20%.
ROnly charge the high-voltage battery with
direct current (mode 4) if necessary.
RCharge the high-voltage battery on average to
acharge level of 80%. Beyond a charge level of
80%, thecharging time is considerably pro-
longed.
RIf leaving thevehicle idle for lengthy periods,
park up thevehicle with a high-voltage battery
charge level between 30% and 50%. Do not
keep the high-voltage battery continuously
connected to power supply equipment.
RIf leaving thevehicle idle for lengthy periods of
time avoid, if possible, high ambient tempera-
tures.
RCheck the high-voltage battery's charge level
every six weeks (/page 180).
RCharge the high-voltage battery if thecharge
level is below 20%.
RDo not disconnect the 12 V battery even if the
vehicle is le idle for a lengthy period. Other-
wise, the condition of thevehicle's high-volt-
age battery cannot be monitored.
You can contribute to reducing thevehicle's
energy consumption in thefollowing ways:
RAn anticipatory driving style (/page 154)
RReduced use of electrical consumers
RHaving thevehicle regularly maintained
The charging time of the high-voltage battery may
change overthe course of its life.
%Depending on the national version, your vehi-
cle is equipped with one of thefollowing vehi-
cle sockets.
You can charge the high-voltage battery with
both alternating current (mode 2/3) and
direct current (mode 4).
164164 Driving and parking
Combo 1 vehicle socket Combo 2 vehicle socket
1Type 1 or type 2 connection forcharging with
alternating current
2Socketextension forcharging with direct cur-
rent
%When using a CCS (Combined Charging Sys-
tem) charging cable to charge with direct cur-
rent at a combo vehicle socket, both vehicle
socket connections 1and 2are used for
charging.
Charging options forthe high-voltage battery
(mode 2, 3 or 4):
RCharging through recuperation while thevehi-
cle is in motion
RCharging with alternating current when sta-
tionary:
-at a mains socket (mode 2)
-at a wallbox or charging station (mode 3)
RCharging with direct current when stationary:
-at a fast charging station (mode 4)
Depending on the country-specic vehicle equip-
ment and your vehicle's charging cable, single
phase AC charging is also possible.
Observe the dierent grid requirements of your
current location when charging. Only use charging
cables which conform to thegrid requirements.
Consult a qualied electrician or your local grid
operator if you have any questions.
It is recommended that youcharge the high-volt-
age battery at a wallbox or charging station due to
Driving and parking 165165
the improvedcharging performance and better
charging eciency oered.
SSttoowing twing the che charharging cableging cable
Always stow thevehicle charging cable in the
charging cable bag provided and secure it in the
boot or load compartment of your vehicle.
Otherwise, thecharging cable is not suciently
secured.
SystSystem limitsem limits
The power output of the high-voltage battery may
be impaired by thefollowing:
RHigh or low outside temperatures
RElectrical auxiliary consumers in thevehicle
being switched on, e.g. operating the air con-
ditioning system
RExtended periods without charging
The charging time of the high-voltage battery may
be increased by thefollowing:
RHigh or low outside temperatures
RExtended periods without charging
RThe maximum available charge current of the
charging facility
RThe settings of thecharging process in the
multimedia system (/page 180)
NNoottes on ces on charharging tging the high-vhe high-voltoltagage batte batterery at ty at thehe
mains sockemains socket (mode 2)t (mode 2)
&DDANANGERGER Risk of fatal injury from incor-
rectly installed component parts
Connecting thecharging cable to a mains
socket using incorrectly installed component
parts could cause a re or an electric shock,
forexample.
#Only connect thecharging cable to a
mains socketthat:
RHas been properly installed and
RHas been inspected by aqualied electri-
cian
#For safetyreasons, only use thecharging
cable supplied with thevehicle or an
original Mercedes-Benz charging cable.
#Purchase these parts at a Mercedes-
Benz Service Centre and obtain advice
there.
Mercedes-Benz thoroughly tests these original
charging cables fortheir suitability for high-
voltage charging of your vehicle.
#Never use a damaged charging cable.
#Do not use:
RExtension cables
RExtension reels
RMultiple sockets
#Never use socket adapters to connect
thecharging cable to the mains socket.
The only exception being if the adapter
has been tested and approvedby the
manufacturer forcharging the high-volt-
age battery of an electric vehicle.
#Observe the safety notes in the operat-
ing instructions forthe socket adapter.
Only thefollowing charging cables may be used:
RThe charging cable supplied with thevehicle.
166166 Driving and parking
RAcharging cable that has been approvedfor
thevehicle.
The charging process can vary depending on the
power supply equipment.
Shortercharging times can be achieved in thefol-
lowing ways:
RCharging at a wallbox.
RCharging at a charging station.
When doing so, always observe the local informa-
tion.
Do not leave thecharging cable controls hanging
loose from a mains socket.
Do not li the controls by thefollowing compo-
nent parts:
RThe charging cable connector.
RThe mains plug.
When charging, protect thecharging cable control
element from excessive heat such as direct sun-
light. Otherwise, thecharging process may be
cancelled.
NNoottes on ces on charharging tging the high-vhe high-voltoltagage batte batterery at ay at a
wwallboallbox or cx or charharging stging station (mode 3)ation (mode 3)
&DDANANGERGER Risk of fatal injury from incor-
rectly installed component parts
Connecting thecharging cable to awallbox
using incorrectly installed component parts
could cause a re or an electric shock, for
example.
#Only connect thecharging cable to a
wallbox that:
RHas been properly installed and
RHas been inspected by aqualied electri-
cian
#For safetyreasons, only use charging
cables that have been tested and
approvedby the manufacturer forcharg-
ing the high-voltage battery in an electric
vehicle.
#Never use damaged charging cables.
#Do not extend thecharging cable.
#Do not use adapters.
#Observe the safety notes in the operat-
ing instructions forthewallbox.
If charging at a wallbox without pre-installed
cable, use the optionally available charging cable
forwallbox and charging station (mode 3). The
charging cable is stowed in a bag in the boot/
luggage compartment.
Only use charging cables that have been tested
and approvedby the manufacturer forcharging
the high-voltage battery in an electric vehicle.
&DDANANGERGER Risk of fatal injuries due to dam-
aged components
Connecting thecharging cable to acharging
station using a damaged component part
could cause a re or an electric shock, for
example.
#Forcharging stations with a preinstalled
charging cable:
RPerform a visual check of thecharg-
ing station for obvious faults, such as
massive damage to the housing or
charging cable.
Driving and parking 167167
#Forcharging stations without a preinstal-
led charging cable:
RFor safetyreasons, only use charging
cables that have been tested and
approvedby the manufacturer for
charging the high-voltage battery in
an electric vehicle.
RNever use damaged charging cables.
RDo not extend thecharging cable.
RDo not use adapters.
#Make sure to observe the safety informa-
tion on thecharging station.
Most charging stations must be activated before
thecharging process, e.g. using an RFID card.
Observe the on-site operator's instructions forthe
charging station.
The amount of energy dispensed forthecharging
process, shown by thecharging station, may be
higher than the amount of energy actually absor-
bed by the high-voltage battery. This is theresult
of dierent levels of charging losses and is descri-
bed as recharge eciency. Charging losses occur,
forexample, due to heat that builds up when
charging or from auxiliary consumers that are
switched on. Further information on recharge e-
ciency can be obtained at a qualied specialist
workshop.
NNoottes on ces on charharging tging the high-vhe high-voltoltagage batte batterery at ay at a
ffasast ct charharging stging station (mode 4)ation (mode 4)
&DDANANGERGER Risk of fatal injuries due to dam-
aged components
Connecting thecharging cable to acharging
station using a damaged component part
could cause a re or an electric shock, for
example.
#Forcharging stations with a preinstalled
charging cable:
RPerform a visual check of thecharg-
ing station for obvious faults, such as
massive damage to the housing or
charging cable.
#Forcharging stations without a preinstal-
led charging cable:
RFor safetyreasons, only use charging
cables that have been tested and
approvedby the manufacturer for
charging the high-voltage battery in
an electric vehicle.
RNever use damaged charging cables.
RDo not extend thecharging cable.
RDo not use adapters.
#Make sure to observe the safety informa-
tion on thecharging station.
Most charging stations must be activated before
thecharging process, e.g. using an RFID card.
Observe the on-site operator's instructions forthe
charging station.
The charging cable forthevehicle must not be
longerthan 30 m due to the legal requirements in
some countries. This is to prevent the interfer-
ence of signals being received by radio communi-
cation devices in thevehicle or in close proximity
to thecharging station. Be aware that parts of the
charging cable may be routed underground. If in
doubt, ask thecharging station operator if this is
the case before charging the high-voltage battery.
The amount of energy dispensed forthecharging
process, shown by thecharging station, may be
168168 Driving and parking
higher than the amount of energy actually absor-
bed by the high-voltage battery. This is theresult
of dierent levels of charging losses and is descri-
bed as recharge eciency. Charging losses occur,
forexample, due to heat that builds up when
charging or from auxiliary consumers that are
switched on. Further information on recharge e-
ciency can be obtained at a qualied specialist
workshop.
SeSetting ttting the maximum perhe maximum permissible cmissible charharging cur-ging cur-
rrent fent for cor charharging at a mains socketging at a mains socket
*NNOOTETE Overloading the mains socket due
to excessive charging current
If thecharging current is too high, the fuse
could be tripped or theexternal mains supply
could overheat.
#Make sure that theexternal mains supply
has been designed to handle the set
charging current.
#If necessary, reduce the set charging
current or use a dierent mains socket.
#For safetyreasons, only use thecharging
cable supplied with thevehicle or an
original Mercedes-Benz charging cable.
Mercedes-Benz thoroughly tests these
original charging cables fortheir suitabil-
ity for high-voltage charging of your vehi-
cle. Purchase these parts at a Mercedes-
Benz Service Centre and obtain advice
there.
#Check the setting of the maximum
charge current using thecharging capa-
city shown in the Instrument Display.
Before charging at a mains socket, have the maxi-
mum permissible charging current fortherelevant
mains socket or the building inspected by aquali-
ed electrician. The charging cable supplied is set
to a country-specic maximum charging current
value. When charging abroad, the maximum value
may exceed the permitted value forthat country.
When abroad, observe the country-specic laws
when charging. If you have questions concerning
setting thecharging current or if there is a mal-
function, please contact a qualied specialist
workshop.
#Set the maximum permissible charging cur-
rent in the multimedia system menu
(/page 180).
If theexact value of the maximum permissible
charging current cannot be set, select the next
smaller adjustable value.
%If thevehicle requires more time than usual to
charge the high-voltage battery, check the
maximum charging current settings in the
multimedia system menu.
OvOverervieview of tw of the che charharging cable contrging cable control panelol panel
The charging cable control panel shows the cur-
rent status of thecharging process.
Driving and parking 169169
1Supply voltage indicator
2Charging process indicator
3Temperature monitor indicator
4Safety system indicator
SupplSupply vy voltoltagage indicate indicatoror 11
DisplayDisplay MeaningMeaning
Lights up whiteThe supply voltage is
connected.
CharCharging prging process indicatocess indicatoror 22
DisplayDisplay MeaningMeaning
Flashes green The high-voltage bat-
tery is charging.
TTememperperaturature contre control indicatol indicatoror 33
DisplayDisplay MeaningMeaning
Lights up redThe green LED ashes
simultaneously: over-
temperature – the
charging performance
is reduced.
The green LED does
not ash: overtemper-
ature – thecharging
process is stopped.
Flashes redOvertemperature at
the mains plug – the
charging process is
stopped.
SafeSafety systty system indicatem indicatoror 44
DisplayDisplay MeaningMeaning
Flashes redCharging cable mal-
function – cannot
carry out thecharging
process, reset the
charging cable operat-
ing unit.
Lights up redWhite LED is o:
power supply malfunc-
tion – cannot carry
out thecharging proc-
ess, replace the mains
socket.
White LED is on: vehi-
cle malfunction – can-
not carry out the
charging process,
reset thecharging
cable operating unit.
When all four displays light up, thecharging cable
operating unit performs a self-test.
170170 Driving and parking
If temperature monitor 3indicates a malfunc-
tion, it may help to protect thecharging cable
from direct sunlight.
TTo ro reseeset tt the che charharging cable operging cable operating unit:ating unit: if
safety system 4indicates a charging cable mal-
function or a vehicle malfunction, rst reset the
charging cable operating unit. To do this, discon-
nect thecharging cable from thevehicle and from
the mains socket and wait for approximately ve
seconds. If the malfunction persists aer the
charging cable is reconnected, charging at the
mains socket is not possible. The charging cable
must be replaced or thevehicle plug must be
checked at a qualied specialist workshop,
depending on the indicator.
FFunctions of tunctions of the indicathe indicator lamor lamps on tps on the vhe vehicleehicle
socketsocket
%Depending on the national version, your vehi-
cle is equipped with one of thefollowing vehi-
cle sockets.
The socket ap is centrally locked and unlocked
together with thevehicle.
Combo 1 vehicle socket
1Socket lamp
2Charging process indicator lamp
3Locking status indicator lamp
Combo 2 vehicle socket
1Socket lamp
2Charging process indicator lamp
3Locking status indicator lamp
Socket lamp 1ashes or lights up as with indi-
cator lamps 2and 3.
Driving and parking 171171
OvOverervieview of tw of the loche locking stking statusatus
LocLocking stking sta-a-
tustus 33
DisplayDisplay MeaningMeaning
%Lights up
white Vehicle
socket
unlocked,
insert or
remove charg-
ing cable
%Flashes whiteMalfunction
during locking
or unlocking
OvOverervieview of tw of the che charharging prging process stocess statusatus
SSttatus of tatus of thehe
ccharhargingging
prprocessocess 22
DisplayDisplay MeaningMeaning
#Flashes
orange Connection is
being estab-
lished
#Flashes green Active energy
ow
SSttatus of tatus of thehe
ccharhargingging
prprocessocess 22
DisplayDisplay MeaningMeaning
#Lights up
orange Interruption in
charging
#Lights up
green Charging
process com-
pleted
#Flashes red
(for approx.
90 s)
Vehicle mal-
function;
charging is
not possible
SSttararting tting the althe alterernating currnating current cent charharging prging processocess
(mode 2/3)(mode 2/3)
&DDANANGERGER Risk of death when charging at a
damaged socket
The charging process uses high voltage.
If thecharging cable, thevehicle socket or the
mains socket are damaged, you could receive
an electric shock.
#Only use an undamaged charging cable.
#Avoid mechanical damage such as crush-
ing, abrading or driving overthe cable.
#Have a damaged vehicle socketreplaced
at a qualied specialist workshop as
soon as possible.
#Never connect thecharging cable to a
damaged vehicle socket.
*NNOOTETE Damage due to overheating of
charging cable and charging cable con-
nector
During thecharging process, thecharging
cable and charging cable connector can heat
up within their permissible limit values.
172172 Driving and parking
The permissible limit values are inuenced by
thefollowing factors:
Rthe power supply system and thecharging
cable are not damaged
Rthe instructions for handling thecharging
cable and the control element on the
charging cable have been observed
#If thecharging cable or charging cable
connector becomes too hot, have the
power supply system checked.
*NNOOTETE Damaged or dirty vehicle socket
when the socket ap is open
#Alwayskeep the socket cover and the
socket ap closed when there is no
charging cable connected. This protects
thevehicle socket from dirt and damage.
#Make sure that the socket cover is
closed properly before closing the socket
ap. This can otherwise result in damage
which may prevent the socket ap from
being opened again.
*NNOOTETE Damage to thevehicle socket or the
charging cable connector due to incorrect
handling
Do not use excessive force (maximum 300 N)
to insert thecharging cable connector into the
vehicle socketto the stop. You may otherwise
damage thevehicle socket, thecharging cable
connector or their contacts.
#If youfeel there is increased resistance,
pull thecharging cable connector out of
the socket and reinsert it.
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe transmission is in position j.
RThe vehicle is unlocked or the distance
between thekey and thevehicle does not
exceed 1 m.
RThe vehicle has not been started.
RThe charging cable is not taut.
%Depending on the national version, thevehicle
is equipped with one of thefollowing vehicle
sockets.
Combo 1 vehicle socket
Driving and parking 173173
Combo 2 vehicle socket
#Press the centre rear section of socket ap
1and swing the socket ap forwards and
open.
The %indicator lamp 2and status dis-
play 3light up white.
%When thevehicle is started (the õdisplay
is lit in the Instrument Display), socket ap 1
cannot be opened.
#Press catch 7to the le and fold open
socket cover5.
%Only connection 8is required forthecharg-
ing cable connector. Open only the upper part
of socket cover5.
#To charge at a mains socket, insert the mains
plug into the mains socket of theexternal
power source to the stop and set the maxi-
mum charging current if required
(/page 169).
#Insert thecharging cable connector into vehi-
cle socket connection 8to the stop. If the
wallbox/charging station is not equipped with
acharging cable, insert the plug of thevehi-
cle's charging cable into thewallbox/charging
station socketto the stop.
Make sure that thecharging cable is not taut
when inserted.
The #indicator lamp 4and status dis-
play 3ash orange and, as soon as the high-
voltage battery is charged, green.
%When thecharging sequence forthe ambient
lighting is activated, the ambient lighting lights
up for approximately 30 seconds as with the
#indicator lamp 4(/page 133).
When thecharging cable is connected to thevehi-
cle, thevehicle cannot be started or moved.
At the start of thecharging process, thecharge
level display is shown in the Instrument Display
with a charging prediction. The charging predic-
tion either refers to the predicted charge level at
the set departure time, or the time at which the
high-voltage battery will be fully charged.
%When thevehicle is switched on, a lightning
symbol appears next to thecharge level dis-
play during thecharging process.
%Depending on thetemperature, thefan and
battery cooling system may audibly switch on
during thecharging process.
174174 Driving and parking
%If thevehicle is idle for lengthy periods and
connected to the mains supply, the high-volt-
age battery will be recharged automatically as
needed or when electrical consumers are
activated (e.g. the pre-entry climate control).
Ending tEnding the althe alterernating currnating current cent charharging prging processocess
(mode 2/3)(mode 2/3)
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe distance between thekey and thevehicle
does not exceed 1 m.
Combo 1 vCombo 1 vehicle socketehicle socket
#Press charging interruption button 3.
or
#Unlock thevehicle.
The charging process is ended. The %indi-
cator lamp 1lights up white. The vehicle
socket is unlocked.
#Press and hold button 2on thecharging
cable connector and remove thecharging
cable connector from thevehicle socket.
%If you cannot remove thecharging cable con-
nector, repeat the unlocking procedure. If the
charging cable connector is still locked, con-
tact a qualied specialist workshop.
#Close the socket cover and the socket ap.
#Remove thecharging cable connector from
the mains socket, or from the socket on the
wallbox/charging station, and stow thevehi-
cle's charging cable safely in thevehicle
(/page 163).
Driving and parking 175175
Combo 2 vCombo 2 vehicle socketehicle socket
#Press charging interruption button 2.
or
#Unlock thevehicle.
The charging process is ended. The %indi-
cator lamp 1lights up white. The vehicle
socket is unlocked.
#Remove thecharging cable connector from
thevehicle socket within 30 seconds.
Aer the 30 seconds have elapsed, thevehicle
socket will be locked again.
%If you cannot remove thecharging cable con-
nector, repeat the unlocking procedure. If the
charging cable connector is still locked, con-
tact a qualied specialist workshop.
#Close the socket cover and the socket ap.
#Remove thecharging cable connector from
the mains socket, or from the socket on the
wallbox/charging station, and stow thevehi-
cle's charging cable safely in thevehicle
(/page 163).
%Aer thecharging cable connector has been
disconnected, the%indicator lamp 1on
thevehicle socketremains lit for some time
before switching o.
SSttararting tting the dirhe direct currect current cent charharging prging processocess
(mode 4)(mode 4)
&DDANANGERGER Risk of death when charging at a
damaged socket
The charging process uses high voltage.
If thecharging cable, thevehicle socket or the
mains socket are damaged, you could receive
an electric shock.
#Only use an undamaged charging cable.
#Avoid mechanical damage such as crush-
ing, abrading or driving overthe cable.
#Have a damaged vehicle socketreplaced
at a qualied specialist workshop as
soon as possible.
#Never connect thecharging cable to a
damaged vehicle socket.
176176 Driving and parking
*NNOOTETE Damage due to overheating of
charging cable and charging cable con-
nector
During thecharging process, thecharging
cable and charging cable connector can heat
up within their permissible limit values.
The permissible limit values are inuenced by
thefollowing factors:
Rthe power supply system and thecharging
cable are not damaged
Rthe instructions for handling thecharging
cable and the control element on the
charging cable have been observed
#If thecharging cable or charging cable
connector becomes too hot, have the
power supply system checked.
*NNOOTETE Damaged or dirty vehicle socket
when the socket ap is open
#Alwayskeep the socket cover and the
socket ap closed when there is no
charging cable connected. This protects
thevehicle socket from dirt and damage.
#Make sure that the socket cover is
closed properly before closing the socket
ap. This can otherwise result in damage
which may prevent the socket ap from
being opened again.
*NNOOTETE Damage to thevehicle socket or the
charging cable connector due to incorrect
handling
Do not use excessive force (maximum 300 N)
to insert thecharging cable connector into the
vehicle socketto the stop. You may otherwise
damage thevehicle socket, thecharging cable
connector or their contacts.
#If youfeel there is increased resistance,
pull thecharging cable connector out of
the socket and reinsert it.
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe transmission is in position j.
RThe vehicle is unlocked or the distance
between thekey and thevehicle does not
exceed 1 m.
RThe vehicle has not been started.
RThe charging cable is not taut.
%Depending on the national version, thevehicle
is equipped with one of thefollowing vehicle
sockets.
Driving and parking 177177
Combo 1 vehicle socket Combo 2 vehicle socket
#Press the centre rear section of socket ap
1and swing the socket ap forwards and
open.
The %indicator lamp 2and status dis-
play 3light up white.
%When thevehicle is started (the õdisplay
is lit in the Instrument Display), socket ap 1
cannot be opened.
#Press catch 7to the le and fold open
socket cover5.
%The CCS charging cable connector requires
connections 6and 8. Therefore, it is nec-
essary to open both parts of socket cover5.
#Insert the CCS charging cable connector into
thevehicle socketto the stop.
Make sure that thecharging cable is not taut
when inserted.
The #indicator lamp 4and status dis-
play 3ash orange and, as soon as the high-
voltage battery is charged, green.
%When thecharging sequence forthe ambient
lighting is activated, the ambient lighting lights
up for approximately 30 seconds as with the
#indicator lamp 4(/page 133).
When thecharging cable is connected to thevehi-
cle, thevehicle cannot be started or moved.
At the start of thecharging process, thecharge
level display is shown in the Instrument Display
178178 Driving and parking
with a charging prediction. The charging predic-
tion either refers to the predicted charge level at
the set departure time, or the time at which the
high-voltage battery will be fully charged.
%When the ignition is switched on, a lightning
symbol appears next to thecharge level dis-
play during thecharging process.
%Depending on thetemperature, thefan and
battery cooling system may audibly switch on
during thecharging process.
%If thevehicle is idle for lengthy periods and
connected to the mains supply, the high-volt-
age battery will be recharged automatically as
needed or when electrical consumers are
activated (e.g. the pre-entry climate control).
Ending tEnding the dirhe direct currect current cent charharging prging process (modeocess (mode
4)4)
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe distance between thekey and thevehicle
does not exceed 1 m.
Combo 1 vCombo 1 vehicle socketehicle socket
#Press charging interruption button 3.
The charging process is ended. The %indi-
cator lamp 1lights up white. The vehicle
socket is unlocked.
#Press and hold button 2on thecharging
cable connector and remove thecharging
cable connector from thevehicle socket.
%If you cannot remove thecharging cable con-
nector, unlock thevehicle and repeat the pro-
cedure. If thecharging cable connector is still
locked, contact a qualied specialist work-
shop.
#Close the socket cover and the socket ap.
Combo 2 vCombo 2 vehicle socketehicle socket
Driving and parking 179179
#Press charging interruption button 2.
The charging process is ended. The %indi-
cator lamp 1lights up white. The vehicle
socket is unlocked.
%If you cannot remove thecharging cable con-
nector, unlock thevehicle and repeat the pro-
cedure. If thecharging cable connector is still
locked, contact a qualied specialist work-
shop.
#Close the socket cover and the socket ap.
%Aer thecharging cable connector has been
disconnected, the le %indicator lamp 1
on thevehicle socketremains lit for some
time before switching o.
FFunction of tunction of the che chargharge leve level displael display in ty in the Inshe Instrtru-u-
ment Displayment Display
1Current charge level
2Time at which completely charged
3Predicted charge level at pre-selected depar-
ture time
4Current charging capacity
When thevehicle is connected to the mains sup-
ply and is switched o, the Instrument Display
shows thecharge level display for approximately
two minutes.
The value for current charging capacity 4may
dier from the display on thecharging station. At
acharging capacity of 10 kW or higher, thevalue
in thecharge level display is rounded o and
shown without a decimal place.
%The value in item 3varies depending on the
setting of thecharging process. It displaysthe
charging prediction, e.g. the time at which the
selected charge level will be reached or the
charge level at the pre-selected departure
time.
CongurConguringing tthe che charharging seging settingsttings
Multimedia system:
4©5EQ 5Charging options
SeSetting ttting the deparhe departurture timee time
The set departure times are used forthevehicle's
pre-entry climate control and for predictions
regarding the approximate state of charge and
range at the time selected. The charging process
always starts immediately, irrespective of the next
departure time.
#Select Departure time.
180180 Driving and parking
The following charging times can be selected:
ROff (no departure time)
ROnce (XX)
RWeek profile
#Select a setting.
SeSetting a single departting a single departurture timee time
#Select Departure time.
#Select Once (XX).
#Select Z.
#Set a departure time.
SeSetting ttting the whe weekeek prproleole
#Select Departure time.
#Select Week profile.
#Select Z.
#Add new time
#Set the desired departure times, e.g. every
day at 8 a.m.
#Select a.
SearcSearching fhing for cor charharging stging stationsations
#Select Search for charging stations.
#Enter the search term and select Charging
station.
SeSetting ttting the maximum che maximum charharging currging currentent
#Select Home,Work or Standard.
#Select Maximum charge current.
#Select Maximum,8 amps or 6 amps.
When the high-voltage battery is charged, the
charging current is limitedto the selected
amperage.
%The value of the maximum charging current
depends on the xed value charging cable
which was provided.
%Forcharging at a household socket only use a
charging cable belonging to thevehicle or a
comparable cable, which conforms to DIN IEC
62752 and does not exceed a maximum
charging current of 8 amps.
SeSetting ttting the maximum che maximum chargharge leve levelel
#Select Home,Work or Standard.
#Select Maximum charge state.
#Set the desired percentage.
The high-voltage battery is charged up to the
set percentage as a maximum.
%The percentage can be set in increments of
10%.
A maximum charge level of 80% is recommen-
ded. Higher maximum charge levels can
diminish the longevity of the high-voltage bat-
tery (/page 163).
%As soon as the full charge level is reached, a
notication is shown in the media display that
thecharging process is completed and the
journey may be continued.
UUnlocnlocking tking the che charharging cable (mode 2, 3 or 4)ging cable (mode 2, 3 or 4)
When the function is active, thecharging cable is
unlocked when the maximum charge level is
reached.
#Select Home or Work.
#Activate or deactivate Unlock charging cable.
AActivctivating or deactivating or deactivating location-based cating location-based charhargingging
If the function is active and pertinent addresses
have been stored in the navigation destinations,
Driving and parking 181181
the corresponding charging program is automati-
cally selected as soon as the address is reached
and parking position P is engaged.
#Select Home or Work.
#Activate or deactivate Select based on loca-
tion.
PPararkingking
PPararking tking the vhe vehicleehicle
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident and injury
caused by an insuciently secured vehi-
cle rolling away
If thevehicle is not securely parked su-
ciently, it can roll away in an uncontrolled way
even at a slight downhill gradient.
#On uphill or downhill gradients, turn the
front wheels so that thevehicle rolls
towardsthekerb if it starts moving.
#apply the parking brake.
#Switch the transmission to position j.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident and injury due
to leaving children unattended in thevehi-
cle
If children are le unattended in thevehicle,
they could, in particular:
Ropen doors, thereby endangering other
persons or road users.
Rget out and be struck by oncoming trac.
Roperate vehicle equipment and become
trapped, forexample.
In addition, thechildren could also set the
vehicle in motion by,forexample:
Rreleasing the parking brake.
Rchanging the transmission position.
Rstarting thevehicle.
#Never leave children unattended in the
vehicle.
#When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake the
key with you and lock thevehicle.
#Keep thevehicle key out of thereach of
children.
*NNOOTETE Damage to thevehicle due to it roll-
ing away
#Always secure thevehicle against rolling
away.
%If you park thevehicle for a long period,
observe thefollowing notes:
RMake sure the high-voltage battery has a
sucient state of charge, especially at
very low outside temperatures. In this way
you can avoid any problems when the
vehicle is subsequently started.
RIf possible, avoid parking spaces in direct
sunlight.
Observe the notes on charging the high-volt-
age battery (/page 163).
182182 Driving and parking
#Bring thevehicle to a standstill by pressing the
brake pedal.
#On gradients, turn the front wheels so that the
vehicle will roll towardsthekerb if it starts
moving.
#Apply the electric parking brake.
#Engage transmission position jin a station-
ary vehicle with the brake pedal applied
(/page 162).
#Switch o thevehicle by pressing the1but-
ton.
#Release the service brake slowly.
#Get out of thevehicle and lock it.
%When you park thevehicle, you can still oper-
ate the side windows and the panoramic slid-
ing sunroof for approximately four minutes if
the driver's door is closed.
GarGaragage door openere door opener
PrProgrogramming buttamming buttons fons for tor the ghe gararagage door openere door opener
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury by becoming
trapped when opening and closing a
garage door
When you operate or program a garage door
with an integratedgarage door opener, per-
sons can become trapped or struck by the
garage door if they stand within its range of
movement.
#Always make sure that nobody is within
therange of thegarage door's move-
ment.
Before programming thegarage door opener, park
thevehicle outside thegarage. Make sure that the
vehicle is switched on but not started.
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe vehicle has been parked outside the
garage or outside therange of movement of
the door.
RThe vehicle is switched on.
RThe vehicle has not been started.
%The garage door opener function is always
available when thevehicle is switched on.
Driving and parking 183183
#Press and hold button 1,2or 3that you
wish to program.
Indicator lamp 4ashes yellow.
%It can take up to 20 seconds before the indi-
cator lamp ashes yellow.
#Release the previously pressed button.
Indicator lamp 4continues to ash yellow.
#Point remote control5from a distance of
1 cm to 8 cm towards button 1,2or 3.
#Press and hold button 6of remote control
5until one of thefollowing signals appears:
RIndicator lamp 4lights up green continu-
ously. Programming is complete.
RIndicator lamp 4ashes green. Program-
ming was successful. Additionally, syn-
chronisation of therolling code with the
door system must be carried out.
#If indicator lamp 4does not light up or ash
green: repeat the procedure.
#Release all of the buttons.
%The remote controlforthe door drive is not
included in the scope of delivery of thegarage
door opener.
SyncSynchrhronising tonising the rhe rolling codeolling code
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe door system uses a rolling code.
RThe vehicle must be within range of thegarage
door or door drive.
RThe vehicle as well as persons and objects are
located outside therange of movement of the
door.
#Press the programming button on the door
drive unit.
Initiate the next step within approximately
30 seconds.
#Press previously programmed button 1,2
or 3repeatedly until the door closes.
When the door closes, programming is com-
pleted.
%Please also read the operating instructions for
the door drive.
TTrroubleshoooubleshooting when prting when progrogramming tamming the rhe remoteemote
contrcontrolol
#Check if the transmitter frequency of remote
control5is supported.
#Replace the batteries in remote control5.
#Hold remote control 5at various angles from
a distance of 1 cm to 8 cm front of the inside
rearview mirror. You should test every position
for at least 25 seconds before trying another
position.
184184 Driving and parking
#Hold remote control 5at the same angles at
various distances in front of the inside rear
view mirror. You should test every position for
at least 25 seconds before trying another
position.
#On remote controlsthat transmit only for a
limited period, press button 6on remote
control5again before transmission ends.
#Angle the aerial line of thegarage door opener
unit towardstheremote control.
%It is possible that older garage doors cannot
be operated using theremote control in the
inside rearview mirroreven aer you have
successfully performed the measures descri-
bed above. If this is the case, contact the
HomeLink®Hotline.
%Support and additional information on pro-
gramming:
ROn the HomeLink®Hotline on (0) 08000
466 354 65 or +49 (0) 6838 907-277
ROn the Internet at https://
www.homelink.com
Opening or closing tOpening or closing the ghe gararagage doore door
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe corresponding button is programmed to
operate the door.
#Press and hold buttons 1,2or 3until the
door opens or closes.
#If indicator lamp 4ashes yellow aer
approximately 20 seconds: press and hold the
previously pressed button again until the door
opens or closes.
ClearClearing ting the ghe gararagage door opener memorye door opener memory
#Press and hold buttons 1and 3.
Indicator lamp 4lights up yellow.
#If indicator lamp 4ashes green: release
buttons 1and 3.
The entire memory has been deleted.
ElectrElectric paric parking brking brakeake
FFunction of tunction of the electrhe electric paric parking brking brakake (apple (applyingying
autautomaticallomatically)y)
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident and injury due
to leaving children unattended in thevehi-
cle
If children are le unattended in thevehicle,
they could, in particular:
Ropen doors, thereby endangering other
persons or road users.
Rget out and be struck by oncoming trac.
Roperate vehicle equipment and become
trapped, forexample.
In addition, thechildren could also set the
vehicle in motion by,forexample:
Rreleasing the parking brake.
Rchanging the transmission position.
Rstarting thevehicle.
#Never leave children unattended in the
vehicle.
Driving and parking 185185
#When leaving thevehicle, alwaystake the
key with you and lock thevehicle.
#Keep thevehicle key out of thereach of
children.
The electrThe electric paric parking brking brakake is applied if te is applied if the trhe trans-ans-
mission is in positionmission is in position jjand one of tand one of the fhe folloollowingwing
conditions isconditions is fullled:fullled:
RThe vehicle is switched o.
RThe seat belt tongue is not inserted in the seat
belt buckle of the driver's seat and the driver's
door is opened.
%To prevent application: pull the handle of the
electric parking brake (/page 187).
In tIn the fhe folloollowing situations, twing situations, the electrhe electric paric parkingking
brbrakake is also applied:e is also applied:
RThe HOLD function is keeping thevehicle sta-
tionary.
RActive Parking Assist is keeping thevehicle
stationary.
RActive Distance Assist DISTRONIC is bringing
thevehicle to a standstill.
RIn addition, one of tIn addition, one of the fhe folloollowing conditionswing conditions
musmust bet be fullled:fullled:
-The vehicle is switched o.
-The seat belt tongue is not inserted in the
seat belt buckle of the driver's seat and
the driver's door is opened.
-There is a system malfunction.
-The power supply is insucient.
-The vehicle is stationary for a lengthy
period.
When the electric parking brake is applied, the
red!indicator lamp lights up in the instru-
ment cluster.
FFunction of tunction of the electrhe electric paric parking brking brakake (re (releasingeleasing
autautomaticallomatically)y)
The electrThe electric paric parking brking brakake is re is released when teleased when thehe
ffolloollowing conditions arwing conditions areefullled:fullled:
RThe driver's door is closed.
RThe vehicle has been started.
RThe transmission is in position hor kand
you depress the accelerator pedal or you shi
from transmission position jto hor k
when on levelground.
RIf the transmission is in position k,thetail-
gate must be closed.
RThe seat belt tongue is inserted into the seat
belt buckle of the driver's seat.
If the seat belt tongue is not inserted into the
seat belt buckle of the driver's seat, one of the
following conditions must be fullled:
-You shi from transmission position j.
or
-You have previously driven at speeds
greater than 3 km/h.
When the electric parking brake is released, the
red!indicator lamp in the instrument cluster
goes out.
186186 Driving and parking
ApplApplying/rying/releasing teleasing the electrhe electric paric parking brking brakeake
manuallymanually
ApplApplyingying
#Push handle 1.
The red!indicator lamp lights up in the
instrument cluster.
%The electric parking brake is only securely
applied if thered!indicator lamp is lit
continuously.
RReleasingeleasing
#Switch on thevehicle.
#Pull handle 1.
The red!indicator lamp in the instrument
cluster goes out.
EmergEmergency brency brakingaking
#Press and hold handle 1.
As long as thevehicle is driving, theRelease
parking brake message is displayed and the
red!indicator lamp ashes.
When thevehicle has been braked to a stand-
still, the electric parking brake is applied. The
red!indicator lamp lights up in the instru-
ment cluster.
InfInforormation on collision detmation on collision detection on a parkection on a parkeded
vvehicleehicle
If a collision is detected when thetow-away pro-
tection is primed on a lockedvehicle, you will
receive a notication in the multimedia system
when you switch thevehicle on.
You will receive information about thefollowing
points:
RThe area of thevehicle that may have been
damaged.
RThe force of the impact.
The following situation can lead to inadvertent
activation:
RThe parkedvehicle is moved, forexample, in a
two-storeygarage.
%Deactivate tow-away protection in order to
prevent inadvertent activation. If you deacti-
vate tow-away protection, collision detection
will also be deactivated.
SystSystem limitsem limits
Detection may be restricted in thefollowing situa-
tions:
Rthevehicle is damaged without impact, for
example, if an outside mirror is torn o or the
paint is damaged by akey
Ran impact occurs at low speed
Driving and parking 187187
Rthe electric parking brake is not applied
DrDriving and driving and driving safeiving safety systty systemsems
DrDriving systiving systems and yems and your rour responsibilityesponsibility
Your vehicle is equipped with driving systems
which assist you in driving, parking and manoeu-
vring thevehicle. The driving systems are only
aids. They are not a substitute foryour attention
to the surroundings and do not relieve you of your
responsibility pertaining to road trac law. The
driver is alwaysresponsible for maintaining a safe
distance to thevehicle in front, forvehicle speed,
for braking in good time and for staying in lane.
Pay attention to the trac conditions at all times
and intervene when necessary. Be aware of the
limitations regarding the safe use of these sys-
tems.
Driving systems can neither reduce therisk of
accident if youfail to adapt your driving style nor
override the laws of physics. They cannot always
take into account road, weather or trac condi-
tions.
InfInforormation on vmation on vehicle sensorehicle sensors and camers and camerasas
Some driving and driving safety systems use cam-
eras as well as radar or ultrasonic sensors to
monitor the area in front of, behind or next to the
vehicle.
1Multifunction camera
2Cameras in the outside mirrors
3Front radar
4Front camera
5Corner radars
6Ultrasonic sensors
7Reversing camera
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to restric-
ted detection performance of vehicle sen-
sors and cameras
If the area around vehicle sensors or cameras
is covered, damaged or dirty, certain driving
and safety systems cannot function correctly.
There is a risk of an accident.
#Keep the area around vehicle sensors or
cameras clear of any obstructions and
clean.
#Have damage to the bumper, radiator
grille or stone chipping in the area of the
front and rear windowsrepaired at a
qualied specialist workshop.
Particularly,keep the areas around the sensors
and cameras free of dirt, ice or slush
(/page 307). The sensors and cameras must
188188 Driving and parking
not be covered and the detection ranges around
them must be kept free. Do not attach additional
licence plate brackets, advertisements, stickers,
foils or foils to protect against stone chippings in
the detection range of the sensors and cameras.
Make sure that there are no overhanging loads
protruding into the detection range.
If there is damage to a bumper or theradiator
grille, or aer an impact, have the function of the
sensors checked at a qualied specialist work-
shop. Have damage or stone chipping in the area
of the cameras on the front and rear windows
repaired at a qualied specialist workshop.
OvOverervieview of drw of driving systiving systems and drems and driving safeiving safetyty
systsystemsems
RABS (AAnti-lock BBraking SSystem) (/page 190)
RBAS (BBrake AAssist SSystem) (/page 190)
RESP®(EElectronic SStability PProgram)
(/page 190)
RESP®Crosswind Assist (/page 191)
RESP®trailer stabilisation (/page 192)
REBD (EElectronic BBrakeforce DDistribution)
(/page 192)
RSTEER CONTROL (/page 192)
RHOLD function (/page 193)
RHill Start Assist (/page 194)
RAdaptive Brake Lights (/page 194)
RATTENTION ASSIST (/page 195)
RCruise control (/page 196)
RLimiter (/page 197)
RTrac Sign Assist (/page 214)
RSpeed Limit Assist (country-dependent)
(/page 213)
DrDriving Assistiving Assistance packance packageage
The following functions are part of the Driving
Assistance Package. Certain functions are only
available in some countries. Some functions are
also available without the Driving Assistance
Package, albeit with restricted functionality.
RActive Distance Assist DISTRONIC
(/page 199)
RActive Speed Limit Assist (country-dependent)
(/page 203)
RRoute-based speed adaptation (country-
dependent) (/page 204)
RActive Brake Assist (/page 208)
RActive Steering Assist (country-dependent)
(/page 206)
RActive Emergency Stop Assist (country-
dependent) (/page 208)
RBlind Spot Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist
with exit warning (/page 216)
RActive Lane Keeping Assist (/page 219)
PPararking Pking Packackageage
RReversing camera (/page 222)
R360° Camera (/page 225)
RParking Assist PARKTRONIC (/page 228)
RActive Parking Assist (/page 232)
Driving and parking 189189
FFunctions of ABSunctions of ABS
The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) regulatesthe
brake pressure in critical driving situations:
RDuring braking, for instance, at maximum full-
stop braking or if there is insucient tyre trac-
tion, the wheels are prevented from locking.
RVehicle steerability while braking is ensured.
If ABS intervenes when braking, you will feel a
pulsing in the brake pedal. The pulsating brake
pedal can be an indication of hazardous road con-
ditions and can serve as a reminder to take extra
care while driving.
SystSystem limitsem limits
RABS is active from speeds of approx. 5 km/h.
RABS may be impaired or may not function if a
malfunction has occurred and theyellow !
ABS warning lamp lights up continuously aer
thevehicle is started.
FFunction of Bunction of BASAS
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident caused by a
malfunction in BAS (Brake Assist System)
If BAS is malfunctioning, the braking distance
in an emergency braking situation is
increased.
#Depress the brake pedal with full force in
emergency braking situations. ABS pre-
vents the wheels from locking.
The Brake Assist System (BAS) supports your
emergency braking situation with additional brake
force.
If you depress the brake pedal quickly, BAS is
activated:
RBAS automatically boosts the brake pressure.
RBAS can shortenthe braking distance.
RABS prevents the wheels from locking.
The brakes will function as usual once yourelease
the brake pedal. BAS is deactivated.
FFunctions of ESPunctions of ESP®®
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of skidding if ESP®is
deactivated
If you deactivate ESP®, ESP®cannot carry out
vehicle stabilisation.
#ESP®should only be deactivated in the
following situations.
The Electronic Stability Program (ESP®) can moni-
tor and improve driving stability and traction in
thefollowing situations within physical limits:
RWhen pulling away on wet or slippery carriage-
ways.
RWhen braking.
If thevehicle deviates from the direction desired
by the driver, ESP®can stabilise thevehicle by
intervening in thefollowing ways:
ROne or more wheels are braked.
RThe drive output is adapted according to the
situation.
190190 Driving and parking
ESP®is deactivated if theåESP®OFF warn-
ing lamp lights up continuously in the instrument
cluster.
Observe thefollowing points when ESP®is deacti-
vated:
RDriving stability will no longer be improved.
RThe drive wheels could spin.
RETS/4ETS traction control is still active.
%When ESP®is deactivated, you are still assis-
tedby ESP®when braking.
If the÷ESP®warning lamp ashes in the
instrument cluster, one or several wheels has
reached its grip limit:
RAdapt the driving style to suit the prevailing
road and weather conditions.
RDo not deactivate ESP®under any circumstan-
ces.
ROnly depress the accelerator pedal as far as is
necessary.
It may be best to deactivate ESP®in thefollowing
situations:
RWhen using snow chains.
RIn deep snow.
ROn sand or gravel.
%Spinning the wheels results in a cutting
action, which enhances traction.
If the÷ESP®warning lamp lights up continu-
ously, ESP®is not available due to a malfunction.
Observe thefollowing information:
RWarning and indicator lamps (/page 408)
RDisplay messages (/page 358)
ETETS/4ETS/4ETS (ElectrS (Electronic Tronic Traction Systaction System)em)
ETS/4ETS traction control is part of ESP®and
makes it possible to pull away and accelerate on a
slippery carriageway.
ETS/4ETS can improve thevehicle's traction by
intervening in thefollowing ways:
RThe drive wheels are braked individually if they
spin.
RMore drive torque is transferredto the wheel
or wheels with traction.
InuenceInuence of drof drivive pre progrograms on ESPams on ESP®®
The drive programs enable ESP®to adapt to dif-
ferent weather and road conditions as well as the
driver's preferred driving style. Depending on the
selected drive program, the appropriate ESP®
mode will be activated. You can select the drive
programs using theDYNAMIC SELECT switch
(/page 160).
FFunction of ESPunction of ESP®®CrCrosswind Assistosswind Assist
ESP®Crosswind Assist detects sudden gusts of
side wind and helps the driver to keep thevehicle
in the lane:
RESP®Crosswind Assist is active at vehicle
speeds above approx. 80 km/h when driving
straight ahead or cornering slightly.
RThe vehicle is stabilised by means of individual
brake application on one side.
Driving and parking 191191
FFunction of ESPunction of ESP®®trtrailer stailer stabilisationabilisation
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident in poor road
and weather conditions
In poor road and weather conditions, the
trailer stabilisation cannot prevent lurching of
thevehicle/trailer combination. Trailers with a
high centre of gravity may tip over before
ESP®detects this.
#Always adapt your driving style to suit
the current road and weather conditions.
When driving with a trailer, ESP®can stabilise
your vehicle if the trailer begins to swerve from
side to side:
RESP®trailer stabilisation is active above
speeds of 65 km/h.
RSlight swerving is reduced by means of a tar-
geted, individual brake application on one
side.
RIn theevent of severe swerving, the engine
output is also reduced and all wheels are
braked.
ESP®trailer stabilisation may be impaired or may
not function if:
RThe trailer is not connected correctly or is not
detected properly by thevehicle.
AActivctivating/deactivating/deactivating ESPating ESP®®(Electr(Electronic Stonic Stabilityability
PrProgrogram)am)
Multimedia system:
4©5Settings 5Quick access
%ESP®can only be activated/deactivated using
quick access when at least one other function
is available in quick access. ESP®can other-
wise be found in theAssistance menu.
#Select ESP.
#Select On or åOff.
ESP®is deactivated if theåESP®OFF warn-
ing lamp lights up continuously in the instrument
cluster.
Observe the information on warning lamps and
display messages which may be shown in the
instrument cluster.
FFunction of EBDunction of EBD
Electronic Breakforce Distribution (EBD) is char-
acterised by thefollowing:
RMonitoring and regulating the brake pressure
on therear wheels.
RImproved driving stability when braking, espe-
cially on bends.
FFunction of Sunction of STEER CTEER CONTRONTROLOL
STEER CONTROL assists youby transmitting a
noticeable steering forceto the steering wheel in
the direction required forvehicle stabilisation.
This steering recommendation is given in thefol-
lowing situations:
Rboth right wheels or both le wheels are on a
wet or slippery road surface when you brake
Rthevehicle starts to skid
SystSystem limitsem limits
STEER CONTROL may be impaired or may not
function in thefollowing situations:
RESP®is deactivated.
192192 Driving and parking
RESP®is malfunctioning.
RThe steering is malfunctioning.
If ESP®is malfunctioning, you will be assisted fur-
ther by the electric power steering.
HOLD functionHOLD function
HOLD functionHOLD function
The HOLD function holds thevehicle at a stand-
still without requiring youto depress the brake
pedal, e.g. while waiting in trac.
The HOLD function is only an aid. The responsibil-
ity forthevehicle safely standing still remains with
the driver.
SystSystem limitsem limits
The HOLD function is only intended to provide
assistance when driving and is not a sucient
means of safeguarding thevehicle against rolling
away when stationary.
RThe incline must not be greater than 30%.
AActivctivating/deactivating/deactivating tating the HOLD functionhe HOLD function
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident due to the
HOLD function being active when you
leave thevehicle
If thevehicle is only braked with the HOLD
function it could, in thefollowing situations,
roll away:
RIf there is a malfunction in the system or in
the power supply.
RIf the HOLD function is deactivated by
depressing the accelerator pedal or brake
pedal, e.g. by avehicle occupant.
#Always secure thevehicle against rolling
away before you leave it.
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe vehicle is stationary.
RThe driver's door is closed or the seat belt on
the driver's side is fastened.
RThe vehicle has been started.
RThe electric parking brake is released.
RActive Distance Assist DISTRONIC is deactiva-
ted.
RThe transmission is in position h,kor i.
AActivctivating tating the HOLD functionhe HOLD function
#Depress the brake pedal, and aer a short
time quickly depress further until theë
display appears in the Instrument Display.
#Release the brake pedal.
DeactivDeactivating tating the HOLD functionhe HOLD function
#Depress the accelerator pedal to pull away.
or
#Depress the brake pedal until theëdisplay
disappears from the Instrument Display.
The HOLD function is deactivated in thefollowing
situations:
RActive Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activa-
ted.
RThe transmission is shied to position j.
RThe vehicle is secured with the electric park-
ing brake.
Driving and parking 193193
In thefollowing situations, thevehicle is held by
transmission position jand/or by the electric
parking brake:
RThe seat belt is unfastened and the driver's
door is opened.
RThe vehicle is switched o.
RThere is a system malfunction.
RThe power supply is insucient.
FFunction of tunction of the inthe intelligelligent crawent crawler modeler mode
The intelligent crawler mode assists you when
pulling away, manoeuvring and parking on uphill
or downhill inclines. When the brake pedal is
released, thevehicle rolls in the direction of the
engaged transmission position. The crawler tor-
que is adaptedto the uphill incline.
In recuperation levelhÃ(/page 156) the
intelligent crawler mode also assists you up to
speeds of approximately 20 km/h, by following
thevehicle in front at approximately the same
speed.
The intelligent crawler mode is only an aid. The
driver is responsible for maintaining a sucient
distance to thevehicle in front.
SystSystem limitsem limits
The intelligent crawler mode does not automati-
cally stop thevehicle if thevehicle in front stops.
Bring thevehicle to a standstill using the brake
pedal.
FFunction of Hill Stunction of Hill Starart Assistt Assist
Hill Start Assist holds thevehicle for a short time
when pulling away on a hill under thefollowing
conditions:
RThe transmission is in position hor k.
RThe electric parking brake is released.
This gives you enough time to move your foot
from the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal and
depress it before thevehicle begins to roll away.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident and injury due
to thevehicle rolling away
Aer a short time, Hill Start Assist no longer
holds thevehicle.
#Swily move your foot from the brake
pedal to the accelerator pedal. Do not
leave thevehicle when it is being held by
Hill Start Assist.
FFunction of Aunction of Adapdaptivtive Bre Brakake Lightse Lights
Adaptive Brake Lights warn following trac in an
emergency braking situation with thefollowing
actions:
RBy ashing the brake lamps
RBy activating the hazard warning lights
If thevehicle is braked sharply from speeds above
50 km/h, the brake lamps ash rapidly. This pro-
vides trac travelling behind you with an even
more noticeable warning.
If thevehicle is travelling at speeds of more than
70 km/h at the beginning of the brake applica-
tion, the hazard warning lights switch on once the
194194 Driving and parking
vehicle is stationary. When you pull away again,
the hazard warning lights will switch o automati-
cally at approximately 10 km/h. You can also
switch o the hazard warning lights using the haz-
ard warning button.
AATTENTION ASSISTTTENTION ASSIST
FFunction of Aunction of ATTENTION ASSISTTTENTION ASSIST
ATTENTION ASSIST assists you on long, monoto-
nous journeys, e.g. on motorways and trunk
roads. If ATTENTION ASSIST detects indicators of
fatigue or increasing lapses in concentration on
the part of the driver, it suggests taking a break.
ATTENTION ASSIST is only an aid. It cannot
always detect fatigue or lapses in concentration in
time. The system is not a substitute for a well-res-
ted and attentive driver. On long journeys,take
regular breaks in good time that allow for ade-
quate recuperation.
You can choose between two settings:
RStStandarandard:d: normal system sensitivity.
RSensitivSensitive:e: higher system sensitivity. The driver
is warned earlier and the attention level detec-
tedby ATTENTION ASSIST is adapted accord-
ingly.
If drowsiness or increasing lapses in concentra-
tion are detected, theATTENTION ASSIST: Take
a break! warning appears in the Instrument Dis-
play. You can acknowledge the message and take
a break where necessary. If you do not take a
break and ATTENTION ASSIST continues to detect
increasing lapses in concentration, you will be
warned again aer a minimum of 15 minutes.
You can have thefollowing status information for
ATTENTION ASSIST displayed in the assistance
menu of the on-board computer:
RThe length of the journey since the last break.
RThe attention level determined by ATTENTION
ASSIST:
-the fuller the circle, the higher the atten-
tion level determined
-as your attention wanes, the circle in the
centre of the display becomes smaller
If ATTENTION ASSIST is unable to calculate the
attention level and cannot issue a warning, the
System suspended message appears.
If a warning is given in the Instrument Display, the
multimedia system oers to search for a rest
area. You can select a rest area and start naviga-
tion to this rest area. This function can be activa-
ted and deactivated in the multimedia system.
If ATTENTION ASSIST is deactivated, theÛ
symbol appears in the assistance graphic in the
Instrument Display. Aer thevehicle is started,
ATTENTION ASSIST is automatically activated. The
last selected sensitivity levelremains stored.
SystSystem limitsem limits
ATTENTION ASSIST is active in the 60 km/h to
200 km/h speed range.
Driving and parking 195195
Particularly in thefollowing situations, ATTENTION
ASSIST only functions in a restricted manner and
warnings may be delayed or not occur:
RIf you have been driving for less than approx-
imately 30 minutes.
RIf theroad condition is poor (unevenroad sur-
face or potholes).
RIf there is a strong side wind.
RIf you adopt a sporty driving style (high corner-
ing speeds or high rates of acceleration).
RIf Active Steering Assist is activated and active
(/page 206).
RIf the time has been set incorrectly.
RIf youchange lanes and vary your speed fre-
quently in active driving situations.
The ATTENTION ASSIST drowsiness or alertness
assessment is reset and restarted when continu-
ing the journey in thefollowing situations:
RYou switch o thevehicle.
RIf you unfasten your seat belt and open the
driver's door (e.g. to change drivers or take a
break).
SeSetting Atting ATTENTION ASSISTTTENTION ASSIST
Multimedia system:
4©5Settings 5Assistance
5Attention Assist
SeSetting optting optionstions
#Select Standard,Sensitive or Off.
SuggSuggesesting a rting a resest art areaea
#Select Suggest rest area.
#Activate or deactivate the function.
If ATTENTION ASSIST detects fatigue or
increasing lack of attention, it suggests a rest
area in the vicinity.
#Select the suggested rest area.
You are guided to the selected rest area.
CrCruise contruise control and limitol and limiterer
FFunction of crunction of cruise contruise controlol
Cruise control regulatesthe speed to thevalue
selected by the driver.
If you accelerate to overtake, forexample, the
stored speed is not deleted. If youremove your
foot from the accelerator pedal aer overtaking,
cruise control will resume speed regulation back
to the stored speed.
You can store any speed above 20 km/h up to the
maximum design speed or up to the set winter
tyre limit. In drive program;,the adjustable
speed is limited to 130 km/h.
Observe the notes on driving systems and your
responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognise
dangers (/page 188).
DisplayDisplays in ts in the Inshe Instrtrument Displayument Display
Rh(grey): cruise control is selected but not
yet activated.
Rh(green): cruise control is active.
A stored speed appears along with thehdis-
play.
%The segments extending from the current
stored speed to the end of the scale, or to the
set winter tyre limit, light up in the speedome-
ter.
196196 Driving and parking
SystSystem limitsem limits
Cruise control may be unable to maintain the
stored speed on uphill gradients. The stored
speed is resumed when thegradient evens out.
Increase recuperation in good time on long and
steep downhill gradients. Take particular note of
this when driving a laden vehicle. By doing so, you
will make use of the electric motor's braking
eect to charge the high-voltage battery. This
relievesthe load on the brake system and pre-
vents the brakes from overheating and wearing
tooquickly.
Do not use cruise control in thefollowing situa-
tions:
Rin trac situations which require frequent
changes of speed, e.g. in heavy trac, on
winding roads
Ron slippery roads. Accelerating can cause the
drive wheels to lose traction and thevehicle
could then skid.
Rwhen visibility is poor
FFunction of tunction of the limithe limiterer
The limiter restricts the speed of thevehicle. To
reduce the speed to the set speed, the limiter
applies the brakes automatically.
You can limit the speed as follows:
RVVarariable:iable: for a short-term speed restriction,
e.g. in built-up areas
RPPerermanentmanent::for a longer-term speed restric-
tion, e.g. in winter tyre mode
You can store any speed above 20 km/h up to the
maximum design speed or up to the set winter
tyre limit. You can also perform settings while the
vehicle is stationary if thevehicle has been star-
ted.
Observe the notes on driving systems and your
responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognise
dangers (/page 188).
DisplayDisplays in ts in the Inshe Instrtrument Displayument Display
RÈ(grey): variable limiter is selected but not
yet activated.
RÈ(ashes grey): variable limiter is tempo-
rarily passive.
RÈ(green): variable limiter is activated.
A stored speed appears along with theÈdis-
play. The segments in the speedometer light up,
up to the currently stored speed.
If you depress the accelerator pedal beyond the
pressure point (kickdown), thevariable limiter
switches to passive mode. The Limiter passive
message appears in the Instrument Display and
theÈdisplay ashes.
The variable limiter is reactivated in thefollowing
situations:
RIf thevehicle speed drops below the stored
speed.
RIf the stored speed is called up.
RIf you store a new speed.
OperOperating crating cruise contruise control or tol or the vhe varariable limitiable limiterer
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to stored
speed
If you call up the stored speed and this is
lowerthan your current speed, thevehicle
decelerates.
Driving and parking 197197
#Take into account the trac situation
before calling up the stored speed.
RReqequiruirements:ements:
Cruise control
RCruise control is selected.
RESP®must be activated, but not intervening.
RThe vehicle speed is at least 20 km/h.
RThe transmission is in position h.
Variable limiter
RThe variable limiter is selected.
#TTo opero operatate cre cruise contruise control or tol or the vhe varariable lim-iable lim-
ititerer::press therocker switch on the steering
wheel control unit up or down to the desired
position.
SwitcSwitching behing betwtween creen cruise contruise control and tol and the vhe vararia-ia-
ble limitble limiterer
#TTo select cro select cruise contruise control:ol: select hwith the
right rocker switch.
#TTo select to select the vhe varariable limitiable limiterer::select Èwith
theright rocker switch.
%Vehicles with Active Distance Assist
DISTRONIC: thevariable limiter is selected by
a dierent button (/page 202).
AActivctivating crating cruise contruise control or tol or the vhe varariable limitiable limiterer
#Press rocker switch 1up Mor down
N.
The current vehicle speed is stored and the
vehicle maintains this speed (cruise control) or
does not exceed it (variable limiter).
or
#Select Jwith the le rocker switch.
The last stored speed is called up and the
vehicle maintains this speed (cruise control) or
does not exceed it (variable limiter).
If the last stored speed has previously been
deleted, the current vehicle speed is stored.
%When you switch o thevehicle, the last
speed stored is deleted.
When you activate cruise control or Active
Distance Assist DISTRONIC, the last speed
stored forthevariable limiter is deleted.
198198 Driving and parking
IncrIncreasing/decreasing/decreasing teasing the sthe storored speeded speed
#1 km/h: press rocker switch 1up Mor
down Nto the pressure point, or press and
hold (increments of 1 km/h).
or
#10 km/h: press rocker switch 1up Mor
down Nbeyond the pressure point, or
press and hold (increments of 10 km/h).
or
#Accelerate thevehicle to the desired speed
and press rocker switch 1up M.
AAdopdopting a detting a detectected speeded speed
#Activate cruise control or thevariable limiter.
#If a trac sign has been detected and is dis-
played in the instrument cluster: select J
with the le rocker switch.
The maximum permissible speed shown by the
trac sign is stored and thevehicle maintains
or does not exceed this speed.
DeactivDeactivating crating cruise contruise control or tol or the vhe varariable limitiable limiterer
#Select Owith the le rocker switch.
%If you brake, deactivate ESP®or if ESP®inter-
venes, cruise control is deactivated. The varia-
ble limiter is not deactivated.
InfInforormation on tmation on the perhe permanent limitmanent limiterer
If thevehicle should neverexceed a specic
speed (e.g. for driving in winter tyre mode), you
can set this speed with the permanent limiter.
You do this by limiting the speed between
160 km/h and 240 km/h in the multimedia sys-
tem (/page 199).
If you limit the speed to avalue above thevehi-
cle's maximum speed which can be driven or
maximum design speed, the permanent limiter
has no eect.
Shortly before the set speed is reached, it
appears in the Instrument Display. When you con-
rm the message, display messages no longer
appear until you switch o thevehicle. The speed
will only be displayed again once thevehicle has
been restarted or if the set speed is changed.
The permanent limiter does not switch to passive
mode even during kickdown and the driven speed
remains below the set speed.
SeSetting ttting the limit speed fhe limit speed for wintor winter tyrer tyreses
Multimedia system:
4©5Settings 5Vehicle
5Winter tyres limit
#Select a speed or deactivate the function.
AActivctive Diste Distance Assisance Assist DISt DISTRTRONICONIC
FFunction of Aunction of Activctive Diste Distance Assisance Assist DISt DISTRTRONICONIC
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC maintains the
set speed on free-owing roads. If vehicles in
front are detected, the set distance is maintained,
if necessary, until thevehicle comes to a halt. The
vehicle accelerates or brakes depending on the
distance to thevehicle in front and the set speed.
The speed (from 20 km/h) and the distance to
thevehicle in front are set and saved on the steer-
ing wheel.
The adjustable set speed can vary due to thefol-
lowing factors:
RDrive program selected ;(/page 158)
RStored limit speed (e.g. winter tyre limit)
(/page 199)
Driving and parking 199199
Other features of Active Distance Assist
DISTRONIC:
RAdjusts the driving style depending on the
selected drive program (energy-saving, com-
fortable or dynamic) (/page 158)
RInitiates acceleration to the stored speed if the
turn signal indicator is switched on to change
to theovertaking lane
RVVehicles witehicles with Drh Driving Assistiving Assistance Pance Packackagage:e:
-Reacts to stationary vehicles detected in
urban speed ranges (except bicycles and
motorcycles)
-Takes one-sided overtaking restrictions
into account on motorways or on multi-
lane roads with separate carriageways
(country-dependent)
VVehicles witehicles with Drh Driving Assistiving Assistance Pance Packackagage ande and
PPararking Pking Packackagage:e: if thevehicle has been braked to
a standstill on multi-lane, separate carriageways
by Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC, it can auto-
matically follow thevehicle in front when driving
o again within 30 seconds. If a critical situation
is detected when driving o, a visual and acoustic
warning is given indicating that the driver must
now take control of thevehicle. The vehicle is not
accelerated any further.
AActivctive Diste Distance Assisance Assist DISt DISTRTRONIC displayONIC displays in ts in thehe
InsInstrtrument Displayument Display
Assistance graphic
1Route-based speed adaptation: type of route
event (/page 204)
2Vehicle in front
3Distance indicator
4Set specied distance
PPerermanent stmanent status displaatus display of Ay of Activctive Diste Distanceance
AssisAssist DISt DISTRTRONICONIC
Rk(white): Active Distance Assist
DISTRONIC selected, specied distance set
Rk(white vehicle, green speedometer):
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC active,
specied distance set and vehicle detected
Rk(green): Active Distance Assist
DISTRONIC active, specied distance set and
vehicle detected
Rr:Route-based speed adaptation active
(/page 204).
The stored speed is shown along with the perma-
nent status display and highlighted on the speed-
ometer. When Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
is passive, the speed is greyed out.
%On motorways or high-speed major roads, the
green çvehicle symbol is displayed cycli-
cally when thevehicle is ready to pull away.
200200 Driving and parking
%If you depress the accelerator pedal beyond
the setting of theActive Distance Assist
DISTRONIC, the system is switched to passive
mode. The çsuspended message
appears in the Instrument Display.
DisplaDisplay on ty on the speedomethe speedometerer
The stored speed is highlighted on the speedome-
ter. If the speed of thevehicle in front or the
speed adjustment fortheroute event ahead is
less than the stored speed, the segments in the
speedometer light up. The Instrument Display
shows the deactivation of Active Distance Assist
DISTRONIC, as well as alterations to the speed
due to manual or automatic adoption of the maxi-
mum permissible speed.
SystSystem limitsem limits
The system may be impaired or may not function
in thefollowing situations, forexample:
RIn snow, rain, fog, heavy spray, if there is glare,
in direct sunlight or in greatly varying light
conditions.
RThe windscreen in the area of the camera is
dirty, misted up, damaged or covered.
RIf theradar sensors are dirty or covered.
RIn multi-storey car parks or on roads with
steep uphill or downhill gradients.
RIf there are narrowvehicles in front, such as
bicycles or motorcycles.
In addition, on slippery roads, braking or acceler-
ating can cause one or several wheels to lose
traction and thevehicle could then skid.
Do not use Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC in
these situations.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident from accelera-
tion or braking by Active Distance Assist
DISTRONIC
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC may accel-
erate or brake in thefollowing cases, for
example:
RIf thevehicle pulls away using Active Dis-
tance Assist DISTRONIC.
RIf the stored speed is called up and is con-
siderably faster or slowerthan the cur-
rently driven speed.
RIf Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC no
longer detects a vehicle in front or does
not react to relevant objects.
#Always carefully observe the trac con-
ditions and be ready to brake at all
times.
#Take into account the trac situation
before calling up the stored speed.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to insu-
cient deceleration by Active Distance
Assist DISTRONIC
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC brakes your
vehicle with up to 50% of the possible deceler-
ation. If this deceleration is not sucient,
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC alerts you
with a visual and acoustic warning.
#Adjust your speed and maintain a suita-
ble distance from thevehicle in front.
#Brake thevehicle yourself and/or take
evasive action.
Driving and parking 201201
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident if detection
function of Active Distance Assist
DISTRONIC is impaired
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC does not
react or has a limitedreaction:
Rwhen driving on a dierent lane or when
changing lanes
Rto pedestrians, animals, bicycles or sta-
tionary vehicles, or unexpected obstacles
Rto complex trac conditions
Rto oncoming vehicles and crossing trac
As a result, Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
may neither give warnings nor intervene in
such situations.
#Always observe the trac conditions
carefully and react accordingly.
OperOperating Aating Activctive Diste Distance Assisance Assist DISt DISTRTRONICONIC
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe electric parking brake is released.
RESP®is activated and is not intervening.
RThe transmission is in position h.
RThe driver's door is closed.
RCheck of theradar sensor system has been
successfully completed.
RParking Assist PARKTRONIC is not being used
to park thevehicle or to exit from a parking
space.
#TTo opero operatate Ae Activctive Diste Distance Assisance Assistt
DISDISTRTRONIC:ONIC: press therocker switches on the
steering wheel control unit up or down to the
desired position.
SwitcSwitching behing betwtween Aeen Activctive Diste Distance Assisance Assistt
DISDISTRTRONIC and tONIC and the limithe limiterer
#Press theIbutton.
AActivctivating tating the vhe varariable limitiable limiter or Aer or Activctive Diste Distanceance
AssisAssist DISt DISTRTRONICONIC
#TTo activo activatate wite without a sthout a storored speed:ed speed: press
rocker switch 1up Mor down N, or
select Jwith the le rocker switch.
or
#TTo activo activatate wite with a sth a storored speed:ed speed: select J
with the le rocker switch.
#AActivctive Diste Distance Assisance Assist DISt DISTRTRONIC:ONIC: remove
your foot from the accelerator pedal.
The current vehicle speed is stored and main-
tained (Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC) or
limited (variable limiter) by thevehicle.
AAdopdopting a detting a detectected speed limited speed limit
#Activate Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC.
202202 Driving and parking
#If a trac sign has been detected and is dis-
played in the instrument cluster: select J
with the le rocker switch.
The maximum permissible speed on the trac
sign is adopted as the stored speed. The vehi-
cle adapts its speed to that of thevehicle in
front, but only up to the stored speed.
Pulling awaPulling away wity with Ah Activctive Diste Distance Assisance Assistt
DISDISTRTRONICONIC
#Activate Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
and remove your foot from the brake pedal.
#Select Jwith the le rocker switch.
or
#Depress the accelerator pedal briey and
rmly.
The functions of Active Distance Assist
DISTRONIC continue to be carried out.
DeactivDeactivating Aating Activctive Diste Distance Assisance Assist DISt DISTRTRONICONIC
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident due to
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC being
active when you leave the driver's seat
If you leave the driver's seat while thevehicle
is being braked by Active Distance Assist
DISTRONIC only, thevehicle can roll away.
#Always deactivate Active Distance Assist
DISTRONIC and secure thevehicle to
prevent it from rolling away before you
leave the driver's seat.
#Select Owith the le rocker switch.
%If you brake, deactivate ESP®or if ESP®inter-
venes, Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is
deactivated.
IncrIncreasing/decreasing/decreasing teasing the sthe storored speeded speed
#1 km/h: press rocker switch 1up Mor
down Nto the pressure point, or press and
hold (increments of 1 km/h).
or
#10 km/h: press rocker switch 1up Mor
down Nbeyond the pressure point, or
press and hold (increments of 10 km/h).
or
#Accelerate thevehicle to the desired speed
and press rocker switch 1up M.
Changing tChanging thehe speciedspecied distdistance tance to to the vhe vehicle inehicle in
frfrontont
#TTo ro reduce teduce thehe speciedspecied distdistance:ance: press the
right rocker switch up (Ñ).
#TTo incro increase tease thehe speciedspecied distdistance:ance: press the
right rocker switch down (Ò).
FFunction of Aunction of Activctive Speed Limit Assiste Speed Limit Assist
If a change in the speed limit of 20 km/h or more
is detected and automatic adoption of speed lim-
its is activated, the new speed limit is automati-
cally adopted as the stored speed (/page 216).
The driven speed is adjusted when thevehicle is
level with the trac sign at the latest. In the case
of signs indicating entry into an urban area, the
speed is adapted according to the speed permit-
ted within the urban area. The speed limit display
Driving and parking 203203
in the Instrument Display is always updated when
thevehicle is level with the trac sign.
If there is no speed restriction on an unlimited
stretch of road (e.g. on a motorway), therecom-
mended speed is automatically adopted as the
stored speed. The system uses the speed stored
on an unlimited stretch of road as therecommen-
ded speed. If you do not alter the stored speed on
an unlimited stretch of road, therecommended
speed is 130 km/h.
If Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC has been put
into passive mode by pressing the accelerator
pedal, only speed limits which are higher than the
set speed are adopted.
Observe the notes on driving systems and your
responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognise
dangers (/page 188).
SystSystem limitsem limits
The system limits of Trac Sign Assist apply to
the detection of trac signs (/page 214).
Speed limits below 20 km/h are not automatically
adoptedby the system as the stored speed. Tem-
porary speed restrictions (e.g. for a certain time
or due to weather conditions) cannot be properly
detected by the system. The maximum permissi-
ble speed applying to avehicle with a trailer is not
detected by the system.
Adjust the speed in these situations.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to Active
Speed Limit Assist adapting thevehicle's
speed
The speed adoptedby Active Speed Limit
Assist may be too high or incorrect in some
individual cases, such as:
Rat speed limits below 20 km/h
Rin wet conditions or in fog
Rwhen towing a trailer
#Ensure that the driven speed complies
with trac regulations.
#Adjust the driving speed to suit current
trac and weather conditions.
FFunction of runction of routoute-based speed adapte-based speed adaptationation
When Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activa-
ted, thevehicle speed will be adapted accordingly
to theroute events ahead. Depending on the drive
program selected, thevehicle negotiates a route
event ahead in an economical, comfortable or
dynamic manner. When theroute event has been
passed, thevehicle accelerates again to the
stored speed. The set distance to thevehicle in
front, vehicles detected ahead and speed restric-
tions ahead are taken into account.
You can activate and deactivate route-based
speed adaptation in the multimedia system
(/page 205).
The following route events are taken into account:
RBends
RT-junctions, roundabouts and toll stations
RTurns and exits
RTrac jams ahead (only with Live Trac Infor-
mation )
%When thetoll station is reached, Active Dis-
tance Assist DISTRONIC adoptsthe speed as
the stored speed.
Also, the speed is reduced if the turn signal indi-
cator to change lanes is switched on and one of
thefollowing situations is detected:
RTurning o at junctions
204204 Driving and parking
RDriving on slowing-down lanes
RDriving on lanes adjacent to slowing-down
lanes
The driver is responsible forchoosing theright
speed and observing other road users. This
applies in particular to junctions, roundabouts and
trac lights, as route-based speed adaptation
does not brake thevehicle to a standstill.
When route guidance is active, the rst speed
adjustment is carried out automatically. If the turn
signal indicator is switched on, the selected route
is conrmed and further speed adjustment is acti-
vated.
Speed adaptation is cancelled in thefollowing
cases:
RIf the turn signal indicator is switched o
before theroute event.
RIf the driver depresses the accelerator or
brake pedal during the process.
SystSystem limitsem limits
Route-based speed adaptation does not take right
of wayregulations into account. The driver is
responsible for complying with road trac regula-
tions and driving at a suitable speed.
The speed adaptation made by the system may
not always be suitable, particularly in thefollowing
situations:
Rtheroad's course not clearly visible
Rroad narrowing
Rvarying maximum permissible speeds in indi-
vidual lanes, forexample at toll stations
Rwetroad surfaces, snow or ice
Rwhen towing a trailer
In these situations the driver must intervene
accordingly.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident in spite of
route-based speed adaptation
Route-based speed adaptation can malfunc-
tion or be temporarily unavailable in thefol-
lowing situations:
RIf the driver does not follow the calculated
route
RIf map data is not up-to-date or available
RIn theevent of roadworks
RIn bad weather or road conditions
RIf the accelerator pedal is depressed
RIn theevent of electronically displayed
speed limitations
#Adapt the speed to the trac situation.
SeSetting rtting routoute-based speed adapte-based speed adaptationation
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RActive Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activa-
ted.
RECO Assist is active.
Multimedia system:
4©5Settings 5Assistance
5Route-based speed adapt.
#Activate or deactivate the function.
When the function is active, thevehicle speed
is adjusted depending on theroute events
ahead.
Driving and parking 205205
%Further information on the route-based speed
adaptation (/page 204).
AActivctiveSteSteereering Assisting Assist
FFunction of Aunction of ActivctiveSteSteereering Assisting Assist
The system helps youto stay in the centre of the
lane by means of moderate steering interventions.
Depending on the speed driven, Active Steering
Assist uses thevehicles ahead and lane markings
as a reference.
%Depending on the country, in the lower speed
range Active Steering Assist can use the sur-
rounding trac as a reference. If necessary,
Active Steering Assist can then also provide
assistance when driving outside the centre of
the lane, forexample, to form arescue lane.
If the detection of lane markings and vehicles
ahead is impaired, Active Steering Assist switches
to passive mode. The system provides no support
in this case.
StStatus displaatus display of Ay of ActivctiveSteSteereering Assising Assist in tt in thehe
InsInstrtrument Displayument Display
RØ(grey): activated and passive
RØ(green): activated and active
RØ(red): system limits detected
RØ(white, red hands): "hands on the steer-
ing wheel" prompt
%During the transition from active to passive
status, theØsymbol is shown as enlarged
and ashing. Once the system is passive, the
Øsymbol is shown as grey in the Instru-
ment Display.
%Depending on the selected vehicle settings,
Active Steering Assist may be unavailable.
SStteereering and ting and toucouch deth detectionection
The driver is required to keep their hands on the
steering wheel at all times and be able to inter-
vene at any time to correct the course of thevehi-
cle and keep it in lane. The driver must expect a
change from active to passive mode or vice versa
at any time.
If the system detects that the driver has not
steered thevehicle for a considerable period of
time or has removedtheir hands from the steering
wheel, display 1appears. If the driver still does
not steer thevehicle, a warning tone sounds in
addition to the visual warning message.
If the driver does not react to thewarning for a
considerable period, the system can initiate an
emergency stop (/page 208).
The warning is not issued or is stopped when the
driver gives conrmation to the system:
RThe driver steers thevehicle.
206206 Driving and parking
RDepending on tDepending on the countryhe country::the driver presses
a steering wheel button or operates Touch
Control
If Active Steering Assist detects that a system
limit has been reached, a visual warning is issued
and a warning tone sounds.
Observe the notes on driving systems and your
responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognise
dangers (/page 188).
SystSystem limitsem limits
Active Steering Assist has a limited steering tor-
quefor lateral guidance. In some cases, the steer-
ing intervention is not sucient to keep thevehi-
cle in the lane or to drive through exits.
The system may be impaired or may not function
in thefollowing instances:
RThere is poor visibility, e.g. due to snow, rain,
fog, heavy spray,greatly varying light condi-
tions or strong shadows on the carriageway.
RThere is glare, e.g. from oncoming trac,
direct sunlight or reections.
RInsucient road illumination.
RThe windscreen is dirty, misted up, damaged
or covered in the vicinity of the camera, e.g.
by a sticker.
RNo, or several, unclear lane markings are pres-
ent for one lane, or the markings change
quickly, forexample, in a construction area or
junctions.
RThe lane markings are worn away, dark or cov-
ered up, e.g. by dirt or snow.
RIf the distance to thevehicle in front is too
short and thus the lane markings cannot be
detected.
RThe road is narrow and winding.
RThere are obstacles on the lane or projecting
out into the lane, such as object markers.
The system does not provide assistance in thefol-
lowing conditions:
ROn tight bends and when turning.
RWhen crossing junctions.
RAt roundabouts or toll stations.
RWhen towing a trailer.
RWhen the tyre pressure is too low.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident if Active Steer-
ing Assist unexpectedly stops functioning
If the system limits of Active Steering Assist
are reached there is no guarantee that the
system will remain active or will keep thevehi-
cle in lane.
#Alwayskeep your hands on the steering
wheel and observe the trac carefully.
#Always steer thevehicle paying attention
to trac conditions.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident if Active Steer-
ing Assist unexpectedly intervenes
The detection of lane markings and objects
may malfunction and cause unexpected steer-
ing interventions.
#Steer according to trac conditions.
AActivctivating/deactivating/deactivating Aating ActivctiveSteSteereering Assisting Assist
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RESP®is activated, but is not intervening.
Driving and parking 207207
RActive Distance Assist DISTRONIC is activa-
ted.
Multimedia system:
4©5Settings 5Quick access
#Select aAct. Steer. Asst.
FFunction of Aunction of Activctive Emerge Emergency Stency Stop Assistop Assist
If the system detects that the driver has not
steered thevehicle for a considerable period of
time or has removedtheir hands from the steering
wheel, display 1appears in the Instrument Dis-
play. If the driver still does not steer thevehicle,
or gives no conrmation to the system, a warning
tone sounds in addition to the visual warning mes-
sage.
If the driver still does not respond to thewarning,
theBeginning emergency stop message appears
in the Instrument Display. If the driver still does
not respond, Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
reduces the speed. The vehicle is decelerated in
stages to a standstill.
Depending on the country, at speeds below
60 km/h the hazard warning lights switch on
automatically.
When thevehicle is stationary, thefollowing
actions are carried out:
RThe vehicle is secured with the electric park-
ing brake.
RActive Distance Assist DISTRONIC is ended.
RThe vehicle is unlocked.
RIf possible, an emergency call is placed to the
Mercedes-Benz emergency call centre.
The driver can cancel the deceleration at any time
by performing one of thefollowing actions:
RSteering
RBraking or accelerating
RDeactivating Active Distance Assist
DISTRONIC
AActivctive Bre Brakake Assiste Assist
FFunction of Aunction of Activctive Bre Brakake Assiste Assist
Active Brake Assist consists of thefollowing func-
tions:
RDistance warning function
RAutonomous braking function
RSituation-dependent braking assistance
RVVehicles witehicles with Drh Driving Assistiving Assistance Pance Packackagage:e: Eva-
sive Steering Assist and cornering function
Active Brake Assist can help youto minimise the
risk of a collision with vehicles, cyclists or pedes-
trians or to reduce the eects of such a collision.
If Active Brake Assist has detected a risk of colli-
sion, a warning tone sounds and theLdis-
tance warning lamp lights up in the instrument
cluster.
208208 Driving and parking
VVehicles witehicles with PRE-Sh PRE-SAFEAFE®®::depending on the coun-
try, an additional haptic warning occurs in the
form of slight, repeated tensioning of the seat
belt.
If you do not react to thewarning, autonomous
braking can be initiated in critical situations.
In especially critical situations, Active Brake Assist
can initiate autonomous braking directly. In this
case, thewarning lamp and warning tone occur
simultaneously with the braking application.
If you apply the brake yourself in a critical situa-
tion or apply the brake during autonomous brak-
ing, situation-dependent braking assistance
occurs. The brake pressure increases up to maxi-
mum full-stop braking if necessary.
Observe the notes on driving systems and your
responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognise
dangers (/page 188).
If autonomous braking or situation-dependent
braking assistance has occurred, display 1
appears in the Instrument Display and then auto-
matically goes out aer a short time.
If the autonomous braking function or the situa-
tion-dependent braking assistance is triggered,
additional preventive measures for occupant pro-
tection (PRE-SAFE®) may also be initiated.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident caused by
limited detection performance of Active
Brake Assist
Active Brake Assist cannot always clearly iden-
tify objects and complex trac situations.
In such cases, Active Brake Assist might:
RGive a warning or brake without reason
RNot give a warning or not brake
Active Brake Assist is only an aid. The driver is
responsible for maintaining a suciently safe
distance to thevehicle in front, vehicle speed
and for braking in good time.
#Always pay careful attention to the trac
situation; do not rely on Active Brake
Assist alone.
#Be preparedto brake or swerve if neces-
sary.
Also observe the system limits of Active Brake
Assist.
The individual subfunctions arThe individual subfunctions areaveavailable in vailable in varari-i-
ous speed rous speed ranganges:es:
The distance warning function can issue a warn-
ing in thefollowing situations:
RFrom approximately 30 km/h, if over several
seconds the distance maintained to thevehi-
cle travelling in front is insucient forthe
Driving and parking 209209
driven speed, theLdistance warning lamp
lights up in the instrument cluster.
RFrom approximately 7 km/h, if your vehicle is
critically close to avehicle, cyclist or pedes-
trian, you will hear an intermittent warning
tone and theLdistance warning lamp
lights up in the instrument cluster.
VVehicles witehicles with PRE-Sh PRE-SAFEAFE®®::depending on the
country, an additional haptic warning occurs
in theform of slight, repeated tensioning of
the seat belt.
Brake immediately or take evasive action, provi-
ded it is safe to do so and the trac situation
allows this.
DistDistance wance wararning function (vning function (vehicles witehicles without Drhout Driv-iv-
ing Assisting Assistance Pance Packackagage)e)
The distance warning function can aid you in the
following situations with an intermittent warning
tone and a warning lamp:
Rat speeds up to approximately 250 km/h
when approaching vehicles ahead
Rat speeds up to approximately 80 km/h when
approaching stationary vehicles, moving
pedestrians, and cyclists ahead
Rat speeds up to approximately 60 km/h when
approaching crossing cyclists
DistDistance wance wararning function (vning function (vehicles witehicles with Drh Drivingiving
AssistAssistance Pance Packackagage)e)
The distance warning function can aid you in the
following situations with an intermittent warning
tone and a warning lamp:
Rat speeds up to approximately 250 km/h
when approaching vehicles ahead
Rat speeds up to approximately 100 km/h
when approaching stationary vehicles
Rat speeds up to approximately 80 km/h when
approaching moving pedestrians and cyclists
ahead
Rat speeds up to approximately 70 km/h when
approaching stationary pedestrians, crossing
vehicles and stationary and crossing cyclists
AAututonomous bronomous braking function (vaking function (vehicles witehicles withouthout
DrDriving Assistiving Assistance Pance Packackagage)e)
If thevehicle is travelling at speeds above approx-
imately 7 km/h, the autonomous braking function
may intervene in thefollowing situations:
Rat speeds up to approximately 200 km/h
when approaching vehicles ahead
Rat speeds up to approximately 80 km/h when
approaching cyclists ahead
Rat speeds up to approximately 60 km/h when
approaching moving pedestrians and crossing
cyclists
Rat speeds up to approximately 50 km/h when
approaching stationary vehicles
AAututonomous bronomous braking function (vaking function (vehicles witehicles with Drh Driv-iv-
ing Assisting Assistance Pance Packackagage)e)
If thevehicle is travelling at speeds above approx-
imately 7 km/h, the autonomous braking function
may intervene in thefollowing situations:
Rat speeds up to approximately 250 km/h
when approaching vehicles ahead
Rat speeds up to approximately 100 km/h
when approaching stationary vehicles
210210 Driving and parking
Rat speeds up to approximately 80 km/h when
approaching cyclists ahead
Rat speeds up to approximately 70 km/h when
approaching stationary and moving pedes-
trians, crossing vehicles and stationary and
crossing cyclists
Situation-dependent brSituation-dependent braking assistaking assistance (vance (vehiclesehicles
witwithout Drhout Driving Assistiving Assistance Pance Packackagage)e)
The situation-dependent braking assistance can
intervene from a speed of approximately 7 km/h
in thefollowing situations:
Rat speeds up to approximately 250 km/h
when approaching vehicles ahead
Rat speeds up to approximately 80 km/h when
approaching stationary vehicles and vehicles
ahead
Rat speeds up to approximately 60 km/h when
approaching moving pedestrians and crossing
cyclists
Situation-dependent brSituation-dependent braking assistaking assistance (vance (vehiclesehicles
witwith Drh Driving Assistiving Assistance Pance Packackagage)e)
The situation-dependent braking assistance can
intervene from a speed of approximately 7 km/h
in thefollowing situations:
Rat speeds up to approximately 250 km/h
when approaching vehicles ahead
Rat speeds up to approximately 100 km/h
when approaching stationary vehicles
Rat speeds up to approximately 80 km/h when
approaching cyclists ahead
Rat speeds up to approximately 60 km/h when
approaching stationary and moving pedes-
trians, crossing vehicles, and stationary and
crossing cyclists
Cancelling a brCancelling a brakake application of Ae application of Activctive Bre Brakeake
AssistAssist
You can cancel a brake application of Active
Brake Assist at any time by:
Rsharply depressing the accelerator pedal or
with kickdown
Rreleasing the brake pedal
Active Brake Assist may cancel the brake applica-
tion when one of thefollowing conditions is full-
led:
Ryou manoeuvre to avoid the obstacle
Rthere is no longer a risk of collision
Ran obstacle is no longer detected in front of
your vehicle
EvEvasivasiveSteSteereering Assising Assist (onlt (only vy vehicles witehicles with Drh Drivingiving
AssistAssistance Pance Packackagage)e)
Evasive Steering Assist has thefollowing charac-
teristics:
RThe abilityto detect stationary or moving
pedestrians.
RAssistance through power-assisted steering if
it detects a swerving manoeuvre.
RActivation by an abrupt steering movement
during a swerving manoeuvre.
RAssistance during swerving and straightening
of thevehicle.
RReaction from a speed of approximately
20 km/h up to a speed of approximately
70 km/h.
Driving and parking 211211
You can prevent the assistance at any time by
actively steering.
CorCornernering function (onling function (only vy vehicles witehicles with Drh Drivingiving
AssistAssistance Pance Packackagage)e)
If the system detects a risk of a collision with an
oncoming vehicle when turning across an oncom-
ing lane, autonomous braking can be initiated at
speeds below 15 km/h before you have le the
lane in which you are driving.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident despite Eva-
sive Steering Assist
Evasive Steering Assist cannot alwaysrecog-
nise objects or complex trac situations
clearly.
Moreover, the steering support provided by
Evasive Steering Assist is not sucient to
avoid a collision.
#Always pay careful attention to the trac
situation; do not rely on Evasive Steering
Assist alone.
#Be prepared to brake or swerve if neces-
sary.
#End the support by actively steering in
non-critical situations.
#Drive at an appropriate speed if there
are pedestrians close to the path of your
vehicle.
SystSystem limitsem limits
Full system performance is not yetavailable for a
few seconds aer switching on thevehicle or aer
driving o.
If Active Brake Assist is impaired or inoperative
due to a malfunction, theÄwarning lamp
appears in the Instrument Display.
The system may be impaired or may not function,
particularly in thefollowing situations:
RIn snow, rain, fog, heavy spray, if there is glare,
in direct sunlight or in greatly varying light
conditions.
RIf the sensors are dirty, misted up, damaged or
covered.
RIf the sensors are impaired due to interference
from other radar sources, e.g. strong radar
reections in multi-storey car parks.
RIf a loss of tyre pressure or a defective tyre
has been detected and displayed.
RIn complex trac situations where objects
cannot always be clearly identied.
RIf pedestrians or vehicles move quickly into
the sensor detection range.
RIf pedestrians are hidden by other objects.
RIf the typical outline of a pedestrian cannot be
distinguished from the background.
RIf a pedestrian is not detected as such, e.g.
due to special clothing or other objects.
RIf the driver's seat belt is not fastened.
ROn bends with a tight radius.
%The Active Brake Assist sensors adjust auto-
matically while a certain distance is being
driven aer thevehicle has been delivered.
Active Brake Assist is unavailable or only par-
tially available during theteach-in process.
AActivctivating/deactivating/deactivating Aating Activctive Bre Brakake Assiste Assist
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe vehicle is switched on.
212212 Driving and parking
Multimedia system:
4©5Settings 5Assistance
5Active Brake Assist
#Select the desired setting.
The setting is retained when the drive system
is next started.
DeactivDeactivating Aating Activctive Bre Brakake Assiste Assist
%It is recommended that you always leave
Active Brake Assist activated.
#Select Off.
The distance warning function, the autono-
mous braking function and Evasive Steering
Assist are deactivated.
When thevehicle is next started, the middle
setting is automatically selected.
%If Active Brake Assist is deactivated, theæ
symbol appears in the status bar of the Instru-
ment Display.
Speed Limit AssistSpeed Limit Assist
FFunction of Speed Limit Assistunction of Speed Limit Assist
%Speed Limit Assist uses OpenStreetMap data,
which is made available under the conditions
of the Open Database License (OBbL). Further
information can be found at: https://
www.osmfoundation.org/wiki/licence.
Speed Limit Assist detects speed limits with a
multifunction camera and displays them in the
instrument cluster and optionally in the head-up
display. The camera also detects speed limits with
arestriction indicated by an additional sign (e.g.
when wet) as well as stop signs.
Observe the notes on driving systems and your
responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognise
dangers (/page 188).
WWararning when tning when the maximum perhe maximum permissible speed ismissible speed is
exexceededceeded
The system can warn you if you unintentionally
exceed the maximum permissible speed. To do
this, you can specify in the multimedia system by
how much the maximum permissible speed can
be exceeded before a warning is issued. You can
specify whether thewarning is to be just a visual
warning or an acoustic one as well.
DisplaDisplay in ty in the Inshe Instrtrument Displayument Display
%The illustrations show the Instrument Display
in the widescreen cockpit.
1Permissible speed
2Permissible speed when there is a restriction
3Additional sign with restriction (e.g. when wet)
If Speed Limit Assist cannot determine the cur-
rent maximum permissible speed (e.g. due to
missing signs), thefollowing display appears in
the Instrument Display:
Driving and parking 213213
This is displayed continuously if thevehicle is in a
country where Speed Limit Assist is not suppor-
ted. Speed Limit Assist is not available in all coun-
tries.
SystSystem limitsem limits
The system may be impaired or may not function
in thefollowing situations:
RIf there is poor visibility, e.g. due to insucient
illumination of theroad, highly variable shade
conditions, rain, snow, fog or heavy spray.
RIf there is glare, e.g. from oncoming trac,
direct sunlight or reections.
RIf the windscreen in the area of the multifunc-
tion camera is dirty, or if the camera is misted
up, damaged or covered.
RIf the trac signs are hard to detect, e.g. due
to dirt, snow or insucient lighting, or
because they are covered.
RIf you turn sharply when passing trac signs
outside the camera's eld of vision.
SeSetting Speed Limit Assisttting Speed Limit Assist
Multimedia system:
4©5Settings 5Assistance
5Speed Limit Assist
AAdjusting tdjusting the type of whe type of wararningning
#Select Visual & audible,Visual or None.
AAdjusdjusting tting the whe wararning tning thrhresholdeshold
This value determines the speed at which a warn-
ing is issued when exceeded.
#Select Warning threshold.
#Set the desired speed.
%If one of thefollowing systems is activated,
the speed detected can be manually adopted
as the speed limit:
RActive Distance Assist DISTRONIC
RCruise control
RVariable limiter
Further information (/page 202).
TTrracac Sign AssistSign Assist
FFunction ofunction of TrTracac Sign AssistSign Assist
Trac Sign Assist detects trac signs with the
multifunction camera (/page 188). It assists
youby displaying detected speed limits and over-
taking restrictions in the Instrument Display.
Observe the notes on driving systems and your
responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognise
dangers (/page 188).
Since Trac Sign Assist also uses the data stored
in the navigation system, it can update the display
in thefollowing situations without detecting trac
signs.
If the system detects that you are driving onto a
section of road in the wrong direction of travel, it
triggers a warning.
The camera also detects trac signs with a
restriction indicated by an additional sign (e.g.
when wet). These are only displayed if a restric-
tion applies or if the system cannot clearly deter-
mine whether therestriction applies.
214214 Driving and parking
WWararning when tning when the maximum perhe maximum permissible speed ismissible speed is
exexceededceeded
The system can warn you if you unintentionally
exceed the maximum permissible speed. To do
this, you can specify in the multimedia system by
how much the maximum permissible speed can
be exceeded before a warning is issued. You can
specify whether thewarning is to be just a visual
warning or an acoustic one as well.
DisplaDisplay in ty in the Inshe Instrtrument Displayument Display
Instrument Display in theWidescreen Cockpit
1Maximum permissible speed
2Maximum permissible speed when there is a
restriction
3Additional sign with restriction (e.g. when wet)
%VVehicles witehicles with a sth a standarandard Insd Instrtrument Displayument Display::a
++symbol next to a trac sign in the Instru-
ment Display indicates that additional trac
signs have been detected. These can also be
displayed in the media display and optionally
in the head-up display.
If Trac Sign Assist cannot determine the maxi-
mum permissible speed (e.g. due to missing
signs), thefollowing display appears in the Instru-
ment Display:
This is displayed continuously if thevehicle is in a
country where Trac Sign Assist is not supported.
Trac Sign Assist is not available in all countries.
%Also observe the information on display mes-
sages in Trac Sign Assist (/page 358).
WWararning when apprning when approacoaching pedeshing pedestrtrian crian crossingsossings
(v(vehicles witehicles with Drh Driving Assistiving Assistance Pance Packackagage)e)
The system can warn you if you approach a
pedestrian crossing with your vehicle. The ¯
Watch for pedestrians message appears in the
instrument cluster.
The warning occurs only if appropriate trac
signs or lane markings are detected and pedes-
trians are present in the danger zone.
Driving and parking 215215
SystSystem limitsem limits
The system may be impaired or may not function
particularly in thefollowing situations:
RIf there is poor visibility, e.g. due to insucient
illumination of theroad, highly variable shade
conditions, rain, snow, fog or heavy spray.
RIf there is glare, e.g. from oncoming trac,
direct sunlight or reections.
RIf the windscreen in the area of the multifunc-
tion camera is dirty, or if the camera is misted
up, damaged or covered.
RIf the trac signs are hard to detect, e.g. due
to dirt, snow or insucient lighting, or
because they are covered.
RIf the information in the navigation system's
digital map is incorrect or out-of-date.
RIf signs are ambiguous, e.g. road signs in road-
works or in adjacent lanes.
RIf you turn sharply when passing trac signs
outside the camera's eld of vision.
SeSettingtting TrTracac Sign AssistSign Assist
RReqequiruirements:ements:
ROnlOnly vy vehicles witehicles with Drh Driving Assistiving Assistance Pance Packackagage:e:
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC and ECO
Assist must be activatedforthe automatic
adoption of speed limits.
Multimedia system:
4©5Settings 5Assistance
5Traffic Sign Assist
AActivctivating or deactivating or deactivating autating automatic adopomatic adoption oftion of
speed limits (onlspeed limits (only vy vehicles witehicles with Drh Driving Assistiving Assistanceance
PPackackagage)e)
#Select Adopt limit.
#Switch the function on or o.
The speed limits detected by Trac Sign
Assist are automatically adoptedby Active
Distance Assist DISTRONIC.
%If one of thefollowing systems is activated,
the detected speed can be manually adopted
as the speed limit:
RActive Distance Assist DISTRONIC
RCruise control
RVariable limiter
Further information about Active Distance
Assist DISTRONIC: (/page 202).
DisplaDisplaying detying detectecteded trtracac signs in tsigns in the media dis-he media dis-
playplay
#Select Display in head unit.
#Switch the function on or o.
SeSetting ttting the type of whe type of wararningning
#Select Visual & audible,Visual or Off.
SeSetting ttting the whe wararning tning thrhresholdeshold
This value determines the speed at which a warn-
ing is issued when exceeded.
#Select Warning threshold.
#Set the desired speed.
Blind SpoBlind Spot Assist Assist and At and Activctive Blind Spoe Blind Spot Assist Assist witht with
eexit wxit wararningning
FFunction of Blind Spounction of Blind Spot Assist Assist and At and Activctive Blinde Blind
SpoSpot Assist Assist witt with eh exit wxit wararningning
Blind Spot Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist use
two lateral, rear-facing radar sensors to monitor
216216 Driving and parking
the area up to 40 m behind and 3 m next to your
vehicle.
If a vehicle is detected at speeds above approx-
imately 12 km/h and this vehicle subsequently
enters the monitoring range directly next to your
vehicle, thewarning lamp in the outside mirror
lights up red.
Permanent status display in the instrument clus-
ter:
R¸(grey): system is activated but inopera-
tive
R¸(green): system is activated and opera-
tional
If a vehicle is detected close to your vehicle and
you switch on the turn signal indicator in the cor-
responding direction, a double warning tone
sounds and theredwarning lamp in the outside
mirror ashes. If the turn signal indicator remains
switched on, all other detected vehicles are indi-
cated only by the ashing of theredwarning
lamp.
If youovertake a vehicle quickly, no warning is
given.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident despite Blind
Spot Assist
Blind Spot Assist does not react to vehicles
approaching and overtaking you at a greatly
dierent speed.
Blind Spot Assist cannot warn drivers in this
situation.
#Always pay careful attention to the trac
situation and maintain a safe distance at
the side of thevehicle.
Observe the notes on driving systems and your
responsibility; you may otherwise fail to recognise
dangers (/page 188).
Exit wExit wararningning
The exit warning is an additional function of Blind
Spot Assist and can warn vehicle occupants about
approaching vehicles when leaving thevehicle
when stationary.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident despite exit
warning
The exit warning neither reacts to stationary
objects nor to persons or road users
approaching you at a greatly diering speed.
The exit warning cannot warn drivers in these
situations.
#Always pay particular attention to the
trac situation when opening the doors
and make sure there is sucient clear-
ance.
If there is a vehicle in the monitoring range, this is
indicated in the outside mirror. If a vehicle occu-
pant opens the door on the side with thewarning,
awarning tone sounds and thewarning lamp in
the outside mirror starts to ash.
This additional function is only available when
Blind Spot Assist is active. When theexit warning
is activated, it can warn vehicle occupants for up
to three minutes aer switching thevehicle o.
The exit warning is no longer available once the
warning lamp in the outside mirror ashes three
times.
Driving and parking 217217
The exit warning is only an aid and not a substi-
tute forthe attention of vehicle occupants. The
responsibility for opening and closing the doors
and for leaving thevehicle remains with thevehi-
cle occupants.
SystSystem limitsem limits
Blind Spot Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist may
be limited in thefollowing situations, in particular:
Rif there is dirt on the sensors or the sensors
are obscured
Rin poor visibility, e.g. due to fog, heavy rain or
snow
Rif there are narrowvehicles, e.g. bicycles or
motorbikes
Rif theroad has very wide or narrow lanes
Rif vehicles are not driving in the middle of their
lane
Warnings may be issued in error when driving
close to crash barriers or similar continuous lane
borders. Always make sure that there is sucient
distance to the side forother trac or obstacles.
Warnings may be interrupted when driving along-
side long vehicles, forexample lorries, for a pro-
longed time.
Blind Spot Assist is not operational when reverse
gear is engaged.
Blind Spot Assist and theexit warning are not
operational when a trailer is coupled to thevehi-
cle and the electrical connection has been cor-
rectly established.
The exit warning may be limited in thefollowing
situations:
Rwhen the sensors are coveredby adjacent
vehicles in narrow parking spaces
Rwhen people approach thevehicle
Rin theevent of stationary or slowly moving
objects
FFunction of brunction of brakake application (Ae application (Activctive Blind Spote Blind Spot
AssisAssist)t)
If Active Blind Spot Assist detects a risk of a side
impact in the monitoring range, a course-correct-
ing brake application is carried out. This is
designed to help youavoid a collision.
The course-correcting brake application is availa-
ble in the speed range between approximately
30 km/h and 200 km/h.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident despite brake
application of Active Blind Spot Assist
A course-correcting brake application cannot
always prevent a collision.
#Always steer, brake or accelerate your-
self, especially if Active Blind Spot Assist
warnsyou or makes a course-correcting
brake application.
#Always maintain a safe distance at the
sides.
218218 Driving and parking
If a course-correcting brake application occurs,
theredwarning lamp ashes in the outside mirror
and a warning tone sounds. In addition, display
1indicating the danger of a side collision
appears in the Instrument Display.
In rare cases, the system may make an inappro-
priate brake application. This brake application
may be interrupted at any time if you steer slightly
in the opposite direction or accelerate.
SystSystem limitsem limits
Note the system limitations of Active Blind Spot
Assist; you may otherwise not recognise the dan-
gers (/page 216).
Either a course-correcting brake application
appropriate to the driving situation, or none at all,
may occur in thefollowing situations:
RVehicles or obstacles, e.g. crash barriers, are
located on both sides of your vehicle.
RAvehicle approaches too closely on the side.
RYou have adopted a sporty driving style with
high cornering speeds.
RYou brake or accelerate signicantly.
RA driving safety system intervenes, e.g. ESP®
or Active Brake Assist.
RESP®is deactivated.
RA loss of tyre pressure or a defective tyre is
detected.
RYou are driving with a trailer and the electrical
connection to the trailer hitch has been cor-
rectly established.
AActivctivating/deactivating/deactivating Blind Spoating Blind Spot Assist Assist ort or
AActivctive Blind Spoe Blind Spot Assistt Assist
Multimedia system:
4©5Settings 5Assistance
#Activate or deactivate Blind Spot Assist.
or
#Activate or deactivate Act. Blind Spot Assist.
AActivctive Lane Ke Lane Keeping Assisteeping Assist
FFunction of Aunction of Activctive Lane Ke Lane Keeping Assisteeping Assist
Active Lane Keeping Assist monitors the area in
front of your vehicle by means of the multifunction
camera (/page 188). It servesto protect you
against unintentionally leaving your lane. You will
be warned by vibration pulses in the steering
wheel and guided by a course-correcting brake
application back into your lane.
Active Lane Keeping Assist is available in the
speed range between 60 km/h and 200 km/h.
Active Lane Keeping Assist can neither reduce the
risk of an accident if youfail to adapt your driving
style nor override the laws of physics. It cannot
take into account road, weather or trac condi-
tions. Active Lane Keeping Assist is only an aid.
You are responsible for maintaining a safe dis-
tance to thevehicle in front, forvehicle speed, for
braking in good time and for staying in lane.
The status of Active Lane Keeping Assist is dis-
played in the on-board computer:
RÃ(green): Active Lane Keeping Assist is
active and operating.
RÃ(grey): Active Lane Keeping Assist is
active but not operating.
R·:Active Lane Keeping Assist is deactiva-
ted or there is a malfunction.
Driving and parking 219219
If a lane-correcting brake application occurs, dis-
play 1appears in the Instrument Display.
The system does not apply the brake if you acti-
vate the turn signal indicator.
VVehicles witehicles with Drh Driving Assistiving Assistance Pance Packackagage:e: if the
system detects an obstacle, such as another vehi-
cle in the adjacent lane, it will apply the brake
regardless of the turn signal indicator.
You are warned by vibrations in the steering wheel
in thefollowing circumstances:
RActive Lane Keeping Assist detects a lane
marking.
RA front wheel drives overthis lane marking.
Conditions fConditions for a couror a course-corrse-correcting brecting brakake applica-e applica-
tion (vtion (vehicles witehicles without Drhout Driving Assistiving Assistance Pance Packackagage)e)
Depending on the setting, a course-correcting
brake application occurs in thefollowing situa-
tions (/page 222).
%The availability of this setting is dependent on
the country. If the function is activated in
countries in which this setting is nonottavailable,
a lane-correcting brake application is initiated
in thefollowing situations:
Lane markings were detected on both sides of
the lane. The front wheel drives over a contin-
uous lane marking.
Standard setting
RA lane marking and the edge of a rm road
surface were detected. The front wheel drives
over a lane marking on the edge of the rm
road surface.
RA lane marking and an oncoming vehicle were
detected. The front wheel drives overthe lane
marking.
Sensitive setting
RAll situations described under theStandard
setting.
RA continuous lane marking was detected and
driven over with the front wheel.
%A brake application may be interrupted at any
time if you steer slightly in the opposite direc-
tion.
Conditions fConditions for a couror a course-corrse-correcting brecting brakake applica-e applica-
tion (vtion (vehicles witehicles with Drh Driving Assistiving Assistance Pance Packackagage)e)
Depending on the setting, a course-correcting
brake application occurs in thefollowing situa-
tions (/page 222).
%The availability of this setting is dependent on
the country. If the function is activated in
countries in which this setting is nonottavailable,
a lane-correcting brake application is initiated
in all situations described under Sensitive.
Standard setting
RA lane marking and an approaching vehicle, an
overtaking vehicle or vehicles driving parallel
to your vehicle were detected in the adjacent
220220 Driving and parking
lane. The front wheel drives over the lane
marking.
Sensitive setting
RThe situations described under theStandard
setting.
RA continuous lane marking was detected and
driven over with the front wheel.
%A brake application may be interrupted at any
time if you steer slightly in the opposite direc-
tion.
SystSystem limitsem limits
No lane-correcting brake application occurs in the
following situations:
RYou clearly and actively steer, brake or accel-
erate.
RIf a driving safety system intervenes, such as
ESP®,Active Brake Assist or Active Blind Spot
Assist.
RYou have adopted a sporty driving style with
high cornering speeds or high rates of acceler-
ation.
RWhen ESP®is deactivated.
RWhen driving with a trailer, the electrical con-
nection to the trailer has been correctly estab-
lished.
RIf a loss of tyre pressure or a defective tyre is
detected and displayed.
If you deactivate theActive Lane Keeping Assist
warning and the lane markings cannot be clearly
detected, it is possible that no lane-correcting
brake application takes place (/page 222).
The system may be impaired or may not function
particularly in thefollowing situations:
RIf there is poor visibility, e.g. due to insucient
illumination of theroad, highly variable shade
conditions, rain, snow, fog or heavy spray.
RIf there is glare, e.g. from oncoming trac, the
sun or reections.
RIf the windscreen in the area of the multifunc-
tion camera is dirty, or if the camera is misted
up, damaged or covered.
RIf there are no lane markings, or several
unclear lane markings are present for one
lane, e.g. around roadworks.
RIf the lane markings are worn, dark or cov-
ered.
RIf the distance to thevehicle in front is too
short and thus the lane markings cannot be
detected.
RIf the lane markings change quickly, e.g. lanes
branch o, cross one another or merge.
RIf the carriageway is very narrow and winding.
RVVehicles witehicles with Drh Driving Assistiving Assistance Pance Packackagage:e: if
theradar sensors in therear bumper are dirty
or covered in snow and an obstacle is detec-
ted in your lane, no lane-correcting brake
application takes place.
AActivctivating/deactivating/deactivating Aating Activctive Lane Ke Lane Keepingeeping
AssistAssist
Multimedia system:
4©5Settings 5Quick access
5Active Lane Keeping Assist
#Activate or deactivate the function.
Driving and parking 221221
SeSetting Atting Activctive Lane Ke Lane Keeping Assisteeping Assist
Multimedia system:
4©5Settings 5Assistance
5Active Lane Keeping Assist
SeSetting ttting the sensitivityhe sensitivity
%The availability of this function is dependent
on the country.
#Select Standard,Sensitive or Off.
AActivctivating or deactivating or deactivating tating the haphe haptic wtic wararningning
#Select Warning.
Activate or deactivate the function.
FFunction of adapunction of adaptivtive dame damping adjusping adjustmenttment
Suspension with adaptive damping adjustment
continuously adjusts thecharacteristics of the
suspension dampers to the current operating and
driving conditions.
The damping is set individually for each wheel and
is aected by thefollowing factors:
Rtheroad surface conditions
Rvehicle load
Rthe drive program selected
Rthe driving style
The drive program can be adjusted using the
DYNAMIC SELECT switch.
RReevverersing camerasing camera
FFunction of tunction of the revhe reverersing camerasing camera
If you have activated the function in the multime-
dia system (/page 228), the image from the
reversing camera is displayed in the media display
when reversegear is selected. Dynamic guide
lines show the path thevehicle will take with the
current steering angle. This helps youto orient
yourself and to avoid obstacles when reversing.
The reversing camera is only an aid. It is not a
substitute foryour attention to the surroundings.
The responsibility for safe manoeuvring and park-
ing remains with you. Make sure that there are no
persons, animals or objects etc., in the manoeu-
vring area while manoeuvring and parking.
%You can open the cover of thereversing cam-
era manually (/page 228).
The guide lines in the media display show the dis-
tances to your vehicle. The distances displayed
only apply to road level.
Depending on thevehicle equipment, you can
select from thefollowing views:
RNormal view
RWide-angle view
RTrailer view
The area behind thevehicle is displayed as a mir-
ror image, as in the inside rearview mirror.
VVehicles witehicles without Phout Pararking Assisking Assist Pt PARKARKTRTRONICONIC
The following camera views are available in the
multimedia system:
222222 Driving and parking
Normal view
1Yellow guide line, vehicle width (driven sur-
face) depending on the current steering angle
(dynamic)
2Yellow guide line at a distance of approx-
imately 1.0 m from therear area
3Yellow lanes marking the course the tyres will
take with the current steering angle (dynamic)
4Bumper
5Red guide line at a distance of approximately
0.3 m from therear area
Wide-angle view
Trailer view (vehicles with a trailer hitch)
1Yellow guide line, locating aid
2Red guide line at a distance of approximately
0.3 m from the ball head of the trailer hitch
3Ball head of the trailer hitch
VVehicles witehicles with Ph Pararking Assisking Assist Pt PARKARKTRTRONICONIC
The following camera views are available in the
multimedia system:
Normal view
1Yellow lanes marking the course the tyres will
take with the current steering angle (dynamic)
2Yellow guide line, vehicle width (driven sur-
face) depending on the current steering angle
(dynamic)
Driving and parking 223223
3Red guide line at a distance of approximately
0.3 m from therear area
4Yellow warning indicator of Parking Assist
PARKTRONIC: obstacles at a distance
between approximately 0.6 m and 1.0 m
5Redwarning display of Parking Assist
PARKTRONIC: obstacles are very close
(approximately 0.3 m or less)
6Orange warning display of Parking Assist
PARKTRONIC: obstacles are a medium dis-
tance away (between approximately 0.3 m
and 0.6 m)
Wide-angle view
Trailer view (vehicles with a trailer hitch)
1Yellow guide line, locating aid
2Red guide line at a distance of approximately
0.3 m from the ball head of the trailer hitch
3Ball head of the trailer hitch
SystSystem fem failureailure
If thereversing camera is not operational, thefol-
lowing display appears in the multimedia system.
SystSystem limitsem limits
The reversing camera will not function or will only
partially function in thefollowing situations:
RThe tailgate is open.
RThere is heavy rain, snow or fog.
RThe light conditions are poor, e.g. at night.
RCameras, or vehicle components in which the
cameras are tted, are damaged, dirty or cov-
ered. Observe the information on vehicle sen-
sors and cameras (/page 188).
%Do not use thereversing camera in these
types of situations. You could otherwise injure
others or collide with objects when parking
thevehicle.
%The contrast of the display may be impaired
by direct sunlight or by other light sources,
e.g. when driving out of a garage. In this case,
pay particular attention.
%Have the display repaired or replaced if, for
example, pixel errors considerably restrict its
use.
224224 Driving and parking
360° Camera360° Camera
FFunction of tunction of the 360° Camerahe 360° Camera
The 360° Camera is a system that consists of
four cameras. The cameras coverthe immediate
vehicle surroundings. The system assists you
when you are parking or at exits with reduced visi-
bility, forexample.
The views of the 360° Camera are alwaysavaila-
ble when driving forwards up to a speed of
approx. 16 km/h and when reversing.
The 360° Camera is only an aid and may show a
distorted view of obstacles, show them incorrectly
or not show them at all. It is not a substitute for
your attention to the surroundings. The responsi-
bility for safe manoeuvring and parking remains
with you. Make sure that there are no persons,
animals or objects etc., in the manoeuvring area
while manoeuvring and parking.
The system evaluates images from thefollowing
cameras:
RReversing camera
RFront camera
RTwo side cameras in the outside mirrors
%You can open the cover of thereversing cam-
era manually (/page 228).
VViewiews of ts of the 360° Camerahe 360° Camera
You can select from dierent views:
1Wide-angle view, front
2Top view with image from the front camera
3Top view with images from the side cameras
in the outside mirrors
4Wide-angle view, rear
5Top view with image from thereversing cam-
era
6Top view with trailer view (vehicles with a
trailer hitch)
TTop viewop view
1Lane indicating theroute thevehicle will take
at the current steering wheel angle
2Warning display of Parking Assist
PARKTRONIC
3Your vehicle from above
The colour of the individual segments of warning
display 2is based on the distance to the detec-
ted obstacle:
RYYelloellow segments:w segments: obstacles at a distance
between approx. 0.6 m and 1.0 m
ROrOrangange segments:e segments: obstacles at a distance
between approx. 0.3 m and 0.6 m
Driving and parking 225225
RRRed segments:ed segments: obstacles at a very short dis-
tance of approx. 0.3 m or less
When Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is operational
and no object is detected, the segments of the
warning display are shown in grey.
Guide linesGuide lines
1Yellow lane marking the course the tyres will
take at the current steering wheel angle
(dynamic)
2Yellow guide line, vehicle width (driven sur-
face) depending on the current steering wheel
angle (dynamic)
3Red guide line at a distance of approximately
0.3 m from therear area
4Mark at a distance of approx. 1.0 m
%When Active Parking Assist is active, lanes 1
are displayed in green.
The guide lines in the media display show the
distances to your vehicle. The distances apply
to road level.
In trailer mode, the guide lines are shown at
the level of the trailer hitch.
TTrrailer vieailer view (vw (vehicles witehicles with a trh a trailer hitcailer hitch)h)
If you select trailer view and no trailer is coupled
to thevehicle, thefollowing display appears:
1Yellow guide line, locating aid
2Red guide line at a distance of approximately
0.3 m from the ball head of the trailer hitch
3Ball head of the trailer hitch
226226 Driving and parking
When the electrical connection is established
between thevehicle and the trailer, the display
changes to the side camera view.
This view supports manoeuvring procedures with
a trailer.
Side vieSide view of tw of the mirrhe mirror cameror camerasas
The sides of thevehicle can be seen in this view.
1Guide line of external vehicle dimensions with
outside mirrors folded out
2Marker of the wheel contact points
SystSystem fem failureailure
If the system is not ready for operation, thefol-
lowing message appears in the media display:
SystSystem limitsem limits
The 360° Camera will not function or will only
partially function in thefollowing situations:
RThe doors are open.
RThe outside mirrors are folded in.
RThe tailgate is open.
RThere is heavy rain, snow or fog.
RThe light conditions are poor, e.g. at night.
RCameras, or vehicle components in which the
cameras are tted, are damaged, dirty or cov-
ered. Observe the information on vehicle sen-
sors and cameras (/page 188).
%Do not use the 360° Camera under such cir-
cumstances. You could otherwise injure oth-
ers or collide with objects when parking the
vehicle.
Fortechnical reasons, the standard height of the
vehicle may be altered if thevehicle is carrying a
heavy load and can result in inaccuracies in the
guide lines and in the display of thegenerated
images.
%The contrast of the display may be impaired
by abrupt, direct sunlight or by other light
sources, e.g. when driving out of a garage. In
this case, pay particular attention.
%Have the display repaired or replaced if, for
example, pixel errors considerably restrict its
use.
See the notes on cleaning the 360° Camera
(/page 307).
Calling up tCalling up the viehe view of tw of the 360° Camerhe 360° Camera usinga using
revrevererse gse gearear
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe Auto reversing camera function is activa-
ted in the multimedia system (/page 228).
#Engage reversegear.
#Select the desired view in the multimedia sys-
tem (/page 225).
#If, aer shiing to reversegear, the image of
thereversing camera is not shown: switch o
Driving and parking 227227
thevehicle, press and hold thecbutton,
switch on thevehicle and engage reversegear
again.
SwitcSwitching revhing reverersing camersing camera auta automatic modeomatic mode
on/oon/o
The reversing camera is only an aid. It is not a
substitute foryour attention to the surroundings.
The responsibility for safe manoeuvring and park-
ing remains with you. Make sure that no persons,
animals or objects etc. are in the manoeuvring
range. Pay attention to your surroundings and be
ready to brake at all times.
Multimedia system:
4©5Settings 5Assistance
5Camera & parking
#Switch Auto reversing camera on or o.
Opening tOpening the camerhe camera cova cover of ter of the revhe reverersing cam-sing cam-
eraera
Multimedia system:
4©5Settings 5Assistance
5Camera & parking
#Select Open camera cover.
%The camera cover closes automatically aer
some time or aer an ignition cycle.
PPararking Assisking Assist Pt PARKARKTRTRONICONIC
FFunction of Punction of Pararking Assisking Assist Pt PARKARKTRTRONICONIC
Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is an electronic park-
ing assistance system with ultrasound. It monitors
the area around your vehicle using multiple sen-
sors on the front bumper and on therear bumper.
Parking Assist PARKTRONIC showsyouthe dis-
tance between your vehicle and a detected obsta-
cle visually and audibly.
Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is only an aid. It is
not a substitute foryour attention to the surround-
ings. The responsibility for safe manoeuvring and
parking remains with you. Make sure that there
are no persons, animals or objects in the manoeu-
vring area while manoeuvring and parking in/exit-
ing parking spaces.
In the standard setting, an intermittent warning
tone sounds from a distance of approximately
0.3 m to an obstacle in front and approximately
1.0 m to an obstacle behind. A continuous warn-
ing tone sounds from a distance of approximately
0.2 m. Using theWarn early all-round setting in
the multimedia system, thewarning tones for
front and side impact protection can be set to
sound at a greater distance of approximately
1.0 m in front and 0.6 m on the sides
(/page 232).
%The Warn early all-round setting is always
active in therear of thevehicle.
PPararking Assisking Assist Pt PARKARKTRTRONIC displaONIC display in ty in the multi-he multi-
media systmedia systemem
Vehicles without 360° Camera
228228 Driving and parking
Vehicles with 360° Camera
If you have not selected theCamera & parking
menu and an obstacle is detected in the path of
thevehicle, a pop-up window forParking Assist
PARKTRONIC 1appears in the multimedia sys-
tem at speeds below 10 km/h.
The colour of the individual segments of thewarn-
ing display is based on the distance to the detec-
ted obstacle:
RYYelloellow segments:w segments: obstacles at a distance
between approx. 0.6 m and 1.0 m
ROrOrangange segments:e segments: obstacles at a distance
between approx. 0.3 m and 0.6 m
RRRed segments:ed segments: obstacles at a very short dis-
tance of approx. 0.3 m or less
DisplaDisplay of Py of Pararking Assisking Assist Pt PARKARKTRTRONIC in tONIC in thehe
head-up displayhead-up display
Optionally, obstacles detected by Parking Assist
PARKTRONIC from a distance of approximately
1.0 m in front 2and 0.6 m on the sides 3can
also be displayed in the head-up display.
SystSystem limitsem limits
Parking Assist PARKTRONIC does not necessarily
take into account thefollowing obstacles:
RObstacles below the detection range, e.g. per-
sons, animals or objects.
RObstacles above the detection range, e.g.
overhanging loads, overhangs or loading
ramps of lorries.
The sensors must be free of dirt, ice and slush.
Otherwise, they may not function correctly. Clean
the sensors regularly, taking care not to scratch
or damage them (/page 188).
VVehicles witehicles with trh trailer hitcailer hitch:h: Parking Assist
PARKTRONIC is deactivated fortherear zone
when you establish an electrical connection
between your vehicle and a trailer.
PrProblems witoblems with Ph Pararking Assisking Assist Pt PARKARKTRTRONICONIC
Example: vehicles with 360° Camera
Driving and parking 229229
When rear segments 1or all-round segments
2light up red and theésymbol appears in
the Instrument Display, Parking Assist
PARKTRONIC may have been deactivated due to
signal interference. Start thevehicle again and
check if Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is working at
a dierent location.
If a warning tone also sounds for approximately
two seconds every time thevehicle is started, it
may be due to one of thefollowing causes:
RThe sensorThe sensors ars are dire dirtyty::clean the sensors and
observe the notes on care of vehicle parts
(/page 307).
RPPararking Assisking Assist Pt PARKARKTRTRONIC has been deacti-ONIC has been deacti-
vvatated due ted due to a malfunction:o a malfunction: restart thevehi-
cle. If the problem persists, consult a qualied
specialist workshop.
FFunction of tunction of the passivhe passive side ime side impact protpact protectionection
Passive side impact protection is an additional
Parking Assist PARKTRONIC function which warns
the driver about obstacles at the side of thevehi-
cle. A warning is issued when obstacles are
detected between the front and rear detection
range. In order for an object on the side to be
detected, the sensors in the front and rear
bumper must rst detect the object while you are
driving past it.
During the parking procedure or manoeuvring,
objects are detected as thevehicle drives past. If
you steer in the direction of a detected obstacle
and there is a risk of a lateral collision, a warning
is issued and the segments light up in colour in
the display.
The segment colour changes depending on the
distance to the detected obstacle:
RYYellowellow::approximately 30 - 60 cm
RRRed:ed: less than approximately 30 cm
In order for lateral, front or rear segments to be
displayed, thevehicle must rst travel a distance
of at least half a vehicle's length. Once thevehicle
has travelled the length of thevehicle, all of the
lateral front and rear segments can be displayed.
Parking Assist PARKTRONIC display: vehicles
without a 360° Camera
1Operational front and rear
2Operational front, rear and sides
3Obstacle detected at the front right (yellow)
and rear (red)
230230 Driving and parking
Parking Assist PARKTRONIC display: vehicles
with a 360° Camera
1Operational front and rear
2Operational front, rear and sides
3Obstacles detected at the front right (red)
Saved obstacles on the sides are deleted in the
following situations, forexample:
RYou park thevehicle and switch it o.
RYou open the doors.
Aer the engine is restarted, obstacles on the
sides must be detected again before a new warn-
ing can be issued.
SystSystem limitsem limits
The system limits forParking Assist PARKTRONIC
apply to passive side impact protection.
The following objects are not detected, forexam-
ple:
RPedestrians who approach thevehicle from
the side
RObjects placed next to thevehicle
AActivctivating/deactivating/deactivating Pating Pararking Assistking Assist
PPARKARKTRTRONIC using tONIC using the multimedia syhe multimedia syststemem
*NONOTETE Risk of an accident from objects at
close range
Parking Assist PARKTRONIC may not detect
certain objects at close range.
#When parking or manoeuvring thevehi-
cle, pay particular attention to any
objects which are above or below the
sensors, e.g. owerpots or drawbars.
The vehicle or other objects could other-
wise be damaged.
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe camera menu is open.
ROr: Active Parking Assist is active.
ROr: thePARKTRONIC pop-up window appears.
#Tap=on the media display.
If the indicator lamp in theébutton is not lit,
Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is active. If the indi-
cator lamp is lit or theésymbol appears in
the instrument cluster, Parking Assist
PARKTRONIC is not active.
%Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is automatically
activated when thevehicle is started.
Alternatively, Parking Assist PARKTRONIC can be
activated or deactivated in thequick access
menu.
Driving and parking 231231
SeSetting ttting the whe wararning tning tones of Pones of Pararking Assistking Assist
PPARKARKTRTRONICONIC
Multimedia system:
4©5Settings 5Assistance
5Camera & parking
AAdjusdjusting tting the vhe volume of tolume of the whe wararning tning tonesones
#Select Warning tone volume.
#Set a value.
AAdjusdjusting tting the pitche pitch of th of the whe wararning tning tonesones
#Select Warning tone pitch.
#Set a value.
Specifying tSpecifying the sthe stararting point fting point for tor the whe wararning tning tonesones
You can specify whether theParking Assist
PARKTRONIC warning tones should commence
when thevehicle is further away from an obstacle.
#Select Warn early all-round.
#Switch the function on or o.
AActivctivating/deactivating/deactivating audio fating audio fadeoutadeout
You can specify whether thevolume of a media
source in the multimedia system is to be reduced
when Parking Assist PARKTRONIC sounds a warn-
ing tone.
#Select Audio fadeout during warning tones.
#Switch the function on or o.
AActivctive Pe Pararking Assistking Assist
FFunction of Aunction of Activctive Pe Pararking Assistking Assist
Active Parking Assist is an electronic parking
assistance system, which uses ultrasound with
the assistance of thereversing camera and 360°
Camera. When you are driving forwards up to
approximately 35 km/h, the system automatically
measures parking spaces on both sides of the
vehicle.
Active Parking Assist oers thefollowing func-
tions:
RCountryCountry-dependent-dependent::parking in parking spaces
parallel to theroad
RParking in parking spaces perpendicular to the
road (optionally either forwards or reverse)
RExiting parking spaces if you have parked
using Active Parking Assist
As soon as all requirements are met for searching
for parking spaces, theÇdisplay appears in
the Instrument Display.
When Active Parking Assist has detected parking
spaces, theÈdisplay appears in the Instru-
ment Display. The arrows show on which side of
theroad detected parking spaces are located.
They are then shown in the media display.
The parking space can be selected as desired.
Depending on the location of the parking space,
the parking direction (rearwards or forwards) can
also be selected as desired.
When Active Parking Assist is activated, the turn
signal indicators are activated based on the calcu-
lated path of your vehicle.
When you are entering or exiting a parking space,
the procedure is assisted by acceleration, braking,
steering and gear changes.
Active Parking Assist is only an aid. It is not a sub-
stitute foryour attention to the surroundings. The
responsibility for safe manoeuvring and parking
remains with you. Make sure that no persons, ani-
mals or objects etc. are in the manoeuvring
range.
232232 Driving and parking
Active Parking Assist will be cancelled in thefol-
lowing situations:
RParking Assist PARKTRONIC is deactivated.
RYou begin steering.
RYou apply the parking brake.
RYou engage transmission position j.
RESP®intervenes.
RYou open the doors or thetailgate while driv-
ing.
SystSystem limitsem limits
If theexterior lighting is malfunctioning, Active
Parking Assist is not available.
Objects located above or below the detection
range of the sensors, e.g. overhanging loads,
overhangs or loading ramps of goods vehicles, or
the borders of parking spaces, are not detected
during measurement of the parking space. These
are also then not taken into account when calcu-
lating the parking procedure. In some circumstan-
ces, Active Parking Assist may therefore guide
you into the parking space incorrectly.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to objects
located above or below the detection
range of Active Parking Assist
If there are objects above or below the detec-
tion range, thefollowing situations may arise:
RActive Parking Assist may steer too early.
RThe vehicle may not stop in front of these
objects.
There is a danger of collision!
#In these situations, do not use Active
Parking Assist.
Extreme weather conditions, such as snow or
heavy rain, may lead to a parking space being
measured inaccurately. Parking spaces that are
partially occupied by trailer drawbars might not be
identied as such or be measured incorrectly.
Only use Active Parking Assist on level, high-grip
ground.
Do not use Active Parking Assist in thefollowing
situations:
RIn extreme weather conditions such as ice,
packed snow or in heavy rain.
RWhen transporting a load that protrudes
beyond thevehicle.
ROn steep uphill or downhill gradients of more
than approximately 15%.
RWhen snow chains are tted.
RWhen a trailer or bicycle rack is attached.
RDirectly aer a tyre change or when spare
tyres are tted.
RIf the tyre pressure is too low or too high.
RIf the suspension is out of alignment, e.g. aer
bottoming out on a kerb.
Active Parking Assist may also display parking
spaces that are not suitable for parking, such as:
RParking spaces where parking is prohibited.
RParking spaces on unsuitable surfaces.
Driving and parking 233233
PPararking witking with Ah Activctive Pe Pararking Assistking Assist
#Press button1.
The media display showsthe view of Active Park-
ing Assist. Area 2displays detected parking
spaces 4and vehicle path 3.
%Vehicle path 3shown on the media display
may dier from the actual vehicle path.
#If a parking space is displayed: stop thevehi-
cle.
#Select desired parking space 4and conrm.
#If necessary, select the parking direction (for-
wards or reverse), and conrm.
Vehicle path 3is shown, depending on
selected parking space 4and the parking
direction.
%The turn signal indicator is switched on auto-
matically when the parking procedure begins.
You are responsible for selecting the turn signal
indicator in accordance with the trac condi-
tions. If necessary, select the turn signal indicator
accordingly.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to vehicle
swinging out while parking or pulling out
of a parking space
While parking or exiting a parking space, the
vehicle swings out and can drive onto areas of
the oncoming lane.
This could cause youto collide with objects or
other road users.
#Pay attention to objects and other road
users.
#Where necessary, stop thevehicle or
cancel the parking procedure with Active
Parking Assist.
#If, forexample, thePlease engage reverse
gear message appears in the media display:
234234 Driving and parking
select the corresponding transmission posi-
tion.
The vehicle drives into the selected parking
space.
%During the parking procedure with Active
Parking Assist, the lane markings are dis-
played in green in the camera image.
On completion of the parking procedure, the
ØParking Assist finished, take control of
vehicle display message appears. Further
manoeuvring may still be necessary.
#Aer completion of the parking procedure,
safeguard thevehicle against rolling away.
When required by legal requirements or local
conditions: turn the wheels towardsthekerb.
%You can stop thevehicle and change the
transmission position during the parking pro-
cedure. The system then calculates a new
vehicle path. If no new vehicle path is availa-
ble, the system can change the transmission
position again or cancel the parking proce-
dure.
Exiting a parExiting a parking space witking space with Ah Activctive Pe Pararking Assistking Assist
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe vehicle has been parked with Active Park-
ing Assist.
Please note that you are responsible forthevehi-
cle and surroundings during the entire parking
procedure.
#Start thevehicle.
#Press button1.
The media display showsthe view of Active
Parking Assist.
#If thevehicle has been parked perpendicular
to the direction of travel: in area 2, select
direction of travel 3Left or Right.
%The vehicle path shown on the media display
may dier from the actual vehicle path.
#Conrm direction of exit 3to drive out of the
parking space.
%The turn signal indicator is switched on auto-
matically when theexiting procedure begins.
Driving and parking 235235
You are responsible for selecting the turn signal
indicator in accordance with the trac condi-
tions. If necessary, select the turn signal indicator
accordingly.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to vehicle
swinging out while parking or pulling out
of a parking space
While parking or exiting a parking space, the
vehicle swings out and can drive onto areas of
the oncoming lane.
This could cause youto collide with objects or
other road users.
#Pay attention to objects and other road
users.
#Where necessary, stop thevehicle or
cancel the parking procedure with Active
Parking Assist.
#If, forexample, thePlease engage forward
gear message appears in the media display:
select the corresponding transmission posi-
tion.
The vehicle moves out of the parking space.
The turn signal indicator is switched o auto-
matically.
Aer the parking space has been exited, a warn-
ing tone and theØParking Assist finished,
take control of vehicle message prompt youto
take control of thevehicle.
The vehicle is not automatically braked and can
roll away. You have to accelerate, brake, steer and
change gear yourself again.
ManoeuvrManoeuvring assisting assistantant
FFunction of Drunction of DriviveAwaeAway Assisty Assist
Drive Away Assist can reduce the severity of an
impact when pulling away. If an obstacle is detec-
ted in the direction of travel, thevehicle's speed
is briey reduced to approx. 2 km/h. If a critical
situation is detected, theÉsymbol appears in
the media display.
Drive Away Assist can be deactivated or activated
in theManoeuvring assistance menu
(/page 237).
%You can cancel an intervention by Drive Away
Assist at any time by deactivating Parking
Assist PARKTRONIC (/page 231).
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident caused by limi-
ted detection performance of Drive Away
Assist
Drive Away Assist cannot always clearly iden-
tify objects and trac situations.
#Always pay careful attention to the trac
situation; do not rely on Drive Away
Assist alone.
#Be preparedto brake or swerve as nec-
essary, provided the trac situation per-
mits and that it is safe to take evasive
action.
Drive Away Assist is only an aid. It is not a substi-
tute foryour attention to the surroundings. The
responsibility for safe manoeuvring and parking
remains with you. Make sure that no persons, ani-
236236 Driving and parking
mals or objects etc. are in the manoeuvring
range.
Arisk of collision may occur in thefollowing situa-
tions, forexample:
RIf the accelerator and brake pedals are inter-
changed.
RIf an incorrect transmission position is
engaged.
Drive Away Assist is active under thefollowing
conditions:
RIf Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is activated.
RIf you shi the transmission position to kor
hwhen thevehicle is stationary.
RIf the detected obstacle is less than approx.
1.0 m away.
RIf the manoeuvring assistance function is acti-
vated in the multimedia system.
SystSystem limitsem limits
The performance of Drive Away Assist is limited
on inclines.
When driving with a trailer, Drive Away Assist is
not available.
%Also observe the system limits of Parking
Assist PARKTRONIC (/page 228).
FFunction of Crunction of Crossoss TrTracac AlertAlert
%Cross Trac Alert is only available forvehicles
with Blind Spot Assist or Active Blind Spot
Assist.
Cross Trac Alert can warn drivers of any cross-
ing trac when reversing and manoeuvring out of
a parking space. The radar sensors in the bumper
also monitor the area adjacent to thevehicle. If a
critical situation is detected, theLsymbol
appears in the media display and thevehicle can
be braked automatically.
If theradar sensors are obstructed by vehicles or
other objects, detection is not possible.
Cross Trac Alert is active under thefollowing
conditions:
Rif thevehicle is reversing at a walking pace.
Rmanoeuvring assistance is activated
(/page 237).
%Also observe the instructions on Blind Spot
Assist and Active Blind Spot Assist
(/page 216).
SystSystem limitsem limits
Cross Trac Alert is not available on inclines.
Cross Trac Alert is not available when driving
with a trailer.
AActivctivating/deactivating/deactivating manoeuvrating manoeuvring assisting assistantant
Multimedia system:
4©5Settings 5Assistance
5Camera & parking
#Activate/deactivate Manoeuvring assistance.
%Manoeuvring assistant must be active forthe
function of Drive Away Assist (/page 236)
and Cross Trac Alert (/page 237).
TTrrailer hitchailer hitch
NNoottes on tres on trailer operailer operationation
Observe thefollowing notes on thetongue weight:
RDo not use a tongue weight that exceeds or
falls below the permissible tongue weight
RUse a tongue weight as close as possible to
the maximum tongue weight
Driving and parking 237237
Do not exceed thefollowing values:
RPermissible towing capacity
RPermissible rear axle load of thetowing vehi-
cle
RPermissible gross weight of thetowing vehicle
RPermissible gross weight of the trailer
RMaximum permissible speed of the trailer
Ensure thefollowing before starting a journey:
RThe tyre pressure on therear axle of thetow-
ing vehicle is set for a maximum load
RThe lighting of the connected trailer is opera-
tional
RVVehicles witehicles without LED headlamhout LED headlamps or MULps or MULTI-TI-
BEAM LED headlamBEAM LED headlamps:ps: the headlamps have
been set correctly
In theevent of increased rear axle load, the car/
trailer combination must not exceed a maximum
speed of 100 km/h forreasons concerning the
operating permit. This also applies in countries in
which the permissible maximum speed for car/
trailer combinations is above 100 km/h.
FFolding tolding the ball neche ball neck out and ink out and in
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to the ball
neck not being engaged
If the ball neck is not engaged, the trailer may
come loose.
#Always engage the ball neck as descri-
bed.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury from ball neck
swinging outwards
The ball neck may swing outwards when
unlocking or when it has not been properly
engaged.
There is a risk of injury within the ball neck's
range of movement!
#Unlock the ball neck only when its range
of movement is unobstructed.
#Always be sure the ball neck is engaged
when folding inwards.
*NNOOTETE Increased risk of damage to prop-
erty due to folded-out ball neck
#When the trailer is not coupled or the
bicycle rack is attached, fold in the ball
neck or, in the case of a fully electric
trailer hitch, retract the ball neck.
*NNOOTETE Damage to thevehicle due to incor-
rect use of the trailer hitch
When a trailer hitch is used to recover a vehi-
cle, thevehicle may be damaged in the proc-
ess.
#Use the trailer hitch only for pulling a
trailer or attaching approved carrier sys-
tems (e.g. a bicycle rack).
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe vehicle is secured against rolling away.
RThe swivel range is clear.
RThe trailer cables or adapter plugs have been
removed.
238238 Driving and parking
FFolding tolding the ball neche ball neck outk out
#Pull switch 2until the ball neck unlocks.
The ball neck will fold out from under therear
bumper.
Indicator lamp 1will ash.
#Pull the ball neck in the direction of the arrow
until it engages audibly in a vertical position.
Indicator lamp 1on the ball neck release
switch will go out.
If the ball neck is not securely locked in place,
theTrailer coupling Check lockmessage will
appear on the instrument display.
#Remove the cover cap from the ball head and
store it in a safe place.
Make sure that the ball on the ball neck is clean.
Check that it is either greased or dry (grease-
free), depending on the instructions forthe trailer.
FFolding tolding the ball neche ball neck ink in
#Pull switch 2until the ball neck unlocks.
The ball neck will fold up under therear
bumper.
Indicator lamp 1will ash.
#Push the ball neck in the direction of the
arrow until it engages audibly behind the
bumper.
Indicator lamp 1will go out and the message
on the instrument display will disappear.
Observe the information about the displays on the
instrument cluster:
RIndicator and warning lamps (/page 408)
RDisplay messages (/page 358)
Coupling up/uncoupling a trCoupling up/uncoupling a trailerailer
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe ball neck is extended and engaged in a
securely locked position.
Driving and parking 239239
Trailers with a 7-pin plug can be connected to the
vehicle with thefollowing adapters:
RAdapter plug
RAdapter cable
The trailer will be correctly detected by thevehi-
cle only if thefollowing conditions are met:
RThe trailer is connected correctly.
RThe trailer lighting system is in working order.
The functions of thefollowing systems will be
aected by a correctly connected trailer:
RESP®trailer stabilisation
RActive Lane Keeping Assist
RParking Assist PARKTRONIC
RActive Parking Assist
RBlind Spot Assist or Active Blind Spot Assist
RDrive Away Assist
RCross Trac Alert
RReversing camera
R360° camera
Coupling up a trCoupling up a trailerailer
*NONOTETE Damage to the starter battery due
to full discharge
Charging the trailer battery using the power
supply of the trailer can damage the starter
battery.
#Do not use thevehicle's power supply to
charge the trailer battery.
#Remove the cover cap from the ball head and
store it in a safe place.
#Position the trailer on a level surface behind
thevehicle and couple it up to thevehicle.
#Open the socket cap.
#Insert the plug with lug 1in groove 3on
the socket.
#Turn bayonet coupling 2to theright as far as
it will go.
#Let the cap engage.
#Secure the cable to the trailer with cable ties
(only if you are using an adapter cable).
#Make sure that the cable is always slack for
ease of movement during cornering.
Under thefollowing conditions, a message may
appear on the instrument display even if the
trailer has been connected correctly:
RLEDs have been installed in the trailer lighting
system.
RThe current has fallen below the trailer lighting
system's minimum current (50 mA).
%Accessories can be connected to the perma-
nent power supply up to 180 W and to the
power supply that is switched on via the igni-
tion lock.
240240 Driving and parking
UUncoupling a trncoupling a trailerailer
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of being crushed and
becoming trapped when uncoupling a
trailer
When uncoupling a trailer with an engaged
inertia-activated brake, your hand may
become trapped between thevehicle and the
trailer drawbar.
#Do not uncouple trailers with an engaged
overrun brake.
*NNOOTETE Damage when uncoupling in a state
of overrun
Uncoupling in a state of overrun can damage
thevehicle.
#Do not uncouple trailers with an engaged
overrun brake.
#Secure the trailer against rolling away.
#Disconnect the electrical connection between
thevehicle and the trailer.
#Uncouple the trailer.
#Place the cover cap on the ball head.
%TTrrailerailers wits with LED lighting:h LED lighting: aer uncoupling the
trailer, switch thevehicle on and then o
again.
BicyBicycle rcle racack functionk function
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident if the bicy-
cle rack is used incorrectly
The bicycle rack may become detached from
thevehicle in thefollowing cases:
Rthe permissible load capacity of the trailer
hitch is exceeded.
Rthe bicycle rack is used incorrectly.
Rthe bicycle rack is secured to the ball neck
beneath the ball head.
Observe thefollowing foryour own safety and
that of other road users:
Ralways adhere to the permissible load
capacity of the trailer hitch.
Ralways observe the permissible rear axle
load of thetowing vehicle.
Ruse the bicycle rack only to transport bicy-
cles.
Ralways properly secure the bicycle rack by
attaching it to the ball head.
Ruse only bicycle racks approvedby
Mercedes-Benz.
Ralways observe the bicycle rack operating
instructions.
*NNOOTETE Damage to, or cracks on, the trailer
hitch due to unsuitable bicycle racks or
bicycle racks being used incorrectly
#use only bicycle racks approvedby
Mercedes-Benz.
*NNOOTETE Increased risk of damage to prop-
erty due to folded-out ball neck
#When the trailer is not coupled or the
bicycle rack is attached, fold in the ball
Driving and parking 241241
neck or, in the case of a fully electric
trailer hitch, retract the ball neck.
Depending on the bicycle rack's design, up to
three bicycles can be transported on the bicycle
rack.
When mounted by attaching to ball head 1,the
maximum load capacity is 75 kg.
The maximum load capacity is calculated from the
weight of the bicycle rack and the bicycle rack
load.
Observe the notes on driving with a roof load,
trailer or fully laden vehicle (/page 152).
When using a bicycle rack, set the tyre pressure
for increased load on therear axle of thevehicle.
Further information on the tyre pressure can be
found in the tyre pressure table (/page 334).
NNoottes on loadinges on loading
The largerthe distance between the load's centre
of gravity and the ball head, thegreater the load
on the trailer hitch.
Therefore, observe thefollowing notes:
Rmount heavy bicycles as close to thevehicle
as possible
Ralways distribute the load on the bicycle rack
as evenly as possible across thevehicle's lon-
gitudinal axis
Mercedes-Benz recommends removing all detach-
able parts from bicycles (e.g. baskets, child seats,
rechargeable batteries) before loading them onto
the bicycle rack. This will improve the aerody-
namic resistance and centre of gravity of the bicy-
cle rack.
Always secure the bicycles to prevent them from
moving around and check them at regular inter-
vals to ensure that they are secure.
Do not use tarpaulins or other covers. The driving
characteristics and rear view may be impaired. In
addition, aerodynamic resistance and the load on
the trailer hitch will increase.
Load distribution on the bicycle rack
1Vertical distance between centre of gravity
and ball head
242242 Driving and parking
2Horizontal distance between centre of gravity
and ball head
3The centre of gravity is on thevehicle's centre
axis
Observe thefollowing information when you are
loading the bicycle rack with up to three bicycles:
Loading tLoading the bicyhe bicycle rcle rackack
TToottal wal weighteight
of bicyof bicyclecle
rracack and loadk and load
Max. distMax. distanceance
11
Max. distMax. distanceance
22
Up to 75 kg 420 mm 300 mm
VVehicle toehicle towing inswing instrtructionsuctions
The vehicle is not suitable forthe use of tow bar
systems that are used for at towing or dinghy
towing, forexample. Attaching and using tow bar
systems can result in damage to thevehicle.
When you are towing a vehicle with tow bar sys-
tems, safe driving characteristics cannot be guar-
anteed forthetowing vehicle or thetowedvehicle.
The vehicle-trailer combination may swerve from
side to side.
Observe thefollowing information:
RPermitted towing methods (/page 323)
RThe notes on towing thevehicle with both
axles on theground (/page 324)
Driving and parking 243243
NNoottes on tes on the inshe instrtrument displaument display and on-boardy and on-board
comcomputputerer
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident if the instru-
ment display fails
If the instrument display has failed or is mal-
functioning, function restrictions in systems
relevant to safety cannot be detected.
The operating safety of your vehicle may be
impaired.
#Drive on carefully.
#Have thevehicle checked immediately at
aqualied specialist workshop.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of distraction from infor-
mation systems and communications
equipment
If you operate information systems and com-
munication devices integrated in thevehicle
when driving, you could be distracted from the
trac situation. This could also cause youto
lose control of thevehicle.
#Only operate this equipment when the
trac situation permits.
#If you cannot be sure of this, stop the
vehicle whilst paying attention to road
and trac conditions and operate the
equipment with thevehicle stationary.
You must observe the legal requirements forthe
country in which you are currently driving when
operating the on-board computer.
The on-board computer shows only display mes-
sages and warnings from specic systems on the
instrument display. You must therefore ensure
that your vehicle is alwaysreliable.
If the operating safety of your vehicle is impaired,
park thevehicle immediately and safely. Contact a
qualied specialist workshop.
Information about therange
RThe actual range achieved may dier from the
range displayed. The calculation of therange
takesyour previous driving style into account.
RWhen the trip computer is reset, the data on
the previous driving style will also be deleted
and calculated afresh from this point on.
RFactors such as outside temperature or cli-
mate control settings have a direct inuence
on the achievable range.
RWhile the navigation system or commuter
route is active, additional information about
theroute ahead can be included in therange
calculation.
Electrical consumption
RThe consumption gures From start and
From reset take into account all active con-
sumer equipment when it comes to the drive
system's operational readiness õ.
244244 Instrument display and on-board computer
OvOverervieview of insw of instrtrument displayument display
1Recommended speed when route guidance is
active (drive program;Eco)
2Le area for additional values (example: digi-
tal speedometer): Digital speedometer /
Range / ECO display
3Outside temperature
4Time
5Right area for additional values (example:
operating energy in percent): Operating
energy in percent / Range / ECO display
6Output scale
7Recuperated power scale
8Maximum available output of the drive system
9Transmission position
ACurrent output
BIndex points
CCentre display area of the instrument display
(example: standard display for trip): Trip /
Service / Assistance / Telephone / Media /
Radio / Navigation / Styles and displays
DCurrent state of charge of the high-voltage
battery
EAvailable maximum range according to aver-
age consumption
FAvailable range according to personal driving
style
Under normal operating conditions, the display of
theavailable drive system output is in the maxi-
mum range.
In thefollowing cases, the power output available
may deviate from the maximum range:
RVery high or low outside temperatures
RVery high performance requirements for a
long period of time
RVery low charge status of the high-voltage bat-
tery
RFault in the drive system
The segments on the speedometer indicate the
statuses of thefollowing systems: cruise control/
limiter/Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
Maximum range Eis calculated based on the
average consumption of thevehicle. Range Fis
calculated based on the personal driving style.
The actual remaining range particularly depends
on outside temperatures or air conditioning set-
tings.
While the navigation system or commuter route is
active, additional information about theroute
ahead can be included in range calculation F.
The actual remaining range may dier from the
displayed currently calculated range.
Instrument display and on-board computer 245245
OvOverervieview of buttw of buttons on tons on the sthe steereering wheeling wheel
1PBack/Home button (press and hold),
on-board computer
2Touch Control, on-board computer
3Control panel for cruise control/limiter or
Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
4Control panel forthe MBUX multimedia sys-
tem (/page 250)
£LINGUATRONIC
5òTo call up the home screen of the multi-
media system
6Touch Control multimedia system
7%Back button (multimedia system)
8Brightness control to adjust the lighting in the
Instrument Display and in the control ele-
ments of thevehicle interior
OperOperating tating the on-boarhe on-board comd computputerer
Observe the legal requirements forthe country in
which you are currently driving when operating
the on-board computer.
When the on-board computer is being operated,
dierent acoustic signals will sound as operating
feedback, e.g. when the end of a list is reached or
when you are scrolling through a list.
The following menus are available:
RAssistance
RTelephone
RNavigation
RTrip
RRadio
RMedia
RStyles & display
RService
%You can nd information about the possible
settings and selections on the menus in the
Digital Owner's Manual.
The menus can be called up from the menu bar
on the instrument display.
#TTo call up to call up the menu bar:he menu bar: press the le-hand
back button until the menu bar is displayed.
246246 Instrument display and on-board computer
%VVehicles witehicles without Ahout Activctive Diste Distance Assisance Assistt
DISDISTRTRONIC:ONIC: press theòbutton to call up
the menu bar of the on-board computer.
#TTo scro scroll on toll on the menu barhe menu bar::swipe le or right
on the le-hand Touch Control.
#TTo call up a menu, submenu or possible seo call up a menu, submenu or possible set-t-
tings on ttings on the menu, orhe menu, or conrmconrm a selection ora selection or
sesetting:tting: press the le-hand Touch Control.
#TTo scro scroll toll thrhrough displayough displays or liss or lists on tts on thehe
menu, or select displamenu, or select display conty content, a function,ent, a function,
an entran entry or a displayy or a display::swipe upwards or down-
wards on the le-hand Touch Control.
#TTo eo exit a submenu:xit a submenu: press the le-hand back
button.
Selecting tSelecting the head-up displayhe head-up display
#TTo switco switch on th on the head-up displayhe head-up display::switch on
the head-up display via the multimedia system
or activate it on the menu bar by swiping
upwards on the le-hand Touch Control.
The head-up display menu will be selected on
the head-up display.
#TTo switco switch th to to the head-up displayhe head-up display::press the
le-hand Touch Control or swipe upwards on
the le-hand Touch Control.
#TTo seo set tt the the thrhree displaee display ry ranganges of tes of the head-uphe head-up
displaydisplay::swipe upwards or downwards on the
le-hand Touch Control.
FFull-scrull-screen menuseen menus
VVehicles witehicles with an insh an instrtrument displaument display in ty in the wide-he wide-
scrscreen coceen cockpit:kpit: thefollowing menus can be
shown full-screen on the instrument display:
RAssistance
RTrip
RNavigation
#On the corresponding menu, use the le-hand
Touch Control to scroll to the end of the list.
#Press the le-hand Touch Control.
The selected menu will be displayed full-
screen.
OvOverervieview of displayw of displays on ts on the inshe instrtrument displayument display
Displays on the instrument display:
uActive Parking Assist (/page 234)
éParking Assist PARKTRONIC deactivated
hCruise control (/page 196)
ÈLimiter (/page 197)
çActive Distance Assist DISTRONIC
(/page 199)
êActive Brake Assist (/page 212)
àActive Steering Assist (/page 206)
ÃActive Lane Keeping Assist (/page 219)
¬Active Stop-and-Go Assist
õOperational readiness of the drive system
(/page 151)
òSound generator inoperative (/page 367)
ëHOLD function (/page 193)
ðMaximum permissible speed exceeded (for
certain countries only)
VVehicles witehicles with Speed Limit Assist:h Speed Limit Assist: detected
instructions and trac signs (/page 213).
Instrument display and on-board computer 247247
VVehicles witehicles withhTrTracac Sign Assist:Sign Assist: detected instruc-
tions and trac signs (/page 214).
Head-up displayHead-up display
FFunction of tunction of the head-up displayhe head-up display
The head-up display projects thefollowing infor-
mation into the driver's eld of vision above the
cockpit, forexample:
RThe vehicle speed
RInformation from the navigation system
RInformation from the driving systems and driv-
ing safety systems
RSome warning messages
Depending on thevehicle's equipment, dierent
content can be shown in thethree areas of the
head-up display (/page 248).
DisplaDisplay conty contentent
1Navigation instructions
2Current speed
3Detected instructions and trac signs
4Set speed in the driving system (e.g. cruise
control)
SystSystem limitsem limits
The visibility of the displays will be aected by the
following conditions:
RSeat position
RImage position setting
RLight conditions
RWetroad surface
RObjects on the display cover
RPolarisation in sunglasses
%In extreme sunlight, sections of the display
may appear washed out. You can correct this
by deactivating and reactivating the head-up
display.
SeSetting ttting the head-up displahe head-up display using ty using the on-boardhe on-board
comcomputputerer
On-board computer:
4HEAD-UP DISPLAY
The following head-up display settings or displays
can be selected or shown:
RPosition
RBrightness
RMessages
RAssistance status
RTelephone
RAudio
RLINGUATRONIC
248248 Instrument display and on-board computer
#TTo select to select the Sehe Settings menu:ttings menu: swipe to theright
on the le-hand Touch Control.
The Settings menu 5will be selected.
#TTo call up to call up the Sehe Settings menu:ttings menu: press the le-
hand Touch Control.
#TTo adjuso adjust tt the position:he position: swipe upwards or
downwards on the le-hand Touch Control.
#TTo adjuso adjust tt the brhe brightness:ightness: swipe to the le or
right on the le-hand Touch Control.
SeSetting messagtting messages, assistes, assistance stance status, tatus, telephone,elephone,
audio and LINaudio and LINGUAGUATRTRONICONIC
#Press the le-hand Touch Control.
The list of setting options will be displayed.
#Swipe upwards or downwards on the le-hand
Touch Control and select a setting by pressing
the le-hand Touch Control.
Selecting what tSelecting what the head-up displahe head-up display showsy shows
(Example)
1Switching the head-up display on/o
2Le display area
Navigation system
Average consumption
G-meter
3Central display area
Speedometer
Set speed in the driver assistance system,
e.g. cruise control
Warnings from driver assistance systems, e.g.
distance warning
4Right display area
Trac Sign Assist
Assistant display
5Conguring settings
6Index points
Display areas 2to 4that are not required can
be hidden.
%In audio mode, the station name or track will
be shown temporarily when the audio source
is being actively operated. In addition, the lat-
est calls will be displayed when thetelephone
list on the instrument display is actively oper-
ated.
#Swipe upwards or downwards on the le-hand
Touch Control.
SwitcSwitching thing the head-up displahe head-up displayyon/oon/o via tvia the mul-he mul-
timedia systtimedia systemem
Multimedia system:
4©5Settings 5Quick access
#Select HUD.
The head-up-display is activated.
Instrument display and on-board computer 249249
OvOverervieview and operw and operationation
NNoottes on tes on the MBUX multimedia systhe MBUX multimedia systemem
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of distraction from infor-
mation systems and communications
equipment
If you operate information systems and com-
munication devices integrated in thevehicle
when driving, you could be distracted from the
trac situation. This could also cause youto
lose control of thevehicle.
#Only operate this equipment when the
trac situation permits.
#If you cannot be sure of this, stop the
vehicle whilst paying attention to road
and trac conditions and operate the
equipment with thevehicle stationary.
You must observe the legal requirements forthe
country in which you are currently driving when
operating the multimedia system.
Depending on the equipment, the scope of func-
tion and product designation of your MBUX multi-
media system may dier from the description and
images in this Owner's Manual. Forexample,
route guidance with augmented reality is not avail-
able in all equipment variants.
OvOverervieview of tw of the MBUX multimedia syhe MBUX multimedia syststemem
1Touch Control and control panel forthe MBUX
multimedia system
2Media display with touch functionality
3Touchpad
4Controller
Turn: adjusts thevolume
Press briey: switches the mute function
on/o
Press and hold: switches the MBUX multime-
dia system or media display on or o
5Buttons for navigation, radio/media and tele-
phone
6Button forfavourites/themes
Further operating options:
RConducting a voice dialogue with LINGUA-
TRONIC.
ROperating functions contact-free with the
MBUX Interior Assistant.
%You can nd further information about opera-
tion as well as about applications and serv-
ices in the Digital Owner's Manual.
Anti-tAnti-thehe protprotectionection
This device is equipped with technical provisions
to protect it against the. More detailed informa-
250250 MBUX multimedia system
tion about anti-the protection can be obtained at
a qualied specialist workshop.
Home scrHome screen oveen overerviewview
1Depending on the display, calls up the rst
three applications or the home screen
2Calls up the prole
3Calls up the global search
4SOS NOT READY (only when the Mercedes-
Benz emergency call system is not available)
5Mercedes me connect active
6Transmission of vehicle position active
7Signal strength of the mobile phone network,
network display, battery status of the mobile
phone connected, time
8Calls up theNotications Centre
9Calls up an application using the symbol
MBUX multimedia system 251251
AApplication and current information
BQuick-access, e.g. enter home address
CIndex points and selected display area
DCalls up the air conditioning menu
ECalls up SUGGESTIONS,THEMES and
FAVOURITES
%If Mercedes me connect 5is active , the
vehicle is linked with Mercedes me connect.
Vehicle data is then transmitted to the back-
end system. What data is transmitted
depends on which services are activated. Fur-
ther details can be found in the Mercedes me
connect terms and conditions and data pro-
tection information. The function is country-
dependent.
If transmission of vehicle position 6is
active , Mercedes me connect services have
been activated forthis vehicle which access
thevehicle's geoposition. In which instances
thegeoposition is transmitted depends on the
particular services. Further details can be
found in the Mercedes me connect terms and
conditions and data protection information.
The function is country-dependent.
OperOperating tating the MBUX multimedia systhe MBUX multimedia systemem
Using TUsing Toucouch Contrh Controlol
1©Calls up the home screen
2Touch Control
3GPress briey: returns to the previous
display
4ßPress therocker switch down briey:
shows favourites
ßPress therocker switch down and hold:
adds favourites and themes
°Turn controller: adjusts thevolume
8Press controller: switches o the sound
6Press therocker switch up: makes or
accepts a call
~Press therocker switch down: rejects or
ends a call
Navigation through the menus is carried out with
Touch Control 2with single-nger swipes.
#TTo select a menu opo select a menu option:tion: swipe and press.
#TTo movo move te the digithe digital map:al map: swipe in any direc-
tion.
Using tUsing the the toucouchscrhscreeneen
#Select menu options, symbols or characters
by pressing briey.
#TTo nao navigvigatate in menus:e in menus: swipe up, down, le or
right.
#TTo use handwro use handwriting titing to ento enter cer charharactacterers:s: write
thecharacter with one nger on the
touchscreen.
252252 MBUX multimedia system
#TTo zoom in and out of to zoom in and out of the map:he map: move two n-
gers together or apart.
#TTo call up to call up the global menu:he global menu: press and hold on
thetouchscreen until theOPTIONS menu
appears.
%For more information on operation, please
referto the Digital Owner's Manual.
Using tUsing the the toucouchpadhpad
1GReturns to the previous display
2~Calls up the audio control menu
Swiping to the le of right: selects the previ-
ous or next radio station/music track
3©Calls up the home screen
4Touchpad
#TTo select a menu opo select a menu option:tion: swipe and press.
#TTo use handwro use handwriting riting recognition:ecognition: write a char-
acter on thetouchpad.
#TTo open or close to open or close thehe NoNoticationstications CentrCentre:e:
swipe down or up with two ngers.
#TTo zoom in and out of to zoom in and out of the map:he map: move two n-
gers together or apart.
Calling up applications using buttCalling up applications using buttonsons
1yCalls up vehicle functions
2zCalls up navigation
3|Calls up radio or media
4%Calls up thetelephone
MBUX multimedia system 253253
5ßPress briey: calls up favourites
Press and hold: adds a favourite or theme
#Alternatively, tap©on thetouchscreen.
#Call up the application (/page 251).
FFunctions of LINunctions of LINGUAGUATRTRONICONIC
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of distraction from infor-
mation systems and communications
equipment
If you operate information systems and com-
munication devices integrated in thevehicle
when driving, you could be distracted from the
trac situation. This could also cause youto
lose control of thevehicle.
#Only operate this equipment when the
trac situation permits.
#If you cannot be sure of this, stop the
vehicle whilst paying attention to road
and trac conditions and operate the
equipment with thevehicle stationary.
Foryour own safety, always observe thefollowing
points when operating mobile communications
equipment and especially your voice control sys-
tem:
RObserve the legal requirements forthe coun-
try in which you are driving.
RIf you use thevoice control system in an emer-
gency your voice can change and your tele-
phone call, e.g. an emergency call, can
thereby be unnecessarily delayed.
RFamiliarise yourself with thevoice control sys-
tem functions before starting the journey.
With LINGUATRONIC, various applications in the
MBUX multimedia system are operable using
voice input. LINGUATRONIC is operational approx-
imately thirty seconds aer the ignition is
switched on and is available forthe driver's seat
and front passenger seat.
The following multimedia system applications can
be operated:
RTelephone
RText message and e-mail
RNavigation
RAddress book
RRadio
RMedia
RVehicle functions
SSttararting LINting LINGUAGUATRTRONICONIC
#Press rocker switch 1up.
254254 MBUX multimedia system
or
#Say "Hello Mercedes".
OvOverervieview of tw of the MBUX Inthe MBUX Intererior Assistior Assistantant
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury from the cam-
era's laser radiation
This product uses a classication 1 laser sys-
tem. If the housing is opened or damaged,
laser radiation may damage your retina.
#Do not open the housing.
#Always have maintenance work and
repairs carried out by aqualied special-
ist workshop.
This device is a class 1 laser product in accord-
ance with IEC 60825-1:2014 and DIN EN
60825-1:2014.
The camera is located in theoverhead control
panel.
If thevehicle is tted with the MBUX Interior
Assistant, selected functions of the multimedia
system can be operated contact-free. The MBUX
Interior Assistant can dierentiate between driver
and front passenger interactions and detects spe-
cic hand positions (poses).
SystSystem limits, displaem limits, display messagy messages and notes and notes fes foror
rrecticationectication
The system may be impaired or may not function
in thefollowing situations:
RThe camera in theoverhead control panel may
heat up due to operating conditions. As a
result the camera may switch o temporarily,
particularly during longer periods of operation
and at high outside temperatures.
Do not touch or coverthe camera and wait
until the camera has cooled down and is avail-
able again.
RThe camera is covered, dirty, misted up or
scratched.
Wait until the camera has cooled down before
cleaning the camera lens.
Clean the outside of the camera lens with a
dry or damp cotton cloth. Do not use micro-
bre cloths. Do nonottremove the cover when
cleaning.
RRecognition can be impaired by reective
clothing, an adverse colour of clothing or by
accessories, forexample.
RClothing being worn (hat, shawl, scarf) may be
limiting the detection area of the camera.
Keep the camera's eld of vision clear.
RThe camera is not operational.
Consult a Mercedes-Benz service centre.
MBUX multimedia system 255255
The MBUX IntThe MBUX Intererior Assistior Assistant supporant supports tts the fhe folloollowing intwing intereractions:actions:
IntIntereraction araction areaea IntIntereractionaction DescrDescripiptiontion
In front of the media display or
above thetouchpad Proximity to the control element The Interior Assistant recognises the approach of the hand towards a control
element.
Depending on the active application, the display will be adjusted in the media
display. Some functions dierentiate between driver and front passenger.
No specic hand position is required.
Above the centre console Dened pose A favourite is called up with a dened pose.
Below the inside rearview mirrorBrief up and down movements With brief vertical up and down movements below the inside rearview mirror
thereading light forthe driver or the front passenger is switched on and o.
Above the front passenger seat Stretching out a hand above the front
passenger seat By stretching out a hand above the front passenger seat the search light is
switched on. If you withdraw a hand from this area, the search light is
switched o again.
SwitcSwitching thing the rhe reading light and searceading light and search light andh light and
on oron or oo
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RFFor tor the rhe reading lighteading light::
-The function is available when it is dark.
-The hand movement takes place in the
interaction area below the inside rearview
mirror.
RFFor tor the searche search lighth light::
-The function is available when it is dark.
-The hand movement takes place in the
interaction area above the front passenger
seat.
-The seat belt on the front passenger seat
must nonottbe inserted in the seat belt
buckle.
256256 MBUX multimedia system
SwitcSwitching thing the rhe reading light on andeading light on and oo
#Briey move a hand up or down beneath the
inside rearview mirror.
The reading light is switched on or o forthe
driver or the front passenger.
SwitcSwitching thing the searche search light on andh light on and oo
#TTo switco switch on:h on: reach across the front
passenger seat with a hand.
The search light is switched on forthe driver.
#TTo switco switchho:o: take a hand back away from the
front passenger seat.
The search light is switched o again.
InfInforormation onmation on prproles,oles, tthemes, sugghemes, suggesestions andtions and
favfavourourititeses
For electrically adjustable seats observe thefol-
lowing notes.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of becoming trapped dur-
ing adjustment of the driver's seat aer
calling up a driver prole
Selecting a user prole may trigger an adjust-
ment of the driver's seat to the position saved
under the user prole. You or other vehicle
occupants could be injured in the process.
#Make sure that when the position of the
driver's seat is being adjusted via the
multimedia system, no people or body
parts are in the seat's range of move-
ment.
If there is a risk of someone becoming trap-
ped, stop the adjustment process immedi-
ately:
#a) Tapthewarning message on the
media display.
or
#b) Press a memory function position but-
ton or a seat adjustment switch on the
driver's door.
The adjustment process will be stopped.
MBUX multimedia system 257257
The driver's seat is equipped with an access pre-
venter.
If the driver's door is open, the driver's seat will
notnot be set aer calling up the driver's prole.
Proles store your vehicle settings and settings
forthe multimedia system. If thevehicle is used
by several drivers, the driver can select their own
prole without changing the stored prole settings
of other drivers.
%Information on proles from Mercedes me
connect can be found in the Digital Opera-
tor's Manual.
Vehicle settings are, forexample, driver's seat,
steering wheel and mirror settings, climate control
and ambient lighting. Forthe settings of the multi-
media system, you can select, forexample, radio
stations, previous destinations as well as themes,
suggestions and favourites.
Forrecurring driving situations, such as long
drives on the motorway,you can save your prefer-
red settings in a theme in thevehicle. In a theme
you can save the display of the digital map, your
preferredradio station and preferred drive pro-
gram, forexample.
The vehicle can learn the habits of the driver. It
then oers suggestions forthe most probable
navigation destinations, media sources, radio sta-
tions or contacts. The pre-requirements forthat
are the selection of a prole, your consent to the
recording of data and sucient collected data.
Favourites provide quick access to applications
that are used oen. You can select favourites
from categories or add them directly to an appli-
cation.
CongurConguringing prproles,oles, tthemes and sugghemes and suggesestionstions
Multimedia system:
4©5fProfiles
CrCreating a neeating a newwprproleole
#Select WCreate profile .
#Select an avatar.
#Enter the name and conrm with a.
#Select Continue r.
#Select Current settings.
#Select Save.
#Activate Bluetooth®and select Connect
phone,to connect a mobile phone with the
user prole .
#Select Finished.
SelectingSelecting prproleole opoptionstions
#Select Äfor a prole.
The following functions are available:
REditing, resetting or deleting a prole
RResetting themes or favourites
RConguring suggestions
CongurConguringing suggsuggesestionstions
#Select Äfor a prole.
#Select Suggestions settings.
#Switch Allow destination suggestions,Allow
music suggestions and Allow contact sugges-
tions on or o.
#TTo deactivo deactivatate te the learhe learning function fning function for oneor one
dayday::activate Deact. learn. for 24h.
For 24 hours no new actions will be trained
and no data recorded forthe active prole.
Suggestions will continue to be shown.
258258 MBUX multimedia system
Example: if the option is switched on and a
route to a new destination has been calcula-
ted, this destination would not be taken into
account forthe learning function.
CrCreating neeating new tw themeshemes
#Select ©.
#Select THEMES.
#Select WSet theme.
The settings which are saved in thetheme are
shown.
#Select Continue r.
#Select Audio and Navigation (Navigation) and
store the active settings in thetheme.
#Select Continue r.
#Select an entry screen.
#Select Continue r.
#Select an image.
#Enter the names into the entry eld and con-
rm with a.
#Select Save.
SystSystem seem settingsttings
OvOverervieview of tw of the syhe syststem seem settings menuttings menu
In the system settings menu, you can make set-
tings in thefollowing menus and control ele-
ments:
RDisplay
-Styles
-Instrument lighting
-Display brightness
-Edge lighting
-Day/night design
RControl elements
-Keyboard language and handwriting recog-
nition
-Sensitivity of thetouchpad
-Sensitivity of theTouch Controls
RLINGUATRONIC
RSound
-Entertainment
-Navigation and trac announcements
-Telephone
-Voice amplication to therear
RConnectivity
-Wi-Fi, Bluetooth®, NFC
RTime & date
RLanguage
RUnits for distance
RSoware updates
RData import/export
RPIN protection
RSystem Reset
InfInforormation on immation on importportant systant system updatem updateses
Important system updates may be necessary for
the security of your multimedia system's data.
Install these updates, or else the security of your
multimedia system cannot be ensured.
A system update consists of three steps:
RDownloading or copying of the data required
for installation
RInstallation of the downloaded system update
MBUX multimedia system 259259
RActivation of the downloaded system update
by restarting the system
%If automatic soware updates are activated,
the system updates will be downloaded auto-
matically.
The multimedia system provides a message when
a system update is available.
You have thefollowing selection options:
RAccept and install
The system update will be downloaded in the
background.
RInformation
Information about the pending system update
is displayed.
RLater
The system update can be downloaded man-
ually at a later time.
Deep systDeep system updatem updateses
Deep system updates access vehicle or system
settings and can therefore only be carried out
when thevehicle is stationary and the ignition is
switched o.
If the download of a deep system update is com-
pleted and the downloaded system update is
ready for installation, you will be informed of this
aer the next ignition cycle, forexample.
%Park thevehicle safely in a suitable location
before starting the installation.
Requirements forthe installation:
RThe ignition is switched o.
RNotes and warnings have been read and
accepted.
RThe electric parking brake is applied.
If all requirements have been fullled, the down-
loaded system update is installed. The multimedia
system cannot be operated while the downloaded
system update is being installed and vehicle func-
tions are restricted.
If errors should occur during the installation, the
multimedia system automatically attemptsto
restore the previous version. If restoration of the
previous version is not possible, a symbol appears
on the media display. Consult a qualied special-
ist workshop to resolve the problem.
SeSetting up a Wtting up a Wi-Fi-Fi hoi hotspottspot
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RTTo seo set up tt up the Whe Wi-Fi-Fi connection of ti connection of the multime-he multime-
dia sydia syststem witem with eh extxterernal honal hotspotspots:ts: your vehicle
does not have a permanently installed com-
munication module.
RThe device to be connected supports at least
one of the types of connection described.
Multimedia system:
4©5Settings 5System
5Wi-Fi & Bluetooth
AActivctivating/deactivating/deactivating Wating Wi-Fii-Fi
#Select Wi-Fi.
Connecting tConnecting the multimedia systhe multimedia system witem with an eh an extxter-er-
nal honal hotspotspot using Wt using Wi-Fii-Fi
The type of connection established must be selec-
ted on the multimedia system and on the device
to be connected.
260260 MBUX multimedia system
%The connection procedure may dier depend-
ing on the device. Follow the instructions that
are shown in the display. Further information
can be found in the manufacturer's operating
instructions.
#Select Internet settings.
#Select Connect via Wi-Fi.
#Select Add hotspot.
Connecting using a QR codeConnecting using a QR code
#Select the options rof the desired Wi-Fi
network.
#Select Connect using QR code.
#Scan the displayed QR code with the device to
be connected.
The Wi-Fi connection is established.
Connecting using a securConnecting using a security keyity key
#Select the options rof the desired Wi-Fi
network.
#Select Connect using security key.
#Have the security key displayed on the device
to be connected (see the manufacturer's oper-
ating instructions).
#Enter this security key on the multimedia sys-
tem.
#Conrm the entry with ¡.
Connecting using a WPS PINConnecting using a WPS PIN
#Select the options rof the desired Wi-Fi
network.
#Select Connect using WPS PIN input.
The multimedia system generates an eight-
digit PIN.
#Enter this PIN on the device to be connected.
#Conrm the entry.
Connecting using a buttConnecting using a buttonon
#Select the options rof the desired Wi-Fi
network.
#Select Connect via WPS PBC.
#Select "Connect via WPS PBC" in the options
on the device to be connected (see the manu-
facturer's operating instructions).
#Press the WPS button on the device to be con-
nected.
#Select Continue in the multimedia system.
AActivctivating autating automatic connectionomatic connection
#Select Connect via Wi-Fi.
#Select the options rof the desired Wi-Fi
network.
#Activate Permanent Internet connection.
Connecting witConnecting with a knoh a known Wwn Wi-Fi-Fi nei netwtworkork
#Select Connect via Wi-Fi.
#Select a Wi-Fi network.
The connection is established again.
CongurConguringing tthe multimedia systhe multimedia system as a Wem as a Wi-Fi-Fi hoi hot-t-
spospot ft for eor extxterernal denal devicesvices
The type of connection established depends on
the device to be connected. The function must be
supportedby the multimedia system and by the
device to be connected. The type of connection
established must be selected on the multimedia
system and on the device to be connected.
#Select Vehicle hotspot.
MBUX multimedia system 261261
#Select Connect device to vehicle hotspot.
Connecting using WPS PIN gConnecting using WPS PIN generenerationation
#Select Connect using WPS PIN generation.
#Enter the PIN shown in the media display on
the device to be connected and conrm.
Connecting using WPS PIN entryConnecting using WPS PIN entry
#Select Connect using WPS PIN input.
#Enter the PIN that is shown on theexternal
device's display on the multimedia system.
Connecting using a buttConnecting using a buttonon
#Select Connect via WPS PBC.
#Press the push button on the device to be
connected (see the manufacturer's operating
instructions).
#Select Continue.
Connecting using a securConnecting using a security keyity key
#Select Connect device to vehicle hotspot.
A security key is displayed.
#Select thevehicle from the device to be con-
nected. The vehicle is displayed with the
DIRECT-MBUX XXXXX network name.
#Enter the security key which is shown in the
media display on the device to be connected.
#Conrm the entry.
Connecting using NFCConnecting using NFC
#Select Connect via NFC.
#Activate NFC on the mobile device (see the
manufacturer's operating instructions).
#Hold the device to be connected at thevehi-
cle's NFC interface.
#Select Finished.
The mobile device is now connected to the
multimedia system hotspot via NFC.
GenerGenerating a neating a new securw security keyity key
#Select Vehicle hotspot.
#Select Generate security key.
A connection will be established with the
newly created security key.
#TTo savo save a secure a security keyity key::select Save.
When a new security key is saved, all existing
Wi-Fi connections are then disconnected. If
theWi-Fi connections are being re-estab-
lished, the new security key must be entered.
SystSystem languageem language
NNoottes on tes on the systhe system languageem language
This function allows youto determine the lan-
guage forthe menu displays and the navigation
announcements. The selected language aects
thecharacters available for entry. The navigation
announcements are not available in all languages.
If a language is not available, the navigation
announcements will be in English.
SeSetting ttting the systhe system languageem language
Multimedia system:
4©5Settings 5System
5®Language
#Set the language.
262262 MBUX multimedia system
%If you are using Arabic map data, thetext
information can also be shown in Arabic on
the navigation map. To do so, select  as
the language from the language list. Naviga-
tion announcements are then also made in
Arabic.
RReseesetting ttting the multimedia systhe multimedia system (rem (reseeset function)t function)
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accidents due to failure
of multimedia display functions
While the multimedia system is being reset, its
functions such as thereversing camera are
not available.
#Only reset the multimedia system when
thevehicle is stationary.
Multimedia system:
4©5Settings 5System 5Reset
Personal data is deleted, forexample:
RStation presets
RConnected mobile phones
RVehicles with rear telephony: handset connec-
tion
RIndividual user proles
%The guest prole is reset when the settings
are restored to thefactory settings.
%Vehicles with rear telephony: The handset
must be in the cradle while the system is
reset.
A prompt appears again asking whether youreally
wish to reset.
#Select Yes.
The multimedia system is reset to thefactory
settings. If you have set a PIN foryour system,
this will also be reset.
DrDrivive syste system seem settingsttings
Calling up tCalling up the enerhe energygy owow displaydisplay
Multimedia system:
4©5EQ
#Select Energy flow.
The visualisation of the energy ow in thevehi-
cle is displayed.
In addition to the energy ow, the current charge
level of the high-voltage battery is also displayed.
FFunctions of tunctions of the enerhe energygy owow displaydisplay
1State of charge of the high-voltage battery
2Electric motors (drive system)
3Energy ow
4High-voltage battery
The active components of the drive system are
highlighted in the energy ow display. The energy
ow between the individual components is shown
in colour.
MBUX multimedia system 263263
The energy ow is shown in dierent colours
depending on the operating status:
RWhitWhite:e: strong acceleration (boost eect)
RCopperCopper::driving at constant speed or with
moderate acceleration
RBlue:Blue: recuperation (charging the high-voltage
battery) or overrun mode
NNaavigvigationation
NNoottes on naes on navigvigationation
RRoutoute guidance wite guidance with augmenth augmented red realityeality
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident and injury as a
result of distraction, incorrect depiction or
wrong interpretation of the display
The camera image of the augmented reality
display is not suitable as a guide for driving.
#Alwayskeep an eye on the actual trac
situation.
#Avoid extended observation of the cam-
era image.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident and injury due
to imprecise positioning of additional
information
The additional information from the augmen-
tedreality display may be inaccurate and is
not a substitute for observing and assessing
the actual driving situation.
#Alwayskeep an eye on the actual trac
situation when carrying out all driving
manoeuvres.
SwitcSwitching nahing navigvigation onation on
Multimedia system:
4©5Navigation (Navigation)
#Alternatively: press thezbutton.
The map displays the current vehicle position.
The navigation menu is shown.
The navigation menu is hidden if route guid-
ance is active.
#TTo showo show::tap on thetouchscreen.
The menu is hidden automatically.
264264 MBUX multimedia system
NNaavigvigation ovation overerviewview
Example: digital map with navigation menu
1Enters a POI or address and additional desti-
nation entry options
2Cancels active route guidance
3Repeats a navigation announcement and
switch navigation announcements on or o
4ON ROUTE menu with Route overview,Alter-
native routes and Report traffic incident
(Car-to-X)
TRAFFIC menu with Traffic announcements,
Area announcements and Live Traffic Sub-
scription Info
Displays Route list
POSITION menu with Store position,Com-
pass and Qibla
5Quick access forTraffic,Parking,Range and
Motorway information as well as options for
View,Announcements and Route via
Advanced
MBUX multimedia system 265265
EntEnterering a desing a destinationtination
Multimedia system:
4©5Navigation 5ªWhere to?
1Country in which thevehicle is located
2Enters a POI or address
3List with additional destination entry options
4Deletes an entry
5aConrms an entry
6Switches to handwriting recognition
7Enters a space
8Switches to voice input
9Sets the written language
ASwitches to digits, special characters and
symbols
BSwitches to upper-case or lower-case letters
#Enter the destination in 2. The entries can
be made in any order.
266266 MBUX multimedia system
The following entries can be made, forexample:
RTown, street, house number
RStreet,town
RPostcode
RPOI name or POI category, e.g. Parking
RContact name
#Select a search result in list 3.
#Calculate theroute (/page 267).
%You can nd further information about desti-
nation entry, e.g. 3 word addresses, in the
Digital Owner's Manual.
Changing countryChanging country
#Select the country indicator in 1.
#Enter the country indicator.
#Select the country in 3.
Using online searchUsing online search
%Requirements: the media display shows an
Internet connection in the status line with the
Qsymbol.
Destination entry uses online map services. If the
on-board search nds no suitable destinations or
if youchange countries, the online search is avail-
able.
Forthe destination you can enter an address, a
POI or a three-word address.
#Enter the destination in input line 2.
The search results are displayed.
#Select the destination in the list.
The detailed view fortheroute is displayed.
or
#Select country indicator 1.
#Select the provider forthe online service from
the countries list.
#Enter the destination in input line 2.
#Select the destination in the list.
Calculating a rCalculating a routoute wite with Electrh Electric Intic Intelligelligence andence and
using seusing settings fttings for ror routoute guidancee guidance
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe destination has been entered.
RThe destination address is shown.
RFFor naor navigvigation witation with Electrh Electric Intic Intelligelligence:ence:
-Mercedes me connect is available.
-You have a Mercedes me connect user
account and thevehicle is connected with
the account.
-The "Electric Intelligence Remote and Navi-
gation Services" option is available and
activated in the Mercedes me Portal.
-The scope includes the "Navigation with
Electric Intelligence" and "Display of charg-
ing stations" services.
-The Electric Intelligence route option is
switched on.
MBUX multimedia system 267267
Multimedia system:
4©5Navigation
1¥No route yet.
¦Aroute has been mapped.
#Select ¥.
The route with Electric Intelligence is automat-
ically and intelligently calculatedto the desti-
nation. This is updated during route guidance.
The route with Electric Intelligence contains
therequired charging stations as intermediate
destinations. The charging stations are deter-
mined taking account of the driving distance
and the estimated charging times.
Route guidance begins.
or
#Select ¦.
#Select Set as intermediate dest..
The destination address is set as the next
intermediate destination.
or
#Select Start new route guidance.
The destination address is set as the new des-
tination. The previous destination and the
intermediate destinations are deleted. If
required the multimedia system sets charging
stations as intermediate destinations. Route
guidance to the new destination begins.
SwitcSwitching on thing on the Electrhe Electric Intic Intelligelligence rence routoute ope optiontion
#Select Zin the navigation menu.
#Select Advanced.
#Select Route.
#Activate Electric Intelligence.
Selecting rSelecting routoute see settingsttings
#Select Z.
#Select Advanced.
#Select Route.
#Select theroute type.
#Take trac information into consideration with
Dynamic route guidance r.
#Select route options with Avoid options.
#Activate Suggest alternative route.
Alternative routes are calculatedforevery
route.
#Activate Activate commuter route.
If therequirements are met, the multimedia
system automatically detects that thevehicle
is on a commuter route. Route guidance
begins without voice output.
AActivctivating rating routoute guidance wite guidance with augmenth augmented red realityeality
#During route guidance, tap on the camera
symbol on the media display.
The camera image will be shown instead of
the navigation map before a turning manoeu-
vre and will show additional information.
#TToreoreturturn tn to to the nahe navigvigation map:ation map: tap on the
camera symbol again.
268268 MBUX multimedia system
DisplaDisplaying additional infying additional inforormation in tmation in the camerahe camera
imageimage
#Select Z.
#Select Advanced.
#Select Augmented Reality.
#Activate Street names and House numbers.
During route guidance, street names and
house numbers are shown in the camera
image.
Using map functionsUsing map functions
Multimedia system:
4©5Navigation
SeSetting ttting the map scalehe map scale
#TTo zoom in:o zoom in: tap twice quickly with one nger
on the media display.
#TTo zoom outo zoom out::tap with two ngers on the
media display.
MoMoving tving the maphe map
#Move one nger in any direction on the
touchscreen.
#TTo ro reseeset tt the map the map to to the currhe current vent vehicle posi-ehicle posi-
tion:tion: press \briey.
Selecting map orSelecting map orientientationation
#Taprepeatedly on theÄcompass symbol
on the map.
The view changes in the sequence 3D,2D
heading up to 2D north up.
SwitcSwitching mothing motorwaorway infy inforormationmation on/oon/o
#Select Z.
#Switch Motorway information on or o.
Using serUsing servicesvices
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThere is an Internet connection.
RMercedes me connect is available.
RYou have set up a user account in the
Mercedes me Portal.
RThe vehicle is connected to a user account
and you have acceptedthe conditions of use
forthe service.
Further information can be found at: https://
www.mercedes.me
RThe service is available and has been activa-
ted.
RThe following additional conditions apply to
theParking service:
-The navigation services option is available,
subscribed to and activated in the
Mercedes me Portal.
-The Parking service is within the scope of
theNavigation Services.
Multimedia system:
4©5Navigation
DisplaDisplaying tying thehe trtracac situation witsituation with Livh LiveeTrTracac
InfInforormationmation
#Select Z.
#Activate Traffic.
#Select Advanced.
#Select View.
#Select Map elements.
MBUX multimedia system 269269
#Switch on Traffic incidents,Free-flowing traf-
fic and Delay.
If trac information has been received, then
trac incidents such as roadworks,road
blocks, local area reports (e.g. fog) and warn-
ing messages are displayed.
The trac delay is displayedforthe current
route. Trac delays lasting one minute or lon-
ger are taken into consideration.
DisplaDisplaying hazarying hazard wd wararnings witnings with Carh Car-t-to-Xo-X-Commu--Commu-
nicationnication
If hazard warnings are available these can be
shown as symbols on the map. The display
depends on the settings fortheTraffic and Traf-
fic incidents options.
#Set the options.
If Traffic is switched o and Traffic incidents
is switched on, the symbols are shown on the
prospective route.
DisplaDisplaying wying weateather infher inforormation and otmation and other mapher map
contcontentsents
#Select Z.
#Select Advanced.
#Select View.
#Select Map elements.
#Scroll up and show theONLINE MAP CON-
TENTS category.
#Switch on a service, e.g. Weather.
Current weather information is displayed on
the navigation map, e.g. temperature or cloud
cover.
PPararking serking servicevice
*NONOTETE Damage to thevehicle due to not
observing the maximum permitted head-
room clearance
If thevehicle height is greater than the maxi-
mum permitted headroom clearance, theroof
and other parts of thevehicle may be dam-
aged.
#Observe the signposted headroom clear-
ance.
#If thevehicle height is greater than the
permitted headroom clearance, do not
enter.
#Observe thechanged vehicle height with
add-on roof equipment.
*NNOOTETE Before selecting the parking option
The data is based on information provided by
therespective service provider.
Mercedes Benz accepts no liability forthe
accuracy of the information provided relating
to the multi-storey car park/parking area.
#Always observe the local Information and
conditions.
%This service is not available in all countries.
#Select Zand activate Parking.
#Tap on jin the map.
#Select a parking option.
The map shows the parking options in the
vicinity.
The following information is displayed (if avail-
able):
RDestination address, distance from current
vehicle position and arrival time
270270 MBUX multimedia system
RInformation on the multi-storey car
park/car park, forexample:
-Opening times
-Parking charges
-Current occupancy
-Maximum parking time
-Maximum access heightMaximum access height
The maximum access height shownby
the parking service does not replace
the need for observation of the actual
circumstances.
RAvailable payment options (Mercedes pay,
coins, bank notes, cards)
RDetails on parking taris
RNumber of available parking spaces
RPayment method (e.g. at the parking
meter)
RServices/facilities at the parking option
RTelephone number
#Calculate theroute (/page 267).
NNoottes on tes on the dashcamhe dashcam
*NNOOTETE Before using the dashcam
You are legally responsible for operation and
use of the dashcam functions. The legal
requirements relating to operation and use of
the dashcam can vary depending on the coun-
try in which the dashcam is operated. There-
fore, observe the legal requirements, in partic-
ular the data protection regulations, in your
country.
Forthis reason, before using the dashcam
inform yourself about theregulation details for
therespective country.
This function is not permitted in all countries.
#Observe the country-specic regula-
tions.
Selecting a USB deSelecting a USB device fvice for a video ror a video recorecording withding with
tthe dashcamhe dashcam
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RAt least one USB device is connected with the
multimedia system .
Multimedia system:
4©5Mercedes me & Apps
5Dashcam
#Select the USB device.
%When USB devices contain multiple partitions,
recorded video les are not always displayed
in therecording list.
Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use
USB devices with one partition.
SSttararting or stting or stopping video ropping video recorecording witding with th thehe
dashcamdashcam
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RA USB device is connected with the multime-
dia system .
RThe vehicle is switched on.
MBUX multimedia system 271271
Multimedia system:
4©5Mercedes me & Apps
5Dashcam
#If several USB devices are connected with the
multimedia system, select a USB device
(/page 271).
#Select theIndividual recording or Loop
recording recording mode.
If Individual recording is selected and the
memory is full therecording stops.
If Loop recording has been selected, several
short video les are recorded. When the mem-
ory limit is reached, the oldest video le is
deleted and recording is continued automati-
cally.
#TTo sto startart::select Start recording.
The length of therecording is shown. The
Please do not remove the storage medium.
message appears. The video le is stored on
the USB device.
#TTo end:o end: select End recording.
Areport may appear in thefollowing cases:
RFortheIndividual recording recording mode:
the memory is full or there are only a few
minutes recording time available. The video
recording stops or will be stopped imminently.
Change the USB device or delete a video le.
RIf a video recording has started and a national
border is detected, theNational border
crossed. Please observe the countryspecific
regulations regarding video recording. mes-
sage appears.
This function is not available in all countries.
RThe camera is not functional, theCamera
unavailable message appears.
Have the camera checked in a Mercedes-Benz
service centre.
TTelephoneelephone
TTelephonyelephony
NNoottes on tes on telephonyelephony
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of distraction from operat-
ing integrated communication equipment
while thevehicle is in motion
If you operate communication equipment inte-
grated in thevehicle when driving, you could
be distracted from the trac situation. This
could also cause youto lose control of the
vehicle.
#Only operate this equipment when the
trac situation permits.
#If you cannot be sure of this, stop the
vehicle whilst paying attention to road
and trac conditions and operate the
equipment with thevehicle stationary.
272272 MBUX multimedia system
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident from oper-
ating mobile communication equipment
while thevehicle is in motion
Mobile communications devices distract the
driver from the trac situation. This could also
cause the driver to lose control of thevehicle.
#As the driver, only operate mobile com-
munications devices when thevehicle is
stationary.
#As a vehicle occupant, only use mobile
communications devices in the areas
intended forthis purpose, e.g. in therear
passenger compartment.
You must observe the legal requirements forthe
country in which you are currently driving when
operating mobile communication equipment in
thevehicle.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury due to objects
being stowed incorrectly
If objects in thevehicle interior are stowed
incorrectly, they can slide or be thrown around
and hit vehicle occupants. In addition, cup
holders, open stowage spaces and mobile
phone receptacles cannot alwaysretain all
objects within.
There is a risk of injury, particularly in the
event of sudden braking or a sudden change
in direction.
#Always stow objects so that they cannot
be thrown around in such situations.
#Always make sure that objects do not
protrude from stowage spaces, luggage
nets or stowage nets.
#Close the lockable stowage spaces
before starting a journey.
#Always stow and secure heavy, hard,
pointed, sharp-edged, fragile or bulky
objects in the boot/load compartment.
Observe the additional information on stowing
mobile communications devices correctly:
RLoading thevehicle (/page 114)
BluetBluetoothooth®®connection:connection:
The menu view and theavailable functions in the
telephone menu are in part dependent on the
Bluetooth®prole of the connected mobile
phone. Full functionality is only available if the
mobile phone supports both of thefollowing Blue-
tooth®proles:
RPBAP (Phone Book Access Prole)
-The contacts on the mobile phone are
shown automatically on the multimedia
system.
RMAP (Message Access Prole)
-The mobile phone message functions can
be used on the multimedia system.
Irrespective of this, Bluetooth®audio functionality
can by used with any mobile radio unit.
For information on therange of functions of the
mobile radio unit to be connected, see the manu-
facturer's operating instructions.
NNeetwtworork connection:k connection:
MBUX multimedia system 273273
The following cases can lead to the call being dis-
connected while thevehicle is in motion:
RYou switch into a transmission/reception sta-
tion, in which no communication channel is
free.
RThe SIM card used is not compatible with the
network available
RA mobile phone with "Twincard" is logged into
the network with the second SIM card at the
same time
The multimedia system supports calls in HD
Voice®for improved speech quality. Arequire-
ment forthis is that the mobile phone and the
mobile phone network provider of the person you
are calling support HD Voice®.
Depending on thequality of the connection, the
voice quality may uctuate.
Further information can be obtained from a
Mercedes-Benz service centre or at: https://
www.mercedes-benz.com/connect
274274 MBUX multimedia system
TTelephone menu ovelephone menu overerviewview
1Bluetooth®device name of the currently con-
nected mobile phone/of the mobile phone
2Bluetooth®device name of the currently con-
nected mobile phone/of the mobile phone
(two phone mode)
3Battery status of the connected mobile phone
4Signal strength of the mobile phone network
5Options
6Device manager
7Messages
8Numerical pad
9Contact search
TTelephonelephony opery operating modes ovating modes overerviewview
Depending on your equipment, thefollowing tel-
ephony operating modes are available:
RA mobile phone is connected to the multime-
dia system via Bluetooth®.
MBUX multimedia system 275275
RTwo mobile phones are connected with the
multimedia system via Bluetooth®(two phone
mode).
-You can use all the functions of the multi-
media system with the mobile phone in the
foreground.
-You can receive incoming calls and mes-
sages with the mobile phone in the back-
ground.
You can interchange the mobile phone in
theforeground and background.
Connecting a mobile phoneConnecting a mobile phone
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RBluetooth®is activated on the mobile phone
(see the manufacturer's operating instruc-
tions).
RBluetooth®is activated on the multimedia sys-
tem.
Multimedia system:
4©5Phone
SearcSearching fhing for a mobile phoneor a mobile phone
#Select í.
#Select Connect new device.
Connecting a mobile phoneConnecting a mobile phone
Authorisation follows using secure simple pairing.
#Select a mobile phone.
A code is displayed in the multimedia system
and on the mobile phone.
#If both codes match, conrm the code on the
mobile phone.
FFunctions in tunctions in the the telephonelephony menuy menu
In thetelephony menu you have thefollowing
functions, forexample:
RMaking calls, e.g.:
-RAccept a call
-kEnd call
-iCreate conferen. call
-Accepting or rejecting a waiting call
RManaging contacts, e.g.:
-Downloading mobile phone contacts
-Managing theformat of a contact's name
-Saving a contact as a favourite
RReceiving and sending messages, e.g.:
-Using theread-aloud function
-Dictating a new message
MerMercedes me appcedes me app
MerMercedes me callscedes me calls
Making a call via tMaking a call via the ovhe overerhead contrhead control panelol panel
%Mercedes me calls are not possible in every
country. Find out at a Mercedes-Benz service
centre if these functions are available in your
country.
276276 MBUX multimedia system
1me button for service or information calls
2SOS button cover
3SOS button (emergency call system)
Making a MerMaking a Mercedes me callcedes me call
#Press me button 1.
Making an emergMaking an emergency callency call
#To open the cover of SOS button 2, press it
briey.
#Press and hold SOS button 3for at least one
second.
If a Mercedes me call is active, an emergency call
can still be triggered. This has priority over all
other active calls.
InfInforormation about tmation about the Merhe Mercedes me callcedes me call
A call to the Mercedes-Benz Customer Centre has
been initiated via the me button in theoverhead
control panel or the multimedia system
(/page 276).
Using thevoice dialogue system you access the
desired service:
RAccident and Breakdown Management
RMercedes-Benz Customer Centre forgeneral
information about thevehicle
You can nd information on thefollowing topics:
RActivation of Mercedes me connect
ROperating thevehicle
RNearest Mercedes-Benz service centre
ROther products and services from Mercedes-
Benz
Data is transferred during the connection to the
Mercedes-Benz Customer Centre (/page 279).
Calling tCalling the Merhe Mercedes-Benz Custcedes-Benz Customer Centreomer Centre
using tusing the multimedia systhe multimedia systemem
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RAccess to a mobile phone network is available.
RThe contract partner's mobile network cover-
age is available in therespective region.
RThe vehicle must be switched on so that vehi-
cle data can be transferred automatically.
Multimedia system:
4©5Phone 5g
#Call Mercedes me connect.
Aer conrmation, the multimedia system
sends therequired vehicle data. The data
transfer is shown in the media display.
MBUX multimedia system 277277
Then, you can select a service and be connected
to a specialist at the Mercedes-Benz Customer
Centre.
Calling tCalling the Merhe Mercedes-Benz Custcedes-Benz Customer Centromer Centreeaeraer
autautomatic accident or bromatic accident or breakdoeakdown detwn detectionection
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe vehicle has detected an accident or break-
down situation.
RThe vehicle is stationary.
RThe hazard warning lights are switched on.
%This function is not available in all countries.
The vehicle can detect accident or breakdown sit-
uations under certain circumstances.
In theevent an accident or breakdown is detec-
ted, the emergency guide shows safety notes in
the multimedia system display.
Aer quitting the emergency guide display on the
multimedia system, a prompt appears asking
whether youwould like to get support from the
Mercedes-Benz Customer Centre.
#Select Call.
RAer your agreement, or if the Mercedes
me connect service "Accident and Break-
down Management" is active, thevehicle
data is transferred automatically
(/page 281).
RThe Mercedes-Benz Customer Centre
takesyour call and organises the break-
down and accident assistance.
You may be chargedforthese services.
%Depending on the severity of the accident, an
automatic emergency call can be initiated.
This has priority over all other active calls.
%In addition, if the Mercedes me connect
service "Telediagnostics" is active, a similar
prompt can appear aer a delay in theevent
of a breakdown. If you are already in contact
with the Mercedes-Benz Customer Centre or
have already received support, this prompt
can be ignored or declined.
%If you answer the prompt for support from the
Mercedes-Benz Customer Centre with Later,
the message will be hidden and appear again
later.
The prompt triggered by the Mercedes me
connect service "Telediagnostics", can either
be conrmed or declined. Aer being
declined, this will not be shown again.
ArrArranging a seranging a service appointment via a Mervice appointment via a Mercedescedes
me callme call
If you have activated the maintenance manage-
ment service, relevant vehicle data is transferred
automatically to the Mercedes-Benz Customer
Centre. You will then receive individual recom-
mendations regarding the maintenance of your
vehicle.
Regardless of whether you have consentedto the
maintenance management service, the multime-
dia system reminds you aer a certain amount of
time that a service is due. A prompt appears ask-
ing if youwould like to make an appointment.
#TTo arro arrangange a sere a service appointmentvice appointment::select Call.
Aer your agreement, thevehicle data is
transferred and the Mercedes-Benz customer
centre takesyour preferred appointment date.
The information is then sent to your desired
service outlet.
278278 MBUX multimedia system
This will contact youto conrm the appoint-
ment and if necessary consult about the
details.
%If you select Later aer the service message
appears, the message is hidden and reap-
pears at a later time.
Giving consent tGiving consent to dato data tra transfansfer durer during a Mering a Mercedescedes
me callme call
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThere is an active Mercedes me call via the
multimedia system or the me button in the
overhead control panel (/page 276).
%The prompt to conrm data transfer does not
appear in all countries.
If theAccident and Breakdown Management serv-
ices are not activated on Mercedes me, theDo
you want to transmit vehicle data and the vehi-
cle's position to the Mercedes-Benz Customer
Centre in order to improve the processing of
your request? message is shown.
#Select Yes.
Relevant identication data is transmitted
automatically.
More information on Mercedes me: https://
www.mercedes.me
TTrransfansferrerred dated data dura during a Mering a Mercedes me callcedes me call
When you make a service call via Mercedes me,
data is transmitted. This enables targeted advice
and a smooth service.
The following requirements must be fullled for
the transfer of the data:
RThe vehicle is switched on.
RThe required data transfer technology is sup-
portedby the mobile phone network provider.
RThe quality of the mobile connection is su-
cient.
Multi-stage transfer depends on thefollowing fac-
tors:
RReason forthe initiation of the call
RThe available mobile phone transmission tech-
nology.
RThe activated Mercedes me connect services.
RThe service selected in thevoice control sys-
tem.
%A prompt for consent to the data transmission
only occurs if the corresponding Mercedes
me connect service is not activated.
DatData tra transfansfer if Merer if Mercedes me connect sercedes me connect servicesvices
arare noe not activt activatateded
If no Mercedes me connect services are activated
and the data protection prompt has been con-
rmed thefollowing data is transmitted:
RVehicle identication number
RTime of the call
RReason forthe initiation of the call
RConrmation of the data protection prompt
RCountry indicator of thevehicle
RSet language forthe multimedia system
RTelephone number of the communication plat-
form installed in thevehicle
If a call is made for a service appointment via the
service reminder, thefollowing data is also trans-
mitted:
RCurrent mileage and maintenance data
MBUX multimedia system 279279
If a call is made aer automatic accident or break-
down detection using the multimedia system, the
following data is also transmitted:
RCurrent mileage and maintenance data
RCurrent vehicle location
If Accident and Breakdown Management is called
via thevoice control system and no service has
been activated, but the data protection query has
been conrmed, thefollowing data can also be
called up from thevehicle by the Mercedes-Benz
Customer Centre:
RCurrent vehicle location
If the data protection prompt has been rejected,
thefollowing data is transmitted to enable targe-
ted advice and an ecient service:
RReason forthe initiation of the call
RRejection of the data protection prompt
RCountry indicator of thevehicle
RSet language forthe multimedia system
RTelephone number of the communication plat-
form installed in thevehicle
DatData tra transfansfer if Merer if Mercedes me connect sercedes me connect servicesvices
arare active activatateded
Only if therespective service is activated will
additional incident-specic data be transmitted in
the second stage to enable an optimal service.
An overview of the data transmitted can be found
in therespective terms of use for Mercedes me
connect services. These can be obtained in the
Mercedes me portal: https://
me.secure.mercedes-benz.com
DatData pra processingocessing
The data transmitted within the scope of the call
is deleted from the processing system aer the
call is nished, in so far as this data is not being
used forother activated Mercedes me connect
services.
The incident-specic data is processed and stored
in the Mercedes-Benz Customer Centre and, if
required to process the incident, forwarded to the
service partner authorised by the Mercedes-Benz
Customer Centre. Please take note of the data
protection information on the Mercedes me Inter-
net page https://www.mercedes.me or in the
recorded message immediately aer calling the
Mercedes-Benz Customer Centre.
%The recorded message is not available in
every country.
MerMercedes me connectcedes me connect
InfInforormation on Mermation on Mercedes me connectcedes me connect
%Mercedes me connect or individual Mercedes
me connect services are not available in every
country. Find out at a Mercedes-Benz service
centre if these functions are available in your
country.
Mercedes me connect consists of multiple serv-
ices.
You can use thefollowing services via the multi-
media system and theoverhead control panel, for
example:
RAccident and Breakdown Management (me
button or situation-dependent display in the
multimedia system)
RMercedes-Benz emergency call system (auto-
matic emergency call and SOS button)
280280 MBUX multimedia system
The Mercedes me connect Accident and Break-
down Management and the Mercedes-Benz emer-
gency call centre are available to you around the
clock.
The me button and the SOS button can be found
on thevehicle's overhead control panel
(/page 276).
You can also call the Mercedes-Benz Customer
Centre using the multimedia system
(/page 277).
Please note that Mercedes me connect is a
Mercedes-Benz service. In emergencies, rst call
the national emergency services using the stand-
ard national emergency service telephone num-
bers. In emergencies, you can also use the
Mercedes-Benz emergency call system
(/page 287).
Observe the conditions of use for Mercedes me
connect and other services. These can be
obtained in the Mercedes me Portal: https://
me.secure.mercedes-benz.com
Further information about Mercedes me connect,
the provided service scope and operation:
https://moba.i.daimler.com/markets/ece-row/
baix/cars/connectme/en_GB/#emotions/
Startseite.html
InfInforormation on Mermation on Mercedes me connect Acedes me connect Accidentccident
and Brand Breakdoeakdown Managwn Managementement
The Accident and Breakdown Management can
include thefollowing functions:
RSupplement to the Mercedes-Benz emergency
call system (/page 287)
If necessary, the contact person at the
Mercedes-Benz emergency call centre for-
wardsthe call to Mercedes me connect Acci-
dent and Breakdown Management. Forward-
ing the call is however not possible in all coun-
tries.
RBreakdown assistance by atechnician on
location and/or thetowing away of thevehicle
to the nearest Mercedes-Benz service centre
You may be chargedforthese services.
RAddition to the emergency guide aer auto-
matic accident or breakdown detection
(/page 278)
In theevent of a breakdown or accident, fur-
ther vehicle data is sent which enables optimal
support by the Mercedes-Benz Customer
Centre and the authorised service partner or
breakdown assistance.
RAddition to the Mercedes me connect service
Telediagnostics
With theTelediagnostics function, specic
wear and failure reports are recorded by the
service provider, in so far as these can be
clearly interpreted and are available through
the monitoring of components that are subject
to diagnostics.
If your vehicle detects a breakdown or threat
of a breakdown, you may be prompted via the
multimedia system to contact the Mercedes-
Benz Customer Centre for further help. This
prompt in the multimedia system only appears
when thevehicle is stationary.
%These services are subject to technical
restrictions such as the mobile phone cover-
age, mobile network quality and the ability of
the processing systems to interpret the trans-
ferred data. In some circumstances, this can
result in delays or thefailure of the informa-
tion to appear in the multimedia system.
MBUX multimedia system 281281
More information about Mercedes me connect
services can be obtained in the Mercedes me Por-
tal: https://me.secure.mercedes-benz.com
DatData tra transfansferrerred dured during Mering Mercedes me connectcedes me connect
call sercall servicesvices
The data transferred during a Mercedes me con-
nect call depends on:
RThe reason for initiation of the call
RThe service that is selected in thevoice con-
trol system
RThe activated Mercedes me connect services
You can nd out which data is transferred when
using the services in the currently valid Mercedes
me connect terms of use and the data protection
information for Mercedes me connect. You can
nd these in your Mercedes me user account.
OvOverervieview of tw of the Merhe Mercedes me & Apps menucedes me & Apps menu
When you log in with a user account to the
Mercedes me Portal, then services and oers
from Mercedes-Benz will be available to you.
For more information consult a Mercedes-Benz
service centre or visit the Mercedes me portal:
https://me.secure.mercedes-benz.com
%Make sure you alwayskeep the Mercedes me
apps updated.
You can call up the menu using Mercedes me &
Apps in the multimedia system.
In theMercedes me & Apps menu, thefollowing
options can be available:
RConnecting thevehicle with theMercedes me
user account
RDeleting a connection between a Mercedes
me user account and thevehicle
RCalling up the Mercedes me services
RCalling up apps such as, In-Car Oce or the
web browser depending on availability
OvOverervieview of In-Carw of In-Car OceOce
Using In-Car Oce, you can connect your online
services with the multimedia system.
Requirements for In-Car Oce:
RYour mobile phone is connected with the mul-
timedia system (/page 276).
RYou have a user account forthe Mercedes me
Portal.
RThe In-Car Oce service is activated in the
Mercedes me Portal.
RYou have a user account with an online
service, e.g. with Oce 365 or Gmail, and
have connected the user account with In-Car
Oce.
In-Car Oce functions
RDisplay pending appointments in the calendar
-Reading out calendar entries
-Calling stored telephone numbers
-Navigating to appointments with navigable
destinations
-Deleting a calendar entry
RDisplay and selection of tasks and calls to
complete
-Reading aloud
282282 MBUX multimedia system
-Calling stored telephone numbers
-Deleting
RNoting calls
-Declining incoming calls and saving as a
task in theTasks & calls menu
RMarking entry in Tasks & calls as completed
O
RManaging e-mails
-Showing/reading e-mails
-Writing and forwarding e-mails
%You can start the In-Car Oce function using
theMercedes me & Apps menu. Please note
that certain functions are only available when
thevehicle is stationary.
WWeb broweb browser ovser overerviewview
The web browser is started using theMercedes
me & Apps menu.
1URL entry
2Bookmarks
3Web page, back
4Web page, forwards
5To refresh/stop
6Options
MBUX multimedia system 283283
%Websites cannot be shown while thevehicle is
in motion.
OvOverervieview of smarw of smartphone inttphone integregrationation
With Smartphone Integration, you can use certain
functions on your mobile phone via the multime-
dia system display.
Only one mobile phone at a time can be connec-
ted via Smartphone Integration to the multimedia
system. Also for use with two phone mode with
smartphone integration, only one additional
mobile phone can be connected using Bluetooth®
with the multimedia system.
The full range of functions for Smartphone Inte-
gration is only possible with an Internet connec-
tion. The appropriate application must be down-
loaded on the mobile phone to use Smartphone
Integration. The mobile phone must be switched
on and connectedto a USB port with theç
symbol on the multimedia system using a suitable
cable.
Apps for Smartphone Integration
RApple CarPlay®
RAndroid Auto
%For safetyreasons, the rst activation of
Smartphone Integration on the multimedia
system must be carried out when thevehicle
is stationary and the parking brake is applied.
You can start Apple CarPlay®or Android Auto
from the device manager.
%Mercedes-Benz recommends disconnecting
the connecting cable only when thevehicle is
stationary.
OvOverervieview of trw of transfansferrerred ved vehicle dataehicle data
When using Smartphone Integration, certain vehi-
cle data is transferredto the mobile phone. This
enables youto get the best out of selected mobile
phone services. Vehicle data is not directly acces-
sible.
The following system information is transmitted:
RSoware release of the multimedia system
RSystem ID (anonymised)
The transfer of this data is used to optimise com-
munication between thevehicle and the mobile
phone.
To do this, and to assign severalvehicles to the
mobile phone, a vehicle identier is randomly gen-
erated.
This has no connection to thevehicle identica-
tion number (VIN) and is deleted when the multi-
media system is reset (/page 263).
The following driving status data is transmitted:
RTransmission position engaged
RDistinction between parked, standstill, rolling
and driving
RDay/night mode of the instrument cluster
RDrive type
The transfer of this data is used to alter how con-
tent is displayedto correspond to the driving sit-
uation.
The following position data is transmitted:
RCoordinates
RSpeed
RCompass direction
RAcceleration direction
284284 MBUX multimedia system
This data is used by the mobile phone to improve
the accuracy of the navigation (e.g. for continua-
tion in a tunnel).
MerMercedes-Benz emergcedes-Benz emergency call systency call systemem
InfInforormation on avmation on available emergailable emergency call systency call systemsems
Two types of emergency call system are available
to you in thevehicle:
RMercedes-Benz emergency call system
R112 emergency call system (EU eCall)
The Mercedes-Benz Emergency Call System is not
available in all countries. You can nd more infor-
mation on theregional availability of the
Mercedes-Benz Emergency Call System at:
https://www.mercedes-benz-mobile.com/extra/
ecall/
The following applies for both emergency call sys-
tems:
RThe transfer of specic data is required forthe
intended function of both emergency call sys-
tems. This will be explained in the "Data trans-
fer" section (/page 288).
RBoth emergency call systems are included as
standard equipment in your vehicle and are
activated at thefactory.
RThe use of both emergency call systems is
exempt from charges.
RBoth emergency call systems only function in
areas in which the mobile phone network pro-
viders oer mobile phone coverage.
For both systems, insucient network cover-
age from the mobile phone network providers
can result in an emergency call not being
transmitted.
MBUX multimedia system 285285
DierDierencesences bebetwtween teen the Merhe Mercedes-Benz emergcedes-Benz emergency call systency call system and 112 emergem and 112 emergency call systency call system (EU eCall)em (EU eCall)
MerMercedes-Benz emergcedes-Benz emergency call systency call systemem 112 emerg112 emergency call systency call system (EU eCall)em (EU eCall)
RThe Mercedes-Benz emergency call system is permanently logged in to
the mobile phone network.
RAutomatic and manual Mercedes-Benz emergency calls are transmitted
to a Mercedes-Benz emergency call centre.
In theevent that the emergency call centre of the Mercedes-Benz emer-
gency call system cannot be reached (e.g. due to a lack of network cov-
erage), the 112 emergency call is carried out automatically.
RIf you decide to use the 112 emergency call system (EU eCall), then the
system only logs in to the mobile phone network aer the triggering of a
manual or automatic emergency call.
RThe 112 emergency call system (EU eCall) transmits automatic and
manual emergency calls directly to public coordination centres.
%The 112 emergency call system (EU eCall) in
your vehicle meets the delegated regulation
EU 2017/79. Proper and full functionality of
the 112 emergency call system (EU eCall)
depends on circumstances beyond the inu-
ence of Mercedes-Benz AG. This includes
mobile network coverage and thetechnical
infrastructure of the public reception centres
in therespective countries.
%Please observe that in theevent of a repair
genuine Mercedes-Benz batteries must be
used which have been certied pursuant to
the delegated regulation EU 2017/79 (Appen-
dix I). Other manufacturers are also permitted
provided their batteries are certied accord-
ing to the delegated regulation EU 2017/79.
There is the option of deactivating the Mercedes-
Benz emergency call system and using only the
112 emergency call system (EU eCall). Contact
address for carrying out deactivation of the
Mercedes-Benz emergency call system are the
local dealers.
Mercedes-Benz recommends the activation of the
Mercedes-Benz emergency call system forthefol-
lowing reasons:
RIn emergency situations when abroad, you can
also get support in a language you speak.
RSeveral transmission technologies are used to
accelerate the transfer of the accident data
and improve reliability of the transmission.
RThe Mercedes-Benz emergency call system is
permanently logged in to the mobile phone
network, which ensuresfaster placement of
286286 MBUX multimedia system
the emergency call and faster transfer of the
accident data.
Measuresforrescue, recovery or towing away
can then be initiated in quickly.
RWith a Mercedes-Benz emergency call, the
accident data is only transferredto the public
coordination centre with the approval of the
customer.
In theevent of an automatically triggered
emergency call in which there is no voice con-
tact, the accident data is transmitted immedi-
ately to the public emergency call centre.
RShould the Mercedes-Benz emergency call
centre not be available, the 112 emergency
call is carried out automatically.
OvOverervieview of emergw of emergency call systency call systemsems
Both the Mercedes-Benz emergency call system
as well as the 112 emergency call system (EU
eCall) can help to reduce the time between an
accident and the arrival of emergency services at
the site of the accident. They help locate an acci-
dent site in places that are dicult to access.
Both emergency call systems can initiate an emer-
gency call automatically (/page 287) or man-
ually (/page 288).
Only make emergency calls if you or others are in
need of rescue. Do not make an emergency call in
theevent of a breakdown or a similar situation.
MessagMessages on tes on the displayhe display
The following messages appear in the display of
both emergency call systems:
RSOS NOT READY:thevehicle is not switched
on or the emergency call system is malfunc-
tioning. This does not necessarily indicate
complete failure of the emergency call system.
Emergency calls call still be transmitted.
The display only refers to thevehicle and does
not take account of theavailability of mobile
phone networks and the Mercedes-Benz emer-
gency call centre.
The functional readiness of the emergency call
system on thevehicle can be seen when the
SOS NOT READY display disappears once the
vehicle is switched on.
RG: The icon appears in the display during
an active emergency call.
%If there is a malfunction in the emergency call
system (e.g. a fault with the speaker, micro-
phone, airbag, SOS button), a corresponding
message appears on the instrument display.
TTrriggiggerering an auting an automatic emergomatic emergency callency call
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe vehicle is switched on.
RThe starter battery is suciently charged.
Both the Mercedes-Benz emergency call system
as well as the 112 emergency call system (EU
eCall) automatically initiate an emergency call
aer:
RActivation of therestraint systems such as air-
bags or seat belt tensioners aer an accident
The emergency call has been made:
RAvoice connection is established with the
emergency call centre.
MBUX multimedia system 287287
RA message with accident data is transmitted
to the emergency call centre.
The SOS button in theoverhead control panel
ashes until the emergency call is nished.
If no connection can be made to the public emer-
gency services, a corresponding message
appears in the display.
#Dial the emergency number 112 or an appro-
priate local emergency call number on your
mobile phone.
If an emergency call has been initiated:
RRemain in thevehicle if theroad and trac
conditions permit youto do so until a voice
connection is established with the emergency
call centre.
ROn the basis of the call, the emergency call
centre decides whether it is necessary to call
rescue teams and/or the police to the acci-
dent site.
RIf no vehicle occupant answers, an ambulance
is sent to thevehicle immediately.
TTrriggiggerering a manual emerging a manual emergency callency call
#TTo use to use the SOS butthe SOS button in ton in the ovhe overerhead con-head con-
trtrol panel:ol panel: press the SOS button at least one
second long (/page 276).
#TTo use vo use voice controice control:ol: use the LINGUATRONIC
voice commands .
The emergency call has been made:
RAvoice connection is established with an
emergency call centre.
RRemain in thevehicle if theroad and trac
conditions permit youto do so until a voice
connection is established with the emergency
call centre.
ROn the basis of the call, the emergency call
centre decides whether it is necessary to call
rescue teams and the police to the accident
site.
RA message with accident data is transmitted
to the emergency call centre.
If no connection can be made to the public emer-
gency services, a corresponding message
appears in the media display.
#Dial the 112 emergency number or the appro-
priate local emergency call number on your
mobile phone.
EmergEmergency call systency call system datem data tra transmissionansmission
For both the Mercedes-Benz emergency call sys-
tem as well as the 112 emergency call system (EU
eCall) data is transferred to the Mercedes-Benz
emergency call centre or the public emergency
services call centre.
Depending on the emergency call system
(/page 285) activated dierent data is transmit-
tedto the appropriate emergency call centre.
288288 MBUX multimedia system
TTrransmittansmitted dated data accora according tding to activo activatated emerged emergency call systency call system:em:
MerMercedes-Benz emergcedes-Benz emergency callency call 112 emerg112 emergency callency call
RVehicle's GPS position data
RGPS position data on theroute (a few hundred metres before the inci-
dent)
RDirection of travel
RVehicle identication number
RDrive type of thevehicle (e.g. petrol, CNG, LPG, electric or hydrogen)
RNumber of people determined to be in thevehicle
RWhether the emergency call was initiated manually or automatically
RTime of the accident
RLanguage setting on the multimedia system
RWhether Mercedes me connect is available or not
This is a requirementforthe option of forwarding the call to the
Mercedes-Benz Customer Centre if necessary.
RVehicle's GPS position data
RGPS position data on theroute (a few hundred metres before the inci-
dent)
RDirection of travel
RVehicle identication number
RDrive type of thevehicle (e.g. petrol, CNG, LPG, electric or hydrogen)
RNumber of people determined to be in thevehicle
RWhether the emergency call was initiated manually or automatically
RTime of the accident
%If only the 112 emergency call system (EU
eCall) is activated in thevehicle, the accident
data is transmitted directly to the public
emergency call centre.
MBUX multimedia system 289289
For accident clarication purposes, thefollowing
measures can be taken up to an hour aer the
emergency call has been initiated:
RThe current vehicle position can be deter-
mined.
RAvoice connection to thevehicle occupants
can be established.
REmergency call data can be called up.
%ForRussia: various functions, e.g. receiving
trac information, cannot be performed for
up to two hours aer sending an emergency
call.
Self diagnosis function of tSelf diagnosis function of the emerghe emergency call syency call sys-s-
ttemem
Your car veries the operability of the emergency
call system each time thevehicle is ON. In case of
system failure, you will be informed with text mes-
sage on the instrument cluster and with red indi-
cator SOS NOT READY on the display.
Please, make sure, that during 30 seconds aer
switching vehicle ON thered indicator SOS NOT
READY in the upper right corner of display is
switched OFF, this means the emergency call sys-
tem passed diagnostics successfully.
SSttararting/ending ERAting/ending ERA-GL-GLONONASS tASS tesest modet mode
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe starter battery is suciently charged.
RThe vehicle is switched on.
RThe vehicle has been stationary for at least
one minute.
%The test mode is currently available in thefol-
lowing countries, forexample:
RRussia
RBelarus
RKazakhstan
RArmenia
RKyrgyzstan
#TTo sto starart tt the the tesest mode:t mode: press and hold the
~button on the multifunction steering
wheel for at least ve seconds.
The test mode is started and automatically
ends aer the language test has been per-
formed.
#TTo sto stop manual top manual tesest mode:t mode: switch o thevehi-
cle.
The test mode is ended.
InfInforormation on datmation on data pra processingocessing
PrProcessing of perocessing of personal datsonal data via ta via the Merhe Mercedes-cedes-
Benz emergBenz emergency call systency call systemem
All processing of personal data via the Mercedes-
Benz emergency call system corresponds with the
specications in the EU Regulation 2016/679 "on
the protection of individuals with regard to the
processing of personal data (GDPR)".
The data is solely used by the Mercedes-Benz
emergency call system forrescue and recovery in
theevent of an accident.
The owner of a vehicle, that is equipped with a
Mercedes-Benz emergency call system in addition
to the 112 emergency call system (EU eCall), has
290290 MBUX multimedia system
theright to use the 112 emergency call system
instead of the Mercedes-Benz emergency call sys-
tem.
Contact address for carrying out deactivation of
the Mercedes-Benz emergency call system are
the local dealers.
PrProcessing of perocessing of personal datsonal data via ta via the 112 emer-he 112 emer-
ggency call systency call system (EU eCall)em (EU eCall)
All processing of personal data via the 112 emer-
gency call system (EU eCall) corresponds with the
specications in the EU Regulation 2016/679 "on
the protection of individuals with regard to the
processing of personal data (GDPR)" and is based
particularly on the necessity of upholding the vital
interests of the aected person in accordance
with Article 6, Clause 1, Letter d of the GDPR.
The processing of this type of data is strictly limi-
tedto the purpose of operating the emergency
calls to the standard European emergency call
number 112.
DatData ra recipientecipient
The recipients of data that is processed using the
112 emergency call system (EU eCall) are therel-
evant emergency call inquiry terminals that are
specied to rst receive and handle emergency
calls to the standard European emergency call
number 112 by therespective country authorities
in whose territory you are located.
ArrArrangangements fements for dator data pra processingocessing
Both emergency call systems are designed so that
thefollowing requirements are fullled:
RThe data contained in the system memory is
not accessible outside the system prior to the
initiation of an emergency call.
RBoth emergency call systems cannot be
traced and there is no continuous tracking in
normal operation.
RThe data in the system's internal memory is
automatically and continuously deleted.
RThe location data of thevehicle is continu-
ously overwritten in the system's internal
memory, so that no more than the last three
current locations required forthe normal func-
tion of the system are available.
RThe record of the activity data of both emer-
gency call systems is only kept for as long as
is required to full the purpose of handling the
emergency call, howeverfor no longer than
13 hours aer the time that an emergency call
is initiated.
Rights of perRights of personssons aectaecteded bby ty the dathe data pra processingocessing
The person aected by the data processing (the
vehicle owner) has theright to access the data
and if applicable can demand the correction, dele-
tion or barring of data that aects him or her and
that the processing of which does not correspond
with the GDPR regulations. Each correction, dele-
tion or barring carried out according to this regu-
lation must be shared with thethird party to
which the data has been transmitted, provided
this does not prove to be infeasible and does not
incur disproportionate expenditure.
The person aected by the data processing has
theright to complain to the appropriate data pro-
tection authority should they be of the opinion
that their rights have been infringed by the pro-
cessing of their personal data.
Responsible contact point forthe processing of
access rights: Konzernbeauragter für den Daten-
schutz, Daimler AG, HPC G353, D-70546 Stutt-
gart, Germany
MBUX multimedia system 291291
RRadio & mediaadio & media
OvOverervieview of tw of the symbols and functions in the symbols and functions in the media menuhe media menu
SymbolSymbol Designation FDesignation Functionunction
6PlaySelect to start or continue playback.
8Rest Select to pause the playback.
:Repeat a trackSelect to repeat the current track or the active playlist.
RSelect once: the active playlist is repeated.
RSelect twice: the current track is repeated.
RSelect three times: the function is deactivated.
9Random playbackSelect to play back the tracks in random order.
û/üSkip forwards/backSelect to skip to the next or to the previous track.
ßOptions Select to show additional options.
5Categories Select to show or search through available categories (e.g. playback lists, albums,
artists, etc.).
ªSearch Select to search in the active menu. You can search for artists, genres or moods, for
example.
292292 MBUX multimedia system
SymbolSymbol DesignationFDesignation Functionunction
ZSettingsSelect to make settings.
©Home Select to return to the home screen.
jMessaging Select to call up messaging.
2Full screen Select to switch to full screen mode.
The following functions and settings are available
in the media menu:
RConnecting external data storage media with
the multimedia system (e.g. using USB or
Bluetooth®)
RPlaying back audio or video les
RStreaming online music
AAututhorhorising a Bluetising a Bluetoothooth®®audio deaudio device fvice for mediaor media
plaplaybackyback
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RBluetooth®is activated on the multimedia sys-
tem and audio equipment.
RThe audio equipment supports the Bluetooth®
audio proles A2DP and AVRCP.
RThe audio equipment is "visible" forother devi-
ces.
Multimedia system:
4©5Media 5Bluetooth 5ª
With Bluetooth®audio, you can play back music
les from an external data storage medium, e.g.
your smartphone, using the MBUX multimedia
system.
#To play back audio les using the multimedia
system, authorise theexternal data storage
medium on the MBUX multimedia system.
AAututhorhorising a neising a new Bluetw Bluetoothooth®®audio deaudio devicevice
#Select Connect new device.
MBUX multimedia system 293293
#Select an audio device.
Authorisation starts. A code is displayed on
the multimedia system and on the mobile
phone.
#If the codes are identical, conrm on the
audio equipment.
#Select Only as Bluetooth audio device.
The Bluetooth®audio equipment is connected
with the multimedia system.
Connecting preConnecting previouslviously auty authorhorised Bluetised Bluetoothooth®®
audio eqaudio equipmentuipment
#Select a Bluetooth®audio device from the list.
The connection is being established.
OvOverervieview of tw of the symbols and functions in the symbols and functions in the rhe radio menuadio menu
SymbolSymbol Designation FDesignation Functionunction
©Home Select to return to the home screen.
jMessaging Select to call up messaging.
û/üSkip forwards/backSelect to skip to the next or to the previous station.
294294 MBUX multimedia system
SymbolSymbol DesignationFDesignation Functionunction
ZSettingsSelect to have further options shown. Settings can be made to thefollowing additional
functions, forexample:
RNavigation and trac announcements
RFrequency x function
RRadio additional text
REmergency warnings
The setting options are country-dependent.
2Full screen Select to switch to theDAB slide show.
This function is not available in all countries.
8Silent function Select to switch o the sound.
fStore radio stations Select to save a station in the presets.
4Station listSelect to have the station list shown.
ªSearch Select to search in the active menu. You can search for artists, genres or moods, for
example.
MBUX multimedia system 295295
AAdditional functions of Tdditional functions of TuneIn runeIn radioadio
%Arelatively large volume of data can be trans-
mitted when using TuneIn Radio.
SymbolSymbol Designation FDesignation Functionunction
ZSettings The following additional settings are available in
theTuneIn Radio menu:
RSelecting stream
RLogging on to or out of theTuneIn account
ßFavourites Select during playback to save the station cur-
rently set as a favourite.
6/8Play/Pause Select to start, stop or continue playback.
5Browse Select to choose a category and then a radio sta-
tion.
Depending on the frequency band selected, dier-
ent functions are available to you.
Select the desired frequency band in theradio
menu head runner.
Calling up TCalling up TuneIn RuneIn Radioadio
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RA Mercedes me account is available.
RThe vehicle is connected with the Mercedes
me account.
RThe TuneIn Radio service is activated in the
Mercedes me Portal.
RThe data volume is available.
296296 MBUX multimedia system
Depending on the country, data volume may
need to be purchased.
RAfast Internet connection for data transmis-
sion free of interference.
%Data volume can be purchased dirdirectlectly fry fromom
a mobile phone nea mobile phone netwtworork prok providervider via the
Mercedes me Portal.
%The functions and services are country-
dependent. For more information, consult a
Mercedes-Benz service centre.
Multimedia system:
4©5Radio
#Select TuneIn Radio.
The TuneIn menu appears. The last station set
starts playing.
%The connection quality depends on the local
mobile phone reception.
Sound seSound settingsttings
OvOverervieview of functions in tw of functions in the sound menuhe sound menu
The setting options and functions available
depend on the sound system tted. You can nd
out which sound system is tted in your vehicle in
the Digital Owner's Manual.
SSttandarandard sound systd sound system and Aem and Advdvanced sound syanced sound sys-s-
ttemem
The following functions are available:
REqualiser
-Treble, mid-range and bass
RBalance and fader
RVolume
-Automatic adjustment
BurBurmestmesterer®®surrsurround sound systound sound system andem and
BurBurmestmesterer®®high-end 3D surrhigh-end 3D surround sound systound sound systemem
The following functions are available:
REqualiser:
-Treble, mid-range and bass
RBalance and fader
RSound focus
RVIP seat (Burmester®high-end 3D surround
sound system only)
RSound proles
RVolume:
-Automatic adjustment
MBUX multimedia system 297297
ASSYSASSYST PLT PLUS serUS service intvice interverval displayal display
FFunction of tunction of the ASSYShe ASSYST PLT PLUS serUS service intvice interverval dis-al dis-
playplay
The ASSYST PLUS service interval display on the
instrument display informs you of the next regular
service due date.
Depending on the operating conditions of the
vehicle, theremaining time or distance until the
next service due date will be displayed.
You can hide this service display using the back
button Gon the le-hand side of the steering
wheel.
You can obtain information concerning the servic-
ing of your vehicle from a qualied specialist
workshop, e.g. a Mercedes-Benz service centre.
DisplaDisplaying tying the serhe service due datevice due date
On-board computer:
4Service 5ASSYST PLUS
The next service due date is displayed.
#TTo eo exit txit the display:he display: press the back button
Gon the le-hand side of the steering
wheel.
Bear in mind thefollowing related topic:
ROperating the on-board computer
(/page 246).
InfInforormation on rmation on regular maintegular maintenance wenance workork
*NNOOTETE Premature wear through failure to
observe service due dates
Maintenance work which is not carried out at
theright time or incompletely can lead to
increased wear and damage to thevehicle.
#Adhere to the prescribed service inter-
vals.
#Always have the prescribed maintenance
work carried out at a qualied specialist
workshop.
*NNOOTETE Irreparable damage to the high-volt-
age battery due to maintenance work not
being carried out
The high-voltage battery is subject to wear.
Maintenance work which is not carried out in
time can lead to irreparable damage to the
high-voltage battery.
#Always observe thewarning messages
about the high-voltage battery and
immediately consult a qualied specialist
workshop.
#Have the necessary maintenance work
on the high-voltage battery carried out at
aqualied specialist workshop.
NNoottes on special seres on special service rvice reqequiruirementsements
The prescribed service interval is based on nor-
mal operation of thevehicle. Maintenance work
will need to be performed more oen than speci-
ed if thevehicle is operated under arduous con-
ditions or increased loads. This is the case for fre-
quent operation in mountainous terrain or on poor
road surfaces, forexample.
298298 Maintenance and care
In these or similar operating conditions, have the
interior air lter changed more frequently. The
tyres must be checked more frequently if thevehi-
cle is operated under increased loads. Further
information can be obtained at a qualied special-
ist workshop.
The ASSYST PLUS service interval display is only
an aid. The driver of thevehicle bears responsibil-
ity as regardsto whether maintenance work
needs to be performed more oen than specied
based on the actual operating conditions and/or
loads.
BattBatterery disconnection pery disconnection periodsiods
The ASSYST PLUS service interval display can cal-
culate the service due date only when the battery
is connected.
#Display and note down the service due date
on the instrument display before disconnect-
ing the battery (/page 298).
Engine comEngine comparpartmenttment
AActivctive bonnee bonnet (pedest (pedestrtrian protian protection)ection)
OperOperation of tation of the activhe active bonnee bonnet (pedest (pedestrtrian protian protec-ec-
tion)tion)
In certain accident situations, the actuation of the
active bonnet reduces therisk of injury to pedes-
trians. The rear area of the bonnet is raised by
approximately 70 mm.
Forthe drive to theworkshop, reset the actuated
active bonnet yourself (/page 299).
Aer the active bonnet has been actuated, pedes-
trian protection may be limited.
Have the full functionality of the active bonnet
restored in a qualied specialist workshop.
RReseesetting ttting the activhe active bonnete bonnet
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of burns from hot compo-
nents in the engine compartment
Certain components in the engine compart-
ment can be very hot, e.g. the drive system
and the cooler.
#Allow the drive system to cool down and
touch only the components described
below.
#With your hand at, push down active bonnet
1in the area around the hinges on both
sides (arrows).
In doing so, the actuator is depressurised and
you may hear a hissing sound.
The engine bonnet must engage in position.
#If active bonnet 1can be raised slightly at
therear in the area of the hinges, repeat the
step until it engages correctly.
Maintenance and care 299299
Opening and closing tOpening and closing the bonnethe bonnet
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to driving
with the bonnet unlocked
The bonnet may open and block your view.
#Neverrelease the bonnet when driving.
#Before every trip, ensure that the engine
bonnet is locked.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident and injury
when opening and closing the bonnet
The bonnet may suddenly drop into the end
position.
There is a risk of injury for anyone in the
engine bonnet's range of movement.
#Do not open or close the bonnet if there
is a person in the bonnet's range of
movement.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury due to overheated
vehicle
If you open the bonnet in theevent of an over-
heated vehicle or re in the engine compart-
ment, thefollowing situations may occur:
RYou may come into contact with hot gases.
RYou may come into contact with other
escaping hot operating uids.
#In theevent of overheating or re in the
engine compartment, keep the bonnet
closed and call the re service.
#Allow theoverheated vehicle to cool
down rst if you need to open the bon-
net.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury due to moving
parts
Components in the engine compartment may
continue to run or start unexpectedly even
when the drive system is switched o.
Observe thefollowing if you must open the
bonnet:
#Switch o thevehicle.
#Nevertouch the danger zones surround-
ing moving components, e.g. therotation
area of thefan.
#Remove jewellery and watches.
#Keep items of clothing and hair away
from moving parts.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of burns from hot compo-
nents in the engine compartment
Certain components in the engine compart-
ment can be very hot, e.g. the drive system
and the cooler.
#Allow the drive system to cool down and
touch only the components described
below.
300300 Maintenance and care
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury from using the
windscreen wipers when the bonnet is
open
If the windscreen wipers start moving when
the bonnet is open, you could be trapped by
the wiper linkage.
#Always switch o the windscreen wipers
and thevehicle rst if you need to open
the bonnet.
Opening tOpening the bonnethe bonnet
#To release the bonnet, pull on handle 1.
#Push yellow handle 1on the bonnet catch to
the le as far as it will go (palm downwards).
Li the bonnet until it is automatically raised
by the pneumatic spring.
Closing tClosing the bonnethe bonnet
#Lowerthe bonnet and let it drop from a height
of approximately 20 cm.
Maintenance and care 301301
#If the bonnet can still be lied slightly, open
the bonnet again and close it with a little force
until it engages correctly.
ChecChecking tking the coolant levhe coolant levelel
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of scalding from hot cool-
ant
If you open the cap when the drive system is
at normal operating temperature, you could be
scalded.
#Let thevehicle cool down before opening
the cap.
#When opening the cap, wear protective
gloves and safety glasses.
#Open the cap slowly to release pressure.
#Only have the coolant checked or relled at a
qualied specialist workshop.
TTopping up topping up the windscrhe windscreen ween washer systasher systemem
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of burns from hot compo-
nents in the engine compartment
Certain components in the engine compart-
ment can be very hot, e.g. the drive system
and the cooler.
#Allow the drive system to cool down and
touch only the components described
below.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of re and injury from
windscreen washer concentrate
Windscreen washer concentrate is highly am-
mable.
#Avoid re, naked ames, smoking and
the creation of sparks when using wind-
screen washer concentrate.
#Remove cap 1by thetab.
#Top up thewasher uid.
%Further information about the windscreen
washer uid (/page 353)
302302 Maintenance and care
KKeeping teeping the airhe air-w-watater duct frer duct freeee
#Keep the area between the bonnet and the
windscreen free of deposits, e.g. ice, snow
and leaves.
Cleaning and careCleaning and care
InfInforormation on wmation on washing tashing the vhe vehicle in a car wehicle in a car washash
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident due to
reduced braking power aer washing the
vehicle
Braking eciency is reduced aer washing the
vehicle.
#Aer thevehicle has been washed, brake
carefully while paying attention to the
trac conditions until braking power has
been fully restored.
*NNOOTETE Damage from automatic braking
If one of thefollowing functions is switched
on, thevehicle brakes automatically in certain
situations:
RActive Brake Assist
RActive Distance Assist DISTRONIC
RHOLD function
RActive Parking Assist
To avoid damage to thevehicle, deactivate
these systems in thefollowing or similar situa-
tions:
#during towing
#in a car wash
*NNOOTETE Damage due to unsuitable car wash
#Before driving into a car wash make sure
that the car wash is suitable forthevehi-
cle dimensions.
#Ensure there is sucient ground clear-
ance between the underbody and the
guide rails of the car wash.
#Ensure that the clearance width of the
car wash, in particular the width of the
guide rails, is sucient.
To avoid damage to your vehicle when using a car
wash, ensure thefollowing beforehand:
RActive Distance Assist DISTRONIC is deactiva-
ted.
RThe HOLD function is switched o.
RThe 360° Camera or thereversing camera is
switched o.
RThe side windows and sliding sunroof are com-
pletely closed.
RThe blowerfortheventilation/heating is
switched o.
RThe windscreen wiper switch is in position g.
RThe key is at a minimum distance of 3 m away
from thevehicle. Otherwise thetailgate could
open unintentionally.
Maintenance and care 303303
RIn automatic car washes with conveyor sys-
tems:
-Neutral iis engaged.
-If youwould like to leave thevehicle while
it is being washed, make sure thekey is
located in thevehicle. The park position
jis otherwise automatically engaged.
%If, aer the car wash, youremove thewax
from the windscreen and wiper rubbers, this
will prevent smearing and reduce wiper noise.
AAututomatic car womatic car wash modeash mode
In car wash mode, thevehicle is prepared for driv-
ing into the automatic car wash. Car wash mode
can be activated at a speed of up to 20 km/h
Activate (/page 304).
The following settings are made when car wash
mode is activated:
RThe outside mirrors are folded in.
RTo prevent the windscreen washer system
from starting up automatically, therain sensor
is deactivated.
RThe rear window wiper is deactivated.
RThe windows and the sliding sunroof are
closed.
RThe air conditioning system is set to air-recir-
culation mode.
RParking Assist PARKTRONIC is deactivated.
RVVehicles witehicles with 360° Camerh 360° Camera:a: the front image is
activated aer approx. eight seconds.
If one of the settings cannot be selected, this is
displayedby a%behind therespective set-
ting.
Above a speed of 20 km/h Car wash mode is
automatically deactivated.
The following settings are reset when car wash
mode is deactivated:
RThe outside mirrors are folded out.
RThe rain sensor is activated.
RThe rear window wiper is activated.
RThe air conditioning system is set to fresh air
mode.
RParking Assist PARKTRONIC is reset to the
previously selected setting.
RThe windows and the sliding sunroof remain
closed.
RVVehicles witehicles with 360° Camerh 360° Camera:a: the front image is
deactivated at speeds above 18 km/h.
AActivctivating/deactivating/deactivating autating automatic car womatic car wash modeash mode
RReqequiruirements:ements:
Rthevehicle is stationary.
Rthe engine is running.
Multimedia system:
4©5Settings 5Quick access
AActivctivating autating automatic car womatic car wash modeash mode
#Select Car wash mode.
#Select Start.
If one of the settings cannot be selected, this is
displayedby a%behind therespective set-
ting.
%For an overview of the settings made when
activating automatic car wash mode
(/page 303).
304304 Maintenance and care
DeactivDeactivating autating automatic car womatic car wash modeash mode
#Select Stop.
The automatic car wash settings are reset.
%The automatic car wash mode is automatically
deactivated as soon as a speed of 20 km/h is
exceeded.
InfInforormation on using a high-prmation on using a high-pressuressure cleanere cleaner
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident when using
high-pressure cleaners with round-spray
nozzles
The water jet can cause externally invisible
damage.
Components damaged in this way may unex-
pectedly fail.
#Do not use a high-pressure cleaner with
round-spray nozzles.
#Have damaged tyres or chassis parts
replaced immediately.
To avoid damage to your vehicle, observe thefol-
lowing when using a high-pressure cleaner:
RThe key is at a minimum distance of 3 m away
from thevehicle. Otherwise thetailgate could
open unintentionally.
RMaintain a distance of at least 30 cm to the
vehicle.
RVVehicles witehicles with decorh decorativative fe foil:oil: Parts of your
vehicle are covered with a decorative foil.
Maintain a distance of at least 70 cm between
thefoil-covered parts of thevehicle and the
nozzle of the high-pressure cleaner. Move the
high-pressure cleaner nozzle around whilst
cleaning. The watertemperature of the high-
pressure cleaner must not exceed 60°C.
RObserve the information on the correct dis-
tance in the equipment manufacturer's oper-
ating instructions.
RDo not direct the nozzle of the high-pressure
cleaner directly at sensitive parts, such as
tyres, gaps, electrical components, batteries,
light sources and ventilation slits.
WWashing tashing the vhe vehicle behicle by handy hand
observe the legal requirements, e.g. in a number
of countries, washing by hand is only permitted in
specially designated wash bays.
#Use a mild cleaning agent, e.g. car shampoo.
#Wash thevehicle with lukewarm water using a
so car sponge. When doing so, do not
expose thevehicle to direct sunlight.
#Carefully hose thevehicle o with water and
dry using a chamois.
%Observe the notes on the care of car parts
(/page 307).
NNoottes on paintwes on paintworork/mattk/matt nishnish paintwpaintworork carek care
To avoid damaging the paintwork and interfering
with the driving assistance systems, please
observe thefollowing notes:
PPaintaint
RInsect remains: soak with insect remover and
rinse o the treated areas aerwards.
RBird droppings: soak with water and rinse o
aerwards.
Maintenance and care 305305
RTree resin, oils, fuels and greases: remove by
rubbing gently with a cloth soaked in petro-
leum ether or lighter uid.
RCoolant and brake uid: remove with a damp
cloth and clean water.
RTar stains: use tarremover.
RWax: use silicone remover.
RDo not attach stickers, lms or similar materi-
als. Only have lm attached to the bumper at
aqualied specialist workshop.
RRemove dirt immediately, where possible.
MattMatt nishnish
ROnly use care products approved for
Mercedes-Benz.
RDo not attach stickers, lms or similar materi-
als. Only have lm attached to the bumper at
aqualied specialist workshop.
RDo not polish thevehicle and light-alloy
wheels.
ROnly use car washes that correspond to the
latest engineering standards.
RDo not use car wash programmes with a nal
hot wax treatment.
RDo not use paint cleaners, bung or polishing
products, gloss preservers, e.g. wax.
In theevent of paintwork damage:
RAlways have paintwork repairs carried out at a
qualied specialist workshop.
RMake sure theradar sensors function
(/page 188).
NNoottes on cleaning decores on cleaning decorativative fe foilsoils
Observe the notes on matt nish care in thechap-
ter "Notes on paintwork/matt nish paintwork
care" (/page 305). They also apply to matt dec-
orative foils.
Observe the notes on cleaning decorative foils to
avoid vehicle damage.
CleaningCleaning
RFor cleaning, use plenty of water and a mild
cleaning agent without additives or abrasive
substances, e.g. a car shampoo approvedfor
Mercedes-Benz.
RRemove dirt immediately, where possible,
whilst avoiding rubbing too hard. There is oth-
erwise a risk of damaging the decorative foil
irreparably.
RIf there is dirt on the nish or if the decorative
foil is dull: Use thePaint Cleaner recommen-
ded and approvedfor Mercedes-Benz.
RInsect remains: Soak with insect remover and
rinse o the treated areas aerwards.
RBird droppings: Soak with water and rinse o
aerwards.
RTo prevent water stains, dry a foil-wrapped
vehicle with a so, absorbent cloth aer every
car wash.
AAvvoiding damagoiding damage te to to the decorhe decorativative fe foiloil
RThe service life and colouring of decorative
foils are impaired by:
-Sunlight
-Temperature, e.g. hot air blower
-Weather conditions
-Stone chippings and dirt
-Chemical cleaning agents
306306 Maintenance and care
-Oily products
RDo not use polish on matt decorative foil. Pol-
ishing will have the eect of shining thefoil-
wrapped surface.
RDo not treat matt or structured decorative
foils with wax. Permanent stains may occur.
Scratches, corrosive deposits, areas aected by
corrosion and damage caused by incorrect care
cannot always be completely repaired. In such
cases, visit a qualied specialist workshop.
You can obtain more information on care and
cleaning products from the manufacturer.
In the case of foil-wrapped surfaces, optical dier-
ences may occur between the surfaces that were
not protected by a decorative foil aer removing a
decorative foil.
%Have work or repairs to decorative foils car-
ried out at a qualied specialist workshop,
e.g. in a Mercedes-Benz Service Centre.
NNoottes on cares on care of car pare of car partsts
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of entrapment if the wind-
screen wipers are switched on while the
windscreen is being cleaned
If the windscreen wipers are set in motion
while you are cleaning the windscreen or
wiper blades, you can be trapped by the wiper
arm.
#Always switch o the windscreen wipers
and the drive system before cleaning the
windscreen or wiper blades.
To avoid damage to thevehicle, observe the notes
on cleaning and care of thefollowing vehicle
parts:
Wheels and rWheels and rimsims
RUse water and acid-free alloy wheel cleaners.
RDo not use acidic alloy wheel cleaners to
remove brake dust. This could damage wheel
bolts and brake components.
RTo avoid corrosion of the brake disks and
brakepads, drive thevehicle for a few minutes
aer cleaning before parking it. The brake
disks and brakepads warm up and dry out.
WWindowsindows
RClean the windows inside and outside with a
damp cloth and with a cleaning agent recom-
mended for Mercedes-Benz.
RDo not use dry cloths or abrasive or solvent-
based cleaning agents to clean the inside of
windows.
%Aer changing the wiper blades or treating
thevehicle with wax, clean the windscreen
thoroughly with cleaning agents recommen-
ded for Mercedes-Benz. Failure to observe the
application instructions may result in damage,
smear marks or dazzling spots.
%Remove external fogging or dirt on the wind-
screen in front of the multifunction camera.
Otherwise, driving systems and driving safety
systems may be impaired or not available
(/page 188).
WWiper bladesiper blades
RMove the wiper arms into thereplacement
position (/page 136).
Maintenance and care 307307
RWith the wiper arms folded out, clean the
wiper blades with a damp cloth.
%Make sure that the wiper blades are coated.
The coating can leave residues on a cloth. Do
not rubthe wiper blades excessively or clean
them too oen.
ExtExtererior lightingior lighting
RClean the lenses with a wet sponge and mild
cleaning agent, e.g. car shampoo.
ROnly use cleaning agents or cleaning cloths
that are suitable for plastic lenses.
VVehicle sockeehicle socket (high-vt (high-voltoltagage batte batterery)y)
RUse clean water and a so cloth to clean the
vehicle socket.
RDo not use high-pressure cleaners or cleaning
agents, such as soap.
SensorsSensors
RClean the sensors in the front and rear bump-
ers with a so cloth and car shampoo
(/page 188).
RWhen using a high-pressure cleaner, maintain
a minimum distance of 30 cm.
RReevverersing camersing camera and 360° Cameraa and 360° Camera
ROpen the camera cover with the multimedia
system (/page 228).
RUse clean water and a so cloth to clean the
camera lens.
RDo not use a high-pressure cleaner.
TrTrailer hitchailer hitch
RObserve the notes on care in the trailer hitch
manufacturer's operator manual.
RDo not clean the ball neck with a high-pres-
sure cleaner or solvent.
RRemove traces of rust on the ball, forexample,
with a wire brush.
RRemove dirt with a lint-free cloth.
RAer cleaning, lightly oil or grease the ball
head.
%Before using trailers with anti-torsional cou-
pling, observe the manufacturer's operator
manual.
NNoottes on cares on care of te of the inthe intereriorior
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury from plastic parts
breaking o aer the use of solvent-based
care products
Care and cleaning products containing sol-
vents can cause surfaces in the cockpit to
become porous. When the airbags are
deployed, plastic parts may break away.
#Do not use any care or cleaning products
containing solvents to clean the cockpit.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or fatal injuries
from bleached seat belts
Bleaching or dyeing seat belts can severely
weaken them.
This can, forexample, cause seat belts to tear
or fail in an accident.
#Never bleach or dye seat belts.
To avoid damage to thevehicle, observe thefol-
lowing notes on cleaning and care:
308308 Maintenance and care
Seat beltsSeat belts
RClean with lukewarm and soapy water.
RDo not use chemical cleaning agents.
RDo not dry by heating them to over 80°C or
exposing them to direct sunlight.
DisplayDisplay
RSwitch o the display and let it cool down.
RClean the surface carefully with a microbre
cloth and a suitable display care product (TFT-
LCD).
RDo not use any other agents.
Head-up displayHead-up display
RClean with a so, non-static, lint-free cloth.
RDo not use cleaning agents.
PlasPlastic trtic trimim
RClean with a damp microbre cloth.
RFor heavy soiling: Use a cleaner recommen-
ded for Mercedes-Benz.
RDo not attach stickers, lms or similar materi-
als.
RDo not allow cosmetics, insect repellent or
sun cream to come in contact with the plastic
trim.
RReal weal wood and trood and trim elementsim elements
RClean with a microbre cloth.
RBlack piano-lacquer look: Clean with a damp
cloth and soapy water.
RFor heavy soiling: Use a cleaner recommen-
ded for Mercedes-Benz.
RDo not use solvent-based cleaning agents, pol-
ishes or waxes.
RRoof liningoof lining
RClean with a brush or dry shampoo.
CarCarpetpet
RUse a carpet and textile cleaning agent recom-
mended for Mercedes-Benz.
StSteereering wheel made of ging wheel made of genuine leatenuine leather or DINA-her or DINA-
MICAMICA
*NONOTETE Damage caused by wrong cleaners
#Do not use solvent-based cleaning
agents such as tarremover or wheel
cleaner; neither should you use polishes
or waxes. Otherwise you may damage
the nish.
RClean with a damp cloth and 1% soapy water
solution and then wipe with a dry cloth.
RFor heavy soiling: Use a cleaner recommen-
ded for Mercedes-Benz.
RLeather care: Use a leather care agent that
has been recommended for Mercedes-Benz.
RDo not allow the leather to become too damp.
RDo not use a microbre cloth.
%Leather is a natural product. It has natural
surface properties, such as dierences in
structure, marks caused by growth and injury
or subtle colour dierences. These surface
properties are characteristics of leather and
not material faults. What's more, leather is
subject to a natural ageing process during
which the surface properties change.
Genuine leatGenuine leather seat covher seat coversers
RClean with a damp cloth and then wipe with a
dry cloth.
Maintenance and care 309309
RLeather care: Use a leather care agent that
has been recommended for Mercedes-Benz.
RDo not allow the leather to become too damp.
RDo not use a microbre cloth.
%Regular cleaning and care of the leather
reduces soiling, wear marks and ageing dam-
age and thus signicantly extends its life
span. Clothing that can leave stains, e.g.
jeans, can leave discolouration on the leather.
DINDINAMICAMICA seat covA seat coversers
RClean with a damp cloth.
RDo not use a microbre cloth.
ImitImitation leatation leather seat covher seat coversers
RClean with a damp cloth and 1% soapy water.
RDo not use a microbre cloth.
FFabrabric seat covic seat coversers
RClean with a damp microbre cloth and 1%
soapy water and allow to dry.
310310 Maintenance and care
EmergEmergencyency
RRemoemoving tving the safehe safety vty vestest
The safetyvests are located in the stowage com-
partments in the driver's and front passenger
door.
#Pull out the safetyvest bag by the loop.
#Open the safetyvest bag and pull out the
safetyvest.
%There are also safety vest compartments in
therear door stowage compartments in which
safetyvests can be stored.
1Maximum number of washes
2Maximum wash temperature
3Do not bleach
4Do not iron
5Do not tumble dry
6Do not dry clean
7Class 2 safetyvest
The requirements dened by the legal standard
are only fullled if the safetyvest is the correct
size and is fully closed.
Replace the safetyvest in thefollowing cases:
Rthereective strips are damaged or dirty
Rthe maximum permissible number of washes
is exceeded
Rthe uorescence has faded
WWararning trning triangleiangle
RRemoemoving tving the whe wararning trning triangleiangle
#Open the load compartment oor.
#Remove warning triangle 1.
Breakdown assistance 311311
SeSetting up ttting up the whe wararning trning triangleiangle
#Fold side reectors 1upwards to form a tri-
angle and attach at thetop using upper press-
stud 2.
#Fold legs 3down and out to the side.
FFirsirst-aid kitt-aid kit (so-sided)(so-sided) ovovererviewview
First-aid kit (so sided) 1is in the load compart-
ment in the le-hand stowage net.
RRemoemoving tving thehe rere eextinguisherxtinguisher
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to an
incorrectly secured re extinguisher in the
driver's footwell
A re extinguisher may impede pedal travel or
block a depressed pedal.
This jeopardises the operating and road safety
of thevehicle.
The re extinguisher can be ung around and
injure the driver or other vehicle occupants.
#Always store and secure the re extin-
guisher in the bracket.
#Do not remove the re extinguisher while
driving.
#Le-handLe-hand drdrivive ve vehicle:ehicle: pull tab1upwards.
#Right-hand drRight-hand drivive ve vehicle:ehicle: pull tab1down-
wards.
#Remove re extinguisher 2.
312312 Breakdown assistance
Flat tyreFlat tyre
NNoottes ones on atat tyrtyreses
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to a at
tyre
A at tyre severely aects the driving charac-
teristics as well as the steering and braking of
thevehicle.
TTyryres wites withouthout rrun-atun-at ccharharactactereristics:istics:
#Do not drive with a at tyre.
#Change the at tyre immediately with an
emergency spare wheel or spare wheel.
Alternatively, consult a qualied special-
ist workshop.
TTyryres wites withhrrun-atun-at ccharharactactererisistics:tics:
#Observe the information and warning
notes on MOExtended tyres (run-at
tyres).
In theevent of a at tyre, thefollowing options are
available depending on your vehicle's equipment:
RVVehicles witehicles with MOExth MOExtended tyrended tyres:es: it is possible
to continue the journey for a short period of
time. Make sure you observe the notes on
MOExtended tyres (run-at tyres)
(/page 313).
RVVehicles witehicles with a TIREFIT kit:h a TIREFIT kit: you can repair the
tyre so that it is possible to continue the jour-
ney for a short period of time. To do this, use
the TIREFIT kit (/page 315).
RVVehicles witehicles with Merh Mercedes me connect:cedes me connect: you can
make a call for breakdown assistance via the
overhead control panel in the case of a break-
down (/page 276).
RAll vAll vehicles:ehicles: change the wheel (/page 340).
NNoottes on MOExtes on MOExtended tyrended tyreses (r(run-atun-at tyrtyres)es)
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident when driving in
limp-home mode
Driving in emergency mode impairs the han-
dling characteristics of thevehicle.
#Do not exceed the permissible maximum
speed of the MOExtended tyres.
#Avoid any abrupt steering and driving
manoeuvres as well as driving over
obstacles (kerbs, pot holes, o-road).
This applies, in particular, to a loaded
vehicle.
#Stop driving in the emergency mode if
you notice:
Rbanging noise
Rvehicle vibration
Rsmoke which smells like rubber
Rcontinuous ESP®intervention
Rcracks in the tyre sidewalls
#Aer driving in emergency mode, have
therims checkedby a qualied specialist
workshop with regard to their further
use.
#The defective tyre must be replaced in
every case.
Breakdown assistance 313313
With MOExtended tyres (run-at tyres), you can
continue to drive your vehicle even if there is a
total loss of pressure in one or more tyres. How-
ever, the tyre aected must not show any clearly
visible damage.
You can recognise MOExtended tyres by the
MOExtended marking which appears on the side
wall of the tyre.
VVehicles witehicles with tyrh tyre pre pressuressure monite monitororing sying syststem:em:
MOExtended tyres may only be used in conjunc-
tion with an activated tyre pressure monitoring
system.
If a pressure loss warning message appears in the
driver's display, proceed as follows:
RCheck the tyre for damage.
RIf driving on, observe thefollowing notes.
DrDriving distiving distance possible in emergance possible in emergency modeency mode
aeraer tthe prhe pressuressure loss we loss wararning:ning:
Load conditionLoad condition DrDriving distiving distance possi-ance possi-
ble in emergble in emergency modeency mode
Partially laden 80 km
Fully laden 30 km
The driving distance possible in emergency mode
may vary depending on the driving style. Observe
the maximum permissible speed of 80 km/h.
If a tyre has gone at and cannot be replaced with
an MOExtended tyre, you can use a standard tyre
as a temporary measure.
TIREFIT kit stTIREFIT kit stororagage locatione location
The TIREFIT kit is located under the luggage com-
partment oor.
1Tyre ination compressor
2Tyre sealant bottle
Depending on the model, the TIREFIT kit may also
be located in other places under the boot oor.
%You can nd information on the power cate-
gory (LK) and/or electrical data on the back
of the tyre ination compressor:
RLK2 – 12 V/15 A, 180 W, 0.8 kg
314314 Breakdown assistance
At a distance of approximately 1 m to the tyre
ination compressor and approximately 1.6 m
above theground, thefollowing sound pres-
sure levels apply:
REmissions sound pressure level
LPA 83 dB (A)
RSound power level LWA 91 dB (A)
The tyre ination compressor is maintenance-
free. If there is a malfunction, please contact
aqualied specialist workshop.
Using tUsing the TIREFIT kithe TIREFIT kit
RReqequiruired ted tools:ools:
RTyre sealant bottle
RTIREFIT sticker
RSticker with details of the maximum permissi-
ble speed
RTyre ination compressor
RGloves
TIREFIT kit storage location: (/page 314)
You can use TIREFIT tyre sealant to seal perfora-
tion damage of up to 4 mm, particularly those in
the tyre contact surface. You can use TIREFIT in
outside temperatures down to -20°C.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident when using
tyre sealant
The tyre sealant may be unable to seal the
tyre properly, especially in thefollowing cases:
Rthere are large cuts or punctures in the
tyre (larger than damage previously men-
tioned)
Rthe wheel rims have been damaged
Raer journeys with very low tyre pressure
or with at tyres
#Do not continue driving.
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury and poisoning
from tyre sealant
Tyre sealant is hazardous to health and causes
irritation. Do not allow it to come into contact
with your skin, eyes or clothing, and do not
swallow it. Do not inhale any vapours. Keep
the tyre sealant away from children.
Observe thefollowing if you come into contact
with the tyre sealant:
#Rinse o the tyre sealant from your skin
using water immediately.
#If tyre sealant gets into your eyes, thor-
oughly rinse them using clean water
immediately.
#If tyre sealant has been swallowed, thor-
oughly rinse out your mouth immediately
and drink plenty of water. Do not induce
vomiting and seek medical attention
immediately.
#Change out of clothing which has come
into contact with tyre sealant immedi-
ately.
#If an allergic reaction occurs, seek medi-
cal attention immediately.
Breakdown assistance 315315
*NNOOTETE Overheating due to the tyre ination
compressor running too long
#Do not runthe tyre ination compressor
for longer than ten minutes without inter-
ruption.
Comply with the manufacturer's safety notes on
the sticker on the tyre sealant bottle.
Have the tyre sealant bottle replaced in a qualied
specialist workshop every ve years.
#Do not remove any foreign objects which have
entered the tyre.
#Remove sticker 1from the tyre ination
compressor housing and ax it to the instru-
ment cluster within the driver's eld of vision.
#Remove sticker 2from the tyre sealant bot-
tle and ax it near thevalve on the wheel with
the defective tyre. #Pull plug 7with the cable and ller hose 3
out of the tyre ination compressor housing.
#Insert tyre sealant bottle 9in socket6of
the tyre ination compressor in such a way
that thered arrow on tyre sealant bottle 9
matches thered arrow on the tyre ination
compressor.
316316 Breakdown assistance
#Turn tyre sealant bottle 9aquarter turn
clockwise.
#Insert the plug of ller hose 3in socket5
of tyre sealant bottle 9.
#Turn ller hose 3aquarter turn clockwise.
#Remove thevalve cap from valveAon the
faulty tyre.
#Screw union nut 4of ller hose 3onto
valveA.
#Insert plug 7into a 12 V socket in your vehi-
cle.
#Turn thekeyto position 1in the ignition lock.
#Press on and o switch 8on the tyre ina-
tion compressor.
The tyre ination compressor is switched on.
The tyre is inated. First, tyre sealant is pum-
ped into the tyre. The pressure may briey rise
to approximately 500 kPa (5 bar/73 psi).
Do noDo not switct switchhoo tthe tyrhe tyreeinationination comcomprpressoressor
durduring ting this phase!his phase!
#Let the tyre ination compressor runfor a
maximum of ten minutes.
The tyre should then have attained a tyre pres-
sure of at least 200 kPa (2.0 bar/29 psi).
If tyre sealant leaks out, make sure you clean the
aected area as quickly as possible. It is prefera-
ble to use clean water.
If youget tyre sealant on your clothing, have it
cleaned as soon as possible with perchloroethy-
lene.
If,If, aeraer tten minuten minutes, a tyres, a tyre pre pressuressure of 200 kPae of 200 kPa
(2.0 bar/29 psi) has no(2.0 bar/29 psi) has not been attt been attained:ained:
#Switch o the tyre ination compressor.
#Unscrew the lling hose from thevalve of the
defective tyre.
Please note that tyre sealant may leak out when
unscrewing the lling hose.
#Drive forwards or in reversevery slowly for
approximately 10 m.
#Pump up the tyre again.
Aer a maximum of ten minutes the tyre pres-
sure must be at least 200 kPa (2.0 bar/
29 psi).
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to the
specied tyre pressure not being attained
If the specied tyre pressure is not attained
aer the specied time, the tyre is too badly
damaged. The tyre sealant cannot repair the
tyre in this instance.
The braking and driving characteristics may be
greatly impaired.
#Do not continue driving.
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
Breakdown assistance 317317
*NNOOTETE Staining from leaking tyre sealant
Aer use, excess tyre sealant may leak out
from the lling hose.
#Therefore, place the lling hose in the
plastic bag that contained the TIREFIT
kit.
If,If, aeraer tten minuten minutes, a tyres, a tyre pre pressuressure of 200 kPae of 200 kPa
(2.0 bar/29 psi) has been att(2.0 bar/29 psi) has been attained:ained:
#Switch o the tyre ination compressor.
#Unscrew the lling hose from thevalve of the
defective tyre.
Please note that tyre sealant may leak out when
unscrewing the lling hose.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident from driving
with sealed tyres
A tyre temporarily sealed with tyre sealant
impairs the handling characteristics and is not
suitable for higher speeds.
#Adapt your driving style accordingly and
drive carefully.
#Do not exceed the maximum speed limit
with a tyre that has been repaired using
tyre sealant.
#Observe the maximum permissible speed for a
tyre sealed with tyre sealant 80 km/h.
#The sticker with details of the maximum per-
missible speed must be axed to the instru-
ment cluster where it can be easily seen by
the driver.
*NNOOTETE Staining from leaking tyre sealant
Aer use, excess tyre sealant may leak out
from the lling hose.
#Therefore, place the lling hose in the
plastic bag that contained the TIREFIT
kit.
+ENVIRENVIRONMENTONMENTAL NOAL NOTETE Environmental
pollution caused by environmentally irre-
sponsible disposal
Tyre sealant contains pollutants.
#Have the tyre sealant bottle disposed of
professionally, e.g. at a Mercedes-Benz
Service Centre.
#Stow the tyre sealant bottle, the tyre ination
compressor and thewarning triangle.
#Pull awaPull away immediaty immediately.ely.
#Stop driving aer approximately ten minutes
and check the tyre pressure using the tyre
ination compressor.
The tyre pressure must now be at least
130 kPa (1.3 bar/19 psi).
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to the
specied tyre pressure not being attained
If the specied tyre pressure is not reached,
the tyre is too badly damaged. The tyre seal-
ant cannot repair the tyre in this instance.
318318 Breakdown assistance
The braking and driving characteristics may be
greatly impaired.
#Do not continue driving.
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
CountrCountries ties that havhat have Mere Mercedes-Benz Sercedes-Benz Service24h:vice24h:
you will nd a sticker with thetelephone number,
e.g. on the B‑pillar on the driver's side.
#Correct the tyre pressure if it is still at least
130 kPa (1.3 bar/19 psi). See the tyre pres-
sure table on the fuel ller ap forvalues.
IncrIncreasing teasing the tyrhe tyre pre pressureessure
#Switch on the tyre ination compressor.
DecrDecreasing teasing the tyrhe tyre pre pressureessure
#Remove the tyre sealant bottle from the tyre
ination compressor.
#Insert the ller hose in the socket of the tyre
ination compressor and turn it a quarter turn
clockwise.
#Press pressure release button Cnext to
manometerB.
When tWhen the tyrhe tyre pre pressuressure is corre is correctect
#Unscrew the lling hose from thevalve of the
sealed tyre.
#Screw thevalve cap onto thevalve of the
sealed tyre.
#Stow the tyre sealant bottle and the tyre ina-
tion compressor.
#Drive to the nearest qualied specialist work-
shop and have the tyre, tyre sealant bottle and
lling hose replaced there.
BattBatterery (vy (vehicle)ehicle)
NNoottes on tes on the 12 V batthe 12 V batteryery
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of explosion due to elec-
trostatic charge
Electrostatic charge can ignite the highly
explosive gas mixture in the battery.
#To discharge any electrostatic charge
that may have built up, touch the metal
vehicle body before handling the battery.
The highly ammable gas mixture is created while
the battery is charging and during starting assis-
tance.
&WWARNINGARNING Danger of chemical burns from
the battery acid
Battery acid is caustic.
#Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or
clothing.
#Do not lean overthe battery.
#Do not inhale battery gases.
Breakdown assistance 319319
#Keep children away from the battery.
#Immediately rinse battery acid o thor-
oughly with plenty of clean water and
seek medical attention immediately.
+ENVIRENVIRONMENTONMENTAL NOAL NOTETE Environmental
damage due to improper disposal of bat-
teries
Batteries contain pollutants. It is
illegal to dispose of them with the household
rubbish.
#
Dispose of batteries in an
environmentally responsible manner.
Take discharged batteries to aqualied
specialist workshop or to a collection
point for used batteries.
If you have to disconnect the 12 V battery, con-
tact a qualied specialist workshop.
Comply with safety notes and take protective
measures when handling batteries.
Risk of explosion.
Fire, naked ames and smoking are
prohibited when handling the battery.
Avoid creating sparks.
Electrolyte or battery acid is corrosive.
Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or
clothing. Wear suitable protective
clothing, in particular gloves, an apron
and a face mask. Immediately rinse
electrolyte or acid splashes o with
clean water. Consult a doctor if neces-
sary.
Wear safety glasses.
Keep children away.
Observe this Owner's Manual.
If you do not want to use thevehicle for a long
period of time, consult a qualied specialist work-
shop.
NNoottes on tes on the high-vhe high-voltoltagage batte batteryery
&DDANANGERGER Risk of explosion from excessive
internal pressure of the high-voltage bat-
tery
Flammable gas may escape and ignite in the
event of a vehicle re.
#Stop thecharging process immediately
in case of unusual odours, smoke or
burn marks.
320320 Breakdown assistance
#Leave the danger zone immediately.
Secure the danger zone at a sucient
distance.
#Call the re brigade.
Observe the notes on charging the high-voltage
battery (/page 163).
Risk of explosion.
Fire, naked ames and smoking are
prohibited when handling the battery.
Avoid creating sparks.
Electrolyte or battery acid is corrosive.
Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or
clothing. Wear suitable protective
clothing, in particular gloves, an apron
and a face mask. Immediately rinse
electrolyte or acid splashes o with
clean water. Consult a doctor if neces-
sary.
Wear safety glasses.
Keep children away.
Observe this Owner's Manual.
NNoottes on stes on stararting assistting assistance and cance and charharging tging the 12he 12
V battV batteryery
All vAll vehiclesehicles
When charging the battery and during starting
assistance, always use the jump-start connection
point in the engine compartment.
*NNOOTETE Damage to the battery from over-
voltage
When charging using a battery charger without
arestriction of the maximum charging voltage,
the battery or the on-board electronics can be
damaged.
#Only use battery chargers with a maxi-
mum charging voltage of 14.8 V.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of explosion due to hydro-
gengas igniting
If, when charging a battery, there is a short
circuit or sparks start to form,there is a dan-
ger of hydrogen gas igniting.
#Take care that the positive clamp con-
nected to a battery does not come into
contact with vehicle parts.
#Never place metal objects or tools on a
battery.
#When connecting and disconnecting the
battery, always observe the sequence of
battery clamps described.
Breakdown assistance 321321
#Take care to only connect battery termi-
nals of identical polarity when receiving
starting assistance.
#Observe the sequence described for
connecting and disconnecting the jump
leads when receiving starting assistance.
#Do not connect or disconnect the bat-
tery terminals while the engine is run-
ning.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of explosion due to explo-
sive mixture of gases
An explosive mixture of gases can escape
from the battery during charging and starting
assistance.
#Fire, naked ames, smoking and creating
sparks must be avoided.
#Make sure there is adequate ventilation.
#Do not stand overthe battery.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of explosion from a frozen
battery
A discharged battery may freeze at tempera-
tures slightly above or below freezing point.
During starting assistance or battery charging,
battery gas can be released.
#Always allow a battery to thaw before
charging it or performing starting assis-
tance.
If the indicator/warning lamps in the instrument
cluster do not light up at low temperatures, it is
very likely that the discharged battery has frozen.
In this case you may neither jump-start thevehi-
cle nor charge the battery.
The service life of a battery that has been thawed
may be dramatically shortened. The starting char-
acteristics may be impaired, especially at low
temperatures.
It is recommended that you have athawed battery
checked at a qualied specialist workshop.
All vAll vehiclesehicles
*NONOTETE Damage caused by numerous or
extended attemptsto start the engine
Numerous or extended attemptsto start the
engine may damage the catalytic converter
due to non-combusted fuel.
#Avoid numerous and extended attempts
to start the engine.
Observe thefollowing points during starting assis-
tance and when charging the battery:
ROnly use undamaged jump lead/charging
cables with a sucient cross-section and
insulated terminal clamps.
RNon-insulated parts of theterminal clamps
must not come into contact with other metal
parts while the jump lead/charging cable is
connected to the battery/jump-start connec-
tion point.
RThe jump lead/charging cable must not come
into contact with any parts which may move
when the engine is running.
322322 Breakdown assistance
RAlways make sure that neither you nor the bat-
tery is electrostatically charged.
RKeep away from re and naked ames.
RDo not lean overthe battery.
Observe the additional following points when
charging the battery:
ROnly use battery chargers tested and
approvedfor Mercedes-Benz.
RRead the battery charger's operating instruc-
tions before charging the battery.
Observe the additional following points during
starting assistance:
RStarting assistance may only be provided
using vehicles, batteries or other jump start
devices with a nominal voltage of 12 V.
RThe vehicles must not touch.
SSttararting assistting assistance and cance and charharging tging the 12 V batthe 12 V batteryery
#Only have starting assistance provided by a
qualied specialist workshop, e.g. a
Mercedes-Benz Service Centre.
#Only have the battery charged at a qualied
specialist workshop, e.g. a Mercedes-Benz
Service Centre.
RReplacing teplacing the 12 V batthe 12 V batteryery
#Only have the battery replaced at a qualied
specialist workshop, e.g. at a Mercedes-Benz
Service Centre.
TTooww-st-stararting or toting or towing awaywing away
OvOverervieview of tw of the perhe permittmitted toed towing metwing methodshods
*NNOOTETE Damage from automatic braking
If one of thefollowing functions is switched
on, thevehicle brakes automatically in certain
situations:
RActive Brake Assist
RActive Distance Assist DISTRONIC
RHOLD function
RActive Parking Assist
To avoid damage to thevehicle, deactivate
these systems in thefollowing or similar situa-
tions:
#during towing
#in a car wash
Mercedes-Benz recommends transporting your
vehicle in the case of a breakdown, rather than
towing it away.
Fortowing, use a towrope or tow bar with both
axles on theground. Do not use tow bar systems.
If you notice that thevehicle has lost coolant, do
not have it towedaway. Have thevehicle transpor-
ted instead.
*NNOOTETE Damage to thevehicle due to tow-
ing away incorrectly
#Observe the instructions and notes on
towing away.
Breakdown assistance 323323
VVehicles witehicles with frh front wheel dront wheel driveive
PPerermittmitted toed towing metwing methodshods
Both axles on
theground Yes, maximum 50 km at
50 km/h*, only forwards with
the driver in the cockpit.
Front axle
raised Yes, maximum 50 km* at
50 km/h
Rear axle
raised No
*The towing range can be signicantly lower
depending on the active auxiliary consumers and
environmental conditions.
4MA4MATIC vTIC vehiclesehicles
PPerermittmitted toed towing metwing methodshods
Both axles on
theground Yes, maximum 50 km at
50 km/h*, only forwards with
the driver in the cockpit.
Front axle
raised No
Rear axle
raised No
*The towing range can be signicantly lower
depending on the active auxiliary consumers and
environmental conditions.
TToowing twing the vhe vehicle witehicle with both both axles on th axles on the grhe groundound
#Observe the notes on the permitted towing
methods (/page 323).
#Make sure that the 12 V battery is connected
and charged.
Observe thefollowing points when the 12 V bat-
tery is disconnected or discharged:
Rthe drive system cannot be started
Rthe electric parking brake cannot be released
or applied
Rthe transmission cannot be shied to position
ior j
In thefollowing situations, only transporting the
vehicle is permitted:
Rif the transmission cannot be shied to i
Rif the 12 V battery is disconnected or dis-
charged
Rif the display in the instrument cluster is not
working
Rif theáTowing not permitted See Own-
er's Manual message is displayed
Rif the+Top up coolant See Owner’s
Manual message is displayed
Rif thedStop Switch off the vehicle mes-
sage is displayed
324324 Breakdown assistance
#In such cases, transport thevehicle
(/page 326).
*NNOOTETE Damage due to towing away at
excessively high speeds or over long dis-
tances
The drivetrain could be damaged when towing
at excessively high speeds or over long distan-
ces.
#Atowing speed of 50 km/h must not be
exceeded.
#Atowing distance of 50 km must not be
exceeded.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident when towing a
vehicle which is too heavy
If thevehicle to be tow-started or towedaway
is heavier than the permissible gross mass of
your vehicle, thefollowing situations can
occur:
Rthetowing eye may become detached.
Rthevehicle/trailer combination may
swerve or overturn.
#Before tow-starting or towing away,
check if thevehicle to be tow-started or
towedawayexceeds the permissible
gross mass.
If a vehicle must be tow-started or towedaway, its
permissible gross mass must not exceed the per-
missible gross mass of thetowing vehicle.
#Information on the permissible gross mass of
thevehicle can be found on thevehicle identi-
cation plate (/page 349).
TToowing awawing away ty the vhe vehicleehicle
#Fitthetowing eye (/page 327).
#Fasten thetowing device.
*NNOOTETE Damage due to incorrect connec-
tion of thetow bar
#Only connect thetowrope or tow bar to
thetowing eyes.
#Deactivate the automatic locking mechanism
(/page 85).
#Do not activate the HOLD function.
#Deactivate tow-away protection
(/page 101).
#Deactivate Active Brake Assist (/page 212).
#Shi the transmission to position i.
#Release the electric parking brake.
#Remain in the cockpit during towing and
observe the display messages.
#Do not switch o thevehicle while it is being
towed.
#Do not open the driver's door or front
passenger door; the transmission will other-
wise automatically shi to j.
Breakdown assistance 325325
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to limited
safety-related functions during thetowing
process
Safety-related functions are limited or no lon-
geravailable in thefollowing situations:
Rthevehicle is switched o.
Rthe brake system or power steering system
is malfunctioning.
Rthe energy supply or the on-board electri-
cal system is malfunctioning.
#In such cases, do not towthevehicle.
#Transport thevehicle (/page 326).
*NNOOTETE Damage to the drive system due to
incorrect towing
The vehicle may not be towed in thefollowing
situations:
Rthevehicle is switched o.
Rthe brake system or power steering system
is malfunctioning.
Rthe energy supply or the on-board electri-
cal system is malfunctioning.
#In such cases, do not towthevehicle.
*NNOOTETE Damage due to excessive tractive
power
If you pull away sharply, the tractive power
may be too high and thevehicles could be
damaged.
#Pull away slowly and smoothly.
Loading tLoading the vhe vehicle fehicle for tror transportansport
#Observe the notes on towing away
(/page 323).
#Connect thetowing device to thetowing eye
in order to load thevehicle.
#Shi the transmission to position i.
%The transmission may be locked in position
jin theevent of damage to the electrics. To
shi to i, provide the on-board electrical
system with power (/page 323).
#Load thevehicle onto the transporter.
#Shi the transmission to position j.
#Use the electric parking brake to secure the
vehicle against rolling away.
#Only secure thevehicle by the wheels.
VVehicles witehicles with adaph adaptivtive dame damping adjusping adjustmenttment
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident when trans-
porting vehicles with adaptive damping
adjustment
When transporting vehicles with adaptive
damping adjustment, thevehicle/trailer com-
bination may begin to rock and start to skid.
#Load thevehicle correctly onto the
transporter.
#Secure thevehicle on all four wheels
with suitable tensioning straps.
#Do not exceed the maximum permissible
speed of 60 km/h when transporting.
326326 Breakdown assistance
*NNOOTETE Damage to thevehicle from secur-
ing it incorrectly
#Aer loading, thevehicle must be
secured on all four wheels. Otherwise,
thevehicle could be damaged.
#A minimum distance of 20 cm upwards
and 10 cm downwards must be kept to
the transport platform.
#Secure thevehicle on all four wheels aer
loading.
#Make sure that the front and rear axles come
to rest on the same transportation vehicle.
*NNOOTETE Damage to the drive train due to
incorrect positioning of thevehicle
#Do not position thevehicle above the
connection point of the transport vehi-
cle.
TToowing eywing eye ste stororagage locatione location
Towing eye is under the load compartment oor.
FFitting and ritting and remoemoving tving the tohe towing eyewing eye
#Press the mark on cover1inwards and
remove.
#Screw in thetowing eye clockwise as far as it
will go and tighten.
VVehicles witehicles with a trh a trailer hitcailer hitch:h: vehicles with a trailer
hitch do not have arear bracketforthetowing
eye. Fasten thetow bar to the trailer hitch.
Breakdown assistance 327327
#Make sure that cover1engages in the
bumper when youremove thetowing eye.
*NNOOTETE Damage to thevehicle due to incor-
rect use of thetowing eye or trailer hitch
When a towing eye or trailer hitch is used to
recover a vehicle, thevehicle may be damaged
in the process.
#Only use thetowing eye or trailer hitch to
towaway or tow start thevehicle.
#Do not use thetowing eye or trailer hitch
to towthevehicle during recovery.
TTooww-st-stararting tting the vhe vehicleehicle
#If the drive system does not start, have the
vehicle transportedto aqualied specialist
workshop, e.g. a Mercedes-Benz Service
Centre.
#The drive system cannot be startedby tow-
starting thevehicle. Do not perform any
attemptsto tow-start thevehicle.
ElectrElectrical fusesical fuses
NNoottes on electres on electrical fusesical fuses
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident and injury due
to overloaded lines
If you manipulate or bridge a faulty fuse or if
youreplace it with a fuse with a higher amper-
age, the electric line could be overloaded.
This could result in a re.
#Alwaysreplace faulty fuses with speci-
ed new fuses containing the correct
amperage.
*NNOOTETE Damage due to incorrect fuses
Electrical components or systems may be
damaged by incorrect fuses, or their function-
ality may be signicantly impaired.
#Only use fuses that have been approved
by Mercedes-Benz and which have the
correct fuse rating.
Blown fuses must be replaced with fuses of the
same rating, which you can recognise by the col-
our and the label. The fuse ratings and further
information to be observed can be found in the
fuse assignment diagram.
FFuse assignment diagruse assignment diagram:am: on the fuse box in the
engine compartment (/page 329).
*NONOTETE Damage or malfunctions caused by
moisture
Moisture may cause damage to the electrical
system or cause it to malfunction.
#When the fuse box is open, make sure
that no moisture can enter the fuse box.
#When closing the fuse box, make sure
that the seal of the lid is positioned cor-
rectly on the fuse box.
If the newly inserted fuse also blows, have the
cause traced and rectied at a qualied specialist
workshop.
Ensure thefollowing before replacing a fuse:
RThe vehicle is secured against rolling away.
RAll electrical consumers are switched o.
RThe vehicle is switched o.
328328 Breakdown assistance
The electrical fuses are located in various fuse
boxes:
RFuse box in the engine compartment on the
le-hand side of thevehicle, when viewed in
the direction of travel (/page 329)
RFuse box in the front passenger footwell
(/page 330)
RFuse box in the centre of the load compart-
ment (/page 331)
Opening and closing tOpening and closing the fuse bohe fuse box in tx in the enginehe engine
comcomparpartmenttment
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RA dry cloth and a screwdriver are available.
Observe the notes on electrical fuses
(/page 328).
OpeningOpening
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury from using the
windscreen wipers when the bonnet is
open
If the windscreen wipers start moving when
the bonnet is open, you could be trapped by
the wiper linkage.
#Always switch o the windscreen wipers
and vehicle before opening the engine
bonnet.
#Open the bonnet.
#Remove any existing moisture from the fuse
box using a dry cloth.
#Loosen screws1.
#Press clamps 2and li the fuse box lid up
and out.
The fuse assignment diagram is in a recess on the
side of the fuse box.
Breakdown assistance 329329
ClosingClosing
#Check whether the seal is positioned correctly
in the lid.
#Place the lid on the fuse box.
#Make sure that clamps 2engage.
#Tighten screws 1.
#Close the bonnet.
Opening and closing tOpening and closing the fuse bohe fuse box in tx in the frhe frontont
passengpassenger fer fooootwtwellell
Observe the notes on electrical fuses
(/page 328).
OpeningOpening
#Li carpet 1in the direction of the arrow.
#Loosen screws2and remove the fuse box
lid from thetop.
ClosingClosing
#Place the lid on the fuse box.
#Tighten screws 2.
#Fold back the carpet.
330330 Breakdown assistance
Opening and closing tOpening and closing the fuse bohe fuse box in tx in the load com-he load com-
parpartmenttment
Observe the notes on electrical fuses
(/page 328).
#Open the load compartment oor.
Fuse box 1is located underneath the load com-
partment oor.
Breakdown assistance 331331
NNoottes on noise or unusual handling ces on noise or unusual handling charharactactereris-is-
ticstics
Make sure there are no vibrations, noises or
unusual handling characteristics when thevehicle
is in motion. This may indicate that the wheels or
tyres are damaged. Hidden tyre damage could
also be causing the unusual handling characteris-
tics.
If you suspect that a tyre is defective,reduce your
speed immediately and have the tyres and wheels
checked at a qualied specialist workshop.
NNoottes on res on regularlegularly inspecting wheels and tyry inspecting wheels and tyreses
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury due to damaged
tyres
Damaged tyres can cause tyre pressure loss.
#Check the tyres regularlyfor signs of
damage and replace any damaged tyres
immediately.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of aquaplaning due to
insucient tyre tread
Insucient tyre tread will result in reduced
tyre grip.
The risk of aquaplaning is increased on wet
roads, especially when the speed of thevehi-
cle is not adaptedto suit the conditions.
#Thus, you should regularlycheck the
tread depth and the condition of the
tread across the entire width of all tyres.
Minimum tread depth for:
RSummer tyres: 3 mm
RM+S tyres: 4 mm
#For safetyreasons, replace the tyres
before the legally-prescribed limit forthe
minimum tread depth is reached.
Carry out thefollowing checks on all wheels regu-
larly, at least once a month or as required, for
example, prior to a long journey or driving o-
road:
RCheck the tyre pressure (/page 333).
RVisually inspect wheels and tyres for damage.
RCheck thevalve caps.
RVisual check of the tyre tread depth and the
tyre contact surface across the entire width.
The minimum tread depth for summer tyres is
3 mm and for winter tyres 4 mm.
NNoottes on snoes on snow cw chainshains
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to incor-
rect snow chain tting
If you t snow chains to therear wheels, the
snow chains may grind against thevehicle
body or chassis components.
This could cause damage to thevehicle or the
tyres.
#Never t snow chains to therear wheels.
#Always t snow chains to the front
wheels in pairs.
332332 Wheels and tyres
*NNOOTETE Damage to vehicle body or suspen-
sion components caused by tted snow
chains
On 4MATIC vehicles, if you t snow chains on
therear wheels, you can damage vehicle body
or suspension components.
#On 4MATIC vehicles, only t snow chains
on the front wheels.
Observe thefollowing notes when using snow
chains:
RSnow chains are only permissible for certain
wheel/tyre combinations. You can obtain
information about this from a Mercedes-Benz
Service Centre.
RFor safetyreasons, only use snow chains that
have been specically approved foryour vehi-
cle by Mercedes-Benz, or snow chains with
the same quality standard.
RIf snow chains are tted, the maximum per-
missible speed is 50 km/h.
RVVehicles witehicles with Ah Activctive Pe Pararking Assistking Assist::do not use
Active Parking Assist when snow chains are
tted.
%You can permanently limit the maximum
speed for driving with winter tyres
(/page 199).
%You can deactivate ESP®to pull away
(/page 192). This allows the wheels to spin,
achieving an increased driving force.
TTyryre pre pressureessure
NNoottes on tyres on tyre pre pressureessure
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to insu-
cient or excessive tyre pressure
Underinated or overinated tyres pose in par-
ticular thefollowing risks:
RThe tyres can burst.
RThe tyres can wear excessively and/or
unevenly.
RThe driving characteristics as well as the
steering and braking characteristics may
be greatly impaired.
#Comply with therecommended tyre
pressure and check the tyre pressure of
all tyres, including the spare wheel, regu-
larly:
Rmonthly
Rwhen the load changes
Rbefore embarking on a longer journey
Rif operating conditions change, e.g. o-
road driving
#Adjust the tyre pressure, if necessary.
Tyre pressure which is too high or too low can:
RShortenthe service life of the tyres.
RCause increased tyre damage.
RAdversely aect driving characteristics and
thus driving safety, e.g. due to aquaplaning.
Wheels and tyres 333333
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to repea-
ted pressure drop in the tyres
The wheels, valves or tyres could be damaged.
Too low a tyre pressure can lead to the tyres
bursting.
#Examine the tyres forforeign objects.
#Check whether the tyre has a puncture
or thevalve has a leak.
#If you are unable to rectify the damage,
contact a qualied specialist workshop.
Information on therecommended tyre pressure
forthevehicle's factory-tted tyres can be found
on the tyre pressure table on the inside of the
socket ap (/page 334).
Use a suitable pressure gauge to check the tyre
pressure. The outer appearance of a tyre does not
permit any reliable conclusion about the tyre pres-
sure.
Only correct tyre pressures when the tyres are
cold. Conditions for cold tyres:
RThe vehicle has been parked with the tyres out
of direct sunlight for at least three hours.
RThe vehicle has travelled less than 1.6 km.
The vehicle's tyres heat up when driving. As the
temperature of the tyres increases, so too does
the tyre pressure.
VVehicles witehicles with a tyrh a tyre pre pressuressure monite monitororing systing system:em:
you can also check the tyre pressure using the
on-board computer.
NotNotes on tres on trailer operailer operationation
Always inate therear axle tyres to therecom-
mended tyre pressures on the tyre pressure table
for increased load.
TTyryre pre pressuressure te tableable
The tyre pressure table is on the inside of the
socket ap. The tyre pressure table shows therecommended
tyre pressure for all tyres approvedforthis vehi-
cle. The recommended tyre pressures apply for
cold tyres under various operating conditions, i.e.
loading and/or speed of thevehicle.
If one or more tyre sizes precede a tyre pressure,
the tyre pressure information following is only
valid forthose tyre sizes.
334334 Wheels and tyres
If the preceding tyre sizes are complemented by
the+symbol, the tyre pressure information
following shows alternative tyre pressures. These
tyre pressures may improve your vehicle's ride
comfort. Energy consumption may then increase
slightly.
The load conditions "partially laden" and "fully
laden" are dened in thetable for dierent num-
bers of passengers and amounts of luggage. The
actual number of seats may dier from this.
Be sure to also observe thefollowing further rela-
ted subjects:
RNotes on tyre pressure (/page 333)
TTyryre pre pressuressure monite monitororing systing systemem
FFunction of tunction of the tyrhe tyre pre pressuressure monite monitororing systing systemem
The system checks the tyre pressure and the tyre
temperature of the tyres tted to thevehicle by
means of a tyre pressure sensor.
The tyre pressure and the tyre temperature
appear in the on-board computer (/page 335).
If there is a substantial pressure loss or if the tyre
temperature is excessive, you will be warned with
display messages (/page 404) or theh
warning lamp in the instrument cluster
(/page 419).
The tyre pressure monitoring system is only an
aid. It is the driver's responsibility to set the tyre
pressure to therecommended cold tyre pressure
suitable forthe operating situation.
In most cases, the tyre pressure monitoring sys-
tem will automatically update the new reference
values aer you have changed the tyre pressure.
You can, however, also update thereference val-
ues by restarting the tyre pressure monitoring
system manually (/page 336).
SystSystem limitsem limits
The system may be impaired or may not function
particularly in thefollowing situations:
Rincorrect reference values were taught in
Rsudden pressure loss caused by aforeign
object penetrating the tyre, forexample
Rthere is a malfunction caused by another radio
signal source
ChecChecking tking the tyrhe tyre pre pressuressure wite with th the tyrhe tyre pre pressureessure
monitmonitororing sying syststemem
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe vehicle is switched on.
On-board computer:
4Service 5Tyres
One of thefollowing displays appears:
RCurrent tyre pressure and tyre temperature of
the individual wheels:
RTyre pressures will be displayed after a few
minutes of driving
Wheels and tyres 335335
RTyre pressure monitor active:theteach-in
process of the system is not yet complete. The
tyre pressures are already being monitored.
#Compare the tyre pressure with therecom-
mended tyre pressure forthe current operat-
ing condition (/page 334). Additionally,
observe the notes on cold tyres
(/page 333).
%The values displayed in the on-board com-
puter may deviate from those of the tyre pres-
sure gauge as they referto sea level. At high
elevations, the tyre pressure values indicated
by a pressure gauge are higher than those
shown by the on-board computer. In this case,
do not reduce the tyre pressure.
RRestestararting tting the tyrhe tyre pre pressuressure monite monitororing systing systemem
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe recommended tyre pressure is correctly
set fortherespective operating status on all of
the wheels (/page 333).
Restart the tyre pressure monitoring system in the
following situations:
RThe tyre pressure has changed.
RThe wheels or tyres have been changed or
newly tted.
On-board computer:
4Service 5Tyres
#Swipe downwards on Touch Control on the
le-hand side of the steering wheel.
The Use current pressures as new reference
values? message is shown in the Instrument
Display.
#To restart, press Touch Control on the le-
hand side of the steering wheel.
The Tyre press. monitor restarted message is
shown in the Instrument Display.
Current warning messages are deleted and
theyellow hwarning lamp goes out.
Aer you have been driving for a few minutes,
the system checks whether the current tyre
pressures are within the specied range. The
current tyre pressures are then accepted as
reference values and monitored.
Be sure to also pay attention to thefollowing rela-
tedtopic:
RNotes on tyre pressure (/page 333)
Wheel cWheel changehange
NNoottes on selecting,es on selecting, ttingtting and rand replacing tyreplacing tyreses
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to incor-
rect wheel and tyre dimensions
If wheels and tyres of the wrong size are tted,
the service brakes or components in the brake
system and in the wheel suspension may be
damaged.
#Alwaysreplace wheels and tyres with
those that full the specications of the
original part.
For wheels, pay attention to thefollowing:
RDesignation
RType
For tyres, pay attention to thefollowing:
RDesignation
RManufacturer
RType
336336 Wheels and tyres
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury through exceed-
ing the specied tyre load-bearing capa-
city or the permissible speed rating
Exceeding the load-bearing capacity of the
tyres can lead to tyre damage and could cause
the tyres to explode.
#Therefore, only use tyre types and sizes
approvedforyour vehicle model.
#Observe the tyre load-bearing capacity
rating and speed rating required foryour
vehicle.
*NNOOTETE Vehicle and tyre damage through
tyre types and sizes that have not been
approved
For safetyreasons, only use tyres, wheels and
accessories which have been specially
approved by Mercedes-Benz foryour vehicle.
These tyres are specially adaptedto the active
safety systems, such as ABS, ESP®and
4MATIC, and marked as follows:
RMO = Mercedes-Benz Original
RMOE = Mercedes-Benz Original Extended
(run-at tyres only for certain wheels)
RMO1 = Mercedes-Benz Original (only cer-
tain AMG tyres)
Otherwise, certain properties, such as han-
dling characteristics, vehicle noise emissions,
consumption, etc. could be adversely aec-
ted. Furthermore, other tyre sizes could result
in the tyres rubbing against the body and axle
components when loaded. This could result in
damage to the tyre or thevehicle.
Only use tyres, wheels and accessories that
have been checked and recommended by
Mercedes-Benz.
*NNOOTETE Risk to driving safety from retrea-
ded tyres
Retreaded tyres are neither tested nor recom-
mended by Mercedes-Benz, since previous
damage cannot always be detected on retrea-
ded tyres.
Forthis reason driving safety cannot be guar-
anteed.
#Do not use used tyres if you have no
information about their previous usage.
*NNOOTETE Possible wheel and tyre damage
when driving over obstacles
Large wheels have a smaller section width. As
the section width decreases, therisk of
wheels and tyres being damaged when driving
over obstacles increases.
#Avoid obstacles or drive especially care-
fully.
#Reduce your speed when driving over
kerbs, speed bumps, manhole covers
and potholes.
Wheels and tyres 337337
#Avoid particularly high kerbs.
*NNOOTETE Possible wheel and tyre damage
when parking on kerbs or in potholes
Parking on kerbs or in potholes may damage
the wheels and tyres.
#If possible, park only on at surfaces.
#Avoid kerbs and potholes when parking.
*NNOOTETE Damage to electronic component
parts from the use of tyre-tting tools
VVehicles witehicles with a tyrh a tyre pre pressuressure monite monitororing sying sys-s-
ttem:em: electronic component parts are located
in the wheel. Tyre-tting tools should not be
applied in the area of thevalve.
The tools could damage the electronic compo-
nent parts.
#Have the tyres changed at a qualied
specialist workshop only.
*NNOOTETE Damage to summer tyres at low
ambient temperatures
At low ambient temperatures, tears could form
when driving with summer tyres, causing per-
manent damage to the tyre.
#At temperatures below 7 °C use i
M+S tyres.
Accessory parts which are not approved foryour
vehicle by Mercedes-Benz, or which are not used
correctly, can impair the operating safety.
Before purchasing and using non-approved acces-
sories, visit a qualied specialist workshop and
enquire about:
RSuitability
RLegal stipulations
RFactory recommendations
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident with high per-
formance tyres
The special tyre tread in combination with the
optimised tyre compound means that therisk
of skidding and hydroplaning on wetroads is
increased.
In addition, the tyre grip is greatly reduced at
a low outside temperature and tyre running
temperature.
#Switch on the ESP®and adapt your driv-
ing style accordingly.
#Use iM+S tyres at outside tempera-
tures of less than 10 °C.
#Only use the tyres fortheir intended pur-
pose.
Observe thefollowing when selecting, tting and
replacing tyres:
RCountry-specic requirements for tyre
approval that dene a specic tyre type for
your vehicle.
RFurthermore, the use of certain tyre types in
certain regions and areas of operation can be
highly benecial.
ROnly use tyres and wheels of the same type
(summer tyres, winter tyres, MOExtended
tyres) and the same make.
338338 Wheels and tyres
ROnly t wheels of the same size on one axle
(le and right).
It is only permissible to t a dierent wheel
size in theevent of a at tyre in order to drive
to the specialist workshop.
RDo not make any modications to the brake
system, the wheels or the tyres.
The use of shims or brake dust shields is not
permitted and may invalidate thevehicle's
general operating permit.
RVVehicles witehicles with a tyrh a tyre pre pressuressure monite monitororing sying sys-s-
ttem:em: all tted wheels must be equipped with
functioning sensors forthe tyre pressure mon-
itoring system.
RAt temperatures below 7 °C use winter tyres
or all-season tyres markediM+S for all
wheels.
Winter tyres provide the best possible grip in
wintry road conditions.
RFor M+S tyres, only use tyres with the same
tread.
RObserve the maximum permissible speed for
the M+S tyres tted.
If the tyre's maximum speed is below that of
thevehicle, this must be indicated by an
appropriate label in the driver's eld of vision.
RRun in new tyres at moderate speeds forthe
rst 100 km.
RReplace the tyres aer six years at the latest,
regardless of wear.
RWhen rWhen replacing witeplacing with tyrh tyres tes that do nohat do not ft featureaturee
rrun-atun-at ccharharactactererisistics:tics: vehicles with
MOExtended tyres are not equipped with a
TIREFIT kit at thefactory. Equip thevehicle
with a TIREFIT kit aer replacing with tyres
that do not feature run-at characteristics,
e.g. winter tyres.
%You can permanently limit the maximum
speed for driving with winter tyres
(/page 199).
For more information on wheels and tyres, con-
tact a qualied specialist workshop.
Be sure to also observe thefollowing further rela-
ted subjects:
RNotes on tyre pressure (/page 333)
RTyre pressure table (/page 334)
RNotes on the emergency spare wheel
(/page 345)
NNoottes on intes on intercerchanging wheelshanging wheels
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury through dierent
wheel sizes
Interchanging the front and rear wheels can
severely impair the driving characteristics.
The disk brakes or wheel suspension compo-
nents may also be damaged.
#Only interchange the front and rear
wheels if the wheels and tyres have the
same dimensions.
Interchanging the front and rear wheels if the
wheels or tyres have dierent dimensions can
render thegeneral operating permit invalid.
The wear patterns on the front and rear wheels
dier:
Rfront wheels wear more on the tyre shoulder
Rrear wheels wear more in the centre of the
tyre
Wheels and tyres 339339
Do not drive with tyres that have too little tread
depth. This signicantly reduces traction on wet
roads (aquaplaning).
On vehicles with the same front and rear wheel
size, you can interchange the wheels every
5,000 to 10,000 km, depending on thewear.
Ensure the direction of rotation is maintained for
the wheels.
Observe the instructions and safety notes on
"Changing a wheel" when doing so (/page 340).
NNoottes on stes on stororing wheelsing wheels
When storing wheels, observe thefollowing notes:
RAer removing wheels, store them in a cool,
dry and preferably dark place.
RProtect the tyres from contact with oil, grease
or fuel.
OvOverervieview of tw of the tyrhe tyre-ce-changhange te tool kitool kit
Apart from some country-specic variants, vehi-
cles are not equipped with a tyre-change tool kit.
For more information on which tyre-changing
tools are required and approvedfor performing a
wheel change on your vehicle, consult a qualied
specialist workshop.
Yourequire thefollowing tools, forexample, to
change a wheel:
RJack
RChock
RWheel wrench
RCentring pin
%The jack weighs approximately 3.4 kg.
The maximum load capacity of the jack can
be found on the sticker axed to the jack.
The jack is maintenance-free. If there is a
malfunction, please contact a qualied spe-
cialist workshop.
The tyre-change tool kit is located in tool bag 1
in the load compartment.
The tool bag contains:
RJack
RGloves
RWheel wrench
RCentring pin
RFolding chock
RRatchet for jack
PrPrepareparing ting the vhe vehicle fehicle for a wheel cor a wheel changehange
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe vehicle is not on a slope.
340340 Wheels and tyres
RThe vehicle is on solid, non-slippery and level
ground.
RThe required tyre-change tool kit is available.
%If your vehicle is not equipped with the tyre-
change tool kit, consult a qualied specialist
workshop to nd out about suitable tools.
#Apply the electric parking brake manually.
#Move the front wheels to the straight-ahead
position.
#Shi the transmission to position j.
#Switch o thevehicle.
#Make sure that thevehicle cannot be started.
#Place chocks or other suitable items under the
front and rear of the wheel that is diagonally
opposite the wheel you wish to change.
RRaising taising the vhe vehicle when cehicle when changing a wheelhanging a wheel
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThere are no persons in thevehicle.
RThe vehicle has been prepared for a wheel
change (/page 340).
Important notes on using the jack:
RUse only a vehicle-specic jack that has been
approvedby Mercedes-Benz to raise thevehi-
cle.
RThe jack is only designed forraising and hold-
ing thevehicle for a short time while a wheel
is being changed and not for maintenance
work under thevehicle.
RThe jack must be placed on a rm, at and
non-slip surface. If necessary, use a large, at,
load-bearing, non-slip underlay.
RThe foot of the jack must be positioned verti-
cally under the jack support point.
Rules of conduct when thevehicle is raised:
RNever place your hands or feet under thevehi-
cle.
RNever lie under thevehicle.
RDo not start thevehicle and do not release the
electric parking brake.
RDo not open or close any doors or thetailgate.
Wheels and tyres 341341
#Using the wheel wrench, loosen the wheel
bolts on the wheel you wish to change by
about one full turn. Do not unscrew the
screws completely.
Position of jack support points
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury from incorrect
positioning of the jack
If you do not position the jack correctly at the
appropriate jacking point of thevehicle, the
jack could tip with thevehicle raised.
#Only position the jack at the appropriate
jacking point of thevehicle. The base of
the jack must be positioned vertically
under the jacking point of thevehicle.
*NNOOTETE Damage to thevehicle due to using
an unsuitable jack
You can damage thevehicle and, in particular
the high-voltage battery, if you use a jack that
is not specically designed forthe jack sup-
port points of thevehicle.
#Only use jacks that are specically
designed forthe jack support points, or
use an appropriate adapter.
*NNOOTETE Risk of damage to thevehicle due
to incorrect positioning of the jack
If you do not position the jack at the designa-
ted jack support points, you could damage
your vehicle and, in particular, the high-voltage
battery.
#Only position the jack at the designated
jack support points.
#Take theratchet out of the tyre-change tool kit
and place it on the hexagon nut of the jack so
that the letters "AUF" are visible.
342342 Wheels and tyres
#Position support 2of jack 4on jack sup-
port point 1.
#Turn ratchet 3clockwise until support 2
sits completely on jack support point 1and
the base of the jack lies evenly on theground.
#Turn ratchet 3until the tyre is raised a maxi-
mum of 3 cm from theground.
#Loosen and remove the wheel (/page 343).
RRemoemoving a wheelving a wheel
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe vehicle is raised (/page 341).
When changing a wheel, avoid applying any force
to the brake discs, since this could impair the
level of comfort when braking.
*NONOTETE Damage to threading from dirt on
wheel bolts
#Do not place wheel bolts in sand or on a
dirty surface.
#Unscrew the uppermost wheel bolt com-
pletely.
#Screw centring pin 1into thethread instead
of the wheel bolt.
#Unscrew theremaining wheel bolts com-
pletely.
#Remove the wheel.
FFitting a neitting a new wheelw wheel
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe wheel to be changed is removed and the
centring pin is screwed in (/page 343).
Wheels and tyres 343343
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident from losing a
wheel
Oiled or greased wheel bolts can cause the
wheel bolts to come loose, as too can dam-
aged wheel bolts or wheel hub threads.
#Never oil or grease thethreads.
#In theevent of damage to thethreads,
contact a qualied specialist workshop
immediately.
#Have the damaged wheel bolts or dam-
aged hub threads replaced.
#Do not continue driving.
#Observe the information on thechoice of tyres
(/page 336).
For tyres with a specied direction of rotation, an
arrow on the side wall of the tyre indicates the
correct direction of rotation. Observe the direc-
tion of rotation when tting.
#Slide the wheel to be mounted onto the cen-
tring pin and push it on.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury from tightening
wheel bolts and nuts
If you tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nuts
when thevehicle is raised, the jack could tip.
#Only tighten wheel bolts or wheel nuts
when thevehicle is on theground.
#Be sure to observe the instructions and safety
notes on "Changing a wheel" (/page 336).
#For safetyreasons, only use wheel bolts which
have been approved by Mercedes-Benz and
forthe wheel in question.
#Tighten the wheel bolts evenly in a diagonal
pattern in the order indicated until they are
nger-tight.
#Unscrew and remove the centring pin.
#Tighten the last wheel bolt until it is nger-
tight.
#Lowerthevehicle (/page 344).
LowLowerering ting the vhe vehicleehicle aeraer a wheel ca wheel changehange
RReqequiruirements:ements:
RThe new wheel has been tted (/page 343).
#TTo lowo lower ter the vhe vehicle:ehicle: place theratchet onto
the hexagon nut of the jack so that the letters
"AB" are visible and turn anti-clockwise.
#Tighten the wheel bolts evenly in a diagonal
pattern in the order indicated 1to 5with
an initial maximum force of 80 Nm.
#Tighten the wheel bolts evenly in a diagonal
pattern in the order indicated 1to 5with
the specied tightening torque of 150 Nm.
344344 Wheels and tyres
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to incor-
rect tightening torque
The wheels could come loose if the wheel
bolts or wheel nuts are not tightened to the
prescribed torque.
#Ensure that the wheel bolts or wheel
nuts are tightened to the prescribed
tightening torque.
#If you are not sure, do not move thevehi-
cle. Contact a qualied specialist work-
shop and have the tightening torque
checked immediately.
#Check the tyre pressure of the newly tted
wheel and adjust it if necessary.
%The following does not apply if the new wheel
is an emergency spare wheel.
#VVehicles witehicles with a tyrh a tyre pre pressuressure monite monitororing sying sys-s-
ttem:em: restart the tyre pressure monitoring sys-
tem (/page 336).
EmergEmergency sparency spare wheele wheel
NNoottes on tes on the emerghe emergency sparency spare wheele wheel
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident caused by
incorrect wheel and tyre dimensions
The wheel or tyre size and the tyre type of the
emergency spare wheel or spare wheel and
the wheel to be replaced may dier. The emer-
gency spare wheel or spare wheel can signi-
cantly impair driving characteristics of the
vehicle.
To prevent hazardous situations:
#Drive carefully.
#Never t more than one emergency
spare wheel or spare wheel that diers
in size.
#Only use an emergency spare wheel or
spare wheel briey.
#Do not deactivate ESP®.
#Have the emergency spare wheel or
spare wheel of a dierent size replaced
at the nearest qualied specialist work-
shop. The new wheel must have the cor-
rect dimensions.
Observe thefollowing notes on tting an emer-
gency spare wheel:
RThe maximum permissible speed with an
emergency spare wheel tted is 80 km/h.
RDo not t the emergency spare wheel with
snow chains.
RReplace the emergency spare wheel aer six
years at the latest, regardless of wear.
RCheck the tyre pressure of the emergency
spare wheel tted. Correct the pressure as
necessary.
%The specied tyre pressure is stated on the
label of the emergency spare wheel.
Wheels and tyres 345345
%VVehicles witehicles with a tyrh a tyre pre pressuressure monite monitororing sying sys-s-
ttem:em: if an emergency spare wheel is tted, the
tyre pressure monitoring system cannot func-
tion reliably. For a few minutes aer an emer-
gency spare wheel is tted, the system may
still display the tyre pressure of theremoved
wheel. Only restart the system again when the
emergency spare wheel has been replaced
with a new wheel.
Be sure to also observe thefollowing further rela-
ted subjects:
RNotes on tyre pressure (/page 333)
RTyre pressure table (/page 334)
RNotes on tting tyres (/page 336)
RFitting an emergency spare wheel
(/page 340)
346346 Wheels and tyres
NNoottes on tes on tecechnical datahnical data
The technical data was determined in accordance
with EU Directives. The data stated only applies to
vehicles with standard equipment. You can obtain
further information from a Mercedes-Benz Service
Centre.
OnlOnly fy for certor certain countrain countries:ies: you can ndvehicle-
specic vehicle data in theCOC documents (CER-
TIFICATE OF CONFORMITY). These documents
are delivered with your vehicle.
On-boarOn-board electrd electronicsonics
NNoottes on tes on tamamperpering witing with th the engine electrhe engine electronicsonics
*NNOOTETE Premature wear through improper
maintenance
Improper maintenance may cause vehicle
components to wear more quickly and the
vehicle's operating permit may be invalidated.
#Always have work on the engine elec-
tronics and related components carried
out at a qualied specialist workshop.
TTwwo-wao-way ry radiosadios
NNoottes ones on ttingtting twtwo-wao-way ry radiosadios
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to
improper work on two-way radios
If two-way radios are manipulated or retrot-
ted incorrectly, the electromagnetic radiation
from the two-way radios can interfere with the
vehicle electronics and jeopardise the operat-
ing safety of thevehicle.
#You should have all work on electrical
and electronic components carried out
at a qualied specialist workshop.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to
improper operation of two-way radios
If you use two-way radios in thevehicle
improperly,their electromagnetic radiation
can disrupt thevehicle's electronics. This is
the case in thefollowing situations, in particu-
lar:
RThe two-way radio is not connected to an
exterior aerial.
RThe exterior aerial is tted incorrectly or is
not a low-reection aerial.
This could jeopardise the operating safety of
thevehicle.
#Have the low-reection exterior aerial t-
ted at a qualied specialist workshop.
#When operating two-way radios in the
vehicle, always connect them to the low-
reection exterior aerial.
*NNOOTETE Invalidation of the operating permit
due to failure to comply with the instruc-
tions for installation and use
The operating permit may be invalidated if the
instructions for installation and use of two-way
radios are not observed.
#Only use approved frequency bands.
#Observe the maximum permissible out-
put power in these frequency bands.
#Only use approved aerial positions.
Technical data 347347
1Rear roof area
On vehicles with a panoramic sliding sunroof, t-
ting an aerial is not permitted.
Use Technical Specication ISO/TS 21609 (Road
Vehicles – "EMCs for installation of aermarket
radio frequency transmitting equipment") when
retrotting two-wayradios. Comply with the legal
requirements for detachable parts.
If your vehicle has ttings for two-way radio equip-
ment, use the power supply and aerial connectors
provided in the pre-installation. Observe the man-
ufacturer's supplements when tting.
TTwwo-wao-way ry radio tradio transmission outputansmission output
The maximum transmission output (PEAK) at the
base of the aerial must not exceed thevalues in
thefollowing table.
FrFreqequency band and maximum truency band and maximum transmission out-ansmission out-
putput
FFrreqequency banduency band Maximum trMaximum transmis-ansmis-
sion outputsion output
2 m frequency band
144-174 MHz
50 W
Terrestrial Trunked
Radio (TETRA)
380 - 460 MHz
10 W
70 cm frequency band
430 - 470 MHz
35 W
FFrreqequency banduency band Maximum trMaximum transmis-ansmis-
sion outputsion output
Two-way radio
2G
2 W
Two-way radio
3G/4G/5G
0.5 W
The following devices can be used in thevehicle
without restrictions:
Rtwo-wayradios with a maximum transmission
output of up to 100 mW
Rtwo-way radios with transmitter frequencies in
the 380 - 420 MHz frequency band and a
maximum transmission output of up to 2 W
(TETRA)
Rmobile phones (2G/3G/4G/5G)
There are no restrictions when positioning the
aerial on the outside of thevehicle forthefollow-
ing frequency bands:
RTETRA
R2G/3G/4G/5G
348348 Technical data
RRegulategulatorory ry radioadio identicationidentication and notand noteses
RRegulategulatorory ry radioadio identicationidentication of small comof small compo-po-
nentsnents
Manufacturer information about radio-based vehi-
cle components can be found using thekey
phrase "Regulatory radio identication" in the Dig-
ital Owner's Manual in thevehicle, on the internet
and in the app.
RRegulategulatorory ry radioadio identicationidentication – Indonesia– Indonesia
Manufacturer information about radio-based vehi-
cle components can be found using thekey
phrase "Regulatory radio identication – Indone-
sia" in the Digital Operator's Manual in thevehi-
cle, on the internet and in the app.
%These are not small components. Information
about small components can be found using
thekey phrase "Regulatory radio identication
of small components".
FFurturtherher comcomponent-specicponent-specic infinforormationmation
Further component-specic information can be
found using thekey phrase "further component-
specic information" in the Digital Owner's Man-
ual in thevehicle, on the internet and in the app.
VVehicleehicle identicationidentication platplate, VIN and engine num-e, VIN and engine num-
ber ovber overerviewview
VVehicleehicle identicationidentication plateplate
Technical data 349349
Vehicle identication plate (example: Kuwait)
1Vehicle manufacturer
2Place of manufacture
3Manufacturing date
4Vehicle model
5VIN
Vehicle identication plate (example: all other
countries)
1Vehicle manufacturer
2EU general operating permit number (only for
certain countries)
3VIN (vehicle identication number)
4Maximum permissible gross vehicle weight
(kg)
5Maximum permissible gross weight of vehicle
combination (kg) (only for specic countries)
6Maximum permissible front axle load (kg)
7Maximum permissible rear axle load (kg)
8Paint code
%The data shown in the illustration is example
data.
VIN in tVIN in the engine comhe engine comparpartmenttment
The VIN can be found on the crossmember in the
engine compartment. Further information can be
obtained at a qualied specialist workshop.
350350 Technical data
VIN at tVIN at the lowhe lower edger edge of te of the windscrhe windscreeneen
1VIN (vehicle identication number) as label
The VIN as a label at the lower edge of the wind-
screen is only available in some countries.
MotMotor numberor number
Further information on motor numbers can be
obtained at a qualied specialist workshop.
OperOperatingating uidsuids
NNoottes on operes on operatingating uidsuids
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury from operating
uids harmful to your health
Operating uids may be poisonous and harm-
ful to your health.
#Observe thetext on the original contain-
ers when using, storing or disposing of
operating uids.
#Always store operating uids sealed in
their original containers.
#Alwayskeep children away from operat-
ing uids.
+ENVIRENVIRONMENTONMENTAL NOAL NOTETE Pollution of the
environment due to irresponsible disposal
of operating uids
Incorrect disposal of operating uids can
cause considerable damage to the environ-
ment.
#Dispose of operating uids in an environ-
mentally responsible manner.
Operating uids include thefollowing:
Rlubricants
Rcoolant
Rbrake uid
Rwindscreen washer uid
Rclimate control system refrigerant
Only use products approvedby Mercedes-Benz.
Damage caused by the use of products that have
not been approved is not coveredby the
Mercedes-Benz warranty or goodwill gestures.
You can identify operating uids approvedby
Mercedes-Benz by thefollowing inscriptions on
the container:
RMB-Freigabe (e.g. MB-Freigabe 229.51)
RMB-Approval (e.g. MB-Approval 229.51)
Technical data 351351
Further information on approved operating uids
is available at thefollowing locations:
Rin the Mercedes-Benz Specications for Oper-
ating Fluids by entering the designation
-at https://bevo.mercedes-benz.com
-in the Mercedes-Benz BeVo App
Rat a qualied specialist workshop
NNoottes on bres on brakakeeuiduid
Note the instructions about operating uids
(/page 351).
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident due to
vapour pockets forming in the brake sys-
tem
The brake uid constantly absorbs moisture
from the air. This lowers the boiling point of
the brake uid. If the boiling point is too low,
vapour pockets may form in the brake system
when the brakes are applied hard.
This impairs the braking eect.
#Have the brake uid renewed at the
specied intervals.
Have the brake uid regularlyreplaced at a quali-
ed specialist workshop.
Only use a brake uid approvedby Mercedes-
Benz according to MB-Freigabe or MB-Approval
331.0.
CoolantCoolant
NNoottes on coolantes on coolant
Observe the notes on operating uids
(/page 351).
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of re‑ and injury from
antifreeze
If antifreeze comes into contact with hot com-
ponent parts in the engine compartment, it
may ignite.
#Allow the drive system to cool down
before youtop up the antifreeze.
#Make sure that no antifreeze spills out
next to the ller opening.
#Thoroughly clean the antifreeze from
component parts before starting the
vehicle.
*NNOOTETE Damage caused by incorrect cool-
ant
#Only use coolant that has been premixed
with therequired antifreeze protection.
Information on coolant is available at thefol-
lowing locations:
RIn the Mercedes-Benz Specication for
Operating Fluids 320.1
-At https://bevo.mercedes-benz.com
-In the Mercedes-Benz BeVo App
RAt aqualied specialist workshop
*NNOOTETE Overheating at high outside temper-
atures
If an inappropriate coolant is used, the engine
cooling system is not suciently protected
against overheating and corrosion at high out-
side temperatures.
352352 Technical data
#Only use coolant approvedby Mercedes-
Benz.
#Observe the instructions in the
Mercedes-Benz Specications for Oper-
ating Fluids 320.1.
Have the coolant regularlyreplaced at a qualied
specialist workshop.
Proportion of antifreeze concentrate in the engine
cooling system:
RA minimum of 50% (antifreeze protection down
to about -37°C)
RA maximum of 55% (antifreeze protection
down to -45°C)
NNoottes on windscres on windscreen ween washerasher uiduid
Observe the notes on operating uids
(/page 351).
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of re and injury from
windscreen washer concentrate
Windscreen washer concentrate is highly am-
mable. If it comes into contact with hot com-
ponents, it may ignite.
#Make sure that windscreen washer con-
centrate is not spilled near to the ller
opening.
*NNOOTETE Damage to theexterior lighting due
to unsuitable windscreen washer uid
Unsuitable windscreen washer uids may
damage the plastic surface of theexterior
lighting.
#Only use windscreen washer uids which
are also suitable for use on plastic surfa-
ces, e.g. MB SummerFit or MB WinterFit.
*NNOOTETE Blocked spray nozzles caused by
mixing windscreen washer uids
#Do not mix MB SummerFit and MB Win-
terFit with other windscreen washer u-
ids.
Do not use distilled or de-ionised water. Other-
wise, the ll level sensor may be triggered errone-
ously.
Recommended windscreen washer uid:
Rabove freezing point: e.g. MB SummerFit
Rbelow freezing point: e.g. MB WinterFit
Forthe correct mixing ratio, referto the informa-
tion on the antifreeze container.
Mix washer uid with windscreen washer uid all
year round.
Technical data 353353
VVehicle dataehicle data
VVehicle dimensionsehicle dimensions
The heights specied may vary as a result of the
following factors:
Rtyres
Rload
Rcondition of the suspension
Roptional equipment
Height when opened and headrHeight when opened and headroomoom
ModelModel 11
HeightHeight
whenwhen
openedopened
22Head-Head-
rroomoom
All models 2134 mm 1917 mm
VVehicle dimensionsehicle dimensions
All modelsAll models
Vehicle length4463 mm
Vehicle width including
outside mirrors 2020 mm
Vehicle width exclud-
ing outside mirrors 1834 mm
Vehicle height 1624 mm
Wheelbase 2729 mm
WWeights and loadseights and loads
Please observe thefollowing notesforthe speci-
ed vehicle data:
RItems of optional equipment increase the unla-
den weight and reduce the payload.
RVehicle-specic weight information can be
found on thevehicle identication plate
(/page 349).
RRoof loadoof load
ModelModel Maximum rMaximum roof loadoof load
All models75 kg
High-vHigh-voltoltagage batte batteryery
NNoottes on tes on the powhe power suppler supply fy for vor vehicles witehicles with ah a
high-vhigh-voltoltagage batte batteryery
In accordance with European standard EN
17186:2019, vehicle identiers are located on the
vehicle in thefollowing places:
ROn the inside of the socket ap
ROn thecharging cable connector
354354 Technical data
Charging stations in European countries are also
equipped with energy supply identiers. You can
recharge your vehicle at charging stations where
thecharging station identier corresponds to the
vehicle identier.
For further information on charging the high-volt-
age battery, referto the "Charging the high-volt-
age battery" section (/page 163).
1Supply type: AC
Standard: EN 62196-2
Style: type 2
Plug type: charging cable socket and vehicle
plug
Voltage range: 480 V RMS
2Supply type: DC
Standard: EN 62196-3
Style: FF
Plug type: charging cable socket and vehicle
plug
Voltage range: 50 V to 500 V
3Supply type: DC
Standard: EN 62196-3
Style: FF
Plug type: charging cable socket and vehicle
plug
Voltage range: 200 V to 920 V
Missing values were not available at the time of
going to press.
EnerEnergy contgy content and cent and charharging time (EQA 250+)ging time (EQA 250+)
EQA 250+EQA 250+
Type Lithium-ion
Usable energy content 70.5 kWh
Range
EQA 250+EQA 250+
Charge time – mode 4
with approx. 100 kW charging
capacity
Approx. 30
min
Charge time – mode 3
with 11 kW charging capacity
(depending on the condition of
thevehicle body)
Approx. 5 h
45 min
Charge time – mode 2
with 3.7 kW charging capacity
Approx. 18 h
15 min
Charge time – mode 2
with 2.3 kW charging capacity
Approx. 30 h
EnerEnergy contgy content and cent and charharging time (all otging time (all other mod-her mod-
els)els)
All otAll other modelsher models
Type Lithium-ion
Usable energy content 66.5 kWh
Range
Technical data 355355
All otAll other modelsher models
Charge time – mode 4
with approx. 100 kW charging
capacity
Approx. 30
min
Charge time – mode 3
with 11 kW charging capacity
(depending on the condition of
thevehicle body)
Approx. 5 h
45 min
Charge time – mode 2
with 3.7 kW charging capacity
Approx. 18 h
15 min
Charge time – mode 2
with 2.3 kW charging capacity
Approx. 30 h
Charging times – modes 2 and 3 apply to AC
charging from 10% to 100% of the usable energy
content.
Charging time – mode 4 applies to DC charging
from 10% to 80% of the usable energy content.
The time takento charge the battery depends on
thecharge status of the battery, the ambient tem-
perature and thecharging capacity of the battery.
The charging capacity, in turn, depends on the
supply voltage, the current intensity and the type
of power supply.
The nominal voltage range foryour vehicle can be
found on the information label in the socket cover
(/page 163).
TTrrailer hitchailer hitch
GenerGeneral notal notes on tes on the trhe trailer hitchailer hitch
Modications to the engine cooling system may
be necessary, depending on thevehicle model.
The retrotting of a trailer hitch is only permissi-
ble if a towing capacity is specied in your vehicle
documents.
Further information can be obtained at a qualied
specialist workshop.
Mounting dimensions of tMounting dimensions of the trhe trailer hitchailer hitch
1Fastening points
2Overhang dimension
3Rear axle centre line
356356 Technical data
The overhang dimension and fastening points are
valid for a trailer hitch installed at thefactory.
OvOvererhang dimension lengthhang dimension length
ModelModel 22OvOvererhanghang
dimensiondimension
All models945 mm
TToowing capacitywing capacity
%The tongue weight is not included in thetow-
ing capacity.
The values forthe trtrailer load, brailer load, brakakeded apply
with a minimum start-o gradeability of 12%.
ToTowing capacitywing capacity, br, brakakeded
ModelModel
All models1800 kg
TToowing capacitywing capacity, unbr, unbrakakeded
ModelModel
All models 750 kg
Maximum tMaximum tongue wongue weight and load capacityeight and load capacity
*NNOOTETE Damage caused by the trailer com-
ing loose
If thetongue weight used is too low, the trailer
may come loose.
#The tongue weight must not be below
50 kg.
#Use a tongue weight that is as close as
possible to the maximum permissible
tongue weight.
*NNOOTETE Damage caused by the bicycle rack
coming loose
When using a bicycle rack, both the maximal
tongue weight and the maximal load capacity
should be observed.
#Do not exceed the permissible load
capacity.
Observe the additional notes on load capacity
(/page 241).
TTongue wongue weighteight
ModelModel Maximum tMaximum tongueongue
wweighteight
All models80 kg
Load capacityLoad capacity
All modelsAll models Maximum loadMaximum load
When attaching the
bicycle rack to the ball
head
75 kg
When attaching the
bicycle rack to the ball
head and additionally
to the guide pin
100 kg
PPerermissible rmissible rear axle load (trear axle load (trailer operailer operation)ation)
TTrrailer operailer operation axle loadation axle load
ModelModel Axle loadAxle load
All models 1465 kg
Technical data 357357
DisplaDisplay messagy messageses
IntrIntroductionoduction
InfInforormation about displamation about display messagy messageses
Display messages appear on the instrument dis-
play.
Display messages with graphic symbols are sim-
plied in the Owner's Manual and may dier from
the symbols on the instrument display. The instru-
ment display shows high-priority display messages
in red. Certain display messages are accompa-
nied by awarning tone.
Please act in accordance with the display mes-
sages and follow the additional notes in the Own-
er's Manual.
For some display messages, symbols will also be
shown:
RÕFurther information
R¨Hide display message
With the le-hand Touch Control, you can select
therespective symbol by swiping to the le or
right. Pressing Õdisplays further information on
the media display. Press the¨symbol to hide
the display message.
You can hide low-priority display messages by
pressing the back button Por the le-hand
Touch Control. The display messages will then be
stored in the message memory.
Rectify the cause of a display message as quickly
as possible.
High-priority display messages cannot be hidden.
The instrument display will show these display
messages permanently until the cause of the dis-
play message has been rectied.
Calling up savCalling up saved displaed display messagy messageses
On-board computer:
4Service 51 message
If there are no display messages, No messages
will appear on the instrument display.
#Scroll through the display messages by swip-
ing upwards or downwards on the le-hand
Touch Control.
#TTo eo exit txit the messaghe message memorye memory::press the back
button P.
358358 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
Occupant safeOccupant safetyty
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
6
Restraint sys. malfunction
Consult workshop
*The restraint system is malfunctioning (/page 45).
&DDANANGERGER Risk of fatal injuries due to restraint system malfunctions
Components in therestraint system may be activated unintentionally or not deploy as planned in an accident. In
theevent of an accident, the high-voltage on-board electrical system may not be deactivated as intended.
You may suer an electric shock if youtouch the damaged components of the high-voltage on-board electrical
system.
#Have therestraint system checked and repaired immediately at a qualied specialist workshop.
#Aer an accident, switch o thevehicle immediately.
6
Front left malfunction Con-
sult workshop (example)
*The corresponding restraint system is malfunctioning (/page 45).
&DDANANGERGER Risk of fatal injuries due to restraint system malfunctions
Components in therestraint system may be activated unintentionally or not deploy as planned in an accident. In
theevent of an accident, the high-voltage on-board electrical system may not be deactivated as intended.
You may suer an electric shock if youtouch the damaged components of the high-voltage on-board electrical
system.
#Have therestraint system checked and repaired immediately at a qualied specialist workshop.
#Aer an accident, switch o thevehicle immediately.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 359359
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
6
Left windowbag malfunc-
tion Consult work-
shop (example)
*The corresponding restraint system is malfunctioning (/page 45).
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or fatal injury due to a malfunction in the windowbag
The windowbag might be triggered unintentionally or might not be triggered at all in theevent of an accident.
#Have the windowbag checked and repaired immediately at a qualied specialist workshop.
Front-passenger airbag dis-
abled See Owner's Manual
*The front passenger airbag has been disabled even though an adult or a person of adult build is on the front passenger
seat. If additional forces are applied to the seat, theweight the system detects may be too low.
&WWARNINGARNING ‑ Risk of injury or evenfatal injury when the front passenger airbag is disabled
If the front passenger airbag is disabled, It will not be deployed in theevent of an accident and cannot perform its
intended protective function.
A person in the front passenger seat could then, forexample, come into contact with thevehicle interior, especially
if the person is sitting too close to the dashboard.
#Be aware of the status of the front passenger airbag both before and during the journey.
#Stop thevehicle immediately in accordance with the trac conditions.
#Make sure that no objects are trapped under the front passenger seat.
#Check the status of automatic front passenger airbag actuation (/page 54).
#If necessary, consult a qualied specialist workshop immediately.
360360 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
Front-passenger airbag
enabled See Owner's Man-
ual
*The front passenger airbag will be enabled while thevehicle is in motion in thefollowing situations:
Reven when a child, a small adult or an object weighing less than the system weight threshold is located on the front
passenger seat
Reven when the front passenger seat is not occupied
The system may detect objects or forces that are adding to theweight applied to the seat.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury or death when using a child restraint system while the front passenger airbag is ena-
bled
If you secure a child in a child restraint system on the front passenger seat and the front passenger airbag is ena-
bled, the front passenger airbag can deploy in theevent of an accident.
The child could be struck by the airbag.
#Ensure, both before and during the journey, that the status of the front passenger airbag is correct.
NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH or
SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur.
#Stop thevehicle immediately in accordance with the trac conditions.
#Make sure that no objects are trapped under the front passenger seat.
#Check the status of automatic front passenger airbag actuation (/page 54).
#If necessary, consult a qualied specialist workshop immediately.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 361361
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
PRE-SAFE inoperative See
Owner's Manual
*The PRE‑SAFE®functions are malfunctioning.
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
KKeeyy
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
Á
Replace key
*Havethekeyreplaced.
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
Á
Change key batteries
*The key battery is discharged.
#Replace the battery (/page 81).
362362 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
Á
Key not detected (white dis-
play message)
*The key is currently undetected.
#Change the location of thekey in thevehicle.
#If thekey is still not recognised, place it in the slot for starting with thekey (/page 151).
Á
Key not detected (red dis-
play message)
*The key cannot be detected and may no longer be in thevehicle.
The key is no longer in thevehicle and you switch o thevehicle:
RYou can no longer start thevehicle.
RYou cannot centrally lock thevehicle.
#Ensure that thekey is in thevehicle.
If thekey detection function has a malfunction due to a strong radio signal source:
#Stop thevehicle immediately in accordance with the trac conditions.
#Place thekey in the slot for starting the engine with thekey (/page 151).
Á
Key being initialised Please
wait
*The vehicle is processing in order to teach in the new key.
#Wait until processing is complete.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 363363
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
Place the key in the
marked space See Owner's
Manual
*Key detection is malfunctioning.
#Change the location of thekey in thevehicle.
#Place thekey in the slot for starting the engine with thekey (/page 151).
LightsLights
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
:
Left dipped beam (example)
*The corresponding light source is defective.
#Drive on carefully.
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop immediately.
%LED light sources: the display message forthe corresponding light appears only when all the light-emitting diodes
in the light are faulty.
:
Malfunction See Owner's
Manual
*The exterior lighting is malfunctioning.
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
*VVehicles witehicles with a trh a trailer hitcailer hitch:h: a fuse may have blown.
#Stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions.
#Check the fuses and replace them if necessary (/page 328).
364364 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
:
Automatic driving lights
inoperative
*The light sensor for automatic driving lights is malfunctioning.
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
:
Switch on headlamps
*You are driving without low-beam headlamps.
#Turn the light switch to theLor Ãposition.
:
Switch off lights
*You are leaving thevehicle and the lights are still switched on.
#Turn the light switch to theÃposition.
Hazard warning lamps mal-
functioning
*The hazard warning lamp switch is malfunctioning.
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 365365
ClimatClimate contre controlol
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
&
inoperative High-voltage
battery charging incom-
plete
*The high-voltage battery is charging. Pre-entry climate control cannot be switched on.
#Wait until thecharging process has achieved a minimum charge.
&
inoperative Charge HV bat-
tery
*The charge of the high-voltage battery is too low. Pre-entry climate control cannot be switched on.
#Charge the high-voltage battery.
&
Pre-entry climate control
(via key) available again
after engine start
*You have attempted to switch on pre-entry climate control more than three times with thevehicle switched o.
#Start thevehicle forten seconds.
Pre-entry climate control is operational again.
366366 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
&
Pre-entry climate control
(via key) inoperative HV-
battery low
*The charge of the high-voltage battery is too low. Pre-entry climate control cannot be switched on.
#Charge the high-voltage battery.
When the high-voltage battery is suciently charged, pre-entry climate control will be operational again.
DrDrivive syste systemem
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
d
Performance severely limi-
ted
*Amalfunction has occurred in the high-voltage battery.
Output and range are severely restricted.
#Switch thevehicle o and lock it.
#Aer waiting for a short time, unlock thevehicle and start it again.
If the display message appears again:
#Drive on carefully.
#Fully charge the high-voltage battery (/page 163).
If the output and range are still reduced, there is a malfunction in the drive system.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 367367
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
#Drive on carefully.
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
v
Towing not permitted See
Owner's Manual
*The drive system is malfunctioning.
#Have thevehicle transported only using a transporter or trailer (/page 323).
ò
Acoustic presence indica-
tor inoperative
*The sound generator (acoustic vehicle warning system) is malfunctioning. No driving noises are being produced. The
vehicle may not be heard by other road users.
#Drive with particular care.
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
To switch off the engine,
press the Start/Stop but-
ton for at least 3 seconds
or 3 times.
*You have pressed the start/stop button while thevehicle is in motion.
#To switch o the drive system while thevehicle is in motion (/page 151).
368368 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
+
Top up coolant See Own-
er’s Manual
*The coolant level is too low.
*NNOOTETE Damage to the drive system due to insucient coolant
#Avoid long journeys with insucient coolant.
#Have the cooling system of the drive system checked at a qualied specialist workshop.
ÿ
Coolant Stop vehicle
Switch engine off
*The coolant is too hot.
#Stop thevehicle immediately in accordance with the trac conditions and switch o the drive system.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of injury due to overheated vehicle
If you open the bonnet in theevent of an overheated vehicle or re in the engine compartment, thefollowing situa-
tions may occur:
RYou may come into contact with hot gases.
RYou may come into contact with other escaping hot operating uids.
#In theevent of overheating or re in the engine compartment, keep the bonnet closed and call the re
service.
#Allow theoverheated vehicle to cool down rst if you need to open the bonnet.
#Wait until the drive system has cooled down.
#Make sure that the air supply to thevehicle radiator is not obstructed.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 369369
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
#Avoiding high loads on the drive system, drive to the nearest qualied specialist workshop.
ÿ*The cooling system has detected a component fault.
#Avoiding high loads on the drive system, drive to the nearest qualied specialist workshop.
è
Charger cable connected
*You cannot pull away while thecharging cable is connected.
#Disconnect thecharging cable from thevehicle.
Not possible to unlock
charging cable See Own-
er's Manual
*The charging cable connector cannot be removed from thecharging station's socket.
#Press the EMERGENCY OFF switch on thecharging station.
If thecharging cable connector cannot be removed aer that:
#Request service personnel from the operator of thecharging station via the emergency call button attached to the
charging station or the emergency call numbers.
Vehicle not currently being
charged Charging station
fault
*Amalfunction has occurred in thecharging station or the RFID card is not recognised.
#Start thecharging process at a dierent charging station.
or
#Have the RFID card checkedto ensure it is functioning.
370370 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
Charging method currently
unavailable Please try
again or change charging
method
*Atemporary malfunction has occurred in thecharging station.
#Wait until the malfunction has passed.
or
#Start thecharging process at a dierent charging station.
Charging fault Please
change charging method
See Owner's Manual
*Atemporary malfunction has occurred in thecharging station.
#Wait until the malfunction has passed.
or
#Start thecharging process at a dierent charging station.
AC charging inoperative
Consult workshop
*The charging process cannot be started due to a malfunction.
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
DC charging inoperative
Consult workshop
*The charging process cannot be started due to a malfunction.
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
Reduced drive system per-
formance See Owner's
Manual
*The drive system is outside the normal operating temperature range, e.g. due to extremely low or high outside temper-
atures.
Drive system power output is reduced. The yellow reduced power output warning lamp _is lit.
Once the operating temperature of the drive system returns to normal (e.g. aer a short trip), the full output will be
available again. The display message and theyellow reduced power output warning lamp _will go out.
#Drive on carefully.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 371371
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
*The high-voltage battery is not charged suciently.
Drive system power output is reduced. The yellow reduced power output warning lamp _is lit.
#Drive on carefully.
#Charge the high-voltage battery immediately.
*Ifthe drive system power output is still reduced, there is a fault in the drive system.
#Drive on carefully.
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
Û
Stop immediately Drive will
be deactivated Charge
high-volt. battery
*The charge level of the high-voltage battery is so low that it is no longer possible to drive thevehicle. The drive system
can no longer be restarted.
When the drive system is restarted, the message Stop immediately Drive will be deactivated Charge high-volt. bat-
tery will appear again.
#Stop thevehicle immediately in accordance with the trac conditions.
#Charge the high-voltage battery (/page 163).
Please wait. Battery has
not yet reached operating
temperature. Engine can-
not start.
*Operational readiness is established õand the transmission position jis engaged.
The high-voltage battery is warmed up to the operating temperature. This process can take afew minutes and may be
prolonged if defrosting of the windscreen ¬is activated.
The heating process ends when transmission position his engaged. However, when driving, the output is signicantly
limited until the high-voltage battery has reached its operating temperature.
372372 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
Û
Battery overheated Stop,
everybody out! Outdoors if
possible
*The high-voltage battery has overheated. There is a risk of re.
#Stop thevehicle immediately in accordance with the trac conditions.
#If possible, stop thevehicle in the open air and ensure that all vehicle occupants get out.
%Supporting vehicle functions may activate automatically, e.g. the air-recirculation mode as part of climate control.
#Do not continue driving.
#If smoke is present, leave the danger zone and call the re service immediately.
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop even if there are no external signs of a re.
Û
Malfunction
*The drive system is malfunctioning. A warning tone will also sound.
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
*There is a serious malfunction if the display message and warning tone are repeated at short intervals. You must stop
thevehicle immediately in accordance with the trac conditions because the drive system is automatically deactiva-
ted.
#Stop thevehicle immediately in accordance with the trac conditions.
#Switch o thevehicle and consult a qualied specialist workshop.
Û
Malfunction Visit workshop
*The drive system is malfunctioning.
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 373373
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
Without starting engine
again, consult workshop
*It is not possible to restart the drive system due to a malfunction.
#Do not switch o the drive system; drive on to the nearest qualied specialist workshop.
ô
Reserve level Charge high-
voltage battery
*The charge level of the high-voltage battery has dropped into thereserve range.
#Chargethe high-voltage battery (/page 163).
#
12 V battery See Owner's
Manual
*The drive system is o and thecharge level of the 12 V battery is too low.
#Switch o electrical consumers that are not required.
#Drive thevehicle for 30–60 minutes.
or
#Charge thevehicle at a charging station (/page 163).
If the message appears while thevehicle is switched on, this indicates an on-board electrical system malfunction.
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
d
Malfunction
*The drive system is malfunctioning. The output of your vehicle is restricted.
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
374374 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
d
Stop Switch engine off
*The drive system is malfunctioning.
#Stop thevehicle immediately in accordance with the trac conditions and switch o the drive system. Do not con-
tinue driving.
#Do not towthevehicle, stop towing if necessary.
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
d
Malfunction Visit workshop
*The drive system is malfunctioning.
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
High-voltage battery main-
tenance required urgently.
No start in approx. XXX km
(yellow display message)
*Amalfunction has occurred in the high-voltage battery.
It will no longer be possible to start the electric drive system aer the distance displayed has been covered.
#Have the necessary maintenance work on the high-voltage battery carried out at a qualied specialist workshop.
High-voltage battery main-
tenance required urgently.
No start in approx. XXX
km(red display message)
*Amalfunction has occurred in the high-voltage battery.
It will no longer be possible to start the electric drive system aer the distance displayed has been covered.
#Have the necessary maintenance work on the high-voltage battery carried out immediately at a qualied specialist
workshop.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 375375
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
High-voltage battery main-
tenance required urgently.
Without engine restart, con-
sult workshop
*Amalfunction has occurred in the high-voltage battery.
It will no longer be possible to restart the drive system once it has been switched o.
#Do not switch o the drive system; drive on to the nearest qualied specialist workshop.
VVehicleehicle
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
d
Vehicle is operational
Switch off ignition before
exiting
*You are leaving thevehicle in a ready-to-drive state.
#Get out of thevehicle, secure it against rolling away and take thekey with you.
#If you do not leave thevehicle, switch o the electrical consumers, e.g. the seat heating. Otherwise, the 12‑V bat-
tery may discharge and starting the engine may be possible only with the help of a second battery (jump start).
ï
Check trailer hitch
lock (white display message)
*The trailer hitch is not operational during a journey with a trailer.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident if the ball neck is not locked
The trailer may become detached.
#Stop thevehicle immediately in accordance with the trac conditions. Do not continue driving.
376376 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
#Uncouple the trailer and secure it against rolling away.
#Initiate a new swivelling procedure and do not re-couple the trailer until the display message disappears.
#Initiate a new swivel movement (/page 238).
#When the display message disappears, couple up the trailer and drive on.
If the display message does not disappear, the trailer hitch is malfunctioning and the ball neck is not locked.
#Do not couple up the trailer. Drive on without the trailer. Note thereduced ground clearance due to the unlocked
ball neck.
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
*When thevehicle is stationary with a coupled trailer, the trailer hitch is not operational.
#Uncouple the coupled trailer and secure it against rolling away.
#If tIf the ball neche ball neck has been fk has been folded in:olded in: unlock the ball neck (/page 238).
#Swivel the ball neck into the end position manually and let it engage.
#If tIf the ball neche ball neck has been fk has been folded outolded out::unlock the ball neck (/page 238).
#Swivel the ball neck beneath the bumper manually and let it engage.
If the display message does not disappear, the trailer hitch is malfunctioning and the ball neck is not locked.
#Do not couple up the trailer. Drive on without the trailer. Note thereduced ground clearance due to the unlocked
ball neck.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 377377
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
Head-up display currently
unavailable See Owner's
Manual
*The head-up display is temporarily unavailable. Possible causes:
Rmalfunctions in the power supply
Rsignal interference
#Stop in accordance with the trac conditions and switch thevehicle o and on again.
#If the display message still appears, consult a qualied specialist workshop.
Head-up display inoperative *The head-up display has an internal error.
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
Ù
Steering malfunction
Increased physical effort
See Owner's Manual
*The power steering assistance is malfunctioning.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident due to altered steering characteristics
If the power assistance of the steering fails partially or completely,you will need to use more forceto steer.
#If safe steering is possible, drive on carefully.
#Visit or consult a qualied specialist workshop immediately.
378378 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
Ù
Steering malfunction Stop
immediately See Owner's
Manual
*The steering is malfunctioning. Steering capability is signicantly impaired.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident if steering capability is impaired
If the steering does not function as intended, thevehicle's operating safety is jeopardised.
#Pull over and stop thevehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and trac conditions. Do
not continue driving under any circumstances.
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
Active bonnet malfunction
See Owner's Manual
*The active bonnet (pedestrian protection) is malfunctioning or inoperative aer having already been triggered.
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
C*At least one door is open.
#Close all doors.
?*The bonnet is open.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident due to driving with the bonnet unlocked
The bonnet may open and block your view.
#Neverrelease the bonnet when driving.
#Before every trip, ensure that the engine bonnet is locked.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 379379
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
#Stop thevehicle immediately in accordance with the trac conditions.
#Close the bonnet.
A*The tailgate is open.
#Close thetailgate.
Anti-theft alarm system
Malfunction
*The anti-the alarm system is malfunctioning.
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
¥
Top up washer fluid
*The washer uid level in thewasher uid reservoir has dropped below the minimum.
#Top up thewasher uid (/page 302).
Wiper malfunctioning *The windscreen wiper is malfunctioning.
#Restart thevehicle.
If the display message still appears:
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
380380 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
TTrransmissionansmission
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
Only select Park (P) when
vehicle is stationary
*It is possible to select the park position jonly if thevehicle is stationary.
#Depress the brake pedal to stop.
#Shi the transmission to park position jwhen thevehicle is stationary.
Apply brake to deselect
Park (P) position
*You have attempted to shi the transmission out of park position jand into another transmission position.
#Depress the brake pedal.
#Select transmission position h,kor neutral i.
To shift out of P or N,
depress brake and start
engine
*You have attempted to shi the transmission out of park position jor neutral iand into another transmission posi-
tion.
#Depress the brake pedal.
#Start thevehicle.
#Change the transmission position.
Apply brake to select D or R *You have attempted to select transmission position hor k.
#Depress the brake pedal.
#Select transmission position hor k.
Apply brake to select R *You have attempted to select transmission position k.
#Depress the brake pedal.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 381381
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
#Select transmission position k.
Risk of vehicle rolling
Driver door open and trans-
mission not in P
*The driver's door is not fully closed and transmission position h,kor neutral iis selected.
The vehicle may roll away.
#Select park position jwhen switching o thevehicle.
N permanently active Risk
of vehicle rolling
*While thevehicle is rolling or while you are driving, neutral ihas been engaged.
#Depress the brake pedal to stop.
#Shi the transmission to park position jwhen thevehicle is stationary.
#To continue driving, select transmission position hor k.
Without changing gear,
consult workshop
*The transmission is malfunctioning. It is no longer possible to change the transmission position.
#If transmission position his selected, consult a qualied specialist workshop and do not change the transmission
position.
#For all other transmission positions, park thevehicle safely.
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
Reversing not poss. Con-
sult workshop
*The transmission is malfunctioning. It is not possible to select transmission position k.
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
Transmission Malfunction
Stop
*The transmission is malfunctioning. The transmission shis to neutral iautomatically.
#Stop thevehicle immediately in accordance with the trac conditions.
382382 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
#Depress the brake pedal.
#Engage park position j.
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
BrBrakakeses
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
!
Parking brake See Owner's
Manual
*The yellow !indicator lamp is lit. The electric parking brake is malfunctioning.
TTo applyo apply::
#Switch thevehicle o and switch it back on
#Apply the electric parking brake manually (/page 187).
If it is not possible to apply the electric parking brake:
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
#Where necessary, also secure the parkedvehicle against rolling away.
*The yellow !indicator lamp and thered!indicator lamp are lit. The electric parking brake is malfunctioning.
TTo ro release:elease:
#Switch thevehicle o and switch it back on
#Release the electric parking brake manually (/page 187).
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 383383
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
or
#Release the electric parking brake automatically (/page 186).
If it is still not possible to release the electric parking brake:
#Do not continue driving. Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
*The yellow !indicator lamp is lit and thered!indicator lamp is ashing. The electric parking brake is malfunc-
tioning.
The electric parking brake could not be applied or released.
#Switch thevehicle o and switch it back on
TTo applyo apply::
#Release and then apply the electric parking brake manually (/page 187).
TTo ro release:elease:
#Apply and then release the electric parking brake manually.
If it is not possible to apply the electric parking brake or thered!indicator lamp continues to ash:
#Do not continue driving. Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
#Where necessary, also secure the parkedvehicle against rolling away.
*The yellow !indicator lamp is lit and thered!indicator lamp ashes for approximately ten seconds aer the
electric parking brake has been applied or released. It then remains lit or goes out. The electric parking brake is mal-
functioning.
384384 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
If tIf the sthe statate of ce of chargharge is te is too lowoo low::
#Charge the 12 V battery.
TTo applyo apply::
#Switch o thevehicle.
The electric parking brake will be applied automatically.
If you do not want the electric parking brake to be applied, e.g. at an automatic car wash or when thevehicle is being
towed, leave thevehicle switched on. This does not include having thevehicle towed with therear axle raised.
If the electric parking brake is not applied automatically:
#Switch thevehicle o and switch it back on
#Release and then apply the electric parking brake manually (/page 187).
If it is still not possible to apply the electric parking brake:
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
#Where necessary, also secure the parkedvehicle against rolling away.
TTo ro release:elease:
#If the conditions for automatic release are fullled and the electric parking brake is not released automatically,
release the electric parking brake manually (/page 187).
If it is still not possible to release the electric parking brake:
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 385385
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
#Do not continue driving. Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
!
Release parking brake
*The red!indicator lamp is ashing.
The electric parking brake is applied while you are driving:
RA condition for automatic release of the electric parking brake has not been fullled (/page 186).
RYou are performing emergency braking using the electric parking brake (/page 187).
#Check the conditions for automatic release of the electric parking brake.
#Release the electric parking brake manually.
!
Turn on the ignition to
release the parking brake
*The red!indicator lamp is lit.
You have attempted to release the electric parking brake with thevehicle switched o.
#Switch on thevehicle.
J
Check brake fluid level
*There is insucient brake uid in the brake uid reservoir.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident due to low brake uid level
If the brake uid level is too low, the braking eect and the braking characteristics may be impaired.
#Stop thevehicle as soon as possible, paying attention to road and trac conditions. Do not continue driving.
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
386386 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
#Do not top up the brake uid.
Check brake pads See
Owner's Manual
*The brakepads have reached thewear limit.
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
DrDriving systiving systemsems
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
ë
Off
*The HOLD function is deactivated because thevehicle is slipping or a condition for activation is not fullled.
#Reactivate the HOLD function later or check the activation conditions forthe HOLD function (/page 193).
é
ATTENTION ASSIST inoper-
ative
*ATTENTION ASSIST is malfunctioning.
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 387387
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
é
ATTENTION ASSIST: Take a
break!
*ATTENTION ASSIST has detected fatigue or an increasing lack of concentration on the part of the driver
(/page 195).
#If necessary, take a break.
h
- - -km/h
*Cruise control cannot be activated as not all activation conditions are fullled.
#Observe the activation conditions for cruise control (/page 197).
Cruise control inoperative *Cruise control is malfunctioning.
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
Cruise control and Limiter
inoperative
*Cruise control and the limiter are malfunctioning.
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
Cruise control off *Cruise control has been deactivated.
If there is an additional warning tone, cruise control has been deactivated automatically (/page 196).
388388 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
È
- - - km/h
*The limiter can temporarily not be engaged. Once the cause of the problem is no longer present, the system will be
available again.
Limiter passive *Ifyou depress the accelerator pedal beyond the pressure point (kickdown), the limiter is switched to passive mode
(/page 197).
Limiter inoperative *The limiter is malfunctioning.
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
ç
- - - km/h
*Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC cannot be activated as not all activation conditions are fullled.
#Comply with the activation conditions of Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC (/page 202).
ç
suspended
*Ifyou depress the accelerator pedal beyond the setting of Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC, the system will switch to
passive mode (/page 199).
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 389389
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
ç
Off
*Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC was deactivated. If a warning tone also sounds, Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
has deactivated automatically (/page 202).
Active Distance Assist cur-
rently unavailable See Own-
er's Manual
*Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is temporarily unavailable.
The ambient conditions are outside the system limits (/page 199).
As soon as the ambient conditions are within the system limits, the system will become available again.
#Drive on
or
#If the display message does not disappear, stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions and restart
thevehicle.
Active Distance Assist inop-
erative
*Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is malfunctioning.
Other driving systems and driving safety systems may also be malfunctioning.
#Drive on
or
#Stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions and restart thevehicle.
#If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualied specialist workshop.
390390 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
Active Distance Assist
available again
*Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC is operational again.
#Switch on Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC (/page 202).
Speed Limit Assist cur-
rently unavailable See Own-
er's Manual
*Speed Limit Assist is temporarily unavailable.
#Drive on
Once the cause of the problem is no longer present, the system will be available again.
Speed Limit Assist inopera-
tive
*Speed Limit Assist is malfunctioning.
#Drive on
or
#Stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions and restart thevehicle.
#If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualied specialist workshop.
ð
Maximum speed exceeded
*You have exceeded the maximum permissible speed (for certain countries only).
#Drive more slowly.
Speed limit (winter tyres)
XXX km/h
*You have reached the maximum permissible stored speed for winter tyres. It is not possible to exceed this speed.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 391391
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
Active Steering Assist cur-
rently unavailable See Own-
er's Manual
*Active Steering Assist is temporarily unavailable.
The ambient conditions are outside the system limits (/page 206).
As soon as the ambient conditions are within the system limits, the system will become available again.
#Drive on
#Check the tyre pressure if necessary.
Active Steering Assist inop-
erative
*Active Steering Assist is malfunctioning. Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC remains available.
#Drive on
or
#Stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions and restart thevehicle.
#If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualied specialist workshop.
Active Steering Assist cur-
rently unavailable due to
multiple emergency stops
*Active Steering Assist is temporarily unavailable due to multiple emergency stops.
#Take overthe steering and stop in accordance with the trac conditions.
#Switch thevehicle o and switch it back on
Active Steering Assist is available once more.
Beginning emergency stop *Your hands are not on the steering wheel. An emergency stop is being initiated (/page 208).
#Put your hands back on the steering wheel.
You can cancel the deceleration at any time by performing one of thefollowing actions:
RSteering
392392 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
RBraking or accelerating
RDeactivating Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
Ø*Active Steering Assist has reached the system limits (/page 206).
You have not steered independently for a considerable period of time.
#Take overthe steering and drive on in accordance with the trac conditions.
Traffic Sign Assist currently
unavailable See Owner's
Manual
*Trac Sign Assist is temporarily unavailable.
Once the cause of the problem is no longer present, the system will be available again.
#Drive on
Traffic Sign Assist inopera-
tive
*Trac Sign Assist is malfunctioning.
#Drive on
or
#Stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions and restart thevehicle.
#If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualied specialist workshop.
Blind Spot Assist currently
unavailable See Owner's
Manual
*Blind Spot Assist is temporarily unavailable.
The system limits have been reached (/page 216).
Once the cause of the problem is no longer present, the system will be available again.
#Drive on
or
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 393393
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
#If the display message does not disappear, stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions and restart
thevehicle.
Blind Spot Assist inopera-
tive
*Blind Spot Assist is malfunctioning.
#Drive on
or
#Stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions and restart thevehicle.
#If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualied specialist workshop.
Blind Spot Assist not availa-
ble when towing a trailer
See Owner's Manual
*When you establish the electrical connection to the trailer, Blind Spot Assist will be unavailable.
#Press the le-hand Touch Control and acknowledge the display message.
Active Blind Spot Assist
currently unavailable See
Owner's Manual
*Active Blind Spot Assist is temporarily unavailable.
The system limits have been reached (/page 216).
Once the cause of the problem is no longer present, the system will be available again.
#Drive on
or
#If the display message does not disappear, stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions and restart
thevehicle.
Active Blind Spot Assist
inoperative
*Active Blind Spot Assist is malfunctioning.
394394 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
#Drive on
or
#Stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions and restart thevehicle.
#If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualied specialist workshop.
Active Blind Spot Assist
not available when towing
a trailer See Owner's Man-
ual
*When you establish the electrical connection to the trailer, Active Blind Spot Assist will be unavailable.
#Press the le-hand Touch Control and acknowledge the display message.
Active Lane Keeping Assist
currently unavailable See
Owner's Manual
*Active Lane Keeping Assist is temporarily unavailable.
The ambient conditions are outside the system limits (/page 219).
As soon as the ambient conditions are within the system limits, the system will become available again.
#Drive on
Active Lane Keeping Assist
inoperative
*Active Lane Keeping Assist is malfunctioning.
#Drive on
or
#Stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions and restart thevehicle.
#If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualied specialist workshop.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 395395
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
¸
Ã
ç
Ä
temporarily unavailable
Sensors dirty
*Front and corner radar sensors (hereaer "sensors") are malfunctioning. Possible causes:
RThe sensors are dirty
RHeavy rain or snow
RExtended country driving without other trac, e.g. in the desert
Driving systems and driving safety systems may be malfunctioning or temporarily unavailable. The brake system, steer-
ing and drive system will continue to function normally.
#Drive on
Once the causes of the problem are no longer present, the driving systems and driving safety systems will be available
again and the corresponding symbols will be switched o.
If the display message does not disappear:
#Stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions.
#Clean all sensor covers from outside (/page 188).
#Restart thevehicle.
396396 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
á
Ã
Ä
Ø
Ô
temporarily unavailable
Camera view restricted
*The view of the multifunction camera is restricted. Possible causes:
RDirt on the windscreen in the eld of vision of the multifunction camera
RHeavy rain, snow or fog
RMist on the inside of the windscreen: in certain weather conditions, mist can form on the inside of the windscreen
during cold times of year in particular.
%This mist on the windscreen will be removed automatically within a short time with the aid of a heater. The restric-
tion is temporary.
Driving systems and driving safety systems may be malfunctioning or temporarily unavailable. The brake system, steer-
ing and drive system will continue to function normally.
#Drive on
Once the causes of the problem are no longer present, the driving systems and driving safety systems will be available
again and the corresponding symbols will be switched o.
If the display message does not disappear:
#Stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions.
#Clean the windscreen, especially in the position of the multifunction camera (/page 188).
#Restart thevehicle.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 397397
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
ä
Fault Drive at max. 80
km/h
*The adjustable damping is malfunctioning. The vehicle's handling characteristics may be aected.
#Do not drive at speeds greater than 80 km/h.
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
Parking Assist and
PARKTRONIC inoperative
See Owner's Manual
*VVehicles witehicles with Ah Activctive Pe Pararking Assistking Assist::Active Parking Assist and Parking Assist PARKTRONIC are malfunctioning.
VVehicles witehicles without Ahout Activctive Pe Pararking Assistking Assist::Parking Assist PARKTRONIC is malfunctioning.
#Stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions and restart thevehicle.
#If the display message still appears, consult a qualied specialist workshop.
398398 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
DrDriving safeiving safety systty systemsems
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
!
÷
currently unavailable See
Owner's Manual
*ABS and ESP®are temporarily unavailable.
Other driving systems and driving safety systems (e.g. BAS) may also be temporarily unavailable.
The brake system will continue to operate normally. Braking distance may increase in an emergency braking situation.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of skidding if ABS and ESP®are malfunctioning
The wheels may lock during braking and ESP®does not perform any vehicle stabilisation.
The steerability and braking characteristics are heavily impaired and the braking distance may increase. In addi-
tion, other driving safety systems are switched o.
#Drive carefully on a suitable stretch of road, making slight steering movements at a speed above 30 km/h.
#If the display message does not disappear, consult a qualied specialist workshop immediately. Drive care-
fully.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 399399
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
!
÷
inoperative See Owner's
Manual
*ABS and ESP®are malfunctioning.
Other driving systems and driving safety systems (e.g. BAS) may also be malfunctioning.
The brake system will continue to operate normally. Braking distance may increase in an emergency braking situation.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of skidding if ABS and ESP®are malfunctioning
The wheels may block during braking and ESP®does not perform any vehicle stabilization.
The steerability and braking characteristics are heavily impaired and the braking distance may increase. In addi-
tion, other driving safety systems are switched o.
#Drive on carefully.
#Have ABS and ESP®checked immediately at a qualied specialist workshop.
÷
currently unavailable See
Owner's Manual
*ESP®is temporarily unavailable.
Other driving systems and driving safety systems (e.g. BAS) may also be malfunctioning.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of skidding if ESP is malfunctioning®
If ESP®is malfunctioning, ESP®cannot carry out vehicle stabilisation. In addition, other driving safety systems are
switched o.
#Drive carefully on a suitable stretch of road, making slight steering movements at a speed above 30 km/h.
400400 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
#If the display message does not disappear, consult a qualied specialist workshop immediately. Drive care-
fully.
÷
inoperative See Owner's
Manual
*ESP®is malfunctioning.
Other driving systems and driving safety systems (e.g. BAS) may also be malfunctioning.
The brake system will continue to operate normally. Braking distance may increase in an emergency braking situation.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of skidding if ESP®is malfunctioning
If ESP®is malfunctioning, ESP®cannot carry out vehicle stabilisation. In addition, other driving safety systems are
switched o.
#Drive on carefully.
#Have ESP®checked at a qualied specialist workshop.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 401401
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
T
!
÷
inoperative See Owner's
Manual
*EBD, ABS and ESP®are malfunctioning.
Other driving systems and driving safety systems (e.g. BAS) may also be malfunctioning.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of skidding if EBD, ABS and ESP®are malfunctioning
The wheels may block during braking and ESP®does not perform any vehicle stabilization.
The steerability and braking characteristics are heavily impaired and the braking distance may increase. In addi-
tion, other driving safety systems are switched o.
#Drive on carefully.
#Have the brake system checked immediately at a qualied specialist workshop.
Active Brake Assist Func-
tions currently limited See
Owner's Manual
*VVehicles witehicles with th the Drhe Driving Assistiving Assistance Pance Packackagage:e: Active Brake Assist with cross-trac function, Evasive Steering Assist or
PRE‑SAFE®PLUS are temporarily unavailable or only partially available.
VVehicles witehicles without thout the Drhe Driving Assistiving Assistance Pance Packackagage:e: Active Brake Assist is temporarily unavailable.
#Drive on
As soon as the ambient conditions are within the system limits, the system will become available again.
or
#If the display message does not disappear, stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions and restart
thevehicle.
402402 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
Active Brake Assist Func-
tions limited See Owner's
Manual
*For vehicles with the Driving Assistance Package, thefollowing functions may be temporarily unavailable or only parti-
ally available:
RActive Brake Assist with cross-trac function
REvasive Steering Assist
RPRE‑SAFE®PLUS
VVehicles witehicles without thout the Drhe Driving Assistiving Assistance Pance Packackagage:e: Active Brake Assist is temporarily unavailable or only partially availa-
ble.
#Drive on
or
#Stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions and restart thevehicle.
#If the display message does not disappear: consult a qualied specialist workshop.
MerMercedes-Benz emergcedes-Benz emergency call systency call systemem
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
G
Inoperative
*The Mercedes-Benz emergency call system is malfunctioning. The Mercedes me connect system is also malfunction-
ing.
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 403403
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
Device detected at diagnos-
tics connection See Own-
er's Manual
*The vehicle functions forfault detection are restricted.
At least one of the main functions of the Mercedes me connect system is malfunctioning.
#Observe the notes on the diagnostics connection (/page 36).
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
BattBatteryery
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
Cannot start engine See
Owner's Manual
*It is not possible to start thevehicle.
A malfunction has occurred in the drive system.
#Switch thevehicle o and lock it.
#Aer waiting for a short time, unlock thevehicle and start it again.
#If the display message appears again and thevehicle does not start, consult a qualied specialist workshop.
TTyryre pre pressuressure monite monitoror
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
Tyre press. monitor cur-
rently unavailable
*There is interference from a powerful radio signal source. As a result, no signals from the tyre pressure sensors are
being received. The tyre pressure monitoring system is temporarily unavailable.
404404 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
The tyre pressure monitoring system will restart automatically as soon as the cause has been rectied.
#Drive on.
Tyre press. monitor inoper-
ative
*The tyre pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning.
&WWARNINGARNING There is a risk of an accident if the tyre pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning
The tyre pressure monitoring system cannot issue a warning if there is pressure loss in one or more of the tyres.
Tyres with insucient tyre pressure may impair the driving characteristics as well as steering and braking.
#Have the tyre pressure monitoring system checked at a qualied specialist workshop.
Tyre press. monitor inoper-
ative No wheel sensors
*The wheels tted do not have suitable tyre pressure sensors. The tyre pressure monitoring system is deactivated.
#Fit wheels with suitable tyre pressure sensors.
h
Wheel sensor(s) missing
*There is no signal from the tyre pressure sensor of one or more wheels. No pressure value is displayedforthe aected
tyre.
#Have thefaulty tyre pressure sensor replaced at a qualied specialist workshop.
h
Check tyre(s)
*The tyre pressure in one or more tyres has dropped signicantly.
The wheel position is displayed. A warning tone also sounds.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 405405
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident due to insucient tyre pressure
RThe tyres can burst.
RThe tyres can wear excessively and/or unevenly.
RThe driving characteristics as well as the steering and braking may be greatly impaired.
You could then lose control of thevehicle.
#Observe therecommended tyre pressures.
#Adjust the tyre pressure if necessary.
#Stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions.
#Check the tyre pressure (/page 333) and the tyres.
h
Rectify tyre pressure
*The tyre pressure is too low in at least one of the tyres, or the dierence in tyre pressure between the individual
wheels is toogreat.
#Check the tyre pressure and add air, if necessary.
#When the tyre pressure is correct, restart the tyre pressure monitoring system (/page 336).
h
Warning tyre defect
*The tyre pressure in one or more tyres has dropped suddenly. The wheel position will be displayed.
406406 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident from driving with a at tyre
RThe tyres can overheat and be damaged.
RThe driving characteristics as well as the steering and braking characteristics may be greatly impaired.
You could then lose control of thevehicle.
#Do not drive with a at tyre.
#Do not exceed the maximum permissible driving distance in emergency mode and the maximum permissible
speed with a at MOExtended tyre.
#Observe the notes on at tyres.
Notes in theevent of a at tyre (/page 313).
#Stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions.
#Check the tyres.
Tyre(s) overheated *At least one tyre is overheating. The aected tyres are displayed in red. At temperatures close to the limit value, the
tyres are displayed in yellow.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident from driving with overheated tyres
Overheated tyres can burst.
#Reduce speed so that the tyres cool down.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 407407
DisplaDisplay messagy messages Pes Possible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
Reduce speed *At least one tyre is overheating. The aected tyres are displayed in red. At temperatures close to the limit value, the
tyres are displayed in yellow.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident from driving with overheated tyres
Overheated tyres can burst.
#Reduce speed so that the tyres cool down.
WWararning and indicatning and indicator lamor lampsps
OvOverervieview of indicatw of indicator and wor and wararning lamning lampsps
Some systems will perform a self-test when the
vehicle is switched on. Some indicator and warn-
ing lamps may briey light up or ash. This behav-
iour is non-critical. These indicator and warning
lamps indicate a malfunction only if they light up
or ashaer thevehicle has been started or dur-
ing a journey.
SSttandarandard insd instrtrument displayument display WWidescridescreen coceen cockpit inskpit instrtrument displayument display
Depending on the display setting, the positions of
the indicator lamps on the instrument display may
dier from theexample shown.
408408 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
IndicatIndicator and wor and wararning lamning lamps:ps:
6Restraint system (/page 410)
üSeat belt (/page 410)
_Reduced power (/page 411)
ÚSystem error (/page 411)
#Electrical fault (/page 411)
ïTrailer hitch (/page 412)
ÙPower steering (/page 412)
#Electrical fault
!Electric parking brake (red)
(/page 414)
!Electric parking brake (yellow)
(/page 414)
JBrakes (yellow) (/page 414)
JBrakes (red) (/page 414)
LDistance warning (/page 416)
ÓActive Brake Assist (/page 416)
êActive Brake Assist (/page 416)
!ABS (/page 417)
÷ESP®(/page 417)
åESP®OFF (/page 417)
hTyre pressure monitoring system
(/page 419)
TStanding lights (/page 130)
LLow beam (/page 130)
KHigh beam (/page 131)
#! Turn signal lights (/page 131)
RRear fog light (/page 130)
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 409409
Occupant safeOccupant safetyty
WWararning/indicatning/indicator lampPor lampPossible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
6
Restraint system warning
lamp
*The restraint system redwarning lamp is lit while thevehicle is on.
The restraint system is malfunctioning (/page 45).
&DDANANGERGER Risk of fatal injuries due to restraint system malfunctions
Components in therestraint system may be activated unintentionally or not deploy as planned in an accident. In the
event of an accident, the high-voltage on-board electrical system may not be deactivated as intended.
You may suer an electric shock if youtouch the damaged components of the high-voltage on-board electrical sys-
tem.
#Have therestraint system checked and repaired immediately at a qualied specialist workshop.
#Aer an accident, switch o thevehicle immediately.
#Drive on carefully.
#Note the messages on the instrument display.
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop immediately.
ü
Seat belt warning lamp
ashes
*The red seat belt warning lamp ashes and an intermittent warning tone sounds.
The driver or front passenger has not fastened his/her seat belt while thevehicle is in motion.
#Fasten your seat belt (/page 48).
There are objects on the front passenger seat.
#Remove the objects from the front passenger seat.
410410 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
WWararning/indicatning/indicator lampPor lampPossible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
ü
Seat belt warning lamp
lights up
*The red seat belt warning lamp lights up once thevehicle has started.
In addition, an intermittent warning tone may sound.
The red seat belt warning lamp reminds the driver and front passenger to fasten their seat belts.
#Fasten your seat belt (/page 48).
If you have placed objects on the front passenger seat, thered seat belt warning lamp may remain lit.
DrDrivive syste systemem
WWararning/indicatning/indicator lampPor lampPossible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
_
Reduced warning lamp
power
*The yellow reduced-powerwarning lamp is on.
Drive system power output is reduced.
#Note the messages on the instrument display.
Ú
System errorwarning lamp
*The red system errorwarning lamp is lit while thevehicle is in a state of operational readiness õ.
There is a malfunction in the drive system.
#Note the messages on the instrument display.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 411411
WWararning/indicatning/indicator lampPor lampPossible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
#
Electrical fault warning lamp
*The red electrical fault warning lamp is lit.
There is a fault with the electrics.
#Note the messages on the instrument display.
VVehicleehicle
WWararning/indicatning/indicator lampPor lampPossible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
Ù
Power steering warning
lamp (red)
*The red power steering warning lamp is lit while thevehicle is running.
The power assistance or the steering itself is malfunctioning.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident if steering capability is impaired
If the steering does not function as intended, thevehicle's operating safety is jeopardised.
#Pull over and stop thevehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and trac conditions. Do not
continue driving under any circumstances.
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
#Note the messages on the instrument display.
412412 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
WWararning/indicatning/indicator lampPor lampPossible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
ï
Trailer tow hitch warning
lamp
*The red trailer hitch warning lamp is lit.
The trailer hitch is not operational.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident if the ball neck is not locked
The trailer may become detached.
#Stop thevehicle immediately in accordance with the trac conditions. Do not continue driving.
#Uncouple the trailer and secure it against rolling away.
#Initiate a new swivelling procedure and do not re-couple the trailer until the display message disappears.
#Note the messages on the instrument display.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 413413
BrBrakakeses
WWararning/indicatning/indicator lamp Por lampPossible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
!
Electric parking brake indi-
cator lamp (red)
!
The electric parking brake
(yellow) indicator lamp
*The red electric parking brake indicator lamp ashes or is lit.
The yellow electric parking brake indicator lamp is also lit in theevent of a malfunction.
#Note the messages on the instrument display.
J
Brake system warning lamp
(yellow)
*The yellow brake warning lamp is lit while thevehicle is running.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident due to a brake system malfunction
If the brake system is malfunctioning, braking characteristics may be impaired.
#Drive on carefully.
#Have the brake system checked immediately at a qualied specialist workshop.
#Adjust your speed and drive on carefully, leaving a suitable distance to thevehicle in front.
#If the instrument display shows a display message, observe it.
414414 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
WWararning/indicatning/indicator lampPor lampPossible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
J
Brake system warning lamp
(red)
*The red brake warning lamp is lit while thevehicle is running.
Possible causes:
RThe brake force boosting is malfunctioning and the braking characteristics may be aected.
RThere is insucient brake uid in the brake uid reservoir.
#Note the messages on the instrument display.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of accident and injury if brake force boosting is malfunctioning
If brake force boosting is malfunctioning, increased brake pedal force may be necessary for braking. The braking
characteristics may be impaired. The braking distance can increase in emergency braking situations.
#Stop in a safe location immediately. Do not continue driving!
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident due to low brake uid level
If the brake uid level is too low, the braking eect and the braking characteristics may be impaired.
#Stop thevehicle as soon as possible, paying attention to road and trac conditions. Do not continue driving.
#Consult a qualied specialist workshop.
#Do not top up the brake uid.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 415415
DrDriving systiving systemsems
WWararning/indicatning/indicator lampPor lampPossible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
L
Warning lamp for distance
warning function
*The red distance warning lamp lights up while thevehicle is in motion.
The distance to thevehicle in front is too small forthe speed selected.
If there is an additional warning tone, you are approaching an obstacle at too high a speed.
#Be prepared to brake immediately.
#Increase the distance.
Function of Active Brake Assist (/page 208).
Ó
Active Brake Assist warning
lamp
*The Active Brake Assist warning lamp is on.
Due to dirty sensors or a malfunction, the system is not available or therange of functions is restricted.
#Note the messages on the instrument display.
ê
Active Brake Assist warning
lamp
*The Active Brake Assist warning lamp is on.
The system is switched o or therange of functions has been automatically restricted.
This may be the case if the driver is not wearing a seat belt or another driving system has been activated.
#Observe the notes on Active Brake Assist (/page 208).
416416 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
DrDriving safeiving safety systty systemsems
WWararning/indicatning/indicator lampPor lampPossible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
!
ABS warning lamp
*The yellow ABS warning lamp is lit while thevehicle is running.
ABS is malfunctioning.
If an additional warning tone sounds, EBD is malfunctioning.
Other driving systems and driving safety systems may also be malfunctioning.
#Note the messages on the instrument display.
&WWARNINGARNING There is a risk of skidding if EBD or ABS is malfunctioning
The wheels may lock during braking.
The steerability and braking characteristics are heavily impaired and the braking distance may increase. In addition,
other driving safety systems are switched o.
#Drive on carefully.
#Have the brake system checked immediately at a qualied specialist workshop.
÷
ESP®warning lamp ashes
*The yellow ESP®warning lamp ashes while thevehicle is in motion.
One or more wheels have reached their grip limit (/page 190).
#Adapt your driving style to suit theroad and weather conditions.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 417417
WWararning/indicatning/indicator lampPor lampPossible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
÷
ESP®warning lamp lights up
*The yellow ESP®warning lamp is lit while thevehicle is running.
ESP®is malfunctioning.
Other driving systems and driving safety systems (e.g. BAS) may also be malfunctioning.
#Note the messages on the instrument display.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of skidding if ESP®is malfunctioning
If ESP®is malfunctioning, ESP®cannot carry out vehicle stabilisation. In addition, other driving safety systems are
switched o.
#Drive on carefully.
#Have ESP®checked at a qualied specialist workshop.
å
ESP®OFF warning lamp
*The yellow ESP®OFF warning lamp is lit while thevehicle is running.
ESP®is deactivated.
Other driving systems and driving safety systems may also be inoperative.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of skidding when driving with ESP®deactivated
ESP®does not act to stabilise thevehicle. The availability of further driving safety systems is also limited.
#Drive on carefully.
#Deactivate ESP®only for as long as the situation requires.
418418 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
WWararning/indicatning/indicator lampPor lampPossible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
If ESP®cannot be activated, ESP®is malfunctioning.
#Have ESP®checked immediately at a qualied specialist workshop.
#Observe the notes on deactivating ESP®(/page 190).
TTyryre pre pressuressure monite monitoror
WWararning/indicatning/indicator lampPor lampPossible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
h
Tyre pressure monitoring
system warning lamp ashes
*The yellow tyre pressure monitor warning lamp (pressure loss/malfunction) ashes for approximately one minute and
then remains lit.
The tyre pressure monitor is malfunctioning.
&WWARNINGARNING There is a risk of an accident if the tyre pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning
The tyre pressure monitoring system cannot issue a warning if there is pressure loss in one or more of the tyres.
Tyres with insucient tyre pressure may impair the driving characteristics as well as steering and braking.
#Have the tyre pressure monitoring system checked at a qualied specialist workshop.
Display messages and warning/indicator lamps 419419
WWararning/indicatning/indicator lampPor lampPossible causes/conseqossible causes/consequences anduences and MMSolutionsSolutions
h
Tyre pressure monitoring
system warning lamp lights
up
*The yellow tyre pressure monitoring system warning lamp (pressure loss/malfunction) is lit.
The tyre pressure monitoring system has detected tyre pressure loss in at least one of the tyres.
&WWARNINGARNING Risk of an accident due to insucient tyre pressure
RThe tyres can burst.
RThe tyres can wear excessively and/or unevenly.
RThe driving characteristics as well as the steering and braking may be greatly impaired.
You could then lose control of thevehicle.
#Observe therecommended tyre pressures.
#Adjust the tyre pressure if necessary.
#Stop thevehicle in accordance with the trac conditions.
#Check the tyre pressure and the tyres.
420420 Display messages and warning/indicator lamps
1, 2, 3 ...1, 2, 3 ...
4MA4MATICTIC
All-wheel distribution.............................. 163
Function................................................ 163
12 V batt12 V batteryery
see On-board electrical system battery (12 V)
12 V socket12 V socket
see Socket (12 V)
115 V socket115 V socket
see Socket (115 V)
230 V socket230 V socket
see Socket (230 V)
360° Camera360° Camera
Care...................................................... 307
Function................................................ 225
Opening the camera cover (reversing
camera)................................................. 228
Selecting a view.....................................227
Switching automatic operation on/o
(reversing camera)................................. 228
AA
A/C functionA/C function
Activating/deactivating (control panel)... 143
Activating/deactivating (MBUX multi-
media system)....................................... 143
ABS (Anti-locABS (Anti-lock Brk Braking Systaking System)em).................... 190
AAccident and Brccident and Breakdoeakdown Managwn Managementement
Mercedes me connect........................... 281
AAcouscoustic loctic lockingking vverericationication signalsignal
Activating/deactivating............................ 80
AAcouscoustic prtic presence indicatesence indicator (sound gor (sound gener-ener-
atator)or)
Notes..................................................... 148
AActivctive Blind Spoe Blind Spot Assistt Assist
Brake application...................................218
Function................................................ 216
System limitations.................................. 216
Trailer operation.....................................218
AActivctive bonnee bonnet (pedest (pedestrtrian protian protection)ection)
Operation.............................................. 299
Resetting............................................... 299
AActivctive Bre Brakake Assiste Assist
Function/notes...................................... 208
Setting................................................... 212
AActivctive Diste Distance Assisance Assist DISt DISTRTRONICONIC
Active Emergency Stop Assist................ 208
Calling up a speed................................. 202
Function................................................ 199
Increasing/decreasing speed................. 202
Route-based speed adaptation............... 204
Selecting............................................... 202
Storing a speed...................................... 202
Switching o/deactivating.....................202
Switching on/activating......................... 202
System limitations.................................. 199
AActivctive Emerge Emergency Stency Stop Assistop Assist...................... 208
AActivctive Lane Ke Lane Keeping Assisteeping Assist
Activating/deactivating.......................... 221
Activating/deactivating thewarning....... 222
Function................................................ 219
Setting the sensitivity.............................222
System limits......................................... 219
Trailer operation.....................................219
AActivctive Pe Pararking Assistking Assist
Exiting a parking space.......................... 235
Function................................................ 232
Parking.................................................. 234
Index 421421
System limitations.................................. 232
AActivctive Sere Service Syvice Syststem PLem PLUSUS
see ASSYST PLUS
AActivctive Speed Limit Assiste Speed Limit Assist
Display................................................... 203
Function................................................ 203
AActivctiveSteSteereering Assisting Assist
Activating/deactivating.......................... 207
Active Emergency Stop Assist................ 208
Function................................................ 206
System limits......................................... 206
AAdapdaptivtive bre brakake lightse lights.................................... 194
AAdapdaptivtive cre cruise contruise controlol
see Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
AAdditional door lockdditional door lock....................................... 82
AerAer-sales-sales serservicevice
see ASSYST PLUS
Air conditioning menuAir conditioning menu
Calling up.............................................. 143
Air disAir distrtributionibution
Setting................................................... 142
Setting (MBUX multimedia system)......... 144
Air inletAir inlet
see Air-water duct
Air prAir pressureessure
see Tyre pressure
Air vAir ventsents
Adjusting (front).....................................147
Adjusting (rear)...................................... 147
Air vAir ventsents
see Air vents
AirAir-conditioning syst-conditioning systemem
see Climate control
AirAir-r-recirecirculation mode (witculation mode (withhnene
parparticleticle prpreltelter)er).......................................... 144
AirAir-w-watater ducter duct
Keeping free.......................................... 303
AirbagAirbag
Activation................................................ 45
Front airbag (driver, front passenger)........ 50
Installation locations................................ 50
Knee airbag............................................. 50
Overview.................................................. 50
PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps...... 54
Protection................................................ 51
Reduced protection.................................. 52
Side airbag.............................................. 50
Window airbag......................................... 50
AirowAirow
Setting................................................... 142
AlarAlarm systm systemem
see ATA (anti-the alarm system)
All-wheel drAll-wheel driveive
see 4MATIC
Ambient lightingAmbient lighting
Setting (MBUX multimedia system).........133
AndrAndroid Aoid Autouto
see Smartphone integration
AnimalsAnimals
Pets in thevehicle.................................... 78
Anti-locAnti-lock brk braking systaking systemem
see ABS (Anti-lock Braking System)
Anti-skid cAnti-skid chainshains
see Snow chains
Anti-tAnti-thehe protprotectionection
Additional door lock................................. 82
Immobiliser.............................................. 99
Anti-tAnti-thehe protprotectionection
see ATA (anti-the alarm system)
422422 Index
AnticipatAnticipatorory occupant proty occupant protectionection
see PRE-SAFE®(anticipatory occu-
pant protection)
see PRE-SAFE®PLUS (anticipatory
occupant protection plus)
Apple CarPlayApple CarPlay®®
see Smartphone integration
AssistAssistance systance systemsems
see Driving safety system
ASSYSASSYST PLT PLUSUS
Battery disconnection periods................ 299
Displaying the service due date.............. 298
Function/notes...................................... 298
Regular maintenance work..................... 298
Special service requirements................. 298
ATATAA(anti-t(anti-thehe alaralarm systm system)em)
Deactivating the alarm........................... 100
Function.................................................. 99
Interior protection function.....................101
Priming/deactivating interior protec-
tion........................................................ 101
Priming/deactivating tow-away pro-
tection................................................... 101
Tow-away protection function................. 100
AATTENTION ASSISTTTENTION ASSIST
Function................................................ 195
Setting...................................................196
System limitations.................................. 195
AAttttention assistention assistantant
see ATTENTION ASSIST
AAututhorhorised wised workorkshopshop
see Qualied specialist workshop
AAututomatic car womatic car wash modeash mode
Activating............................................... 304
AAututomatic co-dromatic co-driviver airbager airbag shutshutoo
Function of co-driver airbag shuto.......... 53
AAututomatic distomatic distance contrance controlol
see Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
AAututomatic dromatic driving lightsiving lights................................ 131
AAututomatic fromatic front passengont passenger airbager airbag shutshutoo
PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps...... 54
AAututomatic measuromatic measureses aeraer an accidentan accident............58
AAututomatic mirromatic mirror for folding functionolding function
Activating/deactivating.......................... 141
AAututomatic tromatic transmissionansmission
Drive programs......................................158
DYNAMIC SELECT switch....................... 158
Axle loadAxle load
Permissible............................................ 349
Trailer operation.....................................357
BB
Bag hookBag hook..................................................... 122
Ball neckBall neck
Folding out/in........................................ 238
BBAS (BrAS (Brakake Assise Assist Systt System)em)........................... 190
BattBatteryery
see High-voltage battery
BattBatterery (high-vy (high-voltoltagage on-boare on-board electrd electricalical
systsystem)em)
see High-voltage battery
BattBatterery (key (key)y)
Replacing.................................................81
BattBatterery (vy (vehicle)ehicle)
Notes..................................................... 319
Notes (starting assistance and charg-
ing)........................................................ 321
BeltBeltsee Seat belt
Index 423423
BicyBicycle rcle rackack
Load capacity........................................ 357
Trailer operation..................................... 241
Blind SpoBlind Spot Assistt Assist
Activating/deactivating.......................... 219
Function................................................ 216
System limitations.................................. 216
BlowBlowerer
see Climate control
BonnetBonnet
Function (active bonnet)......................... 299
Opening/closing.................................... 300
Resetting (active bonnet)........................ 299
BooBoot lidt lid
see Tailgate
BrBrakake Assise Assist Systt Systemem
see BAS (Brake Assist System)
BrBrakakeeuiduid
Notes..................................................... 352
BrBrakake fe fororce disce distrtributionibution
EBD (Electronic Brake force Distribu-
tion).......................................................192
BrBrakakeses
ABS (Anti-lock Braking System).............. 190
Active Brake Assist................................. 208
Adaptive brake lights.............................. 194
BAS (Brake Assist System).....................190
Driving tips............................................ 152
EBD (Electronic Brake force Distribu-
tion).......................................................192
HOLD function....................................... 193
Limited braking eect (salt-treated
roads)....................................................152
New/replaced brake linings/brake
discs...................................................... 152
Post-collision brake.................................. 58
Running-in notes.................................... 152
BrBrakakeses
see Recuperation
BrBraking assistaking assistanceance
see BAS (Brake Assist System)
BrBreakdoeakdownwn
Assistance overview................................. 18
Tow-starting........................................... 328
Towing away.......................................... 324
Transporting thevehicle.........................326
Wheel change........................................ 340
BrBreakdoeakdownwn
see Flat tyre
ButtButtonsons
Steering wheel....................................... 246
CC
CallsCalls
Mercedes me......................................... 276
CameraCamera
Information............................................ 188
CameraCamera
see 360° Camera
see Dashcam
see Reversing camera
Car keyCar key
see Key
Car wCar washash
see Care
Car wCar wash (carash (care)e)............................................ 303
CarCar-t-to-Xo-X-Communication-Communication
Displaying hazard warnings.................... 269
CareCare
360° camera......................................... 307
424424 Index
Air-water duct........................................ 303
Automatic car wash...............................303
Carpet................................................... 308
Decorative foil........................................ 306
Display................................................... 308
Exterior lighting...................................... 307
Head-up display..................................... 308
High-pressure cleaner............................305
Paint...................................................... 305
Plastic trim............................................308
Real wood/trim elements......................308
Reversing camera..................................307
Roof lining............................................. 308
Seat belt................................................ 308
Seat cover............................................. 308
Sensors................................................. 307
Steering wheel....................................... 308
Trailer hitch............................................ 307
Vehicle socketforthe high-voltage
battery................................................... 307
Washing by hand.................................... 305
Wheels/rims.......................................... 307
Windows................................................ 307
Wiper blades.......................................... 307
CarCarpepet (Cart (Care)e)............................................... 308
CharChargingging
At time of departure............................... 180
Charge level display............................... 180
Charging cable control panel.................. 169
Conguring weekly prole...................... 180
Ending thecharging process (alternat-
ing current, mode 2/3).......................... 175
Ending thecharging process (direct
current, mode 4).................................... 179
Indicator lamps on vehicle socket........... 171
Notes - charging station (mode 3)..........167
Notes - fast charging station (mode 4)....168
Notes - mains socket (Mode 2)............... 166
Notes - wallbox (mode 3)........................ 167
Notes on charging the high-voltage
battery................................................... 163
Notes on the high-voltage battery........... 320
On-board electrical system battery
(12 V).................................................... 323
Setting the maximum possible charg-
ing current (mains socket)...................... 169
Starting thecharging process (alter-
nating current, mode 2/3)..................... 172
Starting thecharging process (direct
current, mode 4).................................... 176
Stowing thecharging cable.................... 163
USB port................................................127
CharCharging cableging cable
Control panel......................................... 169
Stowing................................................. 163
Child safeChild safety lockty lock
Rear door.................................................76
Rear side windows................................... 77
Child seatChild seat
Approval categories.................................64
Attaching (notes)......................................63
Basic instructions.................................... 59
Front passenger seat (notes).................... 74
Front passenger seat (without auto-
matic airbag shuto)................................73
ISOFIX/i-Size (tting)...............................67
Notes on risks and dangers...................... 60
Recommendations forchild restraint
systems................................................... 62
Seats suitable for belt-secured child
restraint systems..................................... 71
Seats suitable for i‑Size child restraint
systems................................................... 67
Seats suitable for ISOFIX child
restraint systems..................................... 66
Securing on the co-driver seat..................75
Index 425425
Securing on therear seat......................... 72
TopTether................................................ 69
ChildrChildrenen
Avoiding dangers in thevehicle................60
Basic instructions.................................... 59
ChockChock
Storage location..................................... 340
ChockChock
see Chock
CleaningCleaning
see Care
CleaningCleaning uiduid
see windscreen washer uid
ClimatClimate contre controlol
Activating/deactivating.......................... 143
Activating/deactivating the A/C func-
tion (control panel).................................143
Activating/deactivating the A/C func-
tion (MBUX multimedia system).............. 143
Activating/deactivating the synchro-
nisation function (MBUX multimedia
system).................................................. 144
Air-recirculation mode (with ne parti-
cle prelter)...........................................144
Automatic control..................................143
Calling up the air conditioning menu....... 143
Demisting the windscreen...................... 142
Demisting windows................................ 144
Front air vents........................................ 147
Immediate pre-entry climate control....... 146
Note...................................................... 142
Pre-entry climate control at departure
time....................................................... 145
Pre-entry climate control using thekey... 144
Rear air vents......................................... 147
Setting (MBUX multimedia system)......... 143
Setting the air distribution...................... 142
Setting the airow.................................. 142
Setting thetemperature......................... 142
Switching therear window heater
on/o................................................... 142
THERMATIC control panel...................... 142
THERMOTRONIC control panel............... 142
Ventilating thevehicle (convenience
opening).................................................. 94
ClotClothes hookhes hook................................................ 123
Co-drCo-driviver airbager airbag shutshutoo
see Automatic co-driver airbag shuto
CocCockpitkpit
Overview.................................................... 6
CoeeCoee cup symbolcup symbol
see ATTENTION ASSIST
Collision detCollision detection (parkection (parked ved vehicle)ehicle)
Information............................................ 187
Combination switchCombination switch.....................................131
ComComponent-specicponent-specic infinforormationmation................... 349
ComComputputerer
see On-board computer
ConvConvenience closingenience closing...................................... 94
ConvConvenience openingenience opening..................................... 94
Coolant (engine)Coolant (engine)
Levelcheck............................................ 302
Notes..................................................... 352
CoolingCooling
see Climate control
CopCopyryrightight....................................................... 43
CrawCrawler modeler mode
Function/notes...................................... 194
CrCrossoss trtracac (w(wararning)ning)
see Manoeuvring assistance
426426 Index
CrCrossoss TrTracac AlertAlert........................................ 237
CrCrosswind Assistosswind Assist
Function/notes...................................... 191
CrCruise contruise controlol
Activating............................................... 197
Buttons.................................................. 197
Calling up a speed................................. 197
Deactivating........................................... 197
Function................................................ 196
Requirements:....................................... 197
Selecting............................................... 197
Setting a speed...................................... 197
Storing a speed...................................... 197
System limitations.................................. 196
DD
DamDamping adjusping adjustmenttment.................................... 222
DashboardDashboard
see Cockpit
DashcamDashcam
Notes..................................................... 271
Selecting a USB device..........................271
Starting/stopping a video recording.......271
DatData acqa acquisitionuisition
Vehicle..................................................... 39
DatData prota protection rection rightsights
Data storage............................................ 43
DatData sta stororageage
Data protection rights..............................43
Electronic control units............................ 39
Online services........................................42
Vehicle..................................................... 39
DeactivDeactivating tating the alarhe alarm (ATm (ATA)A).........................100
DealerDealershipship
see Qualied specialist workshop
DeclarDeclaration of confation of conforormitymity
Electromagnetic compatibility.................. 28
Importer addresses.................................. 34
Jack.........................................................35
Specic absorption rate........................... 28
TIREFIT kit................................................ 35
Wireless vehicle components................... 28
DecorDecorativative fe foil (cleaning insoil (cleaning instrtructions)uctions)........... 306
DesDestination entrytination entry
Entering a POI or address....................... 266
DetDetecting inattecting inattentiventivenesseness
see ATTENTION ASSIST
DiagnosDiagnostics connectiontics connection.................................. 36
DigitDigital Owner's Manualal Owner's Manual............................ 20, 21
DinghDinghytoytowingwing
see Tow-bar system
DIRECT SELECT levDIRECT SELECT leverer
Engaging drive position.......................... 163
Engaging neutral.................................... 162
Engaging park position...........................162
Engaging park position automatically...... 162
Engaging reversegear............................ 162
Function................................................ 161
Disconnect deDisconnect devicevice
High-voltage on-board electrical sys-
tem........................................................ 148
DisplaDisplay (cary (care)e)............................................... 308
DisplaDisplay (MBUX multimedia systy (MBUX multimedia system)em)
Home screen.........................................251
Operating.............................................. 252
DisplaDisplay (on-boary (on-board comd computputer)er)
Displays on the instrument display......... 247
Index 427427
DisplaDisplay in ty in the windscrhe windscreeneen
see Head-up display
DisplaDisplay messagey message
Calling up (on-board computer).............. 358
Notes..................................................... 358
DisplaDisplay messagy messageses
ç- - - km/h.....................................389
È- - - km/h..................................... 389
h- - - km/h..................................... 388
#12 V battery See Owner's Man-
ual......................................................... 374
òAcoustic presence indicator
inoperative.............................................368
éATTENTION ASSIST inoperative..... 387
éATTENTION ASSIST: Take a
break!.................................................... 388
:Automatic driving lights inoper-
ative...................................................... 365
ÛBattery overheated Stop, every-
body out! Outdoors if possible................ 373
ÁChange key batteries.................... 362
èCharger cable connected.............. 370
JCheck brake uid level.................. 386
ïCheck trailer hitch lock (white
display message).................................... 376
hCheck tyre(s)................................ 405
ÿCoolant Stop vehicle Switch
engine o.............................................. 369
!currently unavailable See Own-
er's Manual............................................399
÷currently unavailable See Own-
er's Manual............................................400
äFault Drive at max. 80 km/h......... 398
6Front le malfunction Consult
workshop (example)...............................359
&inoperative Charge HV battery...... 366
&inoperative High-voltage battery
charging incomplete............................... 366
!inoperative See Owner's Manual... 400
÷inoperative See Owner's Manual... 401
Tinoperative See Owner's Manual... 402
GInoperative................................... 403
ÁKey being initialised Please wait.... 363
ÁKey not detected (red display
message)...............................................363
ÁKey not detected (white display
message)...............................................363
:Le dipped beam (example).......... 364
6Le windowbag malfunction
Consult workshop (example).................. 360
:Malfunction See Owner's Man-
ual.........................................................364
dMalfunction Visit workshop........... 375
ÛMalfunction Visit workshop........... 373
dMalfunction.................................. 374
ÛMalfunction.................................. 373
ðMaximum speed exceeded............ 391
çO................................................ 390
ëO................................................ 387
!Parking brake See Owner's
Manual..................................................383
428428 Index
dPerformance severely limited........ 367
&Pre-entry climate control (via
key) available again aer engine start..... 366
&Pre-entry climate control (via
key) inoperative HV-battery low.............. 367
hRectify tyre pressure..................... 406
!Release parking brake...................386
ÁReplace key.................................. 362
ôReserve level Charge high-volt-
age battery............................................ 374
6Restraint sys. malfunction Con-
sult workshop........................................359
ÙSteering malfunction Increased
physical eort See Owner's Manual....... 378
ÙSteering malfunction Stop
immediately See Owner's Manual........... 379
ÛStop immediately Drive will be
deactivated Charge high-volt. battery..... 372
dStop Switch engine o.................. 375
çsuspended.................................... 389
:Switch o lights............................ 365
:Switch on headlamps.................... 365
átemporarily unavailable Camera
view restricted....................................... 397
¸temporarily unavailable Sensors
dirty....................................................... 396
+Top up coolant See Owner’s
Manual.................................................. 369
¥Top up washer uid.......................380
vTowing not permitted See Own-
er's Manual............................................ 368
!Turn on the ignition to release
the parking brake................................... 386
dVehicle is operational Switch o
ignition before exiting............................. 376
hWarning tyre defect....................... 406
hWheel sensor(s) missing................ 405
AC charging inoperative Consult work-
shop...................................................... 371
Active Blind Spot Assist currently
unavailable See Owner's Manual............ 394
Active Blind Spot Assist inoperative........ 394
Active Blind Spot Assist not available
when towing a trailer See Owner's
Manual..................................................395
Active bonnet malfunction See Own-
er's Manual............................................ 379
Active Brake Assist Functions cur-
rently limited See Owner's Manual.........402
Active Brake Assist Functions limited
See Owner's Manual.............................. 403
Active Distance Assist available again..... 391
Active Distance Assist currently
unavailable See Owner's Manual............ 390
Active Distance Assist inoperative.......... 390
Active Lane Keeping Assist currently
unavailable See Owner's Manual............ 395
Active Lane Keeping Assist inoperative... 395
Index 429429
Active Steering Assist currently
unavailable due to multiple emer-
gency stops........................................... 392
Active Steering Assist currently
unavailable See Owner's Manual............ 392
Active Steering Assist inoperative...........392
Anti-the alarm system Malfunction....... 380
Apply brake to deselect Park (P) posi-
tion........................................................381
Apply brake to select D or R...................381
Apply brake to select R.......................... 381
Beginning emergency stop..................... 392
Blind Spot Assist currently unavailable
See Owner's Manual.............................. 393
Blind Spot Assist inoperative.................. 394
Blind Spot Assist not available when
towing a trailer See Owner's Manual...... 394
Cannot start engine See Owner's
Manual..................................................404
Charging fault Please change charging
method See Owner's Manual.................371
Charging method currently unavaila-
ble Please try again or change charg-
ing method............................................ 371
Check brake pads See Owner's Man-
ual.........................................................387
Cruise control and Limiter inoperative.... 388
Cruise control inoperative...................... 388
Cruise control o................................... 388
DC charging inoperative Consult
workshop............................................... 371
Device detected at diagnostics con-
nection See Owner's Manual..................404
Front-passenger airbag disabled See
Owner's Manual.....................................360
Front-passenger airbag enabled See
Owner's Manual.....................................361
Hazard warning lamps malfunctioning.... 365
Head-up display currently unavailable
See Owner's Manual.............................. 378
Head-up display inoperative...................378
High-voltage battery maintenance
required urgently. No start in approx.
XXX km (red display message)............... 375
High-voltage battery maintenance
required urgently. No start in approx.
XXX km (yellow display message)........... 375
High-voltage battery maintenance
required urgently. Without engine
restart, consult workshop....................... 376
Limiter inoperative................................. 389
Limiter passive....................................... 389
N permanently active Risk of vehicle
rolling....................................................382
Not possible to unlock charging cable
See Owner's Manual.............................. 370
Only select Park (P) when vehicle is
stationary.............................................. 381
430430 Index
Parking Assist and PARKTRONIC inop-
erative See Owner's Manual................... 398
Place thekey in the marked space
See Owner's Manual.............................. 364
Please wait. Battery has not yet
reached operating temperature.
Engine cannot start................................ 372
PRE-SAFE inoperative See Owner's
Manual..................................................362
Reduce speed........................................ 408
Reduced drive system performance
See Owner's Manual.............................. 371
Reversing not poss. Consult workshop... 382
Risk of vehicle rolling Driver door
open and transmission not in P.............. 382
Speed limit (winter tyres) XXX km/h.......391
Speed Limit Assist currently unavaila-
ble See Owner's Manual........................ 391
Speed Limit Assist inoperative................ 391
To shi out of P or N, depress brake
and start engine.....................................381
To switch o the engine, press the
Start/Stop button for at least 3 sec-
onds or 3 times...................................... 368
Trac Sign Assist currently unavaila-
ble See Owner's Manual........................ 393
Trac Sign Assist inoperative................. 393
Transmission Malfunction Stop............... 382
Tyre press. monitor currently unavaila-
ble......................................................... 404
Tyre press. monitor inoperative.............. 405
Tyre press. monitor inoperative No
wheel sensors........................................ 405
Tyre(s) overheated.................................. 407
Vehicle not currently being charged
Charging station fault............................. 370
Wiper malfunctioning.............................380
Without changing gear, consult work-
shop...................................................... 382
Without starting engine again, consult
workshop............................................... 374
DistDistance contrance controlol
see Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
DISDISTRTRONICONIC
see Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
DoorDoor
Additional door lock................................. 82
Child safety lock (rear door)..................... 76
Locking/unlocking (emergency key).........86
Opening (from inside)...............................83
Unlocking (from inside)............................ 83
Door contrDoor control panelol panel......................................... 16
DraDrawbarwbar
see Tow-bar system
DrDriviveAwaeAway Assisty Assist.........................................236
DrDrivive positione position
Engaging................................................ 163
DrDrivive pre progrogram displayam display.................................. 160
DrDrivive pre progrogramsams
see DYNAMIC SELECT
Index 431431
DrDrivive syste systemem
Manual switch-o................................... 148
Starting (emergency operation mode).... 151
DrDriviver's seater's seat
see Seat
DrDriving abriving abroadoad
Light adjustment (low beam).................. 130
DrDriving safeiving safety systty systemem
ABS (Anti-lock Braking System).............. 190
Active Brake Assist................................. 208
Adaptive brake lights.............................. 194
BAS (Brake Assist System).....................190
Cameras................................................188
EBD (Electronic Brake force Distribu-
tion).......................................................192
ESP®Crosswind Assist.......................... 191
ESP®trailer stabilisation........................ 192
Overview................................................ 189
Radar and ultrasonic sensors................. 188
Responsibility......................................... 188
STEER CONTROL................................... 192
DrDriving systiving systemem
Suspension with adaptive damping
adjustment............................................ 222
DrDriving systiving systemem
see 360° Camera
see Active Blind Spot Assist
see Active Distance Assist DISTRONIC
see Active Emergency Stop Assist
see Active Lane Keeping Assist
see Active Parking Assist
see Active Speed Limit Assist
see Active Steering Assist
see ATTENTION ASSIST
see Blind Spot Assist
see Crawler mode
see Cruise control
see Driving safety system
see HOLD function
see Limiter
see Parking Assist PARKTRONIC
see Reversing camera
see Speed Limit Assist
see Trac Sign Assist
DrDriving tipsiving tips
Acoustic presence indicator (sound
generator).............................................. 148
Driving abroad (low beam light adjust-
ment)..................................................... 130
Electric mode......................................... 148
General driving tips................................ 152
Running-in notes.................................... 152
DrDriving tipsiving tips
see Recuperation
DrowDrowsiness detsiness detectionection
see ATTENTION ASSIST
Dynamic handling contrDynamic handling control systol systemem
see ESP®(Electronic Stability Program)
DDYNYNAMIC SELECTAMIC SELECT
Adaptive damping adjustment................ 222
Conguring drive program I....................160
Displaying engine data........................... 161
Displaying vehicle data........................... 161
Drive program display............................ 160
Drive programs......................................158
Function................................................ 158
Operating (DYNAMIC SELECT switch)..... 160
Selecting the drive program...................160
EE
Easy entrEasy entry fy featureeature
Function/notes...................................... 111
Setting...................................................112
432432 Index
Easy eEasy exit fxit featureeature
Function/notes...................................... 111
Setting................................................... 112
EBD (ElectrEBD (Electronic Bronic Brakake fe fororce Disce Distrtribution)ibution)
Function/notes...................................... 192
ECECO AssistO Assist
Function................................................ 156
ECECO displayO display
Function................................................ 154
ElectrElectric modeic mode
Notes..................................................... 148
ElectrElectric paric parking brking brakeake
Applying automatically........................... 185
Applying/releasing manually.................. 187
Emergency braking................................ 187
Releasing automatically.......................... 186
ElectrElectrical fusesical fuses
see Fuses
ElectrElectromagneomagnetic comtic compatibilitypatibility
Declaration of conformity.........................28
ElectrElectronic Stonic Stability Prability Progrogramam
see ESP®(Electronic Stability Program)
EmergEmergencyency
Assistance overview................................. 18
Fire extinguisher.................................... 312
First-aid kit (so sided).......................... 312
Removing thewarning triangle............... 311
Safetyvest............................................. 311
Setting up thewarning triangle............... 312
EmergEmergency brency brakingaking...................................... 187
EmergEmergency brency brakingaking
see BAS (Brake Assist System)
EmergEmergency callency call
see Mercedes-Benz emergency call system
EmergEmergency keyency key
Inserting/removing.................................. 81
Locking/unlocking the doors................... 86
Unlocking thetailgate.............................. 92
EmergEmergency operency operation modeation mode
Starting thevehicle................................151
EmergEmergencyency shutshutoo
see High-voltage on-board electrical system
EmergEmergency sparency spare wheele wheel
Notes..................................................... 345
EmergEmergencystencystarart (drt (drivive sye syststem)em).................... 328
EnerEnergygy owow displaydisplay
Displaying.............................................. 263
Function/notes...................................... 263
EngineEngine
Engine number....................................... 349
Engine dataEngine data
Displaying.............................................. 161
Engine electrEngine electronicsonics
Notes..................................................... 347
Engine numberEngine number............................................. 349
ERAERA-GL-GLONONASS tASS tesest modet mode
Starting/ending.....................................290
ErrError messageor message
see Display message
ESC (ElectrESC (Electronic Stonic Stability Contrability Control)ol)
see ESP®(Electronic Stability Program)
ESPESP®®
Crosswind Assist.................................... 191
Trailer stabilisation................................. 192
ESPESP®®(Electr(Electronic Stonic Stability Prability Progrogram)am)
Activating/deactivating.......................... 192
Function/notes...................................... 190
Index 433433
EU type approvEU type approval numberal number............................. 349
ExtExtererior lightingior lighting
Care......................................................307
ExtExtererior lightingior lighting
see Lights
FF
FFatigue detatigue detectionection
see ATTENTION ASSIST
FFirire ee extinguisherxtinguisher.......................................... 312
FFirsirst-aid kitt-aid kit (so(so sided)sided).................................312
Flat toFlat towingwing
see Tow-bar system
Flat tyreFlat tyre
MOExtended tyres................................. 313
Notes..................................................... 313
TIREFIT kit.............................................. 315
Wheel change........................................ 340
Floor matsFloor mats................................................... 129
FFoil covoil covereringing
Radar and ultrasonic sensors................. 188
FrFreeee sowsowareare................................................. 43
FFrreqequenciesuencies
Mobile phone......................................... 348
Two-way radio........................................ 348
FrFront airbag (dront airbag (driviverer, fr, front passengont passenger)er).............. 50
FrFront passengont passenger seater seat
see Seat
FFuel consumpuel consumption indicattion indicatoror
Calling up.............................................. 161
FFunction seatunction seat
see Door control panel
FFusesuses
Before replacing a fuse.......................... 328
Fuse assignment diagram....................... 328
Fuse box in the engine compartment......329
Fuse box in the front passenger foot-
well........................................................ 330
Fuse box in the load compartment......... 331
Notes..................................................... 328
GG
GarGaragage door openere door opener
Clearing the memory.............................. 185
GarGaragage door openerse door openers
Opening/closing the door......................185
Programming buttons............................. 183
Resolving problems................................ 184
Synchronising therolling code................ 184
Genuine parGenuine partsts................................................ 23
GrGross massoss mass.................................................. 349
HH
HandbrHandbrakeake
see Electric parking brake
Handling cHandling charharactactererisistics (unusual)tics (unusual)................ 332
HANDS-FREE AHANDS-FREE ACCESSCCESS................................... 90
HazarHazard wd wararning lightsning lights................................... 132
Head rHead resestrtraintaint
Front (adjusting mechanically)................ 106
Rear (adjusting)......................................107
Rear (removing/tting)........................... 108
Head-up displayHead-up display
Adjusting brightness (on-board com-
puter).................................................... 248
Adjusting display elements (on-board
computer).............................................. 248
434434 Index
Care...................................................... 308
Function................................................ 248
Menu (on-board computer)..................... 248
Operating the memory function.............. 113
Setting the position (on-board com-
puter).................................................... 248
Switching on/o....................................249
HeadlamHeadlamppashingashing........................................ 131
HeadlamHeadlampsps
see Automatic driving lights
HeatingHeating
see Climate control
Help callHelp call
see Mercedes-Benz emergency call system
High beamHigh beam
Activating/deactivating.......................... 131
High-prHigh-pressuressure cleaner (care cleaner (care)e)........................ 305
High-vHigh-voltoltagage batte batteryery
Charge level display............................... 180
Charging at time of departure................ 180
Charging cable control panel.................. 169
Charging duration.................................. 354
Conguring weekly prole...................... 180
Connection types................................... 354
Disconnect device................................. 148
Ending thecharging process (alternat-
ing current, mode 2/3).......................... 175
Ending thecharging process (direct
current, mode 4).................................... 179
Energy ow display................................. 263
Function/notes...................................... 320
General notes on charging.....................163
Indicator lamps on vehicle socket........... 171
Notes on charging (charging station,
mode 3).................................................167
Notes on charging (fast charging sta-
tion, mode 2)......................................... 168
Notes on charging (mains socket,
mode 2)................................................. 166
Notes on charging (wallbox, mode 3)...... 167
Range.................................................... 354
Setting the maximum possible charg-
ing current (mains socket)...................... 169
Starting thecharging process (alter-
nating current, mode 2/3)..................... 172
Starting thecharging process (direct
current, mode 4).................................... 176
Stowing thecharging cable.................... 163
Type....................................................... 354
Voltage types......................................... 354
High-vHigh-voltoltagage on-boare on-board electrd electrical systical systemem
Charging cable control panel.................. 169
Disconnect device................................. 148
Indicator lamps on vehicle socket........... 171
Manual disconnection............................ 148
Hill StHill Starart Assistt Assist............................................ 194
HOLD functionHOLD function
Function/notes...................................... 193
Switching on/o.................................... 193
Home scrHome screen (media displaeen (media display)y)
Overview................................................ 251
II
i-Size ci-Size child seat securhild seat securing systing systemem
Fitting...................................................... 67
Seats suitable for attaching...................... 67
IdenticationIdentication plateplate
Engine................................................... 349
Vehicle.................................................. 349
Ignition keyIgnition key
see Key
ImmediatImmediate pre pre-entre-entry climaty climate contre controlol.............146
ImmobiliserImmobiliser.................................................... 99
Index 435435
ImImplied wplied warrarrantyanty
Vehicle..................................................... 39
ImImportporter addrer addressesesses
Wireless components...............................34
In-CarIn-Car OceOce
Features................................................ 282
IndicatIndicator lampor lamp
see Warning/indicator lamp
Individual drIndividual drivive pre progrogramam
Conguring............................................ 160
Selecting............................................... 160
InspectionInspection
see ASSYST PLUS
InsInstrtrument clustument clusterer
Function/notes.............................. 244, 245
InsInstrtrument displayument display
Function/notes...................................... 245
Instrument cluster.................................... 10
Overview of displays............................... 247
Warning/indicator lamps........................ 408
InsInstrtrument displaument display and on-boary and on-board com-d com-
putputerer
Function/notes...................................... 244
IntIntererior lightingior lighting
Adjusting............................................... 133
Ambient lighting.....................................133
Reading lamp......................................... 133
Switch-o delay time.............................. 134
IntIntererior protior protectionection
Function................................................ 101
Priming/deactivating............................. 101
IntInterernenet rt radioadio
see TuneIn
iPhoneiPhone®®
see Smartphone integration
ISOFIX cISOFIX child seat anchild seat anchorhor
Seats suitable for attaching...................... 66
ISOFIX cISOFIX child seat securhild seat securing systing systemem
Fitting...................................................... 67
JJ
JackJackDeclaration of conformity......................... 35
Storage location.....................................340
JumJump-stp-starart connectiont connection
General notes........................................321
KK
KKeeyyAcoustic locking verication signal...........80
Activating/deactivating pre-entry cli-
mate control.......................................... 145
Battery..................................................... 81
Deactivating a function............................ 80
Emergency key......................................... 81
Energy consumption................................ 80
Function overview.................................... 79
Keyring attachment................................. 81
Problem................................................... 82
Unlocking setting..................................... 80
KEYLESS-GOKEYLESS-GO
Deactivating a function............................ 80
Locking/unlocking thevehicle................. 84
Problem................................................... 85
Unlocking setting.....................................80
Knee airbagKnee airbag.................................................... 50
LL
LampLamp
see Interior lighting
436436 Index
LamLamp (insp (instrtrument displaument display)y)
see Warning/indicator lamp
Lane detLane detection (autection (automatic)omatic)
see Active Lane Keeping Assist
Lane KLane Keeping Assisteeping Assist
see Active Lane Keeping Assist
LanguageLanguage
Notes..................................................... 262
Setting................................................... 262
Light adjusLight adjustmenttment
Low beam (driving abroad).....................130
Light switchLight switch
Overview................................................ 130
LightingLighting
see Interior lighting
see Lights
LightsLights
Automatic driving lights..........................131
Combination switch............................... 131
Driving abroad (low beam light adjust-
ment)..................................................... 130
Hazard warning lights............................. 132
Headlamp ashing................................. 131
High beam............................................. 131
Light switch........................................... 130
Low beam.............................................. 130
Parking lights......................................... 130
Rear fog light......................................... 130
Responsibility for lighting systems.......... 130
Setting theexterior lighting switch-o
delay time.............................................. 132
Standing lights....................................... 130
Switching the surround lighting on/o... 133
Turn signal indicator............................... 131
LimitLimiterer
Activating............................................... 197
Buttons.................................................. 197
Calling up a speed................................. 197
Deactivating........................................... 197
Function................................................ 197
Passive mode......................................... 197
Permanent setting.................................. 199
Requirements........................................ 197
Selecting............................................... 197
Setting a speed...................................... 197
Storing a speed.............................. 197, 202
Switching o/deactivating.....................202
Switching on/activating......................... 202
System limits......................................... 197
Limiting speedLimiting speed
see Limiter
Limiting tLimiting the opening angle (the opening angle (tailgailgatate)e)............... 91
LINLINGUAGUATRTRONICONIC
Function................................................ 254
Starting.................................................254
LivLiveeTrTracac InfInforormationmation
Switching the trac information dis-
play on................................................... 269
Load comLoad comparpartment covtment coverer
Removing/tting.................................... 119
LoadingLoading
Bag hook...............................................122
Clothes hook.........................................123
Notes..................................................... 114
Roof luggage rack.................................. 123
Tie-down eyes........................................ 122
Loading guidelinesLoading guidelines.......................................114
LoadsLoads
Fixing..................................................... 114
LocLocking/unlocking/unlockingking
Additional door lock................................. 82
Emergency key......................................... 86
Index 437437
KEYLESS-GO............................................ 84
Opening thetailgate................................. 87
Switching the automatic locking fea-
ture on/o..............................................85
Unlocking/opening the doors from
the inside................................................. 83
LoLow beamw beam
Activating/deactivating.......................... 130
Light adjustment (driving abroad)........... 130
LLugguggageage
Securing................................................ 114
LLumbar supportumbar support
see Lumbar support (4-way)
LLumbar supporumbar support (4-wat (4-way)y)...............................106
MM
MaintMaintenanceenance
see ASSYST PLUS
MalfunctionMalfunction
Restraint system......................................45
ManoeuvrManoeuvring aiding aid
see Manoeuvring assistance
ManoeuvrManoeuvring assisting assistanceance
Cross Trac Alert.................................. 237
Drive Away Assist................................... 236
ManoeuvrManoeuvring assisting assistantant
Activating/deactivating.......................... 237
MapMap
Displaying online map contents.............. 269
Displaying weather information.............. 269
Moving................................................... 269
Selecting the map orientation................ 269
Setting the map scale............................ 269
Switching motorway information
on/o................................................... 269
MassagMassage pre progrogrammesammes
Resetting the settings............................ 108
Selecting the front seats........................108
Maximum design speedMaximum design speed
see Limiter
Maximum perMaximum permissible grmissible gross voss vehicle wehicle weighteight... 349
MBUX IntMBUX Intererior Assistior Assistantant
Overview................................................ 255
Switching thereading light on/o
(contactless).......................................... 256
Switching the search light on/o
(contactless).......................................... 256
MBUX multimedia systMBUX multimedia systemem
Collision detection (parkedvehicle)........ 187
Conguring drive program I....................160
Home screen......................................... 251
Notes..................................................... 250
Operating thetouchscreen..................... 252
Overview................................................ 250
Restoring (factory settings).................... 263
Setting route-based speed adaptation.... 205
Setting the air distribution...................... 144
MBUX multimedia systMBUX multimedia systemem
see Display (MBUX multimedia system)
see MBUX Interior Assistant
MediaMedia
Overview of the functions and symbols...292
Media modeMedia mode
Connecting Bluetooth®audio equip-
ment......................................................293
Medical aidsMedical aids................................................... 38
MemorMemory functiony function
Function................................................ 112
438438 Index
Head-up display — Calling up stored
settings..................................................113
Head-up display — Storing settings.........113
Operating.............................................. 113
Outside mirrors — Calling up stored
settings..................................................113
Outside mirrors —Storing settings.......... 113
Seat — Calling up stored settings............ 113
Seat — Storing settings........................... 113
Menu (on-boarMenu (on-board comd computputer)er)
Head-up display..................................... 248
Overview................................................ 246
MerMercedes me appcedes me app
Information............................................ 282
Notes.......................................................25
on-demand feature................................... 25
MerMercedes me callscedes me calls
Arranging a service appointment............ 278
Calling the Mercedes-Benz customer
centre.................................................... 277
Calling the Mercedes-Benz Customer
Centre aer automatic accident or
breakdown detection............................. 278
Consenting to data transfer.................... 279
Information............................................ 277
Making a call via theoverhead control
panel..................................................... 276
Transferred data..................................... 279
MerMercedes me connectcedes me connect
Accident and Breakdown Management...281
Information............................................280
Transferred data..................................... 282
MerMercedes-Benz emergcedes-Benz emergency call systency call systemem
Automatic emergency call...................... 287
Information............................................285
Information about data transfer...... 288, 290
Manual emergency call.......................... 288
Overview................................................ 287
Self-diagnosis........................................ 290
Starting/ending ERA-GLONASS test
mode..................................................... 290
MerMercedes-Benz sercedes-Benz service centrevice centre
see Qualied specialist workshop
MessagMessage (inse (instrtrument displaument display)y)
see Display message
MessagMessage memorye memory......................................... 358
MirrMirrorsors
see Outside mirrors
Mobile phoneMobile phone
Frequencies........................................... 348
Notes on wireless charging.................... 127
Transmission output (maximum)............. 348
Mobile phoneMobile phone
see Smartphone integration
see Telephone
Model typeModel type
see Vehicle identication plate
MOExtMOExtended tyrended tyreses........................................313
Multifunction stMultifunction steereering wheeling wheel
Overview of buttons............................... 246
Multifunction stMultifunction steereering wheeling wheel
see Steering wheel
Multimedia systMultimedia systemem
see MBUX multimedia system
NN
NNaavigvigationation
Activating............................................... 264
Notes..................................................... 264
Overview................................................ 265
Showing/hiding the menu...................... 264
Index 439439
NNaavigvigationation
see Destination entry
see Map
see Route
NaNavigvigation witation with Electrh Electric Intic Intelligelligenceence
see Route
NNeutreutralal
Engaging................................................ 162
NNoiseoise
Wheels and tyres................................... 332
Wheels/tyres......................................... 332
OO
Occupant safeOccupant safetyty
see Airbag
see Automatic co-driver airbag shuto
see Automatic measures aer an accident
see Child seat
see Pets in thevehicle
see Post-collision brake
see PRE-SAFE®(anticipatory occu-
pant protection)
see PRE-SAFE®PLUS (anticipatory
occupant protection plus)
see Restraint system
see Seat belt
On-boarOn-board comd computputerer
Displaying the service due date.............. 298
Head-up display menu............................ 248
Instrument display................................. 247
Menu overview.......................................246
Operating.............................................. 246
On-boarOn-board diagnosd diagnostics inttics interferfaceace
see Diagnostics connection
On-boarOn-board electrd electrical systical system battem batterery (12 V)y (12 V)
Charging................................................ 323
Replacing...............................................323
Starting assistance................................323
On-boarOn-board electrd electronicsonics
Engine electronics................................. 347
Notes..................................................... 347
Two-way radios...................................... 347
on-demand fon-demand featureeature
Activating................................................. 25
Notes.......................................................25
Online serOnline servicesvices
Data storage............................................ 42
Online serOnline servicesvices
see In-Car Oce
Open-sourOpen-sourcece sowsowareare.................................... 43
Opening tOpening the the tailgailgatate using ye using your four footoot
HANDS-FREE ACCESS............................. 90
OperOperatingating uidsuids
Brake uid............................................. 352
Coolant (engine)....................................352
Notes..................................................... 351
windscreen washer uid.........................353
OperOperating safeating safetyty
Declaration of conformity (electro-
magnetic compatibility)............................ 28
Declaration of conformity (jack)...............35
Declaration of conformity (TIREFIT kit)...... 35
Declaration of conformity (wireless
vehicle components)................................ 28
Information.............................................. 26
OperOperating systating systemem
see On-board computer
Outside mirrOutside mirrorsors
Anti-dazzle mode (automatic).................140
Automatic mirrorfolding function........... 141
Folding in/out........................................ 139
440440 Index
Operating the memory function.............. 113
Parking position..................................... 140
Setting................................................... 139
OvOvererhead contrhead control panelol panel
Overview.................................................. 14
Owner's ManualOwner's Manual
Vehicle equipment................................... 25
Owner's Manual (digitOwner's Manual (digital)al)........................... 20, 21
PP
PPaint (cleaning insaint (cleaning instrtructions)uctions).........................305
PPaint codeaint code................................................... 349
PPanoranorama sliding sunrama sliding sunroofoof
see Sliding sunroof
PParark positionk position
Engaging................................................ 162
Selecting automatically..........................162
PPararkingking
see Electric parking brake
PPararking aidking aid
see Parking Assist PARKTRONIC
PPararking Assisking Assist Pt PARKARKTRTRONICONIC
Activating............................................... 231
Adjusting warning tones......................... 232
Deactivating........................................... 231
Function................................................ 228
Side impact protection........................... 230
System limitations.................................. 228
PPararking assistking assistance systance systemsems
see Active Parking Assist
PPararking brking brakeake
see Electric parking brake
PPararking lightsking lights............................................... 130
PPararking opking optiontion
Selecting............................................... 269
PPararking positionking position
Outside mirrors...................................... 140
Storing the position of the passenger
outside mirror using reversegear........... 141
PPararking serking servicevice
Selecting parking options.......................269
PParartitioning nettitioning net
Attaching............................................... 120
PPASSENASSENGER AIR BAGER AIR BAG stG status displayatus display
see Automatic front passenger airbag shuto
PPedesedestrtrian protian protectionection
see Active bonnet (pedestrian protection)
PPerermissible axle loadmissible axle load....................................349
PPerermissible tomissible towing metwing methodshods.........................323
PePets in tts in the vhe vehicleehicle.......................................... 78
PlasPlastic trtic trim (Carim (Care)e)........................................ 308
PPosost-collision brt-collision brakeake........................................ 58
PowPower supplyer supply
Switching on (start/stop button)............ 150
PrPre-entre-entry climaty climate contre control (immediatol (immediate)e)........... 146
PrPre-entre-entry climaty climate contre control at deparol at departureture
timetime
Function................................................ 145
Setting...................................................146
PrPre-entre-entry climaty climate contre control fol for deparor departureture
timetime
Activating/deactivating.......................... 146
PrPre-entre-entry climaty climate contre control using tol using the keyhe key
Function................................................ 144
Setting...................................................145
PrPre-entre-entry climaty climate contre control via tol via the keyhe key
Activating/deactivating.......................... 145
Index 441441
PRE-SPRE-SAFEAFE®®(anticipat(anticipatorory occupant proty occupant protection)ection)
Function.................................................. 57
PRE-SAFE®Sound................................... 57
Reversing measures................................. 57
PRE-SPRE-SAFEAFE®®PLPLUS (anticipatUS (anticipatorory occupanty occupant
protprotection plus)ection plus)
Function.................................................. 57
Reversing measures................................. 57
PrevPrevententativative occupant prote occupant protection systection systemem
see PRE-SAFE®(anticipatory occu-
pant protection)
see PRE-SAFE®PLUS (anticipatory
occupant protection plus)
PrProleole
Creating a new prole............................ 258
Notes..................................................... 257
Selecting prole options......................... 258
PrProgrogrammeamme
see DYNAMIC SELECT
ProtProtection of tection of the enhe envirvironmentonment
Notes.......................................................23
Take-back of end-of-life vehicles............... 23
QQ
QR codeQR code
Rescue card.............................................39
QualiedQualied specialisspecialist wt workorkshopshop.........................37
RR
RRadar and ultradar and ultrasonic sensorsasonic sensors
Damage................................................. 188
RRadioadio
Overview of the functions and symbols...294
RRain closing functionain closing function
Side windows........................................... 93
RRain-closing fain-closing featureeature
Sliding sunroof......................................... 98
REACREACH rH regulationegulation........................................... 38
RReading lampeading lamp
see Interior lighting
RReading lighteading light
Switching on/o (contactless)............... 256
RReal weal wood (Carood (Care)e).......................................... 308
RRear door (cear door (child safehild safety locty lock)k)........................... 76
RRear fear fog lightog light
Switching on/o.................................... 131
RRear seatear seat
see Seat
RRear seat beltear seat belt
Status display.......................................... 49
RRear seat belt stear seat belt status displayatus display........................... 49
RRear windowear window
Replacing wiper blade............................ 138
RRear windoear window heatw heaterer...................................... 142
RRear windoear window wipersw wipers
Activating/deactivating.......................... 135
RRearear-vie-view mirrw mirroror
Anti-dazzle mode (automatic)................. 140
RRearear-vie-view mirrw mirroror
see Outside mirrors
RRecuperecuperationation
Function................................................ 155
Setting...................................................156
RRecyecyclingcling
see Take-back of end-of-life vehicles
442442 Index
RRegisegistrtrationation
Vehicle..................................................... 38
RRegulategulatorory ry radioadio identicationidentication
Indonesia............................................... 349
Small components................................. 349
RRescue cardescue card................................................... 39
RReseeset function (MBUX multimedia systt function (MBUX multimedia system)em)....263
RRestestororing (fing (factactorory sey settings)ttings)
see Reset function (MBUX multimedia system)
RResestrtraint systaint systemem
Basic instructions forchildren.................. 59
Function in an accident............................ 45
Functionality............................................45
Limited protection....................................44
Malfunction............................................. 45
Protection................................................ 44
Self-test...................................................45
Warning lamp........................................... 45
RevRevererse gse gearear
Engaging................................................ 162
RevReverersing camerasing camera
Care...................................................... 307
Function................................................ 222
Opening the camera cover (360°
Camera)................................................ 228
Switching automatic operation on/o
(360° Camera)...................................... 228
Rims (carRims (care)e).................................................. 307
RRoll awaoll away proty protectionection
see HOLD function
RRoller sunblindoller sunblind
Sliding sunroof......................................... 95
RRoof lining (caroof lining (care)e).......................................... 308
RRoof loadoof load.....................................................354
RRoof load displayoof load display
Information............................................159
RRoof luggoof luggagage re rackack
Loading.................................................. 123
Securing................................................ 123
RRouteoute
Calculating............................................. 267
Selecting options................................... 267
Switching on Electric Intelligence........... 267
RRoutoute guidance wite guidance with augmenth augmented red realityeality
Activating............................................... 267
Displaying street names and house
numbers................................................ 267
RRoutoute-based speed adapte-based speed adaptationation
Function................................................ 204
Setting...................................................205
RRun-atun-at ccharharactactereristicsistics
MOExtended tyres................................. 313
RRunning-in notunning-in noteses.......................................... 152
SS
SafeSafety systty systemsems
see Driving safety system
SafeSafety vty vestest...................................................311
SearcSearch lighth light
Switching on/o (contactless)............... 256
SeatSeat
4-way lumbar support............................ 106
adjusting (electrically)............................ 106
Adjusting (Seat Comfort)........................ 105
Adjustment (without Seat Comfort
Package)................................................ 103
Conguring settings...............................108
Correct driver's seat position................. 102
Index 443443
Folding back the backrest (rear)............. 118
Folding the backrest forwards (rear).......117
Locking the backrest (rear).................... 119
Operating the memory function.............. 113
Resetting the settings............................ 108
Setting options......................................... 16
Seat beltSeat belt
Activating/deactivating seat belt
adjustment.............................................. 49
Care...................................................... 308
Fastening................................................. 48
Protection................................................ 46
Rear seat belt status display..................... 49
Reduced protection.................................. 47
Releasing................................................. 49
Seat belt adjustment (function)................ 49
Warning lamp........................................... 49
Seat belt adjusSeat belt adjustmenttment
Activating/deactivating............................ 49
Function.................................................. 49
Seat belt tSeat belt tensionersensioners
Activation................................................ 45
Seat belt wSeat belt wararningning
see Seat belt
Seat covSeat cover (Carer (Care)e)......................................... 308
Seat heatingSeat heating
Activating/deactivating.......................... 109
Seat vSeat ventilationentilation
Switching on/o.................................... 109
SelectSelector levor leverer
see DIRECT SELECT lever
Self-tSelf-testest
Automatic front passenger airbag shut
o............................................................ 54
SensorSensors (cars (care)e)............................................. 307
SerServicevice
see ASSYST PLUS
SerService centrevice centre
see Qualied specialist workshop
SerService intvice interverval displayal display
see ASSYST PLUS
SeSetting a speedtting a speed
see Cruise control
SeSetting ttting the map scalehe map scale
see Map
Side airbagSide airbag..................................................... 50
Side imSide impact protpact protectionection................................. 230
Side windowsSide windows
Automatic function...................................93
Child safety lock in therear......................77
Closing using thekey............................... 94
Convenience closing................................94
Convenience opening...............................94
Opening with thekey................................ 94
Opening/closing...................................... 92
Problem................................................... 95
Rain closing function................................93
Sliding sunrSliding sunroofoof
Automatic functions................................. 98
Closing....................................................95
Closing using thekey............................... 94
Opening................................................... 95
Opening with thekey................................ 94
Problem................................................... 99
Rain-closing feature.................................98
SmarSmartphonetphone
see Smartphone integration
see Telephone
SmarSmartphone inttphone integregrationation
Overview................................................ 284
444444 Index
SnoSnow cw chainshains................................................ 332
SockeSocket (12 V)t (12 V)
Boot/luggage compartment................... 124
Front centre console.............................. 124
SockeSocket (115 V)t (115 V)
Rear....................................................... 125
SockeSocket (230 V)t (230 V)
Rear....................................................... 126
SowSowareare updateupdate
System updates.....................................259
SoundSound
PRE-SAFE®Sound................................... 57
Sound gSound genereneratatoror
Acoustic presence indicator................... 148
Sound menuSound menu
Functions overview................................ 297
SparSpare wheele wheel
see Emergency spare wheel
SpecialisSpecialist wt workorkshopshop
see Qualied specialist workshop
SpecicSpecic absorpabsorption rtion rateate................................. 28
Speed Limit AssistSpeed Limit Assist
Function/notes...................................... 213
Setting................................................... 214
System limitations.................................. 213
Speed limit fSpeed limit for wintor winter tyrer tyreses
Setting................................................... 199
StStanding lightsanding lights.............................................130
StStarart/stt/stop buttop buttonon
Parking thevehicle................................. 182
Starting thevehicle................................151
Switching on the power supply/vehicle.. 150
StStarartingting
see Vehicle
StStararting assistting assistanceance
see Jump-start connection
StStararting-oting-o aidaid
see Hill Start Assist
SSTEER CTEER CONTRONTROLOL
Function/notes...................................... 192
StSteereering wheeling wheel
Adjusting (manually)............................... 110
Buttons.................................................. 246
Care...................................................... 308
Steering wheel heater............................ 111
SStteereering wheel heating wheel heaterer
Activating/deactivating.......................... 111
StowStowagage are areaseas
see Loading
see Stowage space
StowStowagage come comparpartmentstments
see Loading
see Stowage space
StowStowagage spacee space
Armrest................................................. 116
Centre console...................................... 116
Door...................................................... 116
Glove compartment...............................116
SStrtreeeet names and house numberst names and house numbers
Displaying.............................................. 267
SuggSuggesestionstions
Conguring............................................ 258
SurrSurround lightingound lighting
Switching on/o....................................133
SurrSurround Vound Viewiew
see 360° Camera
Index 445445
SuspensionSuspension
Adaptive damping adjustment................ 222
Damping characteristics.........................222
SSVHC (substVHC (substances of vances of verery high concery high concern)n)........38
SwitcSwitch-oh-o deladelay timey time
Exterior.................................................. 132
Interior...................................................134
SyncSynchrhronisation functiononisation function
Activating/deactivating (MBUX multi-
media system)....................................... 144
SystSystem seem settingsttings
Overview of the system settings menu.... 259
Reset function (MBUX multimedia sys-
tem)....................................................... 263
SystSystem seem settingsttings
see Language
TT
TTailgailgateate
Closing....................................................88
HANDS-FREE ACCESS............................. 90
Limiting the opening angle....................... 91
Opening................................................... 87
Unlocking (emergency key)...................... 92
TTakake-bace-back of end-of-lifk of end-of-life ve vehiclesehicles
Protection of the environment.................. 23
TTecechnical datahnical data
Axle load (trailer operation).................... 357
Component-specic information............ 349
Fastening points (trailer hitch)................ 356
Information............................................347
Mounting dimensions (trailer hitch)........356
Notes (trailer hitch)................................ 356
Overhang dimension (trailer hitch)..........356
Regulatory radio identication (Indo-
nesia).................................................... 349
Regulatory radio identication of
small components.................................. 349
Tongue weight........................................ 357
Towing capacity (trailer operation).......... 357
TTelephoneelephone
Connecting a mobile phone (Passkey).... 276
Connecting a mobile phone (Secure
Simple Pairing)....................................... 276
Functions in thetelephone menu............ 276
Notes..................................................... 272
Notes on wireless charging (mobile
phone)................................................... 127
Operating modes................................... 275
Telephone menu overview......................275
Wireless charging (mobile phone)........... 128
TTelephonelephony opery operating modesating modes
Bluetooth®telephony............................. 275
TTememperperatureature................................................ 142
ThemesThemes
Fastening...............................................258
ThrThrough-loading fough-loading featureeature
see Seat
TTie-doie-down eywn eyeses.............................................. 122
TIREFIT kitTIREFIT kit
Declaration of conformity......................... 35
Storage location.....................................314
Using..................................................... 315
TTo switco switch on th on the ignitionhe ignition
see Vehicle
TTongue wongue weighteight.............................................. 357
TTooloolsee Vehicle tool kit
TTop Tetop Tetherher...................................................... 69
TToucouch Contrh Controlol
On-board computer................................ 246
446446 Index
Operating..............................................252
TToucouchpadhpad
Operating.............................................. 252
TToucouchscrhscreeneen
Operating.............................................. 252
TowTow-awa-away proty protectionection
Function................................................ 100
Priming/deactivating............................. 101
TowTow-bar syst-bar systemem............................................ 243
TowTow-st-starartingting................................................. 328
ToTowing awaywing away................................................. 324
ToTowing eyewing eye
Fitting.................................................... 327
Storage location..................................... 327
ToTowing metwing methodshods...........................................323
TrTracac infinforormationmation
Switching on the display......................... 269
TrTracac Sign AssistSign Assist
Function/notes...................................... 214
Setting................................................... 216
System limits......................................... 214
TTrrailer hitchailer hitch
Axle load................................................ 357
Bicycle rack........................................... 241
Care...................................................... 307
Coupling up/uncoupling a trailer............ 239
Fastening points.................................... 356
Folding the ball neck out/in................... 238
General notes........................................356
Mounting dimensions............................. 356
Notes..................................................... 237
Overhang dimension.............................. 356
Socket................................................... 239
Tongue weight........................................ 357
Towing capacity.....................................357
TrTrailer operailer operationation
Active Blind Spot Assist.......................... 218
Active Lane Keeping Assist..................... 219
Bicycle rack........................................... 241
Coupling up/uncoupling a trailer............ 239
Folding the ball neck out/in................... 238
Notes..................................................... 237
Socket................................................... 239
TrTrailer stailer stabilisationabilisation
Function/notes...................................... 192
TTrransmissionansmission
Crawler mode........................................194
DIRECT SELECT lever............................. 161
Drive program display............................ 160
Engaging drive position.......................... 163
Engaging neutral.................................... 162
Engaging park position........................... 162
Engaging reversegear............................ 162
Transmission position display................. 161
Transmission positions........................... 161
TrTransmission position displayansmission position display....................... 161
TrTransporansportingting
Vehicle.................................................. 326
TrTrim element (Carim element (Care)e)...................................... 308
TTuneInuneIn
Calling up.............................................. 296
TTururn signal indicatn signal indicatoror
Activating/deactivating.......................... 131
TwTwo-wao-way ry radiosadios
Frequencies........................................... 348
Notes on installation.............................. 347
Transmission output (maximum)............. 348
TType approvype approval number (EU)al number (EU)........................... 349
Index 447447
TTyryreeinationination comcomprpressoressor
see TIREFIT kit
TTyryre pre pressureessure
Checking (tyre pressure monitoring
system).................................................. 335
Notes..................................................... 333
Restarting the tyre pressure monitor-
ing system............................................. 336
TIREFIT kit..............................................315
Tyre pressure monitoring system
(function)............................................... 335
Tyre pressure table.................................334
TTyryre pre pressuressure monite monitororing systing systemem
Checking the tyre pressures................... 335
Checking the tyre temperature............... 335
Function................................................ 335
Restarting.............................................. 336
TTyryre pre pressuressure te tableable.......................................334
TTyryre te tememperperatureature
Checking (tyre pressure monitoring
system)..................................................335
Tyre pressure monitoring system
(function)............................................... 335
TTyryre tre treadead.................................................... 332
TTyryre-ce-changhange te tool kitool kit
Overview................................................ 340
TTyryreses
Checking............................................... 332
Checking the tyre pressure (tyre pres-
sure monitoring system)......................... 335
Fitting.................................................... 343
Flat tyre................................................. 313
Interchanging......................................... 339
MOExtended tyres................................. 313
Noise..................................................... 332
Notes on tting...................................... 336
Removing............................................... 343
Replacing.......................................336, 340
Restarting the tyre pressure monitor-
ing system............................................. 336
Selection...............................................336
Snow chains.......................................... 332
Storing................................................... 340
TIREFIT kit.............................................. 315
Tyre pressure (Notes)............................. 333
Tyre pressure monitoring system
(function)............................................... 335
Tyre pressure table.................................334
Unusual handling characteristics............ 332
UU
UUnlocnlockingking
see Locking/unlocking
UUpdatpdateses
Important system updates...................... 259
USB portUSB port
Front stowage compartment.................. 116
Rear....................................................... 127
VV
VVehicleehicle
Additional door lock................................. 82
Correct use..............................................38
Data acquisition....................................... 39
Data storage............................................ 39
Diagnostics connection............................ 36
Equipment............................................... 25
Implied warranty...................................... 39
Locking (automatically)............................ 85
Locking/unlocking (emergency key).........86
Locking/unlocking (from inside)............... 83
Locking/unlocking (KEYLESS-GO)............ 84
Lowering................................................ 344
Medical aids............................................38
448448 Index
QR code rescue card............................... 39
Qualied specialist workshop...................37
Raising................................................... 341
REACH regulation.................................... 38
Registration............................................. 38
Setting collision detection (parked
vehicle).................................................. 187
Starting (emergency operation mode).... 151
Starting (start/stop button)................... 151
SVHC (substances of very high concern)..38
Switching o (start/stop button)............ 182
Switching on (start/stop button)............ 150
Towing................................................... 243
Ventilating (convenience opening)............94
VVehicle battehicle batteryery
see On-board electrical system battery (12 V)
VVehicle cameraehicle camera
Information............................................ 188
VVehicle dataehicle data
Displaying (DYNAMIC SELECT)............... 161
Roof load............................................... 354
Vehicle height........................................354
Vehicle length........................................ 354
Vehicle width......................................... 354
Wheelbase............................................. 354
VVehicle dimensionsehicle dimensions...................................... 354
VVehicleehicle identicationidentication numbernumber
see VIN
VVehicleehicle identicationidentication plateplate
EU type approval number....................... 349
Maximum gross vehicle weight............... 349
Paint code............................................. 349
Permissible axle load.............................. 349
VIN........................................................349
VVehicle keyehicle key
see Key
VVehicle maintehicle maintenanceenance
see ASSYST PLUS
VVehicle sensorsehicle sensors
Information............................................ 188
VVehicle socketehicle socket
Care...................................................... 307
Indicator lamps...................................... 171
VVehicle tehicle tool kitool kit
TIREFIT kit.............................................. 314
Towing eye............................................. 327
VVentilatingentilating
Convenience opening...............................94
VVentilationentilation
see Climate control
VVentsents
see Air vents
VINVIN Identication plate................................. 349
Seat....................................................... 349
Windscreen............................................ 349
VVisionision
Demisting windows................................ 144
WW
WWararning lampning lamp
see Warning/indicator lamp
WWararning systning systemem
see ATA (anti-the alarm system)
WWararning trning triangleiangle
Removing............................................... 311
Setting up.............................................. 312
WWararning/indicatning/indicator lampor lamp
!ABS warning lamp......................... 417
ÓActive Brake Assist warning lamp..416
JBrake system warning lamp (red)... 415
Index 449449
JBrake system warning lamp (yel-
low)....................................................... 414
!Electric parking brake indicator
lamp (red).............................................. 414
#Electrical fault warning lamp......... 412
åESP®OFF warning lamp................ 418
÷ESP®warning lamp ashes........... 417
÷ESP®warning lamp lights up......... 418
ÙPower steering warning lamp
(red)...................................................... 412
_Reduced warning lamp power....... 411
6Restraint system warning lamp...... 410
üSeat belt warning lamp ashes...... 410
üSeat belt warning lamp lights up.... 411
ÚSystem errorwarning lamp........... 411
!The electric parking brake (yel-
low) indicator lamp................................. 414
ïTrailer tow hitch warning lamp....... 413
hTyre pressure monitoring sys-
temwarning lamp ashes....................... 419
hTyre pressure monitoring sys-
temwarning lamp lights up.................... 420
LWarning lamp for distance
warning function.................................... 416
Overview................................................ 408
PASSENGER AIR BAG............................... 54
WWarrarrantyanty........................................................ 39
WWashing bashing by hand (cary hand (care)e)................................ 305
WWatater ter tankank
see Air-water duct
WWeateather infher inforormationmation..................................... 269
WWeb broweb browserssers
Overview................................................ 283
Wheel cWheel changehange
Fitting a new wheel................................ 343
Lowering thevehicle.............................. 344
Preparation............................................ 340
Raising thevehicle................................. 341
Removing a wheel..................................343
Wheel cWheel changehange
see Emergency spare wheel
Wheel rotWheel rotationation............................................. 339
WheelsWheels
Care......................................................307
Checking............................................... 332
Checking the tyre pressure (tyre pres-
sure monitoring system)......................... 335
Fitting.................................................... 343
Flat tyre................................................. 313
Interchanging......................................... 339
MOExtended tyres................................. 313
Noise..................................................... 332
Notes on tting...................................... 336
Removing............................................... 343
Replacing.......................................336, 340
Restarting the tyre pressure monitor-
ing system............................................. 336
Selection...............................................336
Snow chains.......................................... 332
Storing................................................... 340
TIREFIT kit.............................................. 315
Tyre pressure (Notes)............................. 333
Tyre pressure monitoring system
(function)............................................... 335
Tyre pressure table.................................334
Unusual handling characteristics............ 332
450450 Index
WWi-Fii-Fi
Setting................................................... 260
WWidescridescreen coceen cockpit inskpit instrtrument displayument display
Instrument cluster.................................... 12
WWindoindow airbagw airbag............................................... 50
WWindoindowwlierlier
see Side windows
WWindowsindows
Care...................................................... 307
WWindowsindows
see Side windows
WWindscrindscreeneen
Demisting.............................................. 142
Replacing the wiper blades.....................136
WWindscrindscreeneen
see Windscreen
windscrwindscreen ween washerasher uiduid
Notes..................................................... 353
WWindscrindscreen ween washer systasher systemem
Topping up.............................................302
WWindscrindscreen wiperseen wipers
Activating/deactivating.......................... 135
Replacing the wiper blades.....................136
WWintinter operer operationation
Snow chains.......................................... 332
WWintinter tyrer tyreses
Setting the permanent speed limit..........199
WWiper bladesiper blades
Care...................................................... 307
Replacing (windscreen).......................... 136
WWirireless celess charhargingging
Function/notes...................................... 127
Mobile phone......................................... 128
WWirireless comeless componentsponents
Importer addresses.................................. 34
WWirireless veless vehicle comehicle componentsponents
Declaration of conformity......................... 28
Specic absorption rate........................... 28
WWorkorkshopshop
see Qualied specialist workshop
Index 451451
1 …

Hulp nodig? Stel uw vraag in het forum

Spelregels

Misbruik melden

Gebruikershandleiding.com neemt misbruik van zijn services uitermate serieus. U kunt hieronder aangeven waarom deze vraag ongepast is. Wij controleren de vraag en zonodig wordt deze verwijderd.

Product:

Bijvoorbeeld antisemitische inhoud, racistische inhoud, of materiaal dat gewelddadige fysieke handelingen tot gevolg kan hebben.

Bijvoorbeeld een creditcardnummer, een persoonlijk identificatienummer, of een geheim adres. E-mailadressen en volledige namen worden niet als privégegevens beschouwd.

Spelregels forum

Om tot zinvolle vragen te komen hanteren wij de volgende spelregels:

Belangrijk! Als er een antwoord wordt gegeven op uw vraag, dan is het voor de gever van het antwoord nuttig om te weten als u er wel (of niet) mee geholpen bent! Wij vragen u dus ook te reageren op een antwoord.

Belangrijk! Antwoorden worden ook per e-mail naar abonnees gestuurd. Laat uw emailadres achter op deze site, zodat u op de hoogte blijft. U krijgt dan ook andere vragen en antwoorden te zien.

Abonneren

Abonneer u voor het ontvangen van emails voor uw Mercedes EQA 2021 - SUV bij:


U ontvangt een email met instructies om u voor één of beide opties in te schrijven.


Ontvang uw handleiding per email

Vul uw emailadres in en ontvang de handleiding van Mercedes EQA 2021 - SUV in de taal/talen: Engels als bijlage per email.

De handleiding is 8.77 mb groot.

 

U ontvangt de handleiding per email binnen enkele minuten. Als u geen email heeft ontvangen, dan heeft u waarschijnlijk een verkeerd emailadres ingevuld of is uw mailbox te vol. Daarnaast kan het zijn dat uw internetprovider een maximum heeft aan de grootte per email. Omdat hier een handleiding wordt meegestuurd, kan het voorkomen dat de email groter is dan toegestaan bij uw provider.

Stel vragen via chat aan uw handleiding

Stel uw vraag over deze PDF

Andere handleiding(en) van Mercedes EQA 2021 - SUV

Mercedes EQA 2021 - SUV Gebruiksaanwijzing - Nederlands - 481 pagina's

Mercedes EQA 2021 - SUV Gebruiksaanwijzing - Deutsch - 473 pagina's


Uw handleiding is per email verstuurd. Controleer uw email

Als u niet binnen een kwartier uw email met handleiding ontvangen heeft, kan het zijn dat u een verkeerd emailadres heeft ingevuld of dat uw emailprovider een maximum grootte per email heeft ingesteld die kleiner is dan de grootte van de handleiding.

Er is een email naar u verstuurd om uw inschrijving definitief te maken.

Controleer uw email en volg de aanwijzingen op om uw inschrijving definitief te maken

U heeft geen emailadres opgegeven

Als u de handleiding per email wilt ontvangen, vul dan een geldig emailadres in.

Uw vraag is op deze pagina toegevoegd

Wilt u een email ontvangen bij een antwoord en/of nieuwe vragen? Vul dan hier uw emailadres in.



Info